ML080440386: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML080440386
| number = ML080440386
| issue date = 02/08/2008
| issue date = 02/08/2008
| title = Sequoyah 2008-301 SRO Written Exam with Kas, References, & Answers
| title = 301 SRO Written Exam with Kas, References, & Answers
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = - No Known Affiliation
| author affiliation = - No Known Affiliation
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:s r<-o W EjAfV\\t\-l V-J\\DW Lru&E A1\\t
{{#Wiki_filter:s r<-o   WR~\Tl~e7\{ EjAfV\
()<!ft5))
  \~\t\-l   V-J\\DW Lru& E A1\\t A~\L\lltS ()<!ft5) )REFE(2~S f-\-llb 4-N.SLu e12- S
f-\-llb 4-N.SLu e12-S 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02108120081.Giventhe followingplantconditions:-Unit1trippedfrom10
 
%powerduetotripofbothMFPTs.-TheAFWpumpsstartsignalwasgeneratedfromthetripofbothMFPTs.-Steam generatorlevelsdroppedto 12%(LowestLevel)posttrip,andareslowly rising.Which.ONE(1)ofthefollowing describes the operatorresponsetoenablethe operator to MANUALLYcontrolAFWflow?
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 0210812008
A':IMOAFWLCVsmustbetakentoAccidentResetbeforethevalvescanbe controlled manually.NOresetisrequiredtocontrolTOAFWLCVsmanually.B.TOAFWPumpmustbetakentoAccidentResetbeforetheassociatedAFWflowcanbe controlled manually.NOresetisrequiredtocontrolMOAFWLCVsmanually.C.BoththeTOAFWPumpandtheMOAFWLCVsmustbetakento Accident ResetbeforeAFWflowcanbecontrolled.
: 1. Given the following plant conditions:
O.NeithertheTOAFWPumpnortheMOAFWLCVsmustbetakento Accident ResetbeforeAFWflowcanbecontrolled.Page1 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Correct;The MO pump LCVs must be resetandwhiletheTO AFW pump must be reset in order to control the speed oftheturbine,theLCVsrequireno reset action.B.Incorrect;TheTOLCVsdo notrequirethe accident reset and the MO AFW LCVsdorequirethereset.Plausible becausethecandidatecouldconfusetheTO AFW pump reset action requiredwiththe MO AFW LCVs.C.Incorrect;TheTOLCVsdo notrequirethe accident reset and the MO AFW LCVsdorequirethereset.Plausible because the candidate could correctly determinethatthe startfromthetrip ofbothMFPisan accident signal that requiresthereset, butconfusethe reset oftheTO AFW speed controlwiththe reset ofthevalves and concludethatboth hadtobereset.
        - Unit 1 tripped from 10% power due to trip of both MFPTs.
O.Incorrect;TheTOLCVsdo notrequirethe accident reset and the MO AFW LCVsdorequirethereset.Plausible because the candidatecouldthink thatsincethe low level start signalwasnot reached no accident signal was generated andconcludethat neither would nothavetobereset.Page2 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.1KIA:007 EA1.08 Ability to operate and monitor the followingasthey applytoa reactor trip:AFWSystemTier1Group1 Importance Rating: 4.4/4.3 Technical  
        - The AFW pumps start signal was generated from the trip of both MFPTs.
        - Steam generator levels dropped to 12% (Lowest Level) post trip, and are slowly rising.
Which. ONE (1) of the following describes the operator response to enable the operator to MANUALLY control AFW flow?
A':I MO AFW LCVs must be taken to Accident Reset before the valves can be controlled manually.
NO reset is required to control TO AFW LCVs manually.
B. TO AFW Pump must be taken to Accident Reset before the associated AFW flow can be controlled manually.
NO reset is required to control MO AFW LCVs manually.
C. Both the TO AFW Pump and the MO AFW LCVs must be taken to Accident Reset before AFW flow can be controlled.
O. Neither the TO AFW Pump nor the MO AFW LCVs must be taken to Accident Reset before AFW flow can be controlled.
Page 1
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct; The MO pump LCVs must be reset and while the TO AFW pump must be reset in order to control the speed of the turbine, the LCVs require no reset action.
B. Incorrect; The TO LCVs do not require the accident reset and the MO AFW LCVs do require the reset. Plausible because the candidate could confuse the TO AFW pump reset action required with the MO AFW LCVs.
C. Incorrect; The TO LCVs do not require the accident reset and the MO AFW LCVs do require the reset. Plausible because the candidate could correctly determine that the start from the trip of both MFP is an accident signal that requires the reset, but confuse the reset of the TO AFW speed control with the reset of the valves and conclude that both had to be reset.
O. Incorrect; The TO LCVs do not require the accident reset and the MO AFW LCVs do require the reset. Plausible because the candidate could think that since the low level start signal was not reached no accident signal was generated and conclude that neither would not have to be reset.
Page 2
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 1 KIA: 007 EA1.08 Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a reactor trip:
AFW System Tier 1 Group 1 Importance Rating:     4.4/4.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-0.1 Reactor Trip Response EA- 3.8, Manual Control of AFW Flow Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      None Learning Objective:            OPL271 EA-0.1 8.6 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New      X- -
Question History: New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:      Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.5/41.10/45.6/45.13 Comments:
Page 3


ES-0.1 Reactor Trip ResponseEA-3.8,ManualControlofAFWFlow Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learning Objective:OPL271EA-0.1 8.6 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
: 2. Given the following:
#-----NewX--QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCExam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Analysis10CFRPart55 Content: 41.5/41.10/45.6/45.13 Comments:Page3 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 2.Given the following:
Unit 1 Reactor Trip ISafety Injection initiated due to a pressurizer relief valve being stuck partially open.
Unit 1 Reactor Trip ISafety Injection initiated duetoa pressurizer relief valve being stuck partially open.Reactor CoolantPumpshavebeen stopped.Pressurizerlevelis 60%and slowly rising.RCS pressureis1310psigand stable.Core Exit Thermocouple temperatureis580&deg;F.What wouldbethe effect on Reactor VesselLeveland PressurizerLeveliftheRCS pressure is lowereddueto increased pressurizer relief valve leakage?Reactor Vessel Pressurizer Level Level A.Rising Continuetoriseatthesamerate B.Rising Rising faster C.Dropping ContinuetoriseatthesamerateDropping Rising fasterPage4 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,withtheRCS pressure and temperaturegivenatsaturation, a steambubblewouldbe formedinthe reactor head if RCS pressurewerelowered.Thiswouldcausethewater levelinthevesseltodrop instead of rise as statedinthe distractor and the pressurizer leveltoriseat afasterrateduetothe expansion of thesteamvoidforcing waterintothepressurizer.Plausible if student does not recognize saturated conditionsinRCSand effect ofbubblegrowthon Pressurizer level.B.Incorrect,withtheRCS pressure and temperaturegivenatsaturation, a steam bubblewouldbe formedinthe reactor head if RCS pressurewerelowered.Thiswouldcausethewater levelinthevesseltodrop instead of rise as statedinthedistractor.Plausible if studentdoesnotrecognize saturated conditions in ReS and effect ofbubblegrowthon Pressurizer level.C.Incorrect,withtheRCS pressure and temperaturegivenatsaturation, a steambubblewouldbe formedinthe reactor head if RCS pressurewerelowered.Thiswouldcausethewater levelinthevesseltodrop as statedinthedistractor.
Reactor Coolant Pumps have been stopped.
However the response of the pressurizerwouldbetoriseat afasterrateduetotheexpansion ofthesteamvoidforcing waterintothepressurizer.
Pressurizer level is 60% and slowly rising.
Plausible if student doesrecognizevoidformationin headanddoes not know effect of bubblegrowthon Pressurizer level.D.Correct,withtheRCS pressure and temperaturegivenatsaturation, asteambubblewouldbe formedinthe reactor head if RCS pressurewerelowered.Thiswouldcausethewaterlevelinthe vesseltodrop as statedinthe answer and the pressurizer leveltoriseat eiesterrateduetothe expansion ofthesteamvoidforcingwaterintothe pressurizer.Page5 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.2 Tier_1_Group_1_KIAAPE008 AA2.29 PZR Vapor Space Accident: Ability to determine and interpret the followingasthey apply to pressurizer Vapor Space Accident: The effects of bubble in reactor vessel Importance Rating: Technical  
RCS pressure is 1310 psig and stable.
Core Exit Thermocouple temperature is 580&deg;F.
What would be the effect on Reactor Vessel Level and Pressurizer Level if the RCS pressure is lowered due to increased pressurizer relief valve leakage?
Reactor Vessel                   Pressurizer Level                           Level A.         Rising                     Continue to rise at the same rate B.         Rising                     Rising faster C.         Dropping                  Continue to rise at the same rate D~          Dropping                   Rising faster Page 4
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop instead of rise as stated in the distractor and the pressurizer level to rise at a faster rate due to the expansion of the steam void forcing water into the pressurizer. Plausible if student does not recognize saturated conditions in RCS and effect of bubble growth on Pressurizer level.
B. Incorrect, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop instead of rise as stated in the distractor. Plausible if student does not recognize saturated conditions in ReS and effect of bubble growth on Pressurizer level.
C. Incorrect, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop as stated in the distractor. However the response of the pressurizer would be to rise at a faster rate due to the expansion of the steam void forcing water into the pressurizer. Plausible if student does recognize void formation in head and does not know effect of bubble growth on Pressurizer level.
D. Correct, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop as stated in the answer and the pressurizer level to rise at eiester rate due to the expansion of the steam void forcing water into the pressurizer.
Page 5
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 2 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA        APE 008 AA2.29 PZR Vapor Space Accident:
Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to pressurizer Vapor Space Accident: The effects of bubble in reactor vessel Importance Rating:           3.9 I 4.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
3.9I4.2ES-1.2,PostLOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:           OPL271 ES-1.2 8.4 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:OPL271ES-1.2 8.4 x Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Bank# - - - - -
-----New-----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge__--:--__Comprehension or Analysis X10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 43.5 145.13Page6 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/20083.Unit1 Reactorhasbeen tripped with plant status as follows: RCS pressureis1325psigand slowly dropping.RCS temperature is 530&deg;Fandstable.
Modified Bank # - - - - -
Pressurizerlevelis 17%and slowly dropping.Containment pressureis2.1psigand slowly rising.SG pressures are-1005psigandstable.
New - - ---
SG levels are-40%andstable.
Question History:             New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
-Annunciator TS-62-43 REAC COOLPMPSSEAL WATER TEMPHIGHisLITand indicatorforRCP#3reads 227&deg;F and steady.-Annunciator TS-62-42 REAC COOL PMPS LOWER BEARING TEMPHIGHislitand indicatorforRCP#1reads 201&deg;Fandsteady.
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _--:--_ _
Which ONE (1)ofthe followingisthe correct action for the RCP(s)in these conditions?A.AllRCPs arerequiredtobe tripped.B.ONLYRCP#1is requiredtobe tripped.ONLYRCP#3is requiredtobe tripped.D.ONLY RCPs#1and#3are requiredtobe tripped.A.Incorrect.
Comprehension or Analysis         X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:       43.5 145.13 Comments:
RCPstripcriteriais1250psig and the pressureisabovethesetpoint.
Page 6
Plausible becausethereis a low pressuretripcriteriathathasnotbeenreached.
 
B.Incorrect.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
RepstripcriteriaiswhenPhase B actuates at 2.81psigandthe pressure is belowthePhase Bsetpoint.Plausible becausethereis a high-high containment pressuretripthatifthe setpoint is reachedwouldrequiretrippingtheRCPs.
: 3. Unit 1 Reactor has been tripped with plant status as follows:
C.Correct.RCPsealcondition requiringtripis225 0F, and the stated seal temperatureisabovethisvalue.D.Incorrect.TheRCP Lower Bearing temperature is below the temperature(225 0F)requiringtheRCPtobetripped.Plausible becausethereis a setpointforthe Lower Bearing temperature requiring the affectRCPbetripped.Additionally,the Lower Motor bearing temperature trip setpointis200 0F and the lower pump bearing temperature could be confusedwiththe lower motor bearing.Page7 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.3 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA EPE009 EA2.24 Small Break LOCA:Abilitytodetermineor interpretthefollowingastheyapplytoa smallbreakLOCA,RCP Temperature Setpoints Importance Rating: Technical  
RCS pressure is 1325 psig and slowly dropping.
RCS temperature is 530&deg;F and stable.
Pressurizer level is 17% and slowly dropping.
Containment pressure is 2.1 psig and slowly rising.
SG pressures are - 1005 psig and stable.
SG levels are - 40% and stable.
      -   Annunciator TS-62-43 REAC COOL PMPS SEAL WATER TEMP HIGH is LIT and indicator for RCP #3 reads 227&deg;F and steady.
      -   Annunciator TS-62-42 REAC COOL PMPS LOWER BEARING TEMP HIGH is lit and indicator for RCP #1 reads 201&deg;F and steady.
Which ONE (1) of the following is the correct action for the RCP(s) in these conditions?
A. All RCPs are required to be tripped.
B. ONLY RCP #1 is required to be tripped.
C~  ONLY RCP #3 is required to be tripped.
D. ONLY RCPs #1 and #3 are required to be tripped.
A. Incorrect. RCPs trip criteria is 1250 psig and the pressure is above the setpoint.
Plausible because there is a low pressure trip criteria that has not been reached.
B. Incorrect. Reps trip criteria is when Phase B actuates at 2.81 psig and the pressure is below the Phase B setpoint. Plausible because there is a high-high containment pressure trip that if the setpoint is reached would require tripping the RCPs.
C. Correct. RCP seal condition requiring trip is 225 0F, and the stated seal temperature is above this value.
D. Incorrect. The RCP Lower Bearing temperature is below the temperature(2250F) requiring the RCP to be tripped. Plausible because there is a setpoint for the Lower Bearing temperature requiring the affect RCP be tripped. Additionally, the Lower Motor bearing temperature trip setpoint is 200 0F and the lower pump bearing temperature could be confused with the lower motor bearing.
Page 7
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 3 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA        EPE009 EA2.24 Small Break LOCA:Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA, RCP Temperature Setpoints Importance Rating:         2.6 I 2.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.6I2.9E-1Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant AOP-R.04ReactorCoolantPump Malfunctions AnnunciatorResponce1-AR-M5-B(E-2)and(E-4)
E-1 Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant AOP-R.04 Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions Annunciator Responce 1-AR-M5-B (E-2) and (E-4)
Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:         OPT200.RCP B.5.c OPL271 AOP-R.04 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank# - - - - -
OPT200.RCP B.5.c OPL271 AOP-R.04 x Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank # - - - - -
-----New-----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
New - - - x- -
_X_10CFRPart55Content:
Question History:           New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Comments:CFR43.5 I 45.13Page8 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/20084.E-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant, directs the operatortoperforma transfertoHotLeg Recirculation.
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowingstatements correctly describesthebasisforthis realignment?
Comprehension or Analysis _X          _
A.RealignstheECCSflowtoreduceCoreExit Thermocouple temperature to acceptable values.B.RealignstheECCSflowtocoolthereactorvessel upper internals package.C.RealignstheECCSflowtopassthroughtheRHRheat exchangerstoremovedecayheat.RealignstheECCSflowtopreventboron precipitation.A.Incorrect;PlausibleduetoHotlegcoolingwill putcoolwatertotheregion of theGETsthuscoolingtheGETs howeverthisis notthebasisfordoingso.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     CFR 43.5 I 45.13 Comments:
B.Incorrect;The transfertohotlegrecircdoes putflowontop ofthecorebutnottocoolthe upperinternals.Plausibleduetoaligningtheflowtothecore outlet and reversingflowthe knowledge ofknownflowpathsincorespecifictocoolingupper internals.
Page 8
G.Incorrect;WhiletheGGPandSIPEGGSflowwhen suppliedfromthe RWST does not go through any heatexchanger,theRHRflowisalways alignedthroughthe RHR heat exchangersandwhenthe transfertothe containmentsumpisinitiatedthecoolingflowis placedontheRHR heat exchangerstocoolthewatercomingfromthe containmentsump.Plausibleif confusedinthe alignment ofthecoolingflow,withthe alignment offlowthroughtheRHR heat exchangers.D.Gorrect;EPM-3-E-1statesEGGSflowis realignedtoreverseflowthroughthecore to address the consequences of boron stratification/plate out.Page9 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 Question No.4 Tier_1_Group_1_KIAEPE011EK3.13LargeBreakLOCA,Knowledgeofthereasonsforthe followingresponsesastheyapplytotheLargeBreakLOCA:Hot-Leginjection recirculation.ImportanceRating:3.8I4.2 Technical  
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 4. E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, directs the operator to perform a transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation.
Which ONE (1) of the following statements correctly describes the basis for this realignment?
A. Realigns the ECCS flow to reduce Core Exit Thermocouple temperature to acceptable values.
B. Realigns the ECCS flow to cool the reactor vessel upper internals package.
C. Realigns the ECCS flow to pass through the RHR heat exchangers to remove decay heat.
D~  Realigns the ECCS flow to prevent boron precipitation.
A. Incorrect; Plausible due to Hot leg cooling will put cool water to the region of the GETs thus cooling the GETs however this is not the basis for doing so.
B. Incorrect; The transfer to hot leg recirc does put flow on top of the core but not to cool the upper internals. Plausible due to aligning the flow to the core outlet and reversing flow the knowledge of known flowpaths in core specific to cooling upper internals.
G. Incorrect; While the GGP and SIP EGGS flow when supplied from the RWST does not go through any heat exchanger, the RHR flow is always aligned through the RHR heat exchangers and when the transfer to the containment sump is initiated the cooling flow is placed on the RHR heat exchangers to cool the water coming from the containment sump. Plausible if confused in the alignment of the cooling flow, with the alignment of flow through the RHR heat exchangers.
D. Gorrect; EPM-3-E-1 states EGGS flow is realigned to reverse flow through the core to address the consequences of boron stratification/plate out.
Page 9
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No.4 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA    EPE 011EK3.13 Large Break LOCA, Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Large Break LOCA: Hot-Leg injection recirculation.
Importance Rating:     3.8 I 4.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
E-1,LossofReactororSecondaryCoolant,Rev23EPM-3-E-1,BasisDocument,ForE-1,Rev5 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev 23 EPM-3-E-1, Basis Document, For E-1, Rev 5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective:             OPL271 E-1 B.4 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:OPL271E-1B.4QuestionSource:
Bank # _X_
Bank#_X_ModifiedBank
Modified Bank #               _
#_New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,SONBankquestionE-1-B.4003 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X ComprehensionorAnalysis
New - - - - -
_10CFRPart55 Content:(CFR41.5 141,.10 145.6 145.13)Comments:Thewords"step23"wasremovedfromstem.corrected answerwordingchanging from'RealignstheEGGSflowtoreverseflowthroughthecoreto address the consequences of boron stratification/plate out'to'RealignstheEGGSflowto reverseflowthroughthecoreto prevent the consequences of boron precipitation.
Question History:       SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SON Bank question E-1-B.4 003 Question Cognitive Level:
'Page10 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/20085.Unit ,1 is operatingatfullpower.Giventhe followingeventsand conditionsonthe RCPs: Alarms indicatealossof ALLCCSflowtotheRCPs.
Memory or fundamental knowledge             X Comprehension or Analysis                _
Seal injectionflowratetoeachRCPis8gpm.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifieshowthe operationoftheRCP'swillbeaffectedifthe operatorsdonotrespondtothisalarm?A.TheRCPsshould operate without CCS indefinitely.B.TheRCPswill experiencesealfailure,C.TheRCP stator windingswilloverheat.TheRCPmotor bearingswilloverheat.A.Incorrect,theRCPscannotoperatewithout componentcoolingwaterbecausethe motor bearingswilloverheat.Plausibletoconcludethatduetothesealinjectionflow,the loss of thermal barriercoolingwouldnotbeanissue.B.Incorrect,TheRCPswill NOTexperiencesealfailure as long assealinjectionflowispresent, but plausiblebecausesealdamagewould occur iftheCCSwerelostandsealflow was not present.C.Incorrect,TheRCP statorwindingsarenotcoolingbyCCS.The motorcoolersuse ERCWtocooltheairleavingtheRCPmotors.Plausible iftheRCP motorcoolingis confusedwiththeRCP motor bearing cooling.D.Correct, Loss ofcoolingtothe motor bearingswillceuse overheating of the motor bearings anddamagetotheRCPmotor.Page11 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.5 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA 015/017 AK2.08RCPMalfunctions,Knowledgeofthe interrelationsbetweenthe Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctionandthefollowing,CCWS.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:         (CFR 41.5 141,.10 145.6 145.13)
ImportanceRating:2.6I2.6 Technical  
Comments: The words "step 23" was removed from stem. corrected answer wording changing from 'Realigns the EGGS flow to reverse flow through the core to address the consequences of boron stratification/plate out' to 'Realigns the EGGS flow to reverse flow through the core to prevent the consequences of boron precipitation. '
Page 10
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 5. Unit ,1 is operating at full power. Given the following events and conditions on the RCPs:
Alarms indicate a loss of ALL CCS flow to the RCPs.
Seal injection flow rate to each RCP is 8 gpm.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies how the operation of the RCP's will be affected if the operators do not respond to this alarm?
A. The RCPs should operate without CCS indefinitely.
B. The RCPs will experience seal failure, C. The RCP stator windings will overheat.
D~  The RCP motor bearings will overheat.
A. Incorrect, the RCPs cannot operate without component cooling water because the motor bearings will overheat. Plausible to conclude that due to the seal injection flow, the loss of thermal barrier cooling would not be an issue.
B. Incorrect, The RCPs will NOT experience seal failure as long as seal injection flow is present, but plausible because seal damage would occur if the CCS were lost and seal flow was not present.
C. Incorrect, The RCP stator windings are not cooling by CCS. The motor coolers use ERCW to cool the air leaving the RCP motors. Plausible if the RCP motor cooling is confused with the RCP motor bearing cooling.
D. Correct, Loss of cooling to the motor bearings will ceuse overheating of the motor bearings and damage to the RCP motor.
Page 11
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 5 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA    015/017 AK2.08 RCP Malfunctions, Knowledge of the interrelations between the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunction and the following, CCWS.
Importance Rating:   2.6 I 2.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.03 AOP-R.04 FSAR 5.5.1.2 1-47W859-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPL271AOP-M.03 B.6 OPT200.RCP B.4 Question Source:
Bank#_X          _
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History:  SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008,      SEQ Bank AOP-M.03-B.4 8 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 145.7)
Comments:
Page 12


AOP-M.03 AOP-R.04FSAR5.5.1.2 1-47W859-2 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:
: 6. Given the following plant conditions:
OPL271AOP-M.03 B.6 OPT200.RCP B.4QuestionSource:
Reactor power is steady-state at 75%.
Bank#_X_ModifiedBank#
Pressurizer Level Control Selector Switch (XS-68-339E) is in the 339/335 position, and level control is in automatic.
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,SEQBank AOP-M.03-B.4 8QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55Content:(CFR41.7 145.7)Comments:Page12 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/20086.Giventhe following plant conditions:
Temperature input to the pressurizer level control system fails to 530&deg;F.
Reactorpoweris steady-stateat75%.PressurizerLevelControl Selector Switch (XS-68-339E)isinthe339/335position,andlevelcontrolisinautomatic.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the effect this condition would have on the pressurizer level control system? (Assume NO operator action)
Temperatureinputtothe pressurizerlevelcontrolsystemfailsto530&deg;F.
A. Charging initially increases to 120 gpm then returns to normal and pressurizer level stabilizes at a higher value.
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing describestheeffectthis conditionwouldhaveonthe pressurizerlevelcontrolsystem?(Assume NO operator action)A.Charging initially increasesto120gpmthenreturnstonormaland pressurizer level stabilizesata higher value.Charging initially decreasestominimumflowand indicated pressurizerlevellowers towhereit stabilizes.
B~ Charging initially decreases to minimum flow and indicated pressurizer level lowers to 25&deg;~ where it stabilizes.
C.Charging decreasestominimumand indicated pressurizerlevellowersto17%,thenlevelrisestothehighlevel reactortripsetpoint.
C. Charging decreases to minimum and indicated pressurizer level lowers to 17%,
D.Charging increasesto120gpmandthe pressurizerlevelrisestothehighlevel reactortripsetpoint.Page13 1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 The controllerusesTavgastheinputforfor levelsetpoint.The programed level ramps from24.7 to 60%asTavg changes from 547-578 degrees F.If the controller setpointinput(Tavg)failedto a value of 530 degreesF,then the controller wouldsensethe levelashighand start reducing the chargingflowto lowerlevel.The controller has aminimumcapat24.7%whichis where levelwouldbeat 547 degrees F.A.Incorrect, Charging would notincrease(as explainedabove)Plausible if candidate confuseswhichwaythechargingflowwouldbe affected by the failure and/or because otherfailureswouldcause chargingflowtoincrease.
then level rises to the high level reactor trip setpoint.
Level setpointfailinghighwould resultinthisscenario.
D. Charging increases to 120 gpm and the pressurizer level rises to the high level reactor trip setpoint.
B.Correct,the temperatureinputfailure resultsinthe pressurizer level setpointtodropto 24.7%.Theinitial levelwouldbe60%, therefore the control system would decrease charging to lower the levelfrom60%tothe 24.7%setpoint.C.Incorrect, Levelwouldstabilizeat24.7%as explainedinabove.Plausible because otherfailureswouldcauseleveltodropuntil letdownisolatesat 17%, then pressurizer refills andtriponHigh level occurs.Controlling channelfailinghighwould resultinthisscenario.D.Incorrect, charging does notincreaseas explainedin'B'above.Plausible because otherfailureswouldcauseleveltoincreaseuntil pressurizer fillsandtriponHigh level occurs.Controlling channelfailinglowwould result inthisscenario.Page14 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 Question NO.6 Tier 1 Group_1_KIAAPE022 AA2.03LossofRx CoolantMakeup,Abilityto determine and interpretthefollowingasthey applytothelossofReactor Coolant PumpMakeup:Failuresofflowcontrolvalveor controller ImportanceRating:3.1I3.6 Technical  
Page 13
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 The controller uses Tavg as the input for for level setpoint. The programed level ramps from 24. 7 to 60 % as Tavg changes from 547-578 degrees F . If the controller setpoint input (Tavg) failed to a value of 530 degrees F, then the controller would sense the level as high and start reducing the charging flow to lower level. The controller has a minimum cap at 24. 7% which is where level would be at 547 degrees F.
A. Incorrect, Charging would not increase (as explained above) Plausible if candidate confuses which way the charging flow would be affected by the failure and/or because other failures would cause charging flow to increase.
Level setpoint failing high would result in this scenario.
B. Correct, the temperature input failure results in the pressurizer level setpoint to drop to 24.7%. The initial level would be 60%, therefore the control system would decrease charging to lower the level from 60% to the 24.7%
setpoint.
C. Incorrect, Level would stabilize at 24. 7% as explained in above. Plausible because other failures would cause level to drop until letdown isolates at 17%, then pressurizer refills and trip on High level occurs. Controlling channel failing high would result in this scenario.
D. Incorrect, charging does not increase as explained in 'B' above. Plausible because other failures would cause level to increase until pressurizer fills and trip on High level occurs. Controlling channel failing low would result in this scenario.
Page 14
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question NO.6 Tier 1 Group _1_
KIA    APE 022 AA2.03 Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup, Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup: Failures of flow control valve or controller Importance Rating:   3.1 I 3.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TI-28Att9.
TI-28 Att 9.
1-47W611-68-2 AOP-I.04 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1-47W611-68-2 AOP-I.04 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRLCS, B.5 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
Bank#_X__
OPT200.PZRLCS, B.5 Question Source: Bank#_X__ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank #- - - - -
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,SEQBankPZR LEVEL-B.12.D 1 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55Content:
New - - - - -
Comments:(CFR43.5 I 45.13)Page15 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/20087.Unit1at100
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SEQ Bank PZR LEVEL-B.12.D 1 Question Cognitive Level:
%power.All conditionsarenormalwiththe following exceptions:07:00,1ARHRPumpistaggedduetomotor repairandwillbereturned to servicein24hours.08:00,Unit1hasa reactortripandSIduetoaLOCA.
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
08:01, E-O, ReactorTriporSafetyInjection,isenteredfollowedbya transitiontoE-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant.08:08,The1BRHRPumptripson overcurrentduetoalockedrotor.08:14,Step15ofE-1, transitionscrewtoECA-1.1,LossofRHRSump Recirculation.
Comprehension or Analysis      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 43.5 I 45.13)
The conditionsatthe transition are:*RCSpressureis160psig
Comments:
*Containmentpressureis9.7psidandstable
Page 15
*RWSTlevelis 580/0 and dropping*Containmentsumplevelis 25%andrisingAssumingtheplant conditionremainunchanged,andALLECA-1.1stepsto address ContainmentSprayPump operationarecompleted,howmany containment spraypumpswillberunningandwhatwillbethesuctionsourcetothepumps?
 
Number of Pumps Running Suction Source A.1 RWST B.1 Containment sump C.2 RWST2 Containment sumpPage16 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,Duetothe requirements ofECA-1.1,with containment pressure greater than 9.5 psid butlessthan12.0psid,one ofthetwo containment spray pump should be shutdownbutwith stated containmentsumplevel,thesuctionwouldbe transferredtothe containmentsumpandboth pumps placedinservice.SuctionwouldnotbefromtheRWST.Plausible becausethesuctionpathwouldnotbe swappedtothe sumpsinECA-1.1and only 1 pumpwouldbe running with conditions other than statedinthestem.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
B.Incorrect.Duetothe requirements ofECA-1.1,with containment pressure greater than 9.5 psid butlessthan12.0psid,one ofthetwo containment sprayshould be shutdownbutwith stated containmentsumplevel,thesuctionwouldbe transferredtothe containmentsumpandboth pumps placedinservice.Plausible becauseonlyone pumpwouldberunningwith conditions other than statedinthestemand candidate may not relate placing the stopped pump backinservicewhenthethe suctionpetri is swappedtothe sumpsinECA-1.1.
: 7. Unit 1 at 100 % power. All conditions are normal with the following exceptions:
C.Incorrect.Duetothe requirements of ECA-1.1, containment pressurewouldhavetobe greaterthan12.0 psidtorequire 2 containment spray pumpstoberunning and alignedtotheRWST.Theconditions statedinthestemwould resultinone of the pumps beingstopped,thenwiththe level statedinthe conieinmentsump,the suction swappedtothe containment sump and and both pumps placed back inservice.Plausible ifcandidateis not aware relationship between containment pressure and the number of pumps that shouldbeinserviceoris not aware of thesumplevel requiredtoswapthesuctiontothesump.D.Correct, 2 containment spray pumpswouldbe running andthesuctionpathwould be swappedtothesumpinECA-1.1withthe conditions statedinthestem.Page17 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.7 Tier_1_Group_1_KIAAPE025 AK2.05LossofRHRsystem, Knowledgeofthe interrelationsbetweentheLossofResidualHeatRemovalSystemandthefollowing, ReactorBuildingSump ImportanceRating:2.6 I 2.6 Technical  
07:00, 1A RHR Pump is tagged due to motor repair and will be returned to service in 24 hours.
08:00, Unit 1 has a reactor trip and SI due to a LOCA.
08:01, E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, is entered followed by a transition to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.
08:08, The 1B RHR Pump trips on overcurrent due to a locked rotor.
08:14, Step 15 of E-1, transitions crew to ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation. The conditions at the transition are:
* RCS pressure is 160 psig
* Containment pressure is 9.7 psid and stable
* RWST level is 580/0 and dropping
* Containment sump level is 25% and rising Assuming the plant condition remain unchanged, and ALL ECA-1.1 steps to address Containment Spray Pump operation are completed, how many containment spray pumps will be running and what will be the suction source to the pumps?
Number of Pumps Running                       Suction Source A.               1                                 RWST B.               1                                 Containment sump C.               2                                  RWST D~                2                                 Containment sump Page 16
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Due to the requirements of ECA-1.1, with containment pressure greater than 9.5 psid but less than 12.0 psid, one of the two containment spray pump should be shutdown but with stated containment sump level, the suction would be transferred to the containment sump and both pumps placed in service. Suction would not be from the RWST. Plausible because the suction path would not be swapped to the sumps in ECA-1.1 and only 1 pump would be running with conditions other than stated in the stem.
B. Incorrect. Due to the requirements of ECA-1.1, with containment pressure greater than 9.5 psid but less than 12.0 psid, one of the two containment spray pump-should be shutdown but with stated containment sump level, the suction would be transferred to the containment sump and both pumps placed inservice. Plausible because only one pump would be running with conditions other than stated in the stem and candidate may not relate placing the stopped pump back in service when the the suctionpetri is swapped to the sumps in ECA-1.1 .
C. Incorrect. Due to the requirements of ECA-1.1, containment pressure would have to be greater than 12.0 psid to require 2 containment spray pumps to be running and aligned to the RWST. The conditions stated in the stem would result in one of the pumps being stopped, then with the level stated in the conieinment sump, the suction swapped to the containment sump and and both pumps placed back in service. Plausible if candidate is not aware relationship between containment pressure and the number of pumps that should be in service or is not aware of the sump level required to swap the suction to the sump.
D. Correct, 2 containment spray pumps would be running and the suction path would be swapped to the sump in ECA-1.1 with the conditions stated in the stem.
Page 17
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 7 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA    APE 025 AK2.05 Loss of RHR system, Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System and the following, Reactor Building Sump Importance Rating:   2.6 I 2.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-1.1,LossofRHRSump Recirculation Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective:         OPL271 ECA-1.1 86 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:OPL271ECA-1.186 Question Source: Bank#----ModifiedBank
Bank # - - - -
#X_New----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,SQNBank ECA-1.1-B.2 002 Question Cognitive Level:.Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55Content:
Modified Bank #         X_
Comments:(CFR41.7 I 45.7)Page18 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 8.FollowingatotallossofallACpower,the operator is directedtoisolateCCStotheRCPthermal barriers per ECA-O.O,"Lossof ShutdownPower".Whenoffsitepowerisrestored,the operatorisdirectedinECA-0.1,"Recovery fromLossofShutdownPower withoutSIRequired",toensurethattheRCP thermal barrier isolationiscompletepriorto restartingaCCSpump.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing describes the basis, for isolatingtheCCS thermal barrierreturnpriortorestartingtheCCSpump?A.To prevent thermalshocktotheRCPpump impelleruponrestartoftheCCSsystem during recovery.B.Toprevent thermalshocktotheRCPseal packagesuponrestartoftheCCS system during recovery.C.Toensure elevatedheatloadsasaresultofthelossofallACpowerarewithinthe design cooling capacityofCCSpriorto startingaCCSpump.Topreventsteamfromformingand circulatingintheCCSsystemand ensurestheCCSsystemis availabletocool equipment necessary for recovery.A.Incorrect,Plausibleduetotheseal package does allowforcoolingthe pump shaft, howeveritis notthereason.
New - - - -
B.Incorrect, PlausibleduetoIsolatingthe thermal barrierdoessecurecoolingflowtothe seal packages, howeveritis notthereason.
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank ECA-1.1-B.2 002 Question Cognitive Level:
c.Incorrect, Plausibledueto Isolating the thermal barrierwouldreducethe heat loadontheCCS buttheisolationis nottoensuretheloadsarewithin the capacity of theCCSsystem.D.Correct,To preventsteamfromformingand circulatingintheCCSsystem and ensurestheCCSsystemisavailabletocool equipment necessary for recovery.Page19 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.8 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA 026 AK3.03Lossof ComponentCoolingWater:
    .               Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
Knowledgeofthe following responsesastheyapplytotheLossof ComponentCoolingWater:
Comprehension or Analysis        X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:     (CFR 41.7 I 45.7)
Guidance actionscontainedinEOPforLossofCCW.
Comments:
ImportanceRating:4.0I4.2 Technical  
Page 18
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 8. Following a total loss of all AC power, the operator is directed to isolate CCS to the RCP thermal barriers per ECA-O.O, "Loss of Shutdown Power". When offsite power is restored, the operator is directed in ECA-0.1, "Recovery from Loss of Shutdown Power without SI Required", to ensure that the RCP thermal barrier isolation is complete prior to restarting a CCS pump.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the basis, for isolating the CCS thermal barrier return prior to restarting the CCS pump?
A. To prevent thermal shock to the RCP pump impeller upon restart of the CCS system during recovery.
B. To prevent thermal shock to the RCP seal packages upon restart of the CCS system during recovery.
C. To ensure elevated heat loads as a result of the loss of all AC power are within the design cooling capacity of CCS prior to starting a CCS pump.
D~    To prevent steam from forming and circulating in the CCS system and ensures the CCS system is available to cool equipment necessary for recovery.
A. Incorrect, Plausible due to the seal package does allow for cooling the pump shaft, however it is not the reason.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to Isolating the thermal barrier does secure cooling flow to the seal packages, however it is not the reason.
: c. Incorrect, Plausible due to Isolating the thermal barrier would reduce the heat load on the CCS but the isolation is not to ensure the loads are within the capacity of the CCS system.
D. Correct, To prevent steam from forming and circulating in the CCS system and ensures the CCS system is available to cool equipment necessary for recovery.
Page 19
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 8 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA        026 AK3.03 Loss of Component Cooling Water: Knowledge of the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water: Guidance actions contained in EOP for Loss of CCW.
Importance Rating:   4.0 I 4.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-O.O, Loss of All AC Power EPM-3-ECA-0.0, Basis Document for ECA-O.O Loss of All AC Power Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:          271 ECA-O.O B.4 Question Source:
Bank#_X          _
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History:  SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, WBN Bank ECAOOOO.08 5 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge        X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 41.5,41.10 145.6 145.13)
Comments:
Page 20
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 9. Given the following:
Reactor at 85% RTP stable conditions for 10 days.
      -  Both Pressurizer Spray Valve Controllers in MANUAL and output set to "0".
      -  All other systems and controllers in normal alignment.
Which ONE (1) of the following would be the immediate effect if the Pressurizer Master Pressure Controller was placed in MANUAL and the output is raised to 100 0/0?
A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.
B~    Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.
C. Pressurizer Pressure La alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.
D. Pressurizer Pressure La alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.
A. Incorrect, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated. Heaters do not energize but plausible if they did the pressure would start to rise and high pressure alarm could come in because the spray valves are in manual and will not open.
B. Correct, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated by the output of the controller as the output is increased, variable heaters all deenergize, with NO heaters the pressurizer pressure will start to drop due to ambient losses and pressurizer spray bypass flow.
C. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do not energize (but if they did the pressure would rise). Plausible to conclude that raising controller output could result in raising pressure.
D. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do deenergize and the pressure does drop. Plausible to conclude that the heater would deenergize causing pressure to lower and the low pressure alarm to come in.
Page 21


ECA-O.O,LossofAllAC Power EPM-3-ECA-0.0, Basis Document for ECA-O.OLossofAllACPower Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No.9 Tier _1_ Group _1_
NoneLearningObjective:
K/A         APE 027 AA 1.02 Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction, Ability to operate and / or Monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction: SCR-controlled Heaters in manual mode.
Question Source: 271 ECA-O.O B.4 Bank#_X_ModifiedBank#
Importance Rating:   3.1 / 3.0 Technical  
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,WBNBank ECAOOOO.08 5 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X ComprehensionorAnalysis
_10CFRPart55Content:
Comments: (CFR 41.5,41.10 145.6 145.13)Page20 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/20089.Giventhe following:
Reactor at 85%RTP stable conditions for10days.-Both Pressurizer Spray Valve Controllers in MANUAL and outputsetto"0".-All other systems and controllersinnormal alignment.
WhichONE(1)of the followingwouldbethe immediate effectifthe Pressurizer Master Pressure Controllerwasplacedin MANUALandthe outputisraisedto100 0/0?A.Pressurizer PressureHIalarm,andActual pressurizer pressurestartstorise.Pressurizer PressureHIalarm,andActual pressurizer pressurestartstodrop.
C.Pressurizer Pressure Laalarm,andActual pressurizer pressurestartstorise.
D.Pressurizer Pressure Laalarm,andActual pressurizer pressure startstodrop.A.Incorrect,TheHi pressurealarmisactuated.
Heaters do not energize but plausible if theydidthe pressure would starttoriseandhigh pressure alarmcouldcomein because the sprayvalvesarein manual and will not open.B.Correct,TheHi pressurealarmis actuated by the output of the controller as the outputisincreased,variable heatersalldeenergize,withNO heaters the pressurizer pressure will starttodropdueto ambient losses and pressurizer spray bypass flow.C.Incorrect,low pressurealarmcomesfromthe output of the controller dropping and the controller outputisbeing raisedto100%, Heaters do notenergize(butif theydidthe pressurewouldrise).
Plausible to conclude that raising controller output could result in raising pressure.D.Incorrect, low pressurealarmcomesfromthe output of the controller dropping and the controller outputisbeing raisedto100%, Heatersdodeenergize and the pressuredoesdrop.Plausibleto conclude that the heaterwoulddeenergize causing pressure to lower andthelow pressurealarmtocomein.Page21 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 Question No.9 Tier_1_Group_1_K/AAPE027AA1.02 PressurizerPressureControlSystemMalfunction,Abilityto operateand/or Monitorthefollowingastheyapplytothe PressurizerPressureControl Malfunction:
SCR-controlledHeatersinmanualmode.ImportanceRating:3.1/3.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-1.04, Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      None Learning Objective:          OPT200.PZRPCS B.4, B.5 Question Source:
Bank # X- - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, WBN Bank SYS068C.22 20 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 Comments: Added bullet in stem concerninq C Bank Backup heater being out of service. If on they would not turn off on increasing output of controller and added 'available' in each choice.
Page 22
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 10. The CRO is performing an RCS cooldown in response to a Steam Generator tube rupture. The oncoming shift has arrived in the control room for turnover.
In accordance with OPDP-1, which ONE (1) of the following identifies turnover requirements?
A~  An operator is NOT permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown and a Log Review by the oncoming operator are required to be completed.
B. An operator is NOT permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown by the oncoming operator is NOT required provided the Log Review is completed.
C. An operator is permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown and a Log Review by the oncoming operator are required to be completed.
D. An operator is permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown by the oncoming operator is NOT required provided the Log Review is completed.
Page 23


AOP-1.04, Pressurizer InstrumentandControl Malfunctions Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, Per OPDP-1, Operations personnel performing shift turnover will not be involved in plant evolutions/activities during performance on shift turnover activities. The Cooldown should be complete prior to conducting turnover. The OPDP also requires a log review and a control board walkdown as a part of turnover.
NoneLearningObjective:QuestionSource:
B. Incorrect, The cooldown should be completed prior to turnover, there is no provision for not completing the board walkdown. Plausible due to candidate could think that due to being in an emergency the walkdown would not be required.
OPT200.PZRPCSB.4,B.5Bank#X---ModifiedBank#
: c. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate not knowing requirement that personnel will not be involved in activities during turnover, and candidate could think that since the cooldown should not be delayed that turnover could be conducted in parallel.
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM1/2008,WBNBank SYS068C.22 20QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamentalknowledge_
D. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate not knowing requirement that personnel will not be involved in activities during turnover, and candidate could think that since the cooldown should not be delayed that turnover could be conducted in parallel and that due to being in an emergency the walkdown' would not be required Page 24
ComprehensionorAnalysis
 
__X__10CFRPart55Content:41.7/45.5/45.6Comments:Addedbulletinstem concerninqCBankBackup heaterbeingoutofservice.Ifontheywouldnotturnoffonincreasing output of controllerandadded'available'ineachchoice.Page22 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200810.TheCROisperforminganRCScooldowninresponsetoaSteam Generator tuberupture.Theoncomingshifthasarrivedinthecontrolroomforturnover.
1/2008 Sequoyah S'RO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 10 Tier _1_ Group _1_
In accordancewithOPDP-1,whichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifies turnover requirements?An operatorisNOTpermittedto simultaneously turnoverandperformthe cooldown;AControlBoard WalkdownandaLogReviewbytheoncoming operator arerequiredtobecompleted.B.An operatorisNOTpermittedto simultaneously turnoverandperformthe cooldown;AControlBoard Walkdownbytheoncoming operatorisNOTrequiredprovidedtheLogReviewiscompleted.C.An operatorispermittedto simultaneously turnoverandperformthecooldown;AControlBoard WalkdownandaLogReviewbytheoncoming operator arerequiredtobecompleted.D.An operatorispermittedto simultaneously turnoverandperformthecooldown;AControlBoard Walkdownbytheoncoming operatorisNOTrequiredprovidedtheLogReviewiscompleted.Page23 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Correct,PerOPDP-1, Operations personnel performing shift turnover will not be involved in plant evolutions/activities during performanceonshift turnoveractivities.TheCooldown should be complete prior to conducting turnover.TheOPDPalso requires a log review and a control board walkdownasa part of turnover.B.Incorrect,The cooldown should be completed priortoturnover,thereisno provision for not completing the boardwalkdown.Plausibleduetocandidatecouldthinkthatdueto beinginan emergency the walkdown would not be required.c.Incorrect,Plausibleduetocandidate not knowing requirement that personnel will not be involvedinactivitiesduringturnover, and candidatecouldthinkthatsincethecooldown should not be delayed that turnovercouldbe conductedinparallel.
K/A    038 G2.1.3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Conduct of Operations, Knowledge of shift turnover practices.
D.Incorrect,Plausibleduetocandidate not knowing requirement that personnel will not be involvedinactivitiesduringturnover, and candidatecouldthinkthatsincethe cooldown should not be delayed that turnovercouldbe conducted in parallel andthatdueto beinginan emergency thewalkdown'would not be requiredPage24 1/2008 SequoyahS'RONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.10 Tier_1_Group_1_K/A038G2.1.3 Steam GeneratorTubeRupture, ConductofOperations, Knowledgeofshift turnover practices.
Importance Rating:   3.0/3.4 Technical  
Importance Rating: 3.0/3.4 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, Rev 8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:          OPL271 C209 B.10 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - -  x --
Question History:            New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge        X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    (CFR: 41.10 / 45.13)
Comments:
Page 25
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 11. Given the following
      -  A Reactor Trip/Safety Injection was initiated on Unit 2 due to a steam line break on Steam Generator #1 outside containment but upstream of the MSIV.
      -  The crew responded in accordance with the emergerency operating procedures.
When Steam Generator #1 blowdown was complete the RCS conditions were as follows:
Pressurizer pressure 1880 psig.
Pressurizer level g%.
Lowest ReS Tcold temperature reached was 474&deg;F.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the concern when the steam generator blowdown was complete following isolation and the condition(s) required to re-energize the pressurizer heaters?
Concern when blowdown complete                      To re-energize heaters A. Steam Generator tube failure due                    Restore level to >17%
to high differential pressure.                      and Reset SI B. Steam Generator tube failure due                    Restore level to >17%
to high differential pressure.                      SI reset NOT required C~ Pressurizer overfill and RCS .                      Restore level to >17%
pressurization.                                      and Reset SI D. Pressurizer overfill and RCS                        Restore level to >17%
pressurization.                                      SI reset NOT required Page 26
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect; Plausible if student does not understand the Pressure dynamics of the RCS vs SG pressures during given event. Also if student does not know SI would lock out the pressurizer heaters and must be reset before heater would energize.
B. Incorrect; Plausible if student does not understand the Pressure dynamics of the RCS vs SG pressures during given event.
C. Correct; Per EPM-3-E-2 for SI termination is checked to minimize the likelihood of overfilling the pressurizer. Pressurizer level must be >17% and SI reset for Pressurizer heaters to energize.
D. Incorrect; First part correct Per EPM-3-E-2 for SI termination is checked to minimize the likelihood of overfilling the pressurizer. Second part incorrect, plausible if student does not know SI would lock out the pressurizer heaters and must be reset before heater would energize.
Page 27


OPDP-1, ConductofOperations,Rev8 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 11 Tier _1_ Group _1_
None LearningObjective:OPL271C209B.10 x Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
KIA        040 AK1.03 Steam Line Rupture, Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture: RCS Shrink and consequent depressurization.
-----New----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X ComprehensionorAnalysis
Importance Rating:   3.8 I 4.2 Technical  
_10CFRPart55Content:(CFR:41.10/
45.13)Comments:Page25 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200811.Giventhe following-A Reactor Trip/SafetyInjectionwas initiatedonUnit2duetoasteamlinebreakonSteam Generator#1 outside containmentbutupstreamoftheMSIV.-Thecrewrespondedin accordancewiththe emergerency operating procedures.
When Steam Generator#1blowdownwas completetheRCS conditionswereasfollows:
Pressurizerpressure1880psig.
Pressurizerlevelg%.Lowest ReS Tcold temperaturereachedwas474&deg;F.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiestheconcernwhenthesteam generator blowdownwascomplete following isolationandthe condition(s)requiredto re-energize the pressurizer heaters?Concern when blowdown completeA.Steam Generator tube failure duetohigh differential pressure.B.Steam Generator tube failure duetohigh differential pressure.Pressurizer overfillandRCS.pressurization.
D.Pressurizer overfillandRCS pressurization.
To re-energize heatersRestorelevelto
>17%andResetSIRestorelevelto
>17%SIresetNOTrequiredRestorelevelto
>17%andResetSIRestorelevelto
>17%SIresetNOTrequiredPage26 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Incorrect;Plausibleif student does not understand the Pressure dynamics of theRCSvs SG pressuresduringgivenevent.Alsoif student does not knowSIwould lockoutthe pressurizer heaters and must be reset before heaterwouldenergize.
B.Incorrect;Plausibleif studentdoesnot understand the Pressure dynamics of theRCSvs SG pressuresduringgivenevent.
C.Correct;Per EPM-3-E-2forSIterminationis checkedtominimizethe likelihood of overfillingthepressurizer.
Pressurizer level must be>17%and SI reset for Pressurizer heaterstoenergize.
D.Incorrect; First part correct Per EPM-3-E-2forSI termination is checkedtominimize the likelihood of overfillingthepressurizer.
Second part incorrect, plausible if student does not knowSIwouldlockoutthe pressurizer heaters and must be reset before heaterwouldenergize.Page27 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.11 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA 040 AK1.03 SteamLineRupture, Knowledgeofthe operational implicationsofthe following conceptsasthey apply to Steam Line Rupture: RCS Shrink and consequent depressurization.
ImportanceRating:3.8I4.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPM-3-E-2 step 7, 1-47W611-68-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective: OPL271 E-2 b.6, OPT200PZRPCS b.4 Question Source:
Bank#          _
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New      X- - -
Question History:  SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.8 141.10 145.3 Comments:
Page 28
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 12. Given the following Unit 1 plant conditions:
ECA-O.O, Loss of All AC Power is in effect.
Depressurization of all intact SGs is in progress.
      -    The SG are to be depressurized at the "maximum rate".
Which ONE of the following identifies the parameter used to determine the maximum rate and the basis for the parameter being the limiting parameter?
A. Ability to maintain pressurizer level above 100/0 to prevent loss of pressure control resulting in reactor vessel head voiding.
B~  Ability to maintain at least one SG narrow range level above 100/0 to prevent loss of sufficient heat transfer capability from the RCS.
C. Ability to maintain RCS Tcold cooldown equal to or less than 100&deg;F/hour to prevent transition to FR-P.1, Pressurized Thermal Shock.
D. Ability to maintain RCS pressure equal to or greater than 200 psig to prevent nitrogen from entering the the RCS from CLAs.
Page 29
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter. Loss of pressurizer level and reactor vessel head voiding may occur and are acceptable during the depressurization may stated in a note preceeding step to depressurize the SGs.Maintaining pressurizer level 10% or greater is a parameter monotored in the EOPs that results in actions being taken.
B. Correct. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter and the basis is to prevent the loss of sufficient heat transfer capability from the RCS.
: c. Incorrect. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter, NOT the Tcold cooldown rate. PTS is avoided by stopping the cooldown before reaching PTS temperatures and the FRGs are suspended during ECA-O.O implementation.
D. Incorrect. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter. The depressurization would be stopped and the RCS pressure controlled between 100 and 200 psig. If the pressure were to drop to below 100 psig prior to isolating CLAs, nitrogen could be injected into the RCS as described in a Caution prior to the step for depressurizingthe SGs.
Page 30


EPM-3-E-2step7, 1-47W611-68-2 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 12 Tier _1_ Group _1_
None Learning Objective:OPL271E-2b.6, OPT200PZRPCS b.4 Question Source: Bank#_ModifiedBank#-----NewX---QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.8 141.10 145.3Page28 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200812.Giventhe followingUnit1plant conditions:
KIA    055 G2.4.18 Station Blackout, Knowledge of the Basis for EOPs.
ECA-O.O,LossofAllACPowerisineffect.
Importance Rating:   2.7 I 3.6 Technical  
DepressurizationofallintactSGsisinprogress.-TheSGaretobe depressurizedatthe"maximumrate".WhichONEofthe following identifies the parameterusedto determinethemaximumrateandthebasisforthe parameterbeingthelimiting parameter?
A.Ability to maintain pressurizerlevelabove 100/0 to preventlossofpressurecontrolresultingin reactorvesselheadvoiding.AbilitytomaintainatleastoneSG narrowrangelevelabove 100/0topreventlossof sufficient heat transfer capabilityfromtheRCS.
C.Ability to maintainRCSTcoldcooldownequaltoorlessthan 100&deg;F/hourtoprevent transitiontoFR-P.1, PressurizedThermalShock.
D.Ability to maintain RCS pressureequaltoor greaterthan200psigtopreventnitrogenfrom enteringthetheRCSfromCLAs.Page29 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect.Theabilitytomaintain1SGlevelabove10%
narrowrangeisthe parameter.
Loss of pressurizer level and reactor vessel head voiding may occur and are acceptableduringthe depressurization may stated in a note preceedingstepto depressurize the SGs.Maintaining pressurizer level10%or greater is a parameter monotoredintheEOPsthat resultsinactions being taken.B.Correct.The abilitytomaintain1SG levelabove10%narrowrangeisthe parameter andthebasisisto preventtheloss of sufficient heat transfer capabilityfromtheRCS.
c.Incorrect.The abilitytomaintain 1 SGlevelabove10%
narrowrangeisthe parameter, NOTtheTcold cooldownrate.PTSis avoided by stopping the cooldown before reaching PTS temperaturesandtheFRGsare suspended during ECA-O.O implementation.
D.Incorrect.The abilitytomaintain1SG levelabove10%narrowrangeisthe parameter.
The depressurizationwouldbe stopped andtheRCS pressure controlled between 100 and200psig.If the pressureweretodropto below100psig prior to isolating CLAs, nitrogen could be injectedintotheRCS as described in a Caution priortothestepfor depressurizingthe SGs.Page30 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.12 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA 055 G2.4.18StationBlackout, KnowledgeoftheBasisforEOPs.ImportanceRating:2.7I3.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-O.O, Loss of All AC Power EPM-3-ECA-0.0 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:          OPL271 ECA-O.O, Obj 1.b, 3.b, 8 Question Source:
Bank#          _
Modified Bank #        X_ _
New          _
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Sequoyah bank question ECA-0.0-B.1.B 002 modified Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge        X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR: 41.10 145.13)
Comments: Sequoyah bank question ECA-0.0-B.1.B 002modified Page 31
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 13. Given the following conditions:
A Loss of Offsite Power occurred RCS pressure is 2085 psig Thot is 573&deg;F Core exit thermocouples are 583&deg;F Which ONE (1) of the following is the closest approximation of ReS subcooling?
A. Incorrect. Plausible if 15 is subtracted from initial pressure when calculating saturation temp and using incore temperature 641&deg;F-583&deg;F=58&deg;F B. Correct.  (2100 psia Tsat =643&deg;F) 643&deg;F-583&deg;F=60&deg;F C. Incorrect. Plausible if 15 is subtracted from initial pressure when calculating saturation temp and using Thot instead of incore temperature 641&deg;F-573&deg;F=68&deg;F D. Incorrect. Plausible if Thot is used instead of incore temperature 643&deg;F-573&deg;F=70&deg;F Page 32


ECA-O.O,LossofAllACPower EPM-3-ECA-0.0 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 13 Tier _1_ Group _1_
NoneLearningObjective:
KIA    056 AK1.03 Loss of off-site Power, Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Off-Site Power: Definition of Subcooling: use of steam tables to determine it Importance Rating:     3.1 I 3.4 Technical  
OPL271 ECA-O.O,Obj1.b,3.b,8QuestionSource:
Bank#_ModifiedBank#X
__New_QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,Sequoyahbankquestion ECA-0.0-B.1.B 002 modified Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X ComprehensionorAnalysis
_10CFRPart55Content:(CFR:41.10 145.13)Comments: Sequoyahbankquestion ECA-0.0-B.1.B 002modifiedPage31 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200813.Giventhe following conditions:ALossofOffsitePoweroccurred RCS pressureis2085psigThotis573&deg;FCoreexit thermocouplesare583&deg;F WhichONE(1)ofthefollowingistheclosest approximation of ReS subcooling?
A.Incorrect.
Plausible if 15 is subtracted from initial pressure when calculating saturation temp andusingincore temperature 641&deg;F-583&deg;F=58&deg;F B.Correct.(2100psiaTsat
=643&deg;F)643&deg;F-583&deg;F=60&deg;F C.Incorrect.
Plausible if 15 is subtracted from initial pressure when calculating saturation temp andusingThot instead of incore temperature 641&deg;F-573&deg;F=68&deg;FD.Incorrect.
Plausible ifThotis used instead of incore temperature 643&deg;F-573&deg;F=70&deg;FPage32 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.13 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA 056 AK1.03Lossof off-site Power, Knowledgeofthe operational implicationsofthefollowing conceptsastheyapplytoLoss of Off-SitePower:Definitionof Subcooling:useofsteamtablesto determine itImportanceRating:3.1I3.4 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-0.2NaturalCirculationCooldown.SteamTables Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:SteamTablesLearningObjective:
ES-0.2 Natural Circulation Cooldown.
OPL271 ES-O.2QuestionSource:Bank#X---ModifiedBank
Steam Tables Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     Steam Tables Learning Objective:     OPL271 ES-O.2 Question Source:
#-----New----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,056 AK1.03PrairieIslandUnit12004NRC EXAM Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR41.8 I41.10/45.3)
Bank # X- - -
Page 33 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200814.Giventhe following plant conditions:Units1and2are operating at 1000/0powerwithNoTechSpecLCOactionsineffect.-The125VDCPowerSystemisnormallyalignedwiththeexceptionofthe Vital BatteryBoardIV,whichisbeingsuppliedfromtheVitalBatteryVandand2-SVital Battery Charger.-Offsite powerislost.1A-Aand2B-Bdiesel generatorsstartandload.1B-Band2A-Adiesel generatorsfailtostart.Ifoffsitepowerhasbeenlostfor longerthan4hours,whichONE(1)ofthe following statements identifies the conditionofthe 125VVitalDC batteries?(AssumeNO operatoractionistaken).A.Allfour125vVitalDC Batterieswouldbeat their normal voltage requirements.B.Allfour125vVitalDC Batterieswouldbe dischargedbeyonddesignlimits.
Modified Bank # - - - - -
CY'125vVitalDC BatteriesIandIVwouldbeat their normal voltage requirements.125vVitalDC BatteriesIIandIIIwouldbe dischargedbeyonddesignlimits.D.125vVitalDC BatteriesIIandIIIwouldbeat their normal voltage requirements.125vVitalDC BatteriesIandIVwouldbe dischargedbeyonddesignlimits.Page34 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,whilethe125vVital boards I andIVwouldhave power availabletotheir charger,theIIandIII boards would nothavepower.With power availabletothechargers,theI and IV batterieswouldbecharged, buttheII and III batterieswouldbedischarged.Plausible if the cendkiete confuses the power supplytothe chargersorrealizesthe chargershavean alternate power supplies(whichare availablefortheIIandIII boards)but does not recall that manualactionwouldbe requiredtoplacethe alternate power supplyinservice.
New - - - -
B.Incorrect,whilethe125vVital boards I andIVwouldhave power availabletotheircharger,theIIandIII boards would nothavepower.With power availabletothechargers,the I and IV batterieswouldbecharged, buttheII and III batterieswouldbedischarged.Plausible ifthecandidate concludesthatthe 480v boards that supply the battery chargers do not sequence backonwhenthe DG recovers the board.C.Correct,as identified on 1,2-45N700-1,the125vVital boardsIandIVwouldhave powertothe battery chargerwhilethe battery chargersforII andIIIwouldbedeenergized,thustheIandIV batterieswouldbe charging and keeping the board powered,whiletheVital Batteries Boards II and III, without a batterycharger,wouldbelostasthe batteries discharged.
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008,056 AK1.03 Prairie Island Unit 1 2004 NRC EXAM Question Cognitive Level:
D.Incorrect,the125vVital boards II andIIIwould NOT have powertothe battery chargerwhilethe battery chargersforI andIVwouldbeenergized,thustheI and IV batteries would be chargingandkeepingthe board powered,whiletheVital Batteries BoardsIIandIII, without a batterycharger,wouldbe lostasthe batteriesdischarged.Plausible if the candidate reverses the chargersthathave power availabletothem.Page35 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.14Tier1Group1 KIA058AK1.01LossofDCPower:knowledgeofthe operational implicationsofthefollowingconceptsasthey applytoLossofDCPower:Battery charger equipment and instrumentation.ImportanceRating:2.8I3.1 Technical  
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 41.8 I 41.10 / 45.3)
Comments:
Page 33
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 14. Given the following plant conditions:
Units 1 and 2 are operating at 1000/0 power with No Tech Spec LCO actions in effect.
        -   The 125 V DC Power System is normally aligned with the exception of the Vital Battery Board IV, which is being supplied from the Vital Battery V and and 2-S Vital Battery Charger.
        - Offsite power is lost.
1A-Aand 2B-B diesel generators start and load.
1B-B and 2A-A diesel generators fail to start.
If offsite power has been lost for longer than 4 hours, which ONE (1) of the following statements identifies the condition of the 125V Vital DC batteries?
(Assume NO operator action is taken)
  . A. All four 125v Vital DC Batteries would be at their normal voltage requirements.
B. All four 125v Vital DC Batteries would be discharged beyond design limits.
CY' 125v Vital DC Batteries I and IV would be at their normal voltage requirements.
125v Vital DC Batteries II and III would be discharged beyond design limits.
D. 125v Vital DC Batteries II and III would be at their normal voltage requirements.
125v Vital DC Batteries I and IV would be discharged beyond design limits.
Page 34
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, while the 125v Vital boards I and IV would have power available to their charger,the II and III boards would not have power. With power available to the chargers, the I and IV batteries would be charged, but the II and III batteries would be discharged. Plausible if the cendkiete confuses the power supply to the chargers or realizes the chargers have an alternate power supplies (which are available for the II and III boards) but does not recall that manual action would be required to place the alternate power supply in service.
B. Incorrect, while the 125v Vital boards I and IV would have power available to their charger, the II and III boards would not have power. With power available to the chargers, the I and IV batteries would be charged, but the II and III batteries would be discharged. Plausible if the candidate concludes that the 480v boards that supply the battery chargers do not sequence back on when the DG recovers the board.
C. Correct, as identified on 1,2-45N700-1, the 125v Vital boards I and IV would have power to the battery charger while the battery chargers for II and III would be deenergized, thus the I and IV batteries would be charging and keeping the board powered, while the Vital Batteries Boards II and III, without a battery charger, would be lost as the batteries discharged.
D. Incorrect, the 125v Vital boards II and III would NOT have power to the battery charger while the battery chargers for I and IV would be energized, thus the I and IV batteries would be charging and keeping the board powered, while the Vital Batteries Boards II and III, without a battery charger, would be lost as the batteries discharged. Plausible if the candidate reverses the chargers that have power available to them.
Page 35
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 14 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA    058 AK1.01 Loss of DC Power: knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power: Battery charger equipment and instrumentation.
Importance Rating:   2.8 I 3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-45N700-1 FSAR 8.1.4 1-AR-M1-C AOP-P.02 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:      OPT200.DC, b.4, b5 Question Source:
Bank #      X Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN N.RC EXAM 1/2008,SQN Bank DC-B.O 002 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 41.8 I 41.10 145.3)
Comments: reworded question to address the condition of both the batteries and the battery chargers after greater than 4 hours of DC load be supplied by the batteries board.
Page 36


1,2-45N700-1FSAR8.1.4 1-AR-M1-C AOP-P.02 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:OPT200.DC,b.4,b5 Question Source: Bank#XModifiedBank
: 15. Which ONE (1) of the following conditions would require entry into Tech Spec 3.7.5, Ultimate Heat Sink?
#-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQN N.RC EXAM 1/2008,SQN Bank DC-B.O 002QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis X10CFRPart55Content:(CFR41.8 I 41.10 145.3)Comments:reworded question to address the conditionofboththebatteriesandthebattery chargers after greaterthan4hoursofDCloadbe suppliedbythebatteriesboard.Page36 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 15.WhichONE(1)of the following conditions would require entryintoTech Spec 3.7.5, Ultimate Heat Sink?A.Water level of675ftand ERCW supply temperature of 81.5&deg;F.B.Water level of677ftand ERCW supply temperature of 82.5&deg;F.Waterlevelof679ftand ERCW supply temperature of 83.5&deg;F.D.Waterlevelof681ftand ERCW supply temperature of 84.5&deg;F.Questionrequiresthecandidateto recallboththe temperature and level requirements oftheUHS.with water temperature above 83degrees,the river level must be greater than 680'andthe temperature equaltoorlessthan 84.5 degrees.If temperatureisless than 83 degrees the requirement for riverelevationis 670'orgreater.A.Incorrect.Both level and temperaturearewithinthelimitsrequired.Plausible because candidate could notbecertainwherethe temperature requirement changeddueto river level or may notknowthe minimum level requirement.
A. Water level of 675 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 81.5&deg;F.
B.Incorrect.Both level and temperaturearewithinthelimitsrequired.Plausible because candidate could notbecertainwherethe temperature requirement changeddueto river level.C.Correct.A temperature of 83.5 degreesisabovethelimitwiththe riverlevellessthan680'.D.Incorrect.Both level and temperaturearewithinthelimitsrequired.Plausible because the temperature listedisthe highest temperature and candidate may not recall the higher temperature is allowedwiththe riverlevelabove 680'or may not recallthatthereare provisions for exceeding the lowerlimitlistedinthetechspec.Page37 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.15 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA 062AA1.01Lossof NuclearServiceWater,Abilityto operate and I or monitor the following as they applytotheLossof Nuclear Service Water: Nuclear Service water temperature indication ImportanceRating:3.1I3.1 Technical  
B. Water level of 677 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 82.5&deg;F.
C~ Water level of 679 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 83.5&deg;F.
D. Water level of 681 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 84.5&deg;F.
Question requires the candidate to recall both the temperature and level requirements of the UHS. with water temperature above 83 degrees, the river level must be greater than 680' and the temperature equal to or less than 84.5 degrees. If temperature is less than 83 degrees the requirement for river elevation is 670' or greater.
A. Incorrect. Both level and temperature are within the limits required. Plausible because candidate could not be certain where the temperature requirement changed due to river level or may not know the minimum level requirement.
B. Incorrect. Both level and temperature are within the limits required. Plausible because candidate could not be certain where the temperature requirement changed due to river level.
C. Correct. A temperature of 83.5 degrees is above the limit with the river level less than 680'.
D. Incorrect. Both level and temperature are within the limits required. Plausible because the temperature listed is the highest temperature and candidate may not recall the higher temperature is allowed with the river level above 680' or may not recall that there are provisions for exceeding the lower limit listed in the tech spec.
Page 37
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 15 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA    062AA1.01 Loss of Nuclear Service Water, Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they   apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water: Nuclear Service water temperature indication Importance Rating:   3.1 I 3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Tech Spec 3.7.5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:          OPT200.ERCW B.6 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - -  X --
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified ERCW-B.6 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 41.7 I 45.5 I 45.6)
Comments:
Page 38


Tech Spec 3.7.5 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learning Objective:
: 16. Given the following plant conditions:
OPT200.ERCW B.6 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
          - A Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA) outside containment has resulted in RCS Subcooling dropping to 0 degrees F.
#X----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,SQNBankModified ERCW-B.6 001 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR41.7 I 45.5I45.6)Page38 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200816.Giventhe following plant conditions:-ALossOf Coolant Accident (LOCA)outside containmenthasresultedinRCS Subcooling droppingto0 degrees F.-The operatingcrewisperformingthe actionsofECA-1.2,LOCA Outside Containment.-Actionsarebeingtakentoisolatetheleak.
          - The operating crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.
In accordancewithECA-1.2"LOCA Outside Containment,"whichONE(1)ofthe followingistheinitial mitigating strategyandwhatwouldbethe indicationusedtoconfirmtheLOCAhasbeen isolated?A.EnsureRHRsuctionfromRCSIsolated PressurizerlevelrisingEnsureRHRsuctionfromRCSIsolatedRCSpressurerisingC.IsolateRHRColdLegInjection PressurizerlevelrisingD.IsolateRHRColdLegInjectionRCSpressurerisingPage39 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Incorrect; Plausible if student remembersthattheinitial strategy of ECA-1.2istoEnsureRHRsuctionisolationfromtheRCS but does not rememberthattheindicationisRCS pressure increasing.
          - Actions are being taken to isolate the leak.
Pressurizerlevelrisingis plausiblesincethe student could reasonthatit mayberising iftheleakwasisolated.The proceduredirectstheuse of RCS pressure increasing as the methodusedtoindicatetheleakhasbeenisolated.
In accordance with ECA-1.2 "LOCA Outside Containment," which ONE (1) of the following is the initial mitigating strategy and what would be the indication used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?
B.Correct;The proceduredirectstheinitial strategy of ensuringRHRsuction isoietionfromtheRCS andtheuse of RCS pressure increasing as the methodtoindicatethe leakhasbeenisolated.
A. Ensure RHR suction from RCS Isolated Pressurizer level rising B~  Ensure RHR suction from RCS Isolated RCS pressure rising C. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising D. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising Page 39
C.Incorrect; Plausible because isolation ofRHRColdLeginjectionis a strategy containedinthe procedure butitis nottheinitial mitigating strategy.Pressurizer levelrisingis a plausibleindicationsincethe studentcouldreasonthatit mayberisingiftheleakwasisolated.The proceduredirectstheuse of RCS pressure increasing as the method usedtoindicatetheleakhasbeenisolated.
 
D.Incorrect; Plausible because isolation ofRHRColdLeginjectionis a strategy containedinthe procedure butitis nottheinitial mitigatingstrategy.The proceduredirectstheuse of ReS pressure increasing as the method used toindicatetheleakhasbeenisolated.Page40 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.16Tier1Group1 KIA W/E04 G2.4.48LOCAOutside Containment:Abilityto interpretcontrolroom indicationstoverifythestatusandoperationofsystem,and understand how operatoractionsand directives affectplantandsystemconditions.ImportanceRating:3.5 I 3.8 Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect; Plausible if student remembers that the initial strategy of ECA-1.2 is to Ensure RHR suction isolation from the RCS but does not remember that the indication is RCS pressure increasing. Pressurizer level rising is plausible since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
B. Correct; The procedure directs the initial strategy of ensuring RHR suction isoietion from the RCS and the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method to indicate the leak has been isolated.
C. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure but it is not the initial mitigating strategy. Pressurizer level rising is a plausible indication since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
D. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure but it is not the initial mitigating strategy. The procedure directs the use of ReS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.
Page 40
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 16 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA         W/E04 G2.4.48 LOCA Outside Containment: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
Importance Rating:     3.5 I 3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-1.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-1.2, B.5 Question Source:
Bank #      X Modified Bank # - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Modified bank question see comments Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        43.5 I 45'.12 Comments: Question modified from combination of SQN bank question ECA-1.2-B.1.A 001and question in INPO bank from Diablo Canyon Unit 1 1/1999 Page 41


ECA-1.2 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:OPL271ECA-1.2,B.5QuestionSource:Bank#XModifiedBank
: 17. Which ONE (1) of the following is an adverse consequence that could result from delaying feed and bleed cooling if the conditions to initiate feed and bleed are met in FR-H.1, "Loss of Secondary Heat Sink"?
#----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,Modifiedbank questionseecomments Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 43.5I45'.12 Comments: Questionmodifiedfrom combinationofSQNbank question ECA-1.2-B.1.A001and questioninINPObankfromDiabloCanyonUnit1 1/1999Page41 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 17.WhichONE(1)ofthe followingisan adverse consequencethatcouldresultfrom delayingfeedandbleedcoolingifthe conditions to initiatefeedandbleedaremetinFR-H.1,"Lossof Secondary Heat Sink"?A.High Temperature induced failure of S/GU-tubebends.B.An overpressurization challengetothe Reactor Vessel.Inability to prevent or minimize core uncoveryduetohighRCS pressure.D.Inability to recover the S/Gs without damagefromhigh thermal stressescausedby cold water refill.A.Incorrect,PlausibleduetoV-tube uncovery with assumedRCShighTempduetoloss of cooling.B.Incorrect,Plausibleduetoloss ofcoolingtoRCS and assumed RCS pressureriseduetoloss of cooling.C.Correct,Per EPM-3-FR-H.
A. High Temperature induced failure of S/G U-tube bends.
1.In ordertominimizecore uncoveryduetoloss of heatsink,the operator must identify loss of heat sink conditions and immediatelyinitiatefeed and bleed.D.Incorrect,Plausibledueto possible S/G dryout with subsequent refill.Page42 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.17 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA W/E05 EK3.1Lossof SecondaryHeatSink, Knowledgeofthereasonsforthe following responsesasthey applytotheLossof SecondaryHeatSink:Facility operating' characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistryandthe effects of temperature,pressure,and reactivity changes and operating limitationsandthereasonsforthese operating characteristics.
B. An overpressurization challenge to the Reactor Vessel.
ImportanceRating:3.4I3.8 Technical  
C~  Inability to prevent or minimize core uncovery due to high RCS pressure.
D. Inability to recover the S/Gs without damage from high thermal stresses caused by cold water refill.
A. Incorrect, Plausible due to V-tube uncovery with assumed RCS high Temp due to loss of cooling.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to loss of cooling to RCS and assumed RCS pressure rise due to loss of cooling.
C. Correct, Per EPM-3-FR-H. 1. In order to minimize core uncovery due to loss of heat sink, the operator must identify loss of heat sink conditions and immediately initiate feed and bleed.
D. Incorrect, Plausible due to possible S/G dryout with subsequent refill.
Page 42
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 17 Tier _1_ Group _1_
KIA          W/E05 EK3.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink: Facility operating' characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and the reasons for these operating characteristics.
Importance Rating:     3.4 I 3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPM-3-FR-H.1, page 12, step 5 note 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-H.1 8.6 Question Source:
Bank # - X- -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN BankFR-H.1-03 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge            X Comprehension or Analysis              _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        (CFR 41.5 I 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
Comments:
Page 43
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRG Exam 02/08/2008
: 18. Given the following conditions:
At 0900 the Reactor Trips due to 2 dropped rods.
At 0920 a small break LOGA occurs.
At 0950 the crew transitioned to EGA-1.1, "Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation", due to the failure of both RHR pumps.
Grew has reduced EGGS flow to 1 SIP and 1 GGP per EGA-1.1.
SI flow cannot be terminated due to lack of subcooling.
At 1030 the crew is performing EGA-1.1 Step 20 RNO to establish the minimum required EGGS flow to remove decay heat.
Which one of the following correctly describes the flow rate that meets the intent of EGA-1.1, Step 20 RNO, AND requirements of using EGGS pumps in meeting this flow rate?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A':I Establish 325 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
B. Establish 325 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps are NOT permitted to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
G. Establish 400 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
D. Establish 400 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps are NOT permitted to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
Page 44
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Gorrect. 0900 - 1030 (90 Min) Using EGA-1.1, curve 9, the value is approximately 325 gpm. The Basis states "the operator is then instructed to establish the minimum EGGS flow needed to match decay heat in order to further decrease EGGS pump Flow and delay RWST depletion. This value, of 325 gpm is in the acceptable region using the graph from time of trip AND meets the requirement of Minimum Flow to delay RWST depletion. The procedure states EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the 'desired flow rate.
B. Incorrect. Gorrect flow rate wrong action. Plausible if student does not know procedure requirement to start or stop pumps as neccessary due to a LOGA. The student may think that due to a LOGA pumps must not be stopped.
G. Incorrect. Plausible due to 400 gpm meets the curve requirment however it does not meet the intent of the step which is to meet the minimum flow requirements while still meeting the curve requirments. Second part correct in EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
D. Incorrect. Plausible due to 400 gpm meets the curve requirment however it does not meet the intent of the step which is to meet the minimum flow requirements while still meeting the curve requirments. Plausible if student does not know procedure requirement to start or stop pumps as neccessary due to a LOGA. The student may think that due to a LOGA pumps must not be stopped.
Page 45


EPM-3-FR-H.1, page 12, step 5 note 1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 18 Tier _1_ Group _1_
None Learning Objective:
KIA          W/E11 EK2.2 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.
OPL271 FR-H.1 8.6 Question Source: Bank#X---ModifiedBank#
Importance Rating:   3.9 I 4.3 Technical  
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008, SQN BankFR-H.1-03 001 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR41.5 I41.10,45.6, 45.13)Page43 1/2008SequoyahSRONRGExam 02/08/200818.Giventhe following conditions:At0900the Reactor Tripsdueto2droppedrods.At0920asmallbreakLOGAoccurs.At0950thecrew transitionedtoEGA-1.1,"LossofRHRSump Recirculation",duetothe failureofbothRHRpumps.GrewhasreducedEGGSflowto1SIPand1GGPperEGA-1.1.SIflowcannotbe terminatedduetolackof subcooling.At1030thecrewis performing EGA-1.1Step20RNOto establish the minimumrequiredEGGSflowtoremove decay heat.Whichoneofthe following correctly describestheflowratethatmeetstheintentofEGA-1.1,Step20RNO,AND requirementsofusingEGGSpumpsinmeetingthisflow rate?REFERENCE PROVIDED A':IEstablish325gpmEGGSflow.EGGSpumpsmaybestartedandstoppedas necessary to accomplishthedesiredflowrate.B.Establish325gpmEGGSflow.EGGSpumpsareNOTpermittedtobestartedandstoppedas necessary to accomplishthedesiredflowrate.G.Establish400gpmEGGSflow.EGGSpumpsmaybestartedandstoppedas necessary to accomplishthedesiredflowrate.D.Establish400gpmEGGSflow.EGGSpumpsareNOTpermittedtobestartedandstoppedas necessary to accomplishthedesiredflowrate.Page44 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Gorrect.0900
-1030(90Min)UsingEGA-1.1,curve 9,thevalueis approximately325gpm.TheBasisstates"the operatoristhen instructed to establishtheminimumEGGSflow neededtomatch decay heat in order to further decreaseEGGSpump Flow and delay RWSTdepletion.This value, of 325gpmisinthe acceptable regionusingthegraphfromtime of trip AND meets the requirement of Minimum Flow to delay RWSTdepletion.The procedurestatesEGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the'desiredflowrate.B.Incorrect.
Gorrectflowratewrongaction.Plausible if student does not know procedure requirementtostartorstop pumps as neccessarydueto aLOGA.The student maythinkthatdueto a LOGA pumps must notbestopped.
G.Incorrect.Plausibledueto400gpm meetsthecurve requirment howeveritdoes not meet the intent ofthestepwhichisto meet the minimum flow requirementswhilestill meetingthecurverequirments.
Second part correctinEGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desiredflowrate.D.Incorrect.Plausibledueto400gpm meetsthecurve requirment howeveritdoes not meet the intent ofthestepwhichisto meet the minimum flow requirementswhilestill meetingthecurverequirments.Plausibleif student does not know procedure requirementtostartorstop pumps as neccessarydueto aLOGA.The student may thinkthatdueto a LOGA pumps must notbestopped.Page45 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.18 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA W/E11 EK2.2Lossof Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Knowledgeofthe interrelations betweentheLossof Emergency Coolant Recirculationandthe following:
Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergencycoolant,the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operationofthese systemstothe operation ofthefacility.
ImportanceRating:3.9 I 4.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-1.1,Curve9 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
ECA-1.1, Curve 9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: Provide ECA-1.1, Curve
Provide ECA-1.1, CurveLearning Objective:OPL271ECA-1.1,B.6 Question Source:Bank#_Modified Bank#__X__New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,WBNNRCEXAM2006 WE11G2.1.13.
              ~-
Modified Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR41.7 I 45.7)Page 46 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200819.Giventhefollowing:Unit1 operating at 50%powerRodcontrolinAUTOwithBank 0at176steps-Tavg auctioneeringunitfailsLOW WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifieshowtherodcontrolsystemwill respond ANDwhatthe indicationwillbeon1-M-4?A.RodsinsertingasindicatedbyRODSIN'RED'lightLITB.RodsinsertingasindicatedbyRODSIN'GREEN'lightLITRods withdrawingasindicatedbyRODSOUT'RED'lightLITD.Rods withdrawingasindicatedbyRODSOUT'GREEN'lightLITPage47 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect, IftheTavg AuctioneeringUnitfailedlow,therod control systemwouldseelarge error betweenTref-Tavgcausingtherods start withdrawing notinserting.However,if conditions existedthatdid result intherods insertingthe'RODSIN'green lightindicationwouldbeilluminated, butthelightisgreen notred.Plausible ifthecandidate confuses the direction of rod movementandthe color ofthe'RODSIN'lightwiththe color ofthe'RODS OUT'lightwhichisred.
Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-1.1, B.6 Question Source:
B.Incorrect, IftheTavg AuctioneeringUnitfailedlow,therod control systemwouldseelarge error betweenTref-Tavg causingtherodsstart withdrawing notinserting.However,if conditions existedthatdid result intherods insertingthe'RODSIN
Bank #               _
'greenlightindicationwouldbeilluminated.Plausible becausethecandidate couldconfusethedirection of rod movement but correctly identify the color ofthe'RODSIN'lightbeinggreen.
Modified Bank # __X_ _
C.Correct, IftheTavg AuctioneeringUnitfailedlow,therod control systemwouldsee a large error between Tref-Tavgcausingtherodsto start withdrawing.
New - - - - -
Rod withdrawalcausesthe'RODS OUT'redlighttobe illuminated.D.Incorrect, IftheTavg AuctioneeringUnitfailedlow,the rod control systemwouldseelarge error betweenTref-Tavg causingtherods startwithdrawing.The'RODS OUT'wouldbe illuminated butthelightisred not green.Plausible ifthecandidate determines the correct direction of rod movement but confuses the color ofthe'RODS OUT'lightwiththe color ofthe'RODSIN' lightwhichisgreen.Page48 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.19Tier1Group2K/A001AK2.05 Knowledgeofthe interrelationsbetweenthe Continuous Rod Withdrawalandthe following:RodmotionlightsImportanceRating:
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, WBN NRC EXAM 2006 WE11G2.1.13. Modified Question Cognitive Level:
2.9/3.1 Technical  
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis __X        _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 41.7 I 45.7)
Comments:
Page 46
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 19. Given the following:
Unit 1 operating at 50% power Rod control in AUTO with Bank 0 at 176 steps
      - Tavg auctioneering unit fails LOW Which ONE (1) of the following identifies how the rod control system will respond AND what the indication will be on 1-M-4?
A. Rods inserting as indicated by RODS IN 'RED' light LIT B. Rods inserting as indicated by RODS IN 'GREEN' light LIT C~ Rods withdrawing as indicated by RODS OUT 'RED' light LIT D. Rods withdrawing as indicated by RODS OUT 'GREEN' light LIT Page 47
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see large error between Tref-Tavg causing the rods start withdrawing not inserting. However, if conditions existed that did result in the rods inserting the 'RODS IN' green light indication would be illuminated, but the light is green not red. Plausible if the candidate confuses the direction of rod movement and the color of the 'RODS IN' light with the color of the 'RODS OUT' light which is red.
B. Incorrect, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see large error between Tref-Tavg causing the rods start withdrawing not inserting. However, if conditions existed that did result in the rods inserting the 'RODS IN ' green light indication would be illuminated. Plausible because the candidate could confuse the direction of rod movement but correctly identify the color of the 'RODS IN' light being green.
C. Correct, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see a large error between Tref - Tavg causing the rods to start withdrawing. Rod withdrawal causes the 'RODS OUT' red light to be illuminated.
D. Incorrect, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see large error between Tref- Tavg causing the rods start withdrawing. The 'RODS OUT' would be illuminated but the light is red not green. Plausible if the candidate determines the correct direction of rod movement but confuses the color of the 'RODS OUT' light with the color of the 'RODS IN' light which is green.
Page 48
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 19 Tier 1 Group 2 K/A    001 AK2.05 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Continuous Rod Withdrawal and the following: Rod motion lights Importance Rating:   2.9/3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FSARSection7.7.1TI-28,CurveBook, Attachment 9, Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
FSAR Section 7.7.1 TI-28, Curve Book, Attachment 9, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:           OPT200RDCNT B.5.d Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:QuestionSource:
Bank# - - - - -
OPT200RDCNT B.5.d Bank#-----ModifiedBank#X
Modified Bank #       X- -
--NewQuestionHistory:SQNbank questionRDCNTB.14.d011mod forSQNNRCEXAM1/2008QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
New Question History:SQN bank question RDCNT B.14.d 011 mod for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
_X__10CFRPart55Content:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comments: 41.7/45.7Page49 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200820.Giventhe following plant conditionsforUnit2: IntermediateRangeN36failedhigh.
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
OperatorsplacedtheleveltripbypassswitchforN36tothebypassposition.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       41.7/45.7 Comments:
Subsequently the ReactortripsduetoLargeBreakLOCA.
Page 49
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing describes the operationofsourcerange instrumentstobeusedto monitor the SubcriticalityStatusTree?A.SourceRangechannelN31andN32are automaticallyreinstatedwhenpower decreases below P-10.B.SourceRangechannelN31andN32are automaticallyreinstatedwhenpower decreases below P-6.Both SourceRangechannels,N31andN32,mustbe manually reinstatedwhenthe operable IntermediateRangechannel(N35) decreasesbelowtheP-6setpoint.D.Both SourceRangechannels,N31andN32,mustbe manually reinstatedwhenthe operable IntermediateRangechannel(N35) decreasesbelowtheP-10setpoint.A.Incorrect,Sourcerange channels are not reinstateduntiltheIRMsdrop below theP-6setpoint.WithoneIRMfailedhightheSRMs cannot automatically reinstate.
 
Plausible becausetherein aP-10backupto ground the output oftheSRMs as power increasescausingthe SRMs output to readzero.This backup signal is automatically removed as the P-10 clears B.Incorrect,Sourcerange channels are normally reinstated automaticallywhenboth oftheIRMsdrop belowtheP-6setpoint.WithoneIRMfailedhighthe SRMscannot automaticallyreinstate.Plausible becausetheSRMtripcanbe blocked as power increaseswhenoneIRM increasesabovetheP-6 setpoint and the candidate couldconfusethe 1 out of 2 requirementgoingupwiththe 2 out of 2 requirement coming down.C.Correct,withone oftheIRMsfailedhigh, manual reinstatement oftheSRMis required.D.Incorrect,SRMare automatically reinstatedwhentheIRMdrop belowtheP-6 setpoint, not belowtheP-10setpoint.Plausible becausethecandidate couldmistakethe 2 setpoints.Page50 1/2008*SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.20 Tier_1_Group--L KIA033G2.4.21Lossof IntermediateRangeNI:Knowledgeofthe parametersandlogicusedtoassessthestatusofsafetyfunctionsincluding:1.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
Reactivitycontrol,2.Corecoolingandheatremoval,3.ReactorCoolantsystemintegrity,4.
: 20. Given the following plant conditions for Unit 2:
Containment Conditions,S.
Intermediate Range N36 failed high.
Radioactivityreleasecontrol.ImportanceRating:3.7I4.3 Technical  
Operators placed the level trip bypass switch for N36 to the bypass position.
Subsequently the Reactor trips due to Large Break LOCA.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the operation of source range instruments to be used to monitor the Subcriticality Status Tree?
A. Source Range channel N31 and N32 are automatically reinstated when power decreases below P-10.
B. Source Range channel N31 and N32 are automatically reinstated when power decreases below P-6.
C~  Both Source Range channels, N31 and N32, must be manually reinstated when the operable Intermediate Range channel (N35) decreases below the P-6 setpoint.
D. Both Source Range channels, N31 and N32, must be manually reinstated when the operable Intermediate Range channel (N35) decreases below the P-10 setpoint.
A. Incorrect, Source range channels are not reinstated until the IRMs drop below the P-6 setpoint. With one IRM failed high the SRMs cannot automatically reinstate.
Plausible because there in a P-10 backup to ground the output of the SRMs as power increases causing the SRMs output to read zero. This backup signal is automatically removed as the P-10 clears B. Incorrect, Source range channels are normally reinstated automatically when both of the IRMs drop below the P-6 setpoint. With one IRM failed high the SRMscannot automatically reinstate. Plausible because the SRM trip can be blocked as power increases when one IRM increases above the P-6 setpoint and the candidate could confuse the 1 out of 2 requirement going up with the 2 out of 2 requirement coming down.
C. Correct, with one of the IRMs failed high, manual reinstatement of the SRM is required.
D. Incorrect, SRM are automatically reinstated when the IRM drop below the P-6 setpoint, not below the P-10 setpoint. Plausible because the candidate could mistake the 2 setpoints.
Page 50
 
1/2008* Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 20 Tier _1_ Group    --L KIA          033 G2.4.21 Loss of Intermediate Range NI: Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions including: 1. Reactivity control, 2. Core cooling and heat removal, 3. Reactor Coolant system integrity, 4. Containment Conditions,S.
Radioactivity                  release control.
Importance Rating:     3.7 I 4.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-1.0, Nuclear Instument Malfunction, Rev 8 page 9 1,2-47W611-99-2 Rev 13 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:              None Learning Objective:    OPL271AOP-1.01, B.8 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - -    X --
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified NIS-B.2. 007 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis                    _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        (CFR 43.5 I 45.12)
Comments:
Page 51
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 21. Given the following:
              - Unit 1 is in Mode 6 and currently loading fuel into the core.
              - Ice is being blown into the Ice Condenser Baskets.
              - A previous cycle fuel assembly is dropped during transfer to its core location.
              - Bubbles can be seen rising from the dropped fuel assembly and Area Radiation Monitors go into high alarm.
In accordance with AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, all of the following would be required EXCEPT?
A~  Initiate Control Room Isolation.
B. Evacuate el. 734 Refuel Floor.
C. Initiate Auxiliary Building Isolation.
D. Close 1-78-610, Transfer Tube Wafer Valve.
Could not identify enough plausible distractors to allow elimination of the negative approach in the 'stem of the question.
A. Correct, Not required by procedure.
B. Incorrect, Evacuate Aux Building el. 734 Refuel Floor. To be performed per AOP-M.04 but Plausible due to dropped fuel occurring in the Containment Building and the refuel floor is outside containment.
C. Incorrect, To be performed per AOP-M.04 but Plausible due to dropped fuel occuring in the Containment Building.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if student thinks valve closure would not be required since water level is not dropping.
Page 52


AOP-1.0,NuclearInstument Malfunction,Rev8page9 1 ,2-47W611-99-2Rev13 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 21 Tier _1_ Group    ~
NoneLearningObjective:OPL271AOP-1.01,B.8QuestionSource:
K/A          036 AK1.01 Fuel Handling Incidents: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Fuel Handling Incidents: Radiation exposure                    hazards.
Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Importance Rating:   3.5/4.1 Technical  
X----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBankModifiedNIS-B.2.007QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X__ComprehensionorAnalysis
_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR43.5 I 45.12)Page51 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 21.Given the following:-Unit1isinMode6and currently loadingfuelintothecore.-IceisbeingblownintotheIce Condenser Baskets.-A previous cycle fuel assembly is dropped during transfertoitscore location.-Bubblescanbeseen risingfromthe dropped fuel assemblyandArea Radiation Monitorsgointohighalarm.
In accordance with AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, all of the followingwouldbe required EXCEPT?Initiate Control Room Isolation.
B.Evacuateel.734RefuelFloor.
C.Initiate Auxiliary Building Isolation.
D.Close 1-78-610, Transfer Tube Wafer Valve.Could not identify enough plausible distractors to allow elimination of the negative approachinthe'stem ofthequestion.A.Correct,Not required by procedure.
B.Incorrect, Evacuate Aux Building el.734 RefuelFloor.Tobe performed per AOP-M.04 butPlausibledueto dropped fuel occurringinthe ContainmentBuildingandthe refuelfloorisoutsidecontainment.
C.Incorrect,Tobe performed per AOP-M.04 butPlausibledueto dropped fuel occuringinthe Containment Building.D.Incorrect,Plausible if studentthinksvalveclosurewould not be requiredsincewater level is not dropping.Page52 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.21 Tier_1_GroupK/A exposure036AK1.01FuelHandlingIncidents:
Knowledgeofthe operational implicationsofthefollowingconceptsastheyapplytoFuelHandlingIncidents:Radiation hazards.ImportanceRating:
3.5/4.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.04,Refueling Malfunctions,Rev7 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, Rev 7 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective:         OPL271AOP-M.04 B.5,8 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
Bank#_-_ _
OPL271AOP-M.04 B.5,8QuestionSource:
Modified Bank #             _
Bank#_-__ModifiedBank#
New        X- -
_NewX--QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008, Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_X_Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR41.8/41.10/45.3)Page53 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 22.WasteGasDecay Tank J contains high activity gas.WasteGasDecayTank J relief valve develops a largeflangeleak.
Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level:
WhichONE(1)ofthe following would identify the responseoftheRad Monitors listed?A.WasteGasRad Monitor (RE-90-118)wouldalarm,butthe Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor(RE-90-101)would NOT alarm.B.WasteGasRad Monitor (RE-90-118)wouldalarm,andthe Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor(RE-90-101)wouldalarm.WasteGasRad Monitor (RE-90-118)would NOTalarm,butthe Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor(RE-90-101)wouldalarm.
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X              _
D.WasteGasRad Monitor (RE-90-118)would NOTalarm,andthe Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-101)NOT alarm.A.Incorrect,leakage must entertheWGDTreleaselineto pass bywastegasradiation monitor RE-90-118.Flangeleakagewould not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaceswhereitwould eventually pass by Aux buildingstackradiation monitorRE-90-101.Thereforeforflangeleakage, 90-118 would notalarmand90-101wouldalarm.Plausibleif studentdoesnot understand the relationship betweentheventilationsystem and rad monitors.B.Incorrect,leakage must enter the WGDTreleaselineto passbywastegasradiation monitorRE-90-118.Flangeleakagewould not enterthisline but rather the general Aux Building Spaceswhereitwould eventually pass by Aux buildingstackradiation monitorRE-90-101.Thereforeforflangeleakage, 90-118 would notalarmand90-101wouldalarm.Plausibleif studentdoesnot understand the relationship betweentheventilationsystemandradmonitors.
Comprehension or Analysis            _
C.Correct,leakage must enter the WGDTreleaselineto passbywastegasradiation monitor RE-90-118.Flangeleakagewould not enterthisline but rather the general Aux Building Spaceswhereitwould eventually pass by Aux buildingstackradiation monitor RE-90-101.Thereforeforflangeleakage, 90-118 would notalarmand90-101wouldalarm.D.Incorrect,leakage must enter the WGDT releaselineto pass bywastegasradiation monitor RE-90-118.Flangeleakage would not enterthisline but rather the general Aux Building Spaceswhereitwould eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitorRE-90-101.Thereforeforflangeleakage, 90-118 would not alarm and90-101wouldalarm.Plausible if student does not understand the relationship betweentheventilationsystem andradmonitors.Page54 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.22 Tier_1_Group L K/A 060AA1.02 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release: Ability to operateand/or monitor the followingasthey apply to accidental gaseous radwaste: Ventilation system ImportanceRating:2.9/3.1 Technical  
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Comments:
Page 53
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 22. Waste Gas Decay Tank J contains high activity gas. Waste Gas Decay Tank J relief valve develops a large flange leak.
Which ONE (1) of the following would identify the response of the Rad Monitors listed?
A. Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE-90-118) would alarm, but the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) would NOT alarm.
B. Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE- 90-118) would alarm, and the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) would alarm.
C~  Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE- 90-118) would NOT alarm, but the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) would alarm.
D. Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE- 90-118) would NOT alarm, and the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) NOT alarm.
A. Incorrect, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-1 01. Therefore for flange leakage, 90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm. Plausible if student does not understand the relationship between the ventilation system and rad monitors.
B. Incorrect, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-101. Therefore for flange leakage, 90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm. Plausible if student does not understand the relationship between the ventilation system and rad monitors.
C. Correct, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-1 0 1. Therefore for flange leakage, 90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm.
D. Incorrect, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-101. Therefore for flange leakage, 90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm. Plausible if student does not understand the relationship between the ventilation system and rad monitors.
Page 54
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 22 Tier _1_ Group    L K/A           060AA1.02 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to accidental gaseous radwaste: Ventilation system Importance Rating:   2.9 / 3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-47W830-4 1,2-47W866-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPT200.GRW, B.5 OPT200.RM, B.4 Question Source:
Bank # - - - -
Modified Bank # _X_ _
New - - - -
Question History:              SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, modified from WGDS-B.3.A 006 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge        X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 )
Comments: modified from SQN question WGDS-B.3.A 006 Page 55
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 23. Given the following for Unit 1:
            - Plant is at 100 % power.
            - Containment entry is in progress for maintenance.
            - The following annunciators are locked in.
                    - LWR PERS ACCESS OUTER DR LOCK
                    - LWR PERS ACCESS 'INNER DR LOCK
                    - UPRILWR AIR LOCK BREACH
            - Containment pressure has rapidly equalized with the Aux Building .
            . . Containment pressure currently indicates 0.18 PSID.
In addition to TS 3.0.3, which ONE (1) of the.following identifies both, a required TS entry AND its associated action statement?
A. Enter TS 3.6.1.4 "INTERNAL PRESSURE" and restore Containment to annulus DP within 1 hour.
B~  Enter TS 3.6.1.1 "CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY" and restore Containment integrity within 1 hour.
C. Enter TS 3.6.1 ~3 "CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS" and restore both Containment Access doors to operable status within 1 hour.
D. Enter TS 3.6.1.2 "SECONDARY CONTAINMENT BYPASS LEAKAGE" and restore Secondary Containment Bypass Leakage within 1 hour.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know LCO for Containment pressure with question indicating rapid drop in pressure. Containment pressure still within limits of Tech Spec 3.6.1.4 of -0.1 and 0.3 psig.
B. Correct, Due to Not meeting requirements of TS 3.6.1.3 per surveillance requirements of TS 4.6. 1.1 C. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know LCO for Containment Air Locks. There is no 1 hour action for TS 3.6.1.3 associated with any doors being inoperable.
D. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know that Containment Access doors are not considered bypass leakage paths to the Auxiliary Building.
Page 56


1,2-47W830-4 1,2-47W866-1 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicantsduringexamination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 23 Tier _1_ Group    --L KIA    069 G2.4.45 Loss of CTMT Integrity: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.
None Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:   3.3 I 3.6 Technical  
Question Source: OPT200.GRW, B.5OPT200.RM,B.4Bank#----Modified Bank#_X__New----Question History:SQNNRCEXAM1/2008, modified from WGDS-B.3.A 006 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content:(CFR41.7/45.5/45.6)
Comments: modifiedfromSQN question WGDS-B.3.A 006Page55 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200823.Giventhe followingforUnit1:-Plantisat100
%power.-Containmententryisinprogressfor maintenance.-The following annunciatorsarelockedin.
-LWRPERSACCESSOUTERDRLOCK
-LWRPERSACCESS'INNERDRLOCK
-UPRILWRAIRLOCKBREACH
-Containment pressurehasrapidly equalizedwiththeAuxBuilding.
...Containment pressure currently indicates0.18PSID.In additiontoTS3.0.3,whichONE(1)ofthe.
following identifiesboth,arequiredTS entry AND its associatedactionstatement?A.EnterTS 3.6.1.4"INTERNALPRESSURE"andrestore Containment to annulus DPwithin1hour.EnterTS3.6.1.1"CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY"andrestore Containment integritywithin1hour.C.EnterTS3.6.1"CONTAINMENTAIRLOCKS"andrestoreboth ContainmentAccessdoorsto operablestatuswithin1hour.D.EnterTS3.6.1.2"SECONDARY CONTAINMENTBYPASSLEAKAGE"andrestore Secondary ContainmentBypassLeakagewithin1hour.A.Incorrect,Plausibleif student does not knowLCOfor Containment pressurewithquestionindicating rapiddropinpressure.
Containment pressure stillwithinlimits ofTechSpec 3.6.1.4 of-0.1 and0.3psig.B.Correct,DuetoNot meeting requirements of TS 3.6.1.3 per surveillance requirements of TS4.6.1.1 C.Incorrect,Plausible if student does not knowLCOfor Containment AirLocks.Thereisno 1 houractionforTS 3.6.1.3 associated with any doorsbeinginoperable.D.Incorrect,Plausible if student does not know that Containment Access doorsarenot considered bypass leakage pathstothe Auxiliary Building.Page56 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.23 Tier_1_Group--LKIA069 G2.4.45LossofCTMTIntegrity:
Abilitytoprioritizeand interpret the significanceofeach annunciatororalarm.ImportanceRating:3.3I3.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-AR-M12-C page 2,3,4, and 7. Tech Specs          3~6.1.1, 3.6.1.3.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:          None Learning Objective:          OPT200.CntmtStructure B.5 & 6 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - x  ---
Question History:    New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                    _
Comprehension or Analysis            X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.12)
Comments:
Page 57
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 24. During the performance of FR-C.1, "Inadequate Core Cooling" the operators are directed to start the RCPs if Incore TCs remain >1200&deg;F.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the purpose of starting the RCPs?
A. Provides temporary cooling to the core by forcing single-phase flow through the core.
B~  Provides temporary cooling to the core by forcing two-phase flow through the core.
C. Ensure steam bubbles in the SG U-tubes are removed to maximize heat transfer for cooling the core.
D. Ensure steam bubbles in the RCS intermediate legs are collapsed to minimize RCS flow restrictions for cooling the core.
A. Incorrect, With TCs >1200 F RCS will not be single-phase flow when pumps are started.
B. Correct, Provides temporary cooling to.the core by forcing two-phase flow through the core.
C. Incorrect, Plausible due to flow will pass through the SG U-tubes however two phase flow will be pushed through. Steam bubbles will be entrained in the RCS. Starting the RCPs will not ensure steam, bubbles are removed.
D. Incorrect, Plausible due to starting RCP's will actually clear the water inventory in the intermediate leg and permit circulation of hot gases from the core to the SIG's. The student may equate the formation of a loop seal to stopping any flow through the leg.
Page 58


0-AR-M12-Cpage2,3,4,and7.Tech Specs 3.6.1.3.Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 24 Tier _1_ Group    L KIA           074 EK3.07 Inadequate Core Cooling: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses                  as they apply to the Inadequate Core Cooling, Starting up emergency feedwater                        and RCP's Importance Rating:   4.0/4.4 Technical  
None Learning Objective:
OPT200.CntmtStructure B.5&6 x Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
#-----New-----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis X10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR43.5 I 45.3 I 45.12)Page57 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 24.During the performance of FR-C.1,"Inadequate Core Cooling" the operators are directed to starttheRCPsif Incore TCs remain>1200&deg;F.WhichONE(1)of the following describes the purpose of startingtheRCPs?A.Provides temporary coolingtothecoreby forcing single-phase flow throughthecore.Provides temporary coolingtothecoreby forcing two-phase flow throughthecore.C.Ensure steam bubblesintheSG U-tubes are removed to maximize heat transfer for coolingthecore.D.Ensure steam bubblesintheRCS intermediatelegsare collapsed to minimize RCS flow restrictions for coolingthecore.A.Incorrect,WithTCs>1200FRCSwill not be single-phaseflowwhen pumpsarestarted.
B.Correct, Provides temporarycoolingto.thecore by forcing two-phase flowthroughthecore.
C.Incorrect, Plausibleduetoflowwill passthroughthe SG U-tubes however two phaseflowwillbe pushedthrough.Steam bubbleswillbe entrained intheRCS.StartingtheRCPswillnotensuresteam, bubblesareremoved.
D.Incorrect, Plausibledueto startingRCP'swill actually clearthewater inventoryinthe intermediate leg and permit circulation of hot gasesfromthecoretotheSIG's.The student mayequatetheformation of aloopsealto stopping anyflowthroughtheleg.Page58 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.24 Tier_1_Group L KIA 074 EK3.07 InadequateCoreCooling:
Knowledgeofthereasonsforthe following responsesastheyapplytothe InadequateCoreCooling,Startingup emergency feedwaterandRCP's Importance Rating: 4.0/4.4 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FR-C.1Step21startsRCP's.EPM-3-FR-C.1forstep21.
FR-C.1 Step 21 starts RCP's. EPM-3-FR-C.1 for step 21.
Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective:         OPL271 FR-C.1 B.4 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:OPL271FR-C.1B.4 Question Source: Bank#X---ModifiedBank#
Bank #       X- - -
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,SQNBankSQNFR-C.1002QuestionCognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge__X_Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content:(CFR41.5 I 41.10 I 45.6/45.13)
Modified Bank # - - - - -
Comments: Some distracters changedPage59 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 25.Given the following:-Theunithasbeenat1 00%power-Total primary to secondary leakageis29gpd-Identified RCS leakageis0.02gpm-Unidentified RCS leakageis0.02 gpm-Pzrlevel, VCT level, chargingflow,and letdown flowareall stableIffuel failure resultedina significant increaseinRCS activity,whichONE(1) of the following identifies how the identified process rad monitors would respond?1-RM-90-106
New - - - - -
-Lower Containment Radiation Monitor 1-RM-90-119
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank SQN FR-C.1 002 Question Cognitive Level:
-Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-106 1-RM-90-119 A.Stable Rising B.Stable StableRising Rising D.Rising StablePage60 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,The lower containment radiation monitors will increase concurently with the condenser vacuum pump radiation monitor as described in AOP-R.01.Plausible if the candidate concludesthatthe radiation in lower containment will not increase.B.Incorrect,Both of the radiation monitorswillsee increased radiation as described in AOP-R.01.Plausible if the candidate concludes thatwiththe radiation in lower containment will not increase andthatwiththe identified leakage numbersthatthe condenser vacuum pump would notsensetheincrease.
Memory or fundamental knowledge __X          _
c.Correct, If a fuel defect occured concurrently with a steam generatortubeleak,the lower containment radiation and the radiation sensedatthe condenser vacuum pump discharge could increase as described in AOP-R.01, Steam Generator Tube Leak.D.Incorrect,The condenser vacuum pump radiation monitor, would notbestable,it would increase as described in AOP-R.01.Plausible because the candidate may concludethatthe radiation in lower containment would rise but also conclude that the condenser vacuum pump would not sense the increase because of the amount of leakageinthequestion.Page61 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.25 Tier2Group2 KIA 076AK2.01 High Reactor Coolant Activity: Knowledgeofthe interrelations betweentheHigh Reactor Coolant Activityandthe following:
Comprehension or Analysis              _
Process Radiation Monitors.Importance Rating: 2.6/3.0 Technical  
10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 I 41.10 I 45.6/45.13)
Comments: Some distracters changed Page 59
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 25. Given the following:
        - The unit has been at 100% power
        - Total primary to secondary leakage is 29 gpd
        - Identified RCS leakage is 0.02 gpm
        - Unidentified RCS leakage is 0.02 gpm
        - Pzr level, VCT level, charging flow, and letdown flow are all stable If fuel failure resulted in a significant increase in RCS activity, which ONE (1) of the following identifies how the identified process rad monitors would respond?
1-RM-90-106 - Lower Containment Radiation Monitor 1-RM-90-119 - Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-106                         1-RM-90-119 A.               Stable                                 Rising B.               Stable                                 Stable C~              Rising                                Rising D.               Rising                                 Stable Page 60
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The lower containment radiation monitors will increase concurently with the condenser vacuum pump radiation monitor as described in AOP-R.01.
Plausible if the candidate concludes that the radiation in lower containment will not increase.
B. Incorrect, Both of the radiation monitors will see increased radiation as described in AOP-R.01. Plausible if the candidate concludes that with the radiation in lower containment will not increase and that with the identified leakage numbers that the condenser vacuum pump would not sense the increase.
: c. Correct, If a fuel defect occured concurrently with a steam generator tube leak, the lower containment radiation and the radiation sensed at the condenser vacuum pump discharge could increase as described in AOP-R.01, Steam Generator Tube Leak.
D. Incorrect, The condenser vacuum pump radiation monitor, would not be stable, it would increase as described in AOP-R.01. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the radiation in lower containment would rise but also conclude that the condenser vacuum pump would not sense the increase because of the amount of leakage in the question.
Page 61
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 25 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA           076AK2.01 High Reactor Coolant Activity: Knowledge of the interrelations between the High Reactor Coolant Activity and the following:
Process Radiation Monitors.
Importance Rating:   2.6/3.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-R.01, Steam Generator Tube Leakage AOP-R.06, High RCS Activity Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:          OPL271AOP-R.01 B.6 Question Source:
Bank #    X- - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM-1/200B, SQN question AOP-R.06-B.0 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.5 I 45.5 Comments:
Page 62


AOP-R.01, Steam Generator Tube Leakage AOP-R.06,HighRCS Activity Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learning Objective:
: 26. Given the following plant conditions:
Question Source: OPL271AOP-R.01 B.6Bank#X---Modified Bank#-----New----QuestionHistory:SQNNRC EXAM-1/200B, SQN question AOP-R.06-B.0 001 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis X10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.5 I 45.5Page62 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200826.Giventhe following plant conditions:
        - Reactor trip occurred with subsequent loss of RCPs.
-Reactortripoccurredwith subsequentlossofRCPs.
        - Operators have implemented ES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown" to go to Cold Shutdown.
-Operators have implementedES-0.2,"Natural Circulation Cooldown"togotoColdShutdown.-A cooldownrateof25&deg;F/hourhasbeen established.-RCS depressurizationhasbeeninitiated.-RVLIS upperplenumrange-98%.-TheShift Manager has determinedthatcooldownshallproceedas quickly as possibleduetoreducedCSTinventory.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing correctlystatesthe procedurethatmaximizesthe allowable cooldownratefortheprovided circumstancesandmaximumcooldownrateallowedbythe procedure?A.UseES-0.2,Natural Circulation Cooldown The cooldownlimitis50 0F/hrB.UseES-0.2,Natural Circulation Cooldown The cooldownlimitis100 oF/hrC.UseES-0.3,Natural Circulation CooldownWithSteamVoidsinVessel(with RVLIS)The cooldownlimitis50 0F/hrUseES-0.3,Natural Circulation CooldownWithSteamVoidsinVessel(withRVLIS)The cooldownlimitis100 0F/hrPage63 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect.Plausibleif studentdoesnot remember a transition pointtoES-0.3dueto needforcooldownduetolowCST inventory and cooldownratelimitsforthe procedures.Cooldownlimit of 50 degrees/hristhe normal cooldownlimiton naturalcirculationhowever,ES-0.3 allowsupto'100 degrees/hr B.Incorrect.Plausibleif studentdoes'not remember a transition pointtoES-0.3dueto needforcooldownduetolow CST inventory and cooldownratelimitsforthe procedures.Cooldownlimit of 50 degrees/hristhe normal cooldownlimiton naturalcirculationhowever,ES-0.3 allowsupto100 degrees/hr C.Incorrect.Plausible if student does remember a transition pointtoES-0.3dueto SMdecisionto proceed as quickly as possibledueto aconditionsuch as CST inventory and student does notknowcooldownratelimitES-0.3.
        - A cooldown rate of 25&deg;F/hour has been established.
50 degrees/hr is the normal cooldownlimiton natural circulation and ES-0.3 allowsupto100 degrees/hrD.Correct.The SMdecisionto proceed as quickly as possibledueto aconditionsuch as CST inventory requirestransitiontoES-0.3.ES-0.3limits cooldownto100 degrees/hrPage64 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.26 Tier_1_GroupK/A W/E09 EA2.1.Natural CirculationwithSteamVoidinVessel with/withoutRVLIS:Abilityto determine and interpretthefollowingastheyapplytotheNaturalCirculationwithSteamVoidin Vessel with/withoutRVLIS:Facilityconditionandselectionof appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.ImportanceRating:3.2/3.9 Technical  
        - RCS depressurization has been initiated.
        - RVLIS upper plenum range - 98%.
        - The Shift Manager has determined that cooldown shall proceed as quickly as possible due to reduced CST inventory.
Which ONE (1) of the following correctly states the procedure that maximizes the allowable cooldown rate for the provided circumstances and maximum cooldown rate allowed by the procedure?
A. Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown The cooldown limit is 500F/hr B. Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown The cooldown limit is 100oF/hr C. Use ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Voids in Vessel (with RVLIS)
The cooldown limit is 500F/hr D~  Use ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Voids in Vessel (with RVLIS) The cooldown limit is 1000F/hr Page 63
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not remember a transition point to ES-0.3 due to need for cooldown due to low CST inventory and cooldown rate limits for the procedures. Cooldown limit of 50 degrees/hr is the normal cooldown limit on natural circulation however, ES-0.3 allows up to '100 degrees/hr B. Incorrect. Plausible if student does 'not remember a transition point to ES-0.3 due to need for cooldown due to low CST inventory and cooldown rate limits for the procedures. Cooldown limit of 50 degrees/hr is the normal cooldown limit on natural circulation however, ES-0.3 allows up to 100 degrees/hr C. Incorrect. Plausible if student does remember a transition point to ES-0.3 due to SM decision to proceed as quickly as possible due to a condition such as CST inventory and student does not know cooldown rate limit ES-0.3. 50 degrees/hr is the normal cooldown limit on natural circulation and ES-0.3 allows up to 100 degrees/hr D. Correct. The SM decision to proceed as quickly as possible due to a condition such as CST inventory requires transition to ES-0.3. ES-0.3 limits cooldown to 100 degrees/hr Page 64
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 26 Tier _1_ Group    ~
K/A   W/E09 EA2.1.
Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLIS: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLIS: Facility condition and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
Importance Rating:     3.2 / 3.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-0.2Rev15Step13 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
ES-0.2 Rev 15 Step 13 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:           OPL271 ES-0.3 B.4 & 5 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:QuestionSource:OPL271ES-0.3B.4
Bank# _ _X_ _
&5 Bank#__X__ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank # - - - - -
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam1/2008,RewordedfromSQN FR-C.2-B.4.C 001 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis X10CFRPart55Content:
New - - - - -
Comments:(CFR43.5/45.13)Page65 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 27.While performing actions of FR-Z.1,"ResponsetoHigh Containment Pressure", whatstepsare taken to limitthepeak pressurerisein containmentinthe eventofaMainSteamLine Break in containment?A.StartIce Condenser Air Handling Units.B.Dispatch personneltoopen AirReturnFan breakers.C.Throttle all AFW Flowtolessthan25gpmper Steam Generator.Isolate AFW Flowtoany Steam Generator depressurizinginan uncontrolled manner.A.Incorrect.
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, Reworded from SQN FR-C.2-B.4.C 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Plausibledueto concept ofstartingIce Condenser Air Handling Units mayhelpcool containment thus reducing containment pressure.Step 12directsopening of Ice Condenser AHU Breakers sooptionto start Ice Condenser AirHandlingUnitsiswrong.B.Incorrect.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
Plausibledueto requirementtocheckone containmentairreturnfanrunning.Sincethereis asteptoopentheIce Condenser AHU Breakers the student maymistakethe openingontheIce Condenser Air Handling Unit Breakers with Containment AirReturnFanbreakers.
Comprehension or Analysis     X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 43.5 / 45.13)
C.Incorrect.
Comments:
Plausibleduetothrottling feedwater would reduce inventorygoinginto containment thus minimizingsteamrelease pressureriseincontainment.Step 10 (If all S/Gs faulted then controlfeedflowto greaterthanor equal to 25gpmtoeachS/Gto prevent dryout).D.Correct.Step 11 Isolatesfeedflowto affected S/G.Thisstep may eliminate mass and energy releasestothecontainment.Page66 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.27 Tier_1_Group L KIA W/E14 EA2.2 High ContainmentPressure:Abilityto determine and interpret the followingastheyapplytotheHigh Containment Pressure: Adherence to appropriate procedures and operationwithinthelimitationsinthefacility'slicenseand amendments.
Page 65
ImportanceRating:3.3I3.8 Technical  
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 27. While performing actions of FR-Z.1, "Response to High Containment Pressure", what steps are taken to limit the peak pressure rise in containment in the event of a Main Steam Line Break in containment?
A. Start Ice Condenser Air Handling Units.
B. Dispatch personnel to open Air Return Fan breakers.
C. Throttle all AFW Flow to less than 25 gpm per Steam Generator.
D~  Isolate AFW Flow to any Steam Generator depressurizing in an uncontrolled manner.
A. Incorrect. Plausible due to concept of starting Ice Condenser Air Handling Units may help cool containment thus reducing containment pressure. Step 12 directs opening of Ice Condenser AHU Breakers so option to start Ice Condenser Air Handling Units is wrong.
B. Incorrect. Plausible due to requirement to check one containment air return fan running. Since there is a step to open the Ice Condenser AHU Breakers the student may mistake the opening on the Ice Condenser Air Handling Unit Breakers with Containment Air Return Fan breakers.
C. Incorrect. Plausible due to throttling feedwater would reduce inventory going into containment thus minimizing steam release pressure rise in containment. Step 10 (If all S/Gs faulted then control feed flow to greater than or equal to 25 gpm to each S/G to prevent dryout).
D. Correct. Step 11 Isolates feed flow to affected S/G. This step may eliminate mass and energy releases to the containment.
Page 66
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 27 Tier _1_ Group    L KIA   W/E14 EA2.2 High Containment Pressure: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Containment Pressure: Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
Importance Rating:   3.3 I 3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FR-Z.1High Containment PressureEPM-3-FR-Z.1Basis DocumentforFR-Z.1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
FR-Z.1 High Containment Pressure EPM-3-FR-Z.1 Basis Document for FR-Z.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:           OPL271 FR-Z.1 B.6 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:OPL271FR-Z.1B.6 Question Source: Bank#__X__ModifiedBank#
Bank# _ _X_ _
----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,BraidwoodUnit1,NRCExamgiven7/17/2002.
Modified Bank # - - - -
Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X ComprehensionorAnalysis
New - - - - -
_10CFRPart55Content:
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Braidwood Unit 1, NRC Exam given 7/17/2002.
Comments:(CFR43.5 I 45.13)Page67 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200828.Giventhe following:-Unit1isat 32&deg;10 power.-*1BStartBus tripsouton differential relay actuation.
Question Cognitive Level:
WhichONE(1)ofthe following describestheplant response?Reactor tripsduetothelossof powertoRCP#2andRCP#4.
Memory or fundamental knowledge               X Comprehension or Analysis                  _
B.Reactor tripsduetothelossof powertoRCP#1andRCP#3.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 43.5 I 45.13)
C.Onlythe1B-B DIG starts and connectstothe1B-B6.9KVSDBd.D.All4 DIGs start but ONLYthe1B-B DIG connectstothe6.9KVSDBd.A.Correct.UVdueto 1aStartBustriponRCP#2 and 4 meets 2 of 4logicfor a reactor trip under 35%'RTP.a.Incorrect.Plausibleif studentdoesnotknow powersuppliestoRCP's 1and3comesthroughStartbus 1Aand student understands Reactorwilltrip under 35%RTP.C.Incorrect.Plausible if studentdoesnot understandtriplogic under 35%RTP.This part is plausibledueto 1astartbusloss of power and student understands loss of powertoSID boardswillstartEDG's.The student maythinkonlythe 1aDIGwouldstartdueto 1 a startbusloss of power and connecttothe 1aSOad.All 4DIGstart,butonly the 1Awould connectwhichisthewrongDIGidentifiedinthedistractor.
Comments:
1 a startbusfeeds 1 A shutdown boards..0.Incorrect.Plausible if studentdoesnot understandtriplogic under 35%RTP.This part is plausibledueto 1astartbusloss of power and student understands loss of powertoSID boardswillstartEDG's.The student mayknowALLEDG'sstartbutconfusewhichEDGwould connectwiththeShutdownboards.
Page 67
All 4DIGstart,butonlythe 1Awould connectwhichisthewrongDIG per the answer listed.1astartbusfeeds 1Ashutdownboard.Page68 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.28 Tier L Group_1_KIA003K3.04ReactorCoolantPumpSystem:Knowledgeofthe effectthatalossor malfunction oftheRCPSwillhaveonthefollowing,RPS.
 
ImportanceRating:3.9 I 4.2 Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 28. Given the following:
      - Unit 1 is at 32&deg;10 power.
      - *1 B Start Bus trips out on differential relay actuation.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the plant response?
A~  Reactor trips due to the loss of power to RCP #2 and RCP #4.
B. Reactor trips due to the loss of power to RCP #1 and RCP #3.
C. Only the 1B-B DIG starts and connects to the 1B-B 6.9 KV SD Bd.
D. All 4 DIGs start but ONLY the 1B-B DIG connects to the 6.9 KV SD Bd.
A. Correct. UV due to 1a Start Bus trip on RCP#2 and 4 meets 2 of 4 logic for a reactor trip under 35%' RTP.
: a. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not know power supplies to RCP's 1 and 3 comes through Start bus 1A and student understands Reactor will trip under 35%
RTP.
C. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not understand trip logic under 35% RTP. This part is plausible due to 1a start bus loss of power and student understands loss of power to SID boards will start EDG's. The student may think only the 1a DIG would start due to 1a start bus loss of power and connect to the 1a SO ad. All 4 DIG start, but only the 1A would connect which is the wrong DIG identified in the distractor. 1a start bus feeds 1A shutdown boards.
  .0. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not understand trip logic under 35% RTP. This part is plausible due to 1a start bus loss of power and student understands loss of power to SID boards will start EDG's. The student may know ALL EDG's start but confuse which EDG would connect with the Shutdown boards. All 4 DIG start, but only the 1A would connect which is the wrong DIG per the answer listed. 1a start bus feeds 1A shutdown board.
Page 68
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 28 Tier L     Group _1_
KIA    003 K3.04 Reactor Coolant Pump System: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RCPS will have on the following, RPS.
Importance Rating:   3.9 I 4.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
611-99drawings Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
611-99 drawings Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective:   OPT200.RCP B.4, 5 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
Bank # - -X- - -
OPT200.RCPB.4,5 Question Source:Bank#X-----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank # - - - - -
#-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SONBank RCP-B.10.A QuestionCognitiveLevel:
New - - - - -
Memory or fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55Content:(CFR41.7 I 45.6)Comments:Changedall distracterstoincreasetheplausibility,Changedinitial powerlevelfrom 30%to32%.Studentmayknowlogicbut misunderstand setpointas30%.Toensure studentknowsthe setpointforpower, power was increased 2%.Page 69 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200829.Duringaplant shutdownlcooldown,whichONE(1)ofthefollowing describes the earliest conditionrequiredtoperformHydrogenPeroxide(H 20 2)additiontotheRCSwithoneRCPrunning,andthereasonforthe additionofHydrogenPeroxide?
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SON Bank RCP-B.10.A Question Cognitive Level:
ConditionA.RCSTempLessThan 250&deg;FprovidedRHRisinserviceB.RCSTempLessThan 250&deg;FprovidedRHRisinserviceC.RCSTempLessThan 180&deg;FRCSTempLessThan 180&deg;F ReasonLowerthe corrosionrateoftheRCS MinimizeDoseinSteam Generator area Lower the corrosionrateofthe ReSMinimizeDoseinSteam Generator areaA.Incorrect.
Memory or fundamental knowledge            _
Plausibleduetothe DissolvedOxygenTechnical requirementlimitnot being applicable below 250 degrees andtheaddition of HydrogenPeroxideoccurs afterRHRisinservice.Sinceadding HydrogenPeroxidewillchange ph, student may may Interpret this as affectingthecorrosionrate.Corrosionrateis affected for a short time by actuallyraisingtheratedueto higheroxygenlevelsinRCS and ph change.B.Incorrect.
Comprehension or Analysis        X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 41.7 I 45.6)
Plausibleduetothe DissolvedOxygenTechnical requirementlimitnot being applicable below 250 degrees andtheaddition of HydrogenPeroxideoccurs afterRHRisinservice.MinimizingDoseinSteam Generatorareais correct pernotein procedure.
Comments: Changed all distracters to increase the plausibility, Changed initial power level from 30% to 32%. Student may know logic but misunderstand setpoint as 30%. To ensure student knows the setpoint for power, power was increased 2%.
C.Incorrect.Plausibledueto correcttemplisted butreasonincorrect.Sinceadding HydrogenPeroxidewillchange ph, student may may interpret this as affecting thecorrosionrate.Corrosionrateis affected for a short time by actually raisingtheratedueto higheroxygenlevelsinRCS andphchange.D.Correct.Per0-GO-7.Note:
Page 69
Any temperaturelessthan180Fwithat leastoneRCPrunning.This minimizesthedoseintheSteam Generator area.Page70 x 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.29 Tier--L Group_1_KIA 003 G2.3.10 Reactor Coolant Pump: Abilitytoperform procedurestoreduce excessivelevelsofradiationandguard against personnel exposure.ImportanceRating:2.9I3.3 Technical  
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 29. During a plant shutdownlcooldown, which ONE (1) of the following describes the earliest condition required to perform Hydrogen Peroxide (H 202 ) addition to the RCS with one RCP running, and the reason for the addition of Hydrogen Peroxide?
Condition                                    Reason A. RCS Temp Less Than 250&deg;F                    Lower the corrosion rate of the RCS provided RHR is in service B. RCS Temp Less Than 250&deg;F                    Minimize Dose in Steam Generator provided RHR is in service                  area C. RCS Temp Less Than 180&deg;F                    Lower the corrosion rate of the ReS D~ RCS Temp Less Than 180&deg;F                     Minimize Dose in Steam Generator area A. Incorrect. Plausible due to the Dissolved Oxygen Technical requirement limit not being applicable below 250 degrees and the addition of Hydrogen Peroxide occurs after RHR is in service. Since adding Hydrogen Peroxide will change ph, student may may Interpret this as affecting the corrosion rate. Corrosion rate is affected for a short time by actually raising the rate due to higher oxygen levels in RCS and ph change.
B. Incorrect. Plausible due to the Dissolved Oxygen Technical requirement limit not being applicable below 250 degrees and the addition of Hydrogen Peroxide occurs after RHR is in service. Minimizing Dose in Steam Generator area is correct per note in procedure.
C. Incorrect. Plausible due to correct temp listed but reason incorrect. Since adding Hydrogen Peroxide will change ph, student may may interpret this as affecting the corrosion rate. Corrosion rate is affected for a short time by actually raising the rate due to higher oxygen levels in RCS and ph change.
D. Correct. Per 0-GO-7. Note: Any temperature less than 180F with at least one RCP running. This minimizes the dose in the Steam Generator area.
Page 70
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 29 Tier --L   Group _1_
KIA    003 G2.3.10 Reactor Coolant Pump: Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.
Importance Rating:   2.9 I 3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
O-GO-7Section5.5Step8Note.
O-GO-7 Section 5.5 Step 8 Note.
Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 GO-7 B.1 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:OPL271GO-7B.1 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Bank# - - - - -
-----New----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:(CFR43.4 I 45.10)Page71 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200830.Giventhe following:Unit1at100
Modified Bank # - - - - -
%powerLetdowninserviceat75gpm WhichONE(1)ofthefollowingliststwo conditionswhereBOTHwouldresultina decreaseinthe availableNPSHtotheCCPs?(Evaluate each condition separately)
New - -   x --
Condition 1A.VCTLevel transmitter, 1-LT-62-130AfailsLowVCTLevel transmitter 1-LT-62-130AfailsHighC.Raising setpoint on 1-TCV-70-192, Letdown Heat Exchanger TCVD.Lowering setpoint on 1-TCV-70-192, Letdown Heat Exchanger TCV Condition 2Lossofairto 1-FCV-62-77,LetdownFlow IsolationLossofairto 1-FCV-62-93, ChargingFlowControlLossofairto 1-FCV-62-118,LetdownDiverttoHUTLCVLossofairto 1-FCV-62-79,MixedBedHighTempBypassPage72 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,the level transmitterfailinglowwould result in automatic makeuptotheVCT andcausetheVCT pressuretorisecausinganincreaseinNPSHtotheCCP.Plausible because the candidate may notrealizethatthefailurecausetheauto make-up and howthatwould affect VCT pressure.Condition 2 is correctinthatletdownwouldisolate lowering levelintheVCT.B.Correct,the level transmitterfailinghighwould resultinthedivertvalve openingcausetheVCT pressuretodropcausingan decreaseinNPSHtotheCCP.Loss ofairtotheChargingFlow Controlvalvewillcausethevalvetofailopenthusraisingchargingflowand increasing the head lossthroughthe pipingdueto highervelocity,thus lowering NPSH.C.Incorrect,raisingthe setpointontheletdown heat exchangerTCVwouldcausethe temperatureintheVCTtorisewhiletheVCT pressure remainedunchanged,thus decreasingtheNPSHtotheCCPs.Loss ofairtothe Letdown Divert to HUT LCVcausesthevalvetofailintheVCTposition therefore not affecting VCT levelorNPSHtotheCCPs.Plausible becausethecandidate could get confusedonwhichwaythe changes effect letdown or not knowwhichwaythevalvefailsonloss of air.D.Incorrect, lowering the setpointontheletdown heat exchangerTCVwouldcausetheVCT temperaturetodrop,thusraisingtheNPSHtothe ch,argingpumps.However, Loss ofairtotheMixedBedHighTemp Bypass willcausethevalvetofailinthe bypass position and ha\(e no effectonVCT level or NPSHtothe chargingpump.Plausible becausethecandidatecouldget confusedonwhichwaythechange of the setpoint effects letdownorthe effect ofthefailure oftheMixedBedHighTemp Bypass valve.Page73 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.30 Tier--L Group_1_KIA004K5.26ChemicalandVolumeControl:
Question History:             New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Knowledgeofthe operational implicationsofthe following conceptsastheyapplytotheCVCS:
Memory or fundamental knowledge         X Comprehension or Analysis            _
Relationship betweenVCTpressure andNPSHforChargingpumps.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 43.4 I 45.10)
ImportanceRating:3.1/3.2 Technical  
Comments:
Page 71
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 30. Given the following:
Unit 1 at 100 % power Letdown in service at 75 gpm Which ONE (1) of the following lists two conditions where BOTH would result in a decrease in the available NPSH to the CCPs?
(Evaluate each condition separately)
Condition 1                                  Condition 2 A. VCT Level transmitter,                          Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-77, 1-LT-62-130A fails Low                        Letdown Flow Isolation B~  VCT Level transmitter                         Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-93, 1-LT-62-130A fails High                        Charging Flow Control C. Raising setpoint on                             Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-118, 1-TCV-70-192, Letdown                         Letdown Divert to HUT LCV Heat Exchanger TCV D. Lowering setpoint on                            Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-79, 1-TCV-70-192, Letdown                          Mixed Bed High Temp Bypass Heat Exchanger TCV Page 72
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, the level transmitter failing low would result in automatic makeup to the VCT and cause the VCT pressure to rise causing an increase in NPSH to the CCP. Plausible because the candidate may not realize that the failure cause the auto make-up and how that would affect VCT pressure. Condition 2 is correct in that letdown would isolate lowering level in the VCT.
B. Correct, the level transmitter failing high would result in the divert valve opening cause the VCT pressure to drop causing an decrease in NPSH to the CCP. Loss of air to the Charging Flow Control valve will cause the valve to fail open thus raising charging flow and increasing the head loss through the piping due to higher velocity, thus lowering NPSH.
C. Incorrect, raising the setpoint on the letdown heat exchanger TCV would cause the temperature in the VCT to rise while the VCT pressure remained unchanged, thus decreasing the NPSH to the CCPs. Loss of air to the Letdown Divert to HUT LCV causes the valve to fail in the VCT position therefore not affecting VCT level or NPSH to the CCPs. Plausible because the candidate could get confused on which way the changes effect letdown or not know which way the valve fails on loss of air.
D. Incorrect, lowering the setpoint on the letdown heat exchanger TCV would cause the VCT temperature to drop, thus raising the NPSH to the ch,arging pumps. However, Loss of air to the Mixed Bed High Temp Bypass will cause the valve to fail in the bypass position and ha\(e no effect on VCT level or NPSH to the charging pump. Plausible because the candidate could get confused on which way the change of the setpoint effects letdown or the effect of the failure of the Mixed Bed High Temp Bypass valve.
Page 73
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 30 Tier --L   Group _1_
KIA    004 K5.26 Chemical and Volume Control: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the CVCS: Relationship between VCT pressure and            NPSH for Charging pumps.
Importance Rating:   3.1 / 3.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-47W611-62-1 1-47W611-62-2 1-47W611-62-3 1-47W611-62-4 1-47W611-70-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPT200.CVCS B.4, & 5 Question Source:
Bank# - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - -
New - - x  ---
Question History:            New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 41.5 / 45.7)
Comments:
Page 74
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 31. Given the following plant conditions:
      -  Reactor power is stable at 66% with Tave on program
      -  The pressurizer level control system is in Automatic Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the pressurizer level control setpoint?
D. 600/0 Page 75
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Justification:
Candidate should realize that at 66% power and Tavg on program, the pressurizer level should be 66% of the pressuirzer level span added back to the Zero power level setpoint.
66%(60 - 24.7) + 24.7= 47.998 = 48%
Because Tavg determines pressurizer level, another method the candidate might choose is determine the Tavg change and then determine pressurizer level change.
Per TI-28 page 10 with reactor power 66%, Tavg should be between 567 and 568 degrees F.
Per Table in AOP-C.01 Appendix A with Rx power at 66%. Tavg should be 567.6 degrees F and pressurizer level should be 48%
If Tavg calculated using data in TI-28, Attachment 9,
              % Rx power ( Full power Tavg - Zero power Tavg)+ Zero power Tavg 66% (578.2 - 547) + 547= 20.592 + 547 = 567.592 If Pressurizer level setpoint calculated using data in TI-28, Attachment 9, with Tavg change of 20.592 divided by total Tavg change from 0 to 100% power then multiplied by change in pressurizer level from 0 to 100% power and added back to the minimum pressurizer level (20.592/31.2)( 60%-24.7%) +24.7= 47.998 =            48%
A. Incorrect, Plausible if the level setpoint at zero power is multiplied by the % power instead of the change in pressurizer level (35.3) 66%(24.7) + 24.7 = 41.002 = 41%
B. Incorrect, Plausible if the change in Tavg (31.2) is used instead of the change in pressurizer level (35.3)        66%(31.2) + 24.7= 42.292%        = 45%
C. Correct,    66%(60 - 24.7) + 24.7 = 47.998 = 48%
D. Incorrect, Plausible if the change in pressurizer level from 0 to 100% power is divided by the % change in power instead of multiplied.
35.3 / .66 = 53.485 = 53%
Page 76


1-47W611-62-1 1-47W611-62-2 1-47W611-62-3 1-47W611-62-4 1-47W611-70-2 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 31 Tier --L   Group _1_
NoneLearningObjective:
KIA    004 A3.08 Chemical and Volume Control: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CVCS, including: Reactor Power Importance Rating:     3.9/3.9 Technical  
OPT200.CVCS B.4,&5 x Question Source: Bank#----ModifiedBank#
----New-----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55Content:(CFR41.5/45.7)
Comments:Page74 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200831.Giventhe following plant conditions:
-Reactorpowerisstableat 66%withTaveonprogram-The pressurizerlevelcontrolsystemisin Automatic WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifies the pressurizerlevelcontrol setpoint?D.600/0Page75 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 Justification:
Candidate shouldrealizethatat 66%powerandTavgon program, the pressurizer level should be 66%of the pressuirzer level span added backtotheZero power level setpoint.66%(60-24.7)+24.7=47.998=48%BecauseTavg determines pressurizer level, another methodthecandidate mightchooseis determinetheTavgchange and then determine pressurizer level change.PerTI-28page 10 with reactor power 66%, Tavg should be between 567and568 degrees F.PerTablein AOP-C.01 AppendixAwithRx power at 66%.Tavg shouldbe567.6 degrees F and pressurizer level shouldbe48%If Tavg calculatedusingdatainTI-28, Attachment 9,%Rx power (Full power Tavg-Zero powerTavg)+Zero power Tavg 66%(578.2-547)+547=
20.592+547=567.592 If Pressurizer level setpoint calculatedusingdatainTI-28, Attachment 9,withTavg change of20.592dividedbytotalTavgchangefrom 0to100%power then multipliedbychangein pressurizer level from 0to100%power and added backtotheminimum pressurizer level (20.592/31.2)(60%-24.7%)
+24.7=47.998=48%A.Incorrect,Plausibleifthe level setpointatzero power is multipliedbythe%power instead ofthechangein pressurizer level (35.3)66%(24.7)+24.7=41.002=41%B.Incorrect,PlausibleifthechangeinTavg (31.2)is used instead ofthechangein pressurizer level (35.3)66%(31.2)+24.7=42.292%=45%C.Correct, 66%(60-24.7)+24.7=47.998=48%D.Incorrect,Plausible ifthechangein pressurizer level from 0to100%power is divided by the%changein power instead of multiplied.35.3/.66=53.485=53%Page76 1/2008 Sequoyah SRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.31 Tier--L Group_1_KIA004A3.08ChemicalandVolumeControl:Abilityto monitor automaticoperationoftheCVCS, including:
Reactor Power Importance Rating: 3.9/3.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TI-28Rev212Pg10RxPowervsRXTemp.
TI-28 Rev 212 Pg 10 Rx Power vs RX Temp.
TI-28, Attachment 9, Effective Date 6/28/07page14AOP-C.01R17, Appendix A, Tavg/TrefandPzrLevelProgramValues Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
TI-28, Attachment 9, Effective Date 6/28/07 page 14 AOP-C.01 R17, Appendix A, Tavg/Tref and Pzr Level Program Values Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:           OPT200.PZRLCS B.3.d Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
x Bank # - - - -
OPT200.PZRLCS B.3.d x Question Source: Bank#----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank #             _
#_New-----QuestionHistory:SEQBank
New - - - - -
#PZRLEVEL7,SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55Content:(CFR41.7145.5)Comments: Changedwordinginthestemandpowerlevelofthereactor.changevaluein distractorA,BandC.Page77 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200832.Unit1is currentlyinMode3withashutdowntoMode5underway.
Question History:     SEQ Bank # PZR LEVEL 7, SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
WhichONE(1)ofthe following correctly identifies the administrative temperaturelimitandthe electrical interlockforopening1-FCV-74-1
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
&2,RHRLoop4HotLeg Isolation valves in accordance with 0-SO-74-1,ResidualHeatRemovalSystem?A.<235&deg;F administrativelimit,350 psiq electrical.
Comprehension or Analysis        X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 145.5)
interlockB.<235&deg;F administrativelimit,380psig electrical interlockC.<350&deg;F administrativelimit,350psig electrical interlock<350&deg;F administrativelimit,380psig electrical interlockPage78 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008GO-7,Rev48LimitationB.TheRCS pressure and temperatureshouldNOTexceed350psigor 235&deg;F whentheRHRsystemisinservice.RCS pressure and temperatueshallNOTexceed380psigor 350&deg;FwhenFCV-74-1
Comments: Changed wording in the stem and power level of the reactor. change value in distractor A,B and C.
&-2areopen.0-SO-74-1Rev64,Section5.5.1CAUTIONpriortostep6UnitmustbeinMode4
Page 77
<<350&deg;F)priorto performing the remainderofthis section.RefertoLCO3.5.3NOTEpriortostep10 Pressure interlocks preventFCV-74-1andFCV-74-2frombeing opened until RCS pressureislessthan380psig.Step11unlocksthe breakers and restores powertoFCV-74-1and FCV-74-2 and subsequentstepsopenthevalves.A.Incorrect,The eaministretive temperaturelimitis<350&deg;F and the electrical interlockis380psig.Plausible becauseboththevalueslisted are identified in 0-GO-7 asthevaluesthe temperature and pressure should not exceedwhenRHRisinservice.B.Incorrect,The administrative temperaturelimitis<350&deg;F and the electrical interlockis380 psig., Plausible because the temperature valuelistedis identified in 0-GO-7 asthevaluethe temperature a should not exceedwhenRHRisinservice and the pressure value listedisthe correct value oftheinterlock.
 
C.Incorrect,The administrative temperaturelimitis<350&deg;F and the electrical interlockis380psig.Plausible because the pressure valuelistedis identified in 0-GO-7 asthevaluethe pressure should not exceedwhenRHRisinservice and the temperaturevaluelistedinthe correct value of the administrative limit.D.Correct,The administrative temperaturelimitis<350&deg;F and the electrical interlockis380psig as identifiedin0-SO-74-1.Page79 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.32Tier2Group1 KIA 005 A4.03ResidualHeatRemoval:Abilityto manually operate and lor monitorinthecontrolroom:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
RHR Temperature, PZR HeatersandFlow,and nitrogen.Importance Rating:'I2.7 Technical  
: 32. Unit 1 is currently in Mode 3 with a shutdown to Mode 5 underway. Which ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies the administrative temperature limit and the electrical interlock for opening 1-FCV-74-1 & 2, RHR Loop 4 Hot Leg Isolation valves in accordance with 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System?
A. <235&deg;F administrative limit, 350 psiq electrical. interlock B. <235&deg;F administrative limit, 380 psig electrical interlock C. <350&deg;F administrative limit, 350 psig electrical interlock D~  <350&deg;F administrative limit, 380 psig electrical interlock Page 78
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 GO-7, Rev 48 Limitation B.
The RCS pressure and temperature should NOT exceed 350 psig or 235&deg;F when the RHR system is in service. RCS pressure and temperatue shall NOT exceed 380 psig or 350&deg;F when FCV-74-1 & -2 are open.
0-SO-74-1 Rev 64, Section 5.5.1 CAUTION prior to step 6 Unit must be in Mode 4 <<350&deg;F) prior to performing the remainder of this section. Refer to LCO 3.5.3 NOTE prior to step 10 Pressure interlocks prevent FCV-74-1 and FCV-74-2 from being opened until RCS pressure is less than 380 psig.
Step 11 unlocks the breakers and restores power to FCV-74-1 and FCV-74-2 and subsequent steps open the valves.
A. Incorrect, The eaministretive temperature limit is <350&deg;F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig. Plausible because both the values listed are identified in 0-GO-7 as the values the temperature and pressure should not exceed when RHR is in service.
B. Incorrect, The administrative temperature limit is <350&deg;F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig., Plausible because the temperature value listed is identified in 0-GO-7 as the value the temperature a should not exceed when RHR is in service and the pressure value listed is the correct value of the interlock.
C. Incorrect, The administrative temperature limit is <350&deg;F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig. Plausible because the pressure value listed is identified in 0-GO-7 as the value the pressure should not exceed when RHR is in service and the temperature value listed in the correct value of the administrative limit.
D. Correct, The administrative temperature limit is <350&deg;F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig as identified in 0-SO-74-1.
Page 79
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 32 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA     005 A4.03 Residual Heat Removal: Ability to manually operate and lor monitor in the control room:
RHR Temperature, PZR Heaters and Flow, and nitrogen.
Importance Rating:'     2~8 I 2.7 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-74.1,RESIDUALHEATREMOVALSYSTEM,Rev640-GO-7,Rev48 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
0-SO-74.1, RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM, Rev 64 0-GO-7, Rev 48 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective: OPT200.RHR B.4 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:OPT200.RHRB.4 Question Source: Bank#XModifiedBank
Bank #       X Modified Bank # - - - - -
#-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBankRHR-B.12.G008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge__X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content:(CFR41.7 I45.5to 45.8)Comments:SQNbank questionRHR-B.12.G008-changedthepressurevaluein2distractorsandchangedwordinginthestembutnotenoughtocallmodified.Page80 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 33.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing correctly describes the responseoftheEagle-21systemandSSPSif containment sump swapover level criteria ismetwithavalid SafetyInjectionsignalpresent?
New - - - - -
Eagle-21 A.bistables de-energize B.bistables de-energize C.bistables energizebistables energize SSPSinputrelays de-energizeinputrelays energizeinputrelays de-energizeinputrelays energizeA.Incorrect,Eagle-21 bistables do notde-energize,andtheSSPSinput relays do notde-energize.Plausible ifthecandidate confusesoris not awarewhichwaythe bistables/relays respond(energizeor de-energize)tothe containment sump swapover levelcriteriabeingmet.
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank RHR-B.12.G 008 Question Cognitive Level:
B.Incorrect,Eagle-21 bistables do not de-energize, buttheSSPSinput relays do.notenergize.Plausibleifthecandidate confusesoris notawarewhichwaythe bistables/relays respond(energizeor de-energize)tothe containment sump swapover levelcriteriabeingmet.
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
C.Incorrect,Eagle-21 bistablesdoenergize, buttheSSPS input relays do notde-energize.Plausible ifthecandidate confusesoris notawarewhichway the bistables/relays respond(energizeorde-energize)tothe containment sump swapover level criteria being met.D.Correct,TheEagle-21 bistableswouldenergizeifthe containment sump swapoverlevelcriteria being met, andSSPSinputs relayswouldenergizetocausethelogic circuitry to actuate the master relayintheSSPSsystem.Page81 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.33 Tier--LGroup1KIA006K1.02 EmergencyCoreCoolingSystem:
Comprehension or Analysis              _
Knowledgeofthephysical connections and/or cause-effect relationshipbetweentheECCSandthe followingsystems:ESFAS Importance Rating: 4.3/4.6 Technical  
10 CFR Part 55 Content:         (CFR 41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8)
Comments: SQN bank question RHR-B.12.G 008 - changed the pressure value in 2 distractors and changed wording in the stem but not enough to call modified.
Page 80
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 33. Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the response of the Eagle-21 system and SSPS if containment sump swapover level criteria is met with a valid Safety Injection signal present?
Eagle-21                                 SSPS A. bistables de-energize                    input relays de-energize B. bistables de-energize                    input relays energize C. bistables energize                       input relays de-energize D~  bistables energize                      input relays energize A. Incorrect, Eagle-21 bistables do not de-energize, and the SSPS input relays do not de-energize. Plausible if the candidate confuses or is not aware which way the bistables/relays respond (energize or de-energize) to the containment sump swapover level criteria being met.
B. Incorrect, Eagle-21 bistables do not de-energize, but the SSPS input relays do. not energize. Plausible if the candidate confuses or is not aware which way the bistables/relays respond (energize or de-energize) to the containment sump swapover level criteria being met.
C. Incorrect, Eagle-21 bistables do energize, but the SSPS input relays do not de-energize. Plausible if the candidate confuses or is not aware which way the bistables/relays respond (energize or de-energize) to the containment sump swapover level criteria being met.
D. Correct, The Eagle-21 bistables would energize if the containment sump swapover level criteria being met, and SSPS inputs relays would energize to cause the logic circuitry to actuate the master relay in the SSPS system.
Page 81
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 33 Tier --L  Group    1 KIA    006 K1.02 Emergency Core Cooling System: Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationship between the ECCS and the following systems: ESFAS Importance Rating:   4.3/4.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FSAR,Section7.2and7.31-47W610-63-3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
FSAR, Section 7.2 and 7.3 1-47W61 0-63-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:           OPT200.RPS, B.3 OPT200.EAGLE21, B.3 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:OPT200.RPS,B.3 OPT200.EAGLE21, B.3 x Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
Bank # - - - - -
#_New-----Question History:SQNNRCEXAM1/2008SQNBankRPS-B.2002whichhasbeenmodified.
Modified Bank #       x    _
Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content:(CFR41.2to 41.9/45.7to 45.8)Comments:Page82 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200834.Giventhefollowing:-Unit1wasoperatingat100
New - - - - -
%powerwhenaReactorTripandSafetyInjectionoccurred.
Question History:SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 SQN Bank RPS-B.2 002 which has been modified.
ShortlyafterthetheSIactuationthefollowing conditionswereobserved:
Question Cognitive Level:
-Annunciator 1-RA-90-59ARXBLDGAREARADMONHIGHRADinalarm.-Radiationrisingon:-RxBldgAccessHatch-Upper, 1-RM-90-59-RxBldgPersonnelLock-Upper, 1-RM-90-60-RxBldgInstrRm-Lower,1-RM-90-61 Additionally the following annunciatorswerenotedasbeinginalarm:
Memory or fundamental knowledge       X Comprehension or Analysis            _
-TS-68-309 PRESSURIZERRELIEFTANKTEMPHIGH-TS-30-31 LOWERCOMPTTEMPHIGH-TS-30-241 LOWERCOMPTMOISTUREHI-LS-63-104 CONTAINMENTSUMPFULL-PS-68-301 PRESSURIZERRELIEFTANKPRESSUREHIGHalarmedandcleared.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowingcouldresultinthese conditions, assuming NO operatoractionwastaken?A.#2sealonRCP#4failedPressurizersafetyvalve,1-68-568,failedopenC.ReactorVesselHeadinnerO-ringfailsD.Reactorheadvent throttle valve, 1-FCV-68-396,failedopenPage83 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,Plausibledueto
10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.2 to 41.9/ 45.7 to 45.8)
#1 sealleakoffwouldbe routedtothePRT, but if the#2sealfailedtheflowwould notbetothePRT,itwouldbetothe standpipe.
Comments:
B.Correct,Lift if the Pressurizer safetyvalvewould pressurize the PRT and rupturetheDisc.Steamand redioective fluid/steam wouldthenbe spread in containment.
Page 82
C.Incorrect,Plausibleduetoradiationwouldincreaseatthesealtable,This does notrelievetothe PRT and conditions in PRT would not be as stated inthequestionstem.
 
D.Incorrect,PlausiblebecausetheVentlineis routedtothe PRT failure of 1valveintheventlinewouldnot resultinflowtothe PRTdueto another normally closedvalveinseries.Page84 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.34Tier2Group1 KIA007K3.01 Knowledgeofthe effectthatalossor malfunctionofthePRTSwillhaveonthe following:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
Containment ImportanceRating:3.3I3.6 Technical  
: 34. Given the following:
      -   Unit 1 was operating at 100% power when a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred.
Shortly after the the SI actuation the following conditions were observed:
      - Annunciator 1-RA-90-59A RX BLDG AREA RAD MON HIGH RAD in alarm.
      - Radiation rising on:
                - Rx Bldg Access Hatch - Upper, 1-RM-90-59
                - Rx Bldg Personnel Lock - Upper, 1-RM-90-60
                - Rx Bldg Instr Rm - Lower, 1-RM-90-61 Additionally the following annunciators were noted as being in alarm:
      - TS-68-309 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK TEMP HIGH
      - TS-30-31 LOWER COMPT TEMP HIGH
      - TS-30-241 LOWER COMPT MOISTURE HI
      - LS-63-104 CONTAINMENT SUMP FULL
      - PS-68-301 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK PRESSURE HIGH alarmed and cleared.
Which ONE (1) of the following could result in these conditions, assuming NO operator action was taken?
A. #2 seal on RCP #4 failed B~  Pressurizer safety valve, 1-68-568, failed open C. Reactor Vessel Head inner O-ring fails D. Reactor head vent throttle valve, 1-FCV-68-396, failed open Page 83
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to #1 sealleakoff would be routed to the PRT, but if the #2 seal failed the flow would not be to the PRT, it would be to the standpipe.
B. Correct, Lift if the Pressurizer safety valve would pressurize the PRT and rupture the Disc. Steam and redioective fluid/steam would then be spread in containment.
C. Incorrect,Plausible due to radiation would increase at the seal table, This does not relieve to the PRT and conditions in PRT would not be as stated in the question stem.
D. Incorrect, Plausible because the Vent line is routed to the PRT failure of 1 valve in the vent line would not result in flow to the PRT due to another normally closed valve in series.
Page 84
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 34 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA          007 K3.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the PRTS will have on the following:         Containment Importance Rating:   3.3 I 3.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-47W809-1 Rev 74, 1,2-47w813~1 Rev 52, 0-AR-M12-A Rev 51, 1-AR-M6-C Rev 32, 1-AR-M5-C Rev 18, 1-AR-M5-A Rev 31',
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:          OPT200.PZRPCS B.3, B.4.i Question Source:
Bank#_X            _
Modified Bank # - - - -
New - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, Bank KEWAUNEE 2/2/06 exam Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis _X          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.-7 I 45.6 Comments:
Page 85
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 35. Given the following:
Unit 2 is operating at 100 % RTP.
6 hours into the shift annunciator WINDOW "LS-68-300AlB PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK LEVEL HI-LOW" ALARMS and locks in on 2-XA-55-5A annunciator panel.
        -  The level indicator on M-5 indicates the level to be 72%.
Redundant instrumentation in the Aux Control room shows the PRT level to be 72%.
PRT temperature and pressure are verified to be the same as at shift turnover.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies th.e condition of the PRT and the required crew actions as a result of the level alarm?
A. The PRT level alarm is valid, entry into AOP-R.05, RCS Leak and Leak Source Identification is required.
B. The PRT level alarm is valid, entry into AOP-R.05, RCS Leak and Leak Source Identification is NOT required.
C. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-1 , the maximum time that maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid alarm is 7 days, at which time the alarm is required to be cleared/disabled.
DY- The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-1, the maximum time that maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid alarm is 72 hours, at which time the alarm is required to be cleared/disabled.
Page 86


1-47W809-1Rev74,Rev52, 0-AR-M12-ARev51, 1-AR-M6-CRev32, 1-AR-M5-CRev18, 1-AR-M5-A Rev 31', Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to level in tank is on the high end but not at the alarm setpoint and adjusting lowering level to clear alarm is plausible due to dark board requirements-. High alarm does not come in until 88%, action would be required if the level was high.
None Learning Objective:
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to level in tank is on the high end but not at the alarm setpoint and performing a leakrate is plausible due to ReS leakage could be going into this tank. High alarm does not come in until 88%, action would be required if the level was high.
OPT200.PZRPCSB.3,B.4.i Question Source: Bank#_X_Modified Bank#----New----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008, Bank KEWAUNEE 2/2/06 exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.-7I45.6Page85 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200835.Giventhefollowing:Unit2isoperatingat100
C. Incorrect, Plausible due to high alarm does not come in until 88%, whic is correct however if alarm condition NOT corrected within 72 hours initiate actions to have alarm cleared/disabled. This answer states 7 days vs 72 hours. i.e.,Per OPDP-1 (a nuisance alarm is an alarm that challenges crew communications or performance) since this alarm is not a nuisance and there is no 7 day requirement for nuisance alarms this answer is incorrect.
%RTP.6hoursintotheshift annunciator WINDOW"LS-68-300AlB PRESSURIZERRELIEFTANKLEVEL HI-LOW"ALARMSandlocksinon 2-XA-55-5A annunciator panel.-Thelevel indicatoronM-5indicatestheleveltobe72%.
D. Correct, The PRT level alarm is false. The High alarm does not come in until 88% . Per OPDP-1 "Initiate a WO and if alarm condition NOT corrected within 72 hours initiate actions to have alarm cleared/disabled".
Redundant instrumentationintheAuxControlroomshowsthePRTleveltobe72%.
Page 87
PRT temperatureandpressureareverifiedtobethesameasatshiftturnover.
 
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifies th.econditionofthePRTandtherequiredcrewactionsasaresultofthelevelalarm?A.ThePRTlevelalarmisvalid,entryintoAOP-R.05,RCSLeakandLeak Source Identificationisrequired.B.ThePRTlevelalarmisvalid,entryintoAOP-R.05,RCSLeakandLeak Source IdentificationisNOTrequired.C.ThePRTlevelalarmisfalse.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 35 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA           007G2.1.1 Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements.
AccordingtoOPDP-1,themaximumtimethatmaintenancehasto correct the conditioncausingtheinvalidalarmis7days,atwhichtimethealarmisrequiredtobe cleared/disabled.
Importance Rating:         3.7/3.8 Technical  
DY-ThePRTlevelalarmisfalse.AccordingtoOPDP-1,themaximumtimethatmaintenancehasto correcttheconditioncausingtheinvalidalarmis72hours,atwhichtimethealarmisrequiredtobe cleared/disabled.Page86 1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect, Plausibleduetolevelintankisonthehighend but notatthe alarm setpoint and adjusting lowering level to clearalarmis plausibledueto dark board requirements
-.Highalarmdoes notcomeinuntil 88%, actionwouldbe required ifthelevelwashigh.
B.Incorrect,Plausibleduetolevelintankisonthehighend butnotatthe alarm setpoint and performing aleakrateis plausibledueto ReS leakagecouldbegoingintothistank.Highalarmdoes notcomeinuntil 88%, actionwouldbe required ifthelevelwashigh.
C.Incorrect, Plausibleduetohighalarmdoes notcomeinuntil 88%,whicis correct however if alarm condition NOT corrected within 72 hours initiate actions to have alarm cleared/disabled.
This answer states 7 daysvs72 hours.i.e.,Per OPDP-1 (anuisancealarmisanalarmthat challenges crew communications or performance)sincethisalarmis not a nuisance andthereisno 7 day requirement for nuisance alarms this answerisincorrect.D.Correct,The PRT levelalarmisfalse.TheHighalarmdoes notcomein until88%.PerOPDP-1"Initiate a WO and ifalarmcondition NOT corrected within 72 hours initiate actionstohavealarm cleared/disabled".
Page 87 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.35Tier2Group1 KIA 007G2.1.1 Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements.
Importance Rating: Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPDP-1 2-AR-M5-A Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:        OPL271 C209 B.23 OPT200.RCS B.4, & 5 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New    X- -
Question History:          New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    41.10/45.13 Comments:
Page 88
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 36. Given the following;
      -  Both Units in service at 100 % RTP.
      -  C-S Component Cooling Water (CCS) Pump is in service.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies requirements prior to, and after, transferring C-S CCS Pump power supply manual throwover switch to ALTERNATE?
Prior to the                          After the transfer                              transfer A~        Pump must be shutdown                  1A-A DG declared INOPERABLE B.        Pump must be shutdown                  28-B DG declared INOPERABLE C.        Alternate feeder supply                1A-A DG declared breaker must be closed                  INOPERABLE D.        Alternate feeder supply                28-B DG declared breaker must be closed                  INOPERABLE Page 89
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam.
02/08/2008 A. Correct, Per 0-SO-70-1, Pump must be shutdown prior to transfer and the alternate feeder supply breaker must be OPEN prior to operating manual throwover switch. Per DIG 1A-A must be considered INOPERABLE if Train A supply breaker is placed in service per 0-SO-70-1 precautions and limitations.
B. Incorrect, Pump must be shutdown. Train A supply breaker for C-S CCS pump is no longer tested in 1-SI-OPS-082-026.A. Therefore, load shedding and sequencing functions associated with Train A supply breaker are inoperable. DIG 1A-A must be considered INOPERABLE if Train A supply breaker is placed in service per 0-SO-70-1 precautions and limitations. Plausible because 2B-8 is the normal supply.
: c. Incorrect,Plausible since transferring to alternate the student may think the Alternate feeder supply needs to be closed prior to manual transfer. 1A-A DG would be declared INOP as identified in Distractor B.
D. Incorrect, Plausible since transferring to alternate stude may think Alternate feeder supply needs to be closed prior to manual transfer.
Plausible because 28-B is the normal supply.
Page 90


3.7/3.8 OPDP-1 2-AR-M5-A Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 36 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA        008 K4.07 Knowledge of CCWS design feature(s) andlor interlock(s) which provide for the following: Operation of the CCW swing-bus power supply and its associated breakers and controls Importance Rating:   2.6/2.7 Technical  
None Learning Objective:OPL271C209B.23 OPT200.RCS B.4,&5 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
-----NewX--Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge__X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.10/45.13Page88 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200836.Giventhe following;-BothUnitsin serviceat100%RTP.-C-S Component Cooling Water (CCS)Pumpisin service.WhichONE(1)of the following identifies requirements priorto,andafter, transferringC-SCCSPump power supply manual throwoverswitchto ALTERNATE?B.C.D.Priortothe transferPumpmustbe shutdownPumpmustbe shutdown Alternate feeder supply breakermustbeclosed Alternate feeder supply breakermustbeclosed After the transfer1A-ADG declared INOPERABLE 28-B DG declared INOPERABLE1A-ADG declared INOPERABLE 28-B DG declared INOPERABLEPage89 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRC Exam.02/08/2008A.Correct,Per0-SO-70-1,Pump must be shutdown prior to transfer and the alternate feeder supply breaker mustbeOPEN prior to operating manual throwoverswitch.PerDIG1A-A must be considered INOPERABLE ifTrainA supply breaker is placedinservice per 0-SO-70-1 precautions and limitations.
B.Incorrect,Pump mustbeshutdown.TrainA supply breakerforC-SCCSpumpisno longer tested in 1-SI-OPS-082-026.A.Therefore,load shedding and sequencing functions associatedwithTrainA supply breakerareinoperable.DIG1A-A must be considered INOPERABLE ifTrainA supply breaker is placedinservice per 0-SO-70-1 precautions and limitations.
Plausible because 2B-8isthe normal supply.c.Incorrect,Plausible since transferring to alternate the student maythinkthe Alternate feeder supply needstobeclosed prior to manualtransfer.1A-ADGwouldbe declared INOP as identified in Distractor B.D.Incorrect,Plausiblesince transferring to alternate stude may think Alternate feeder supply needstobeclosed prior to manual transfer.Plausible because 28-Bisthe normal supply.Page90 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.36Tier2Group1KIA008K4.07 KnowledgeofCCWSdesign feature(s) andlor interlock(s) whichprovideforthe following:
OperationoftheCCW swing-bus power supplyandits associated breakers and controls Importance Rating: 2.6/2.7 Technical


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-70-1 Component Cooling Water System"B'Train Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
0-SO-70-1 Component Cooling Water System "B'Train Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200CCS B.4.b,c,g Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
Bank # - - - -
OPT200CCS B.4.b,c,g Question Source: Bank#----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank # - - - -
#----NewX----QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55Content:
New - X- - -
41.7 Comments:Page91 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200837.Giventhe following:Unit2was operatingat100%power.-TheLoop1 pressurizersprayvalve controllerfailedcausingthesprayvalveto fully open.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing describestheresponseofthePZRpressurecontrolsystemtothese conditions?(AssumeNo Operator Actions taken)A.Master controlleroutputwouldINCREASE.
Question History:   New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
PZR pressurewouldbemaintainedabovethe ReactorTripsetpoint.B.Master controlleroutputwouldINCREASE.
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
PZR pressure would decreasetothe ReactorTripsetpoint.C.Master controller.outputwouldDECREASE.
Comprehension or Analysis          _
PZR pressurewouldbe maintainedabovethe ReactorTripsetpoint.Master controller outputwouldDECREASE.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.7 Comments:
PZR pressure would decreasetothe ReactorTripsetpoint.Page92 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,The output of the master controller increases as pressure goes high, not as pressure drops belowsetpoint.toturnon heaters not increasing, butwiththe sprayvalvefullyopen,the heaterswouldnotbeabletoterminatethe pressuredrop,and a reactortriponlow pressurizer pressurewouldoccur.Plausibleifthecandidate knowingthatthe heaters should be turned on but confusesthedirection ofthechangeinthe output of the master controller or believesthethe heaters comingonwould prevent the pressure from continuingtodroptothe reactortripsetpoint.B.Incorrect,The output of the master controller increases as pressure goes high, not as pressure drops belowsetpoint.toturnon heaters not increasing, butwiththe sprayvalvefullyopen,the heaters would not beabletoterminatethe pressuredrop,and a reactortriponlow pressurizer pressurewouldoccur.Plausibleifthecandidate knowingthatthe heaters should be turned on but confusesthedirection ofthechangeinthe output of the master controllerandknowsthatthe heaters comingonwould not prevent the pressure from continuingtodroptothe reactortripsetpoint.
Page 91
C.Incorrect,The output of the master controller does decrease as the pressure drops below setpointtoturnonheaters, butwiththe spray valvefullyopen,the heaters would notbeabletoterminatethe pressure drop, and areactor,triponlow pressurizer pressurewouldoccur.Plausibleifthecandidateknowingthatthe heaters should be turned on andwhichdirection the output of the master controllerwouldchange, but believesthethe heaters comingonwould prevent the pressure from continuingtodropto the reactortripsetpoint.D.Correct,The pressurizer pressurewillbe droppingduetothe spray valvebeingopen.
 
As the lower pressure is comparedtothe setpoint pressure, the output of the master controllerwillstart droppingtoturnonheaters.Withthe sprayvalvefullyopen,the heaters would notbeabletoterminate the pressure drop, and a reactortriponlow pressurizer pressure would occur.Page93 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.37Tier2Group1KIA010K6.03 Knowledgeofthe effectofalossor malfunctionofthe followingwillhaveonthePZRPCS:PZRspraysand heaters Importance Rating: Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 37. Given the following:
Unit 2 was operating at 100 % power.
      -   The Loop 1 pressurizer spray valve controller failed causing the spray valve to fully open.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the response of the PZR pressure control system to these conditions? (Assume No Operator Actions taken)
A. Master controller output would INCREASE.
PZR pressure would be maintained above the Reactor Trip setpoint.
B. Master controller output would INCREASE.
PZR pressure would decrease to the Reactor Trip setpoint.
C. Master controller.output would DECREASE.
PZR pressure would be maintained above the Reactor Trip setpoint.
D~ Master controller output would DECREASE.
PZR pressure would decrease to the Reactor Trip setpoint.
Page 92
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The output of the master controller increases as pressure goes high, not as pressure drops below setpoint. to turn on heaters not increasing, but with the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur. Plausible if the candidate knowing that the heaters should be turned on but confuses the direction of the change in the output of the master controller or believes the the heaters coming on would prevent the pressure from continuing to drop to the reactor trip setpoint.
B. Incorrect, The output of the master controller increases as pressure goes high, not as pressure drops below setpoint. to turn on heaters not increasing, but with the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur. Plausible if the candidate knowing that the heaters should be turned on but confuses the direction of the change in the output of the master controller and knows that the heaters coming on would not prevent the pressure from continuing to drop to the reactor trip setpoint.
C. Incorrect, The output of the master controller does decrease as the pressure drops below setpoint to turn on heaters, but with the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor, trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur. Plausible if the candidate knowing that the heaters should be turned on and which direction the output of the master controller would change, but believes the the heaters coming on would prevent the pressure from continuing to drop to the reactor trip setpoint.
D. Correct, The pressurizer pressure will be dropping due to the spray valve being open. As the lower pressure is compared to the setpoint pressure, the output of the master controller will start dropping to turn on heaters.
With the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur.
Page 93
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 37 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA    010 K6.03 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the PZR PCS: PZR sprays and heaters Importance Rating:         3.2 I 3.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
3.2I3.6 1-,2-27W611-68-3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1-,2-27W611-68-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:         OPT200.PZRPCS B.11.a Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank# - - - - -
Question Source: OPT200.PZRPCS B.11.a Bank#-----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank #_X_ _
#_X__New-----QuestionHistory:SONNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBankModifiedPZRPRESS-B.11005 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:41.7/45.7Page94 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200838.Giventhe following eventsandconditions:Unit1was operating at 60%power.Pressurizer pressuredecreasedto1940psig.TheSSPSTrainALow PressurizerPressuretriplogicfailedtoactuate.
New - - - - -
WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifythestatusofthetripcoilsonthe reactor tripbreakersRTAandRTBwhenthereactortrips?
Question History: SON NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified PZR PRESS-B.11 005 Question Cognitive Level:
A.C.D.RTA 48vUVtripcoil Energized Energized De-energized
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
Comprehension or Analysis _X            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.7 /45.7 Comments:
Page 94
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 38. Given the following events and conditions:
Unit 1 was operating at 60% power.
Pressurizer pressure decreased to 1940 psig.
The SSPS Train A Low Pressurizer Pressure trip logic failed to actuate.
Which ONE (1) of the following identify the status of the trip coils on the reactor trip breakers RTA and RTB when the reactor trips?
RTA                RTB 48vUV            120v Shunt trip coil          trip coil A.       Energized        De-energized B~        Energized        Energized C.       De-energized      De-energized D.       De-energized      Energized Page 95
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 As stated in FSAR 7.2.1.1...
For a reactor trip, 1) a loss of DC voltage to the undervoltage coil releases the trip plunger and 2) the shunt trip coil energizes, either of which will trip open the breaker.
In this question the Train B SSPS generates a trip and de-energizes the "B' reactor trip breaker (RTA) undervoltage coil and energizes its shunt trip coil.
However the Train A SSPS does not generate a trip, therefore, the ~'
reactor trip breaker (RTB) undervoltage coil will not be de-energized and its shunttrip coil will not be energized.
A. Incorrect, the status of the RTA coils' is correct, the status of RTB coils is incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does reverses the status of the coils or incorrectly identifies which coils are normally energized and how they function to cause a trip.
B. Correct, The Train A SSPS does not generate a trip, therefore, the breaker RTA undervoltage coil will be energized and its shunt trip coil will de-energized. The Train B SSPS generates a trip de-energizing breaker RTB undervoltage coil and energizing its shunt trip coil.
. C. Incorrect, the status of the RTA and RTB coils is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate incorrectly identifies which coils are normally energized and how they function to cause a trip.
D. Incorrect, the status of the RTA coils is incorrect, the status of RTB coils is correct, Plausible if the candidate does reverses the status of the coils or incorrectly identifies which coils are normally energized and how they function to cause a trip.
Page 96


De-energized RTB 120v Shunttripcoil De-energized Energized De-energized EnergizedPage95 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 As statedinFSAR7.2.1.1...
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 38 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA    012 K4.04     Reactor Protection system Knowledge of RPS design feature(s) andlor interlock(s)which provide for the following: Redundancy Importance Rating:   3.1 I 3.3 Technical  
For a reactor trip, 1)a loss ofDCvoltagetothe undervoltage coil releasesthetrip plunger and 2)the shunttripcoilenergizes, either ofwhichwilltripopenthebreaker.InthisquestiontheTrain B SSPS generates a trip and de-energizesthe"B'reactor trip breaker (RTA)undervoltagecoilandenergizesits shunttripcoil.HowevertheTrainASSPSdoes not generate atrip,therefore,thereactor trip breaker (RTB)undervoltagecoilwill not be de-energized and its shunttripcoilwill notbeenergized.A.Incorrect,the status oftheRTAcoils'iscorrect,thestatus ofRTBcoilsisincorrect,Plausibleifthecandidatedoes reversesthestatus ofthecoilsor incorrectlyidentifieswhichcoilsare normally energized and how theyfunctiontocause a trip.B.Correct,TheTrainASSPSdoes not generate atrip,therefore,the breaker RTA undervoltagecoilwillbe energized and its shunttripcoilwillenergized.TheTrain B SSPS generates a trip de-energizing breaker RTB undervoltage coil andenergizingits shunttripcoil..C.Incorrect,the status oftheRTA andRTBcoilsisincorrect.Plausibleifthe candidate incorrectlyidentifieswhichcoilsare normally energized and howtheyfunctiontocause a trip.D.Incorrect,the status oftheRTAcoilsisincorrect,thestatus ofRTBcoilsiscorrect,Plausible ifthecandidatedoes reversesthestatus ofthecoilsor incorrectlyidentifieswhichcoilsare normally energized and how theyfunctiontocause a trip.Page96 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.38Tier2Group1KIA012K4.04 ReactorProtectionsystem KnowledgeofRPSdesign feature(s) andlor interlock(s)whichprovideforthe following:
RedundancyImportanceRating:3.1I3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FSAR7.2.1.1 45N699-1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
FSAR 7.2.1.1 45N699-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:         OPT200.RPS B.5.d & B.4.d Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank# - - - - -
OPT200.RPS B.5.d&B.4.d xQuestionSource:
Modified Bank # - - - - -
Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
New - - x ---
-----New-----QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55 Content:41.7 Comments:Page97 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200839.TheUnit1 operatingcrewisrespondingtoa reactortripduetoalossof120VACVital InstrumentPowerBoard 1-1.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing describestheplantresponseifPZRpressure transmitter 1-PT-68-334 (ChannelII)failed LOWwithno operator action?A.SImasterrelaysonboth trainsofSSPSwouldactuateANDbothtrainsof ECCS equipmentwouldstart.SImasterrelaysonboth trainsofSSPSwouldactuateANDonly"B"train ECCS equipmentwouldstart.C.Onlythe"B"trainSSPSSImasterrelayswouldactuateANDboth trainsofECCS equipmentwouldstart.D.Onlythe"B"trainSSPSSImasterrelayswouldactuateANDonly"B"trainECCS equipmentwouldstart.Page98 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect, MasterRelaysonbothtrainswillhavepower.TrainAfrom ChannelIIIviaan auctioneeringcircuit,however,withthe 1-1ACvital Instrument Power Board deenergized (Channel 1),theslave relays that controltheTrainA equipmentwillnothave a powersupply.Plausible if the candidate mistakesthesource of the power supplyorthinksthatthecircuit that auctioneers powerinthelogiccabinet provides powertotheslave relays.B.Correct, Master Relaysonbothtrainswillhavepower.TrainAfrom ChannelIIIviaan auctioneering circuit,however,withthe 1-1ACvital Instrument Power Boarddeenergized,theslave relays that controltheTrain A equipment will nothavepower.
Question History:           New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
C.Incorrect, Master Relaysonbothtrainswillhavepower.TrainAfrom ChannelIIIviathe auctioneeringcircuit,however, Channel 1isthe only power supplyfortheslaverelaysthat controltheTrainAequipment.
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Plausible ifthecandidate mistakesthesource of the power supplyorthinksthatthecircuitthat auctioneers powerinthelogic cabinet provides power to the slave relays instead of the master relays.D.Incorrect, Master Relaysonbothtrainswillhavepower.TrainAfrom ChannelIIIviaan auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1isthe only power supplyfortheslave relays that controltheTrainAequipment.
Comprehension or Analysis _X        _
Plausible ifthecandidate mistakesthefunction ofthecircuitthat auctioneers powerinthelogiccabinet.Page99 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.39Tier2Group1 KIA 013K2.01 Knowledgeofbuspower suppliestothefollowing:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.7 Comments:
ESFAS/safeguards equipment control ImportanceRating:3.6I3.8 Technical  
Page 97
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 39. The Unit 1 operating crew is responding to a reactor trip due to a loss of 120V AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the plant response if PZR pressure transmitter 1-PT-68-334 (Channel II) failed LOW with no operator action?
A. SI master relays on both trains of SSPS would actuate AND both trains of ECCS equipment would start.
B~  SI master relays on both trains of SSPS would actuate AND only "B" train ECCS equipment would start.
C. Only the "B" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND both trains of ECCS equipment would start.
D. Only the "B" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND only "B" train ECCS equipment would start.
Page 98
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized (Channel 1), the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have a power supply. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays.
B. Correct, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized, the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have power.
C. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via the auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.
Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays instead of the master relays.
D. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.
Plausible if the candidate mistakes the function of the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet.
Page 99
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 39 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA   013K2.01 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
ESFAS/safeguards equipment control Importance Rating:   3.6 I 3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
47W611-63-1Rev4, AOP-P.03 Rev19, 0-80-99-1 Att1, Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
47W611-63-1 Rev 4, AOP-P.03 Rev19, 0-80-99-1 Att1, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:         OPT200.RPS B.4 & 5 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank #-X- - -
OPT200.RPS B.4&5 Question Source: Bank#X----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank # - - - - -
#-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBank RPS-B.9.A 002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55 Content: 41.7 Comments: Bank question RPS-B.9.A002with minor format&wording changePage100 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200840.Giventhefollowing:BothUnitsinserviceat100
New - - - - -
%RTP.UpperCompartmentCoolingUnitsA-AandB-Bareinserviceonbothunits.Comparetheeffectsofthe inadvertentclosingofthe Lower CompartmentCoolingUnit(LCCU)valveslisted:Unit1,LCCU1A-AERCWInletFCV(Outboard), 1-FCV-67-107Unit2,LCCU2A-AERCWInletFCV(Outboard), 2-FCV-67-107Ifbothofthevalveswereclosed,whichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiestheeffectontheUpper Containment temperatureonthe respective unit(s)andthe mitigationstrateqy,ifany?A.Upper containment temperaturewouldRISEonUnits1and2.
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank RPS-B.9.A 002 Question Cognitive Level:
No additionalcoolingunitwouldbe availabletobeplacedinservicefor either Unit.B.Upper containment temperaturewouldRISEonUnits1and2.
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
0-80-30-4, Upper CompartmentCoolingUnits,wouldbeusedtoplace additional coolers InserviceonbothUnits.Upper containment temperaturewouldRISEonUnit1only.
Comprehension or Analysis _X        _
No additionalcoolingunitwouldbe availabletobeplacedinserviceforthisUnit.D.Upper containment temperaturewouldRISEonUnit1only.0-SO-30-4,Upper Compartment-CoolingUnits,wouldbeusedtoplace additionalcoolersinserviceforthisUnit.Page101 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,PlausibleduetoU1 temperaturewouldrise butUnit2 temperaturewouldremainconstant.Unit 1 ERCW supplytoUCCUcomesfromthelinetothe LCCU supply but Unit 2 supply is a separate line entering containment.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.7 Comments: Bank question RPS-B.9.A 002 with minor format & wording change Page 100
Additionalcoolingunitsare not available.
 
B.Incorrect,PlausibleduetoU1 temperaturewouldrise butUnit2 temperature wouldremainconstant.Unit 1 ERCW supplytoUCCUcomesfromthelinetothe LCCU supply but Unit 2 supply is a separate line entering containment.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
Additionalcoolingunitsare not available.
: 40. Given the following:
C.Correct,Unit 1 only has 2 UCCU and the ERCW is suppliedfromthelinetotheLCCU.Additionalcoolingunitsare not available.D.Incorrect, Plausible becausetheTemprisewouldbeonUnit 1onlybut additionalcoolingunitsare not available.Page102 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.40Tier2Group1KIA022 A2.04Abilityto(a)predictthe impactsofthe following malfunctions or operationsontheCCS;and(b)basedonthose predictions, use procedurestocorrect,control,ormitigatethe consequencesofthose malfunctions or operations:Lossofservice water Importance Rating: 2.9/3.2 Technical  
Both Units in service at 100 % RTP.
Upper Compartment Cooling Units A-A and B-B are in service on both units.
Compare the effects of the inadvertent closing of the Lower Compartment Cooling Unit (LCCU) valves listed:
Unit 1, LCCU 1A-A ERCW Inlet FCV (Outboard), 1-FCV-67-107 Unit 2, LCCU 2A-A ERCW Inlet FCV (Outboard), 2-FCV-67-107 If both of the valves were closed, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the effect on the Upper Containment temperature on the respective unit(s) and the mitigation strateqy, if any?
A. Upper containment temperature would RISE on Units 1 and 2.
No additional cooling unit would be available to be placed in service for either Unit.
B. Upper containment temperature would RISE on Units 1 and 2.
0-80-30-4, Upper Compartment Cooling Units, would be used to place additional coolers In service on both Units.
C~  Upper containment temperature would RISE on Unit 1 only.
No additional cooling unit would be available to be placed in service for this Unit.
D. Upper containment temperature would RISE on Unit 1 only.
0-SO-30-4, Upper Compartment-Cooling Units, would be used to place additional coolers in service for this Unit.
Page 101
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to U1 temperature would rise but Unit 2 temperature would remain constant. Unit 1 ERCW supply to UCCU comes from the line to the LCCU supply but Unit 2 supply is a separate line entering containment. Additional cooling units are not available.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to U1 temperature would rise but Unit 2 temperature would remain constant. Unit 1 ERCW supply to UCCU comes from the line to the LCCU supply but Unit 2 supply is a separate line entering containment. Additional cooling units are not available.
C. Correct, Unit 1 only has 2 UCCU and the ERCW is supplied from the line to the LCCU. Additional cooling units are not available.
D. Incorrect, Plausible because the Temp rise would be on Unit 1 only but additional cooling units are not available.
Page 102
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 40 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA    022 A2.04 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct,           control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of service water Importance Rating:     2.9/3.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-30-4, Upper Compartment Cooling Units Drawing 1(2)-47W845-3 ERCW Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:            OPT200.ERCW B.4, 5 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New _X_ _
Question History:              New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
Comprehension or Analysis _X            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.5 / 43.5/ 45.3 / 45.13 Comments:
Page 103
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 41. Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a provision of the containment ice condenser design that increases the ice condenser's ability to remove heat during a small break LOCA?
A. Melted ice is directed away from the inlet doors and toward drain lines by turning vanes.
B. One out of every two ice bays has a drain which directs melted ice away from the inlet doors. (Only half of the total have drains)
C&#xa5;' Inlet doors have proportioning springs to modulate door opening which equalizes air/steam flow through each ice bay.
D. Intermediate deck doors have proportioning springs to modulate door opening which equalizes air/steam flow through each ice bay.
A. Incorrect, Turning vanes direct air/steam flow not water drainage. Plausible if candidate confused the purpose of the turning vanes. From FSAR test results show that containment final peak pressure is not affected by drain performance.
B. Incorrect, All of the bays do not have drains but more than half does.
Plausible if the candidate believes only half of the bays have drains. From FSAR test results show that containment final peak pressure is not affected by drain performance.
: c. Correct, The door panels are provided with tension spring mechanisms that produce a small closing torque on the door panels as they open. The zero load position of the spring mechanisms is set such that, with zero differential pressure across the door panels, the gasket holds the door slightly open.
This setting provides assurance that all doors will be open slightly, upon removal of cold air head, therefore eliminating significant inlet maldistribution for very small incidents.
D. Incorrect, the springs are on the inlet doors, not the intermediate doors.
Plausible because the intermediate doors do open when pressure builds up in the ice condenser bay.
Page 104


0-SO-30-4, Upper CompartmentCoolingUnitsDrawing1 (2)-47W845-3 ERCW Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 41 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA     025 K5.02 Knowledge of operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ice condenser system: Heat transfer Importance Rating:   2.6 I 2.8 Technical  
None Learning Objective:
OPT200.ERCWB.4,5 Question Source:Bank#-----ModifiedBank
#-----New_X__Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55Content:
Comments:41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13Page103 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 41.WhichONE(1)of the following identifies a provisionofthe containment ice condenser design that increasestheice condenser's abilitytoremoveheat duringasmall break LOCA?A.Meltediceis directedawayfromthe inlet doorsandtoward drain lines by turning vanes.B.Oneoutof everytwoicebayshasa drain which directsmeltedice awayfromthe inlet doors.(Only halfofthetotalhave drains)C&#xa5;'Inlet doors have proportioning springs to modulate door opening which equalizes air/steam flow througheachicebay.
D.Intermediate deck doors have proportioning springs to modulate door opening which equalizes air/steam flow througheachicebay.A.Incorrect,Turningvanesdirect air/steam flow notwaterdrainage.Plausible if candidate confused the purpose oftheturningvanes.FromFSARtest results show that containment final peak pressure is not affectedbydrain performance.
B.Incorrect, All ofthebaysdo nothavedrains butmorethan half does.Plausible ifthecandidate believes only half ofthebayshavedrains.FromFSARtest results show that containment final peak pressure is not affectedbydrain performance.
c.Correct,The door panels are providedwithtensionspring mechanisms that produce a smallclosingtorqueonthe door panels astheyopen.Thezeroloadposition ofthespring mechanismsissetsuchthat,withzero differential pressure acrossthedoorpanels,the gasket holds the door slightly open.Thissetting provides assurancethatalldoorswillbeopenslightly,upon removal ofcoldairhead, therefore eliminating significant inlet maldistributionforvery small incidents.D.Incorrect,the springsareontheinletdoors, not the intermediate doors.Plausible because the intermediatedoorsdoopenwhen pressurebuildsupintheice condenser bay.Page104 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.41 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 025 K5.02 Knowledge of operational implicationsofthe following concepts as they applytotheice condenser system: Heat transfer Importance Rating: 2.6I2.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FSAR 6.5- pages 35,36,6,7 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:          OPT200lCE B.1 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank #        X- -
New - - - -
Question History:    SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, WBN Bank SYS061A.03 004 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.5 I 45.7 Comments:
Page 105
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 42. Given the following:
Unit 1 has experienced a Reactor TripI Safety Injection due to a LOCA.
      -  The operating crew is implementing the Emergency Instructions and preparing to align the suction of the Containment Spray Pumps to the containment sump.
Before 1-FCV-72-23, Containment Spray Pump 1A Suction From Containment Sump, would be opened, the water level in the containment sump would have to be at least __ because of                          _
A. 8%;
the interlock associated with 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation.
B. 8%;
the interlock associated with 1-FCV-72-22, Containment Spray Pump 1A Suction From RWST.
C~ 11%;
the interlock associated with 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation.
D.11 % ;
the interlock associated with 1-FCV-72-22, Containment Spray Pump 1A Suction From RWST.
Page 106
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to 8% is the level in the RWST that is one of the two conditions that initiate the manual transfer of the containment spray pump suction to the containment sump. 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. the automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to 8% is the level in the RWST that is one of the two conditions that initiate the manual transfer of the containment spray pump suction to the containment sump. The containment spray pump suction from the RWST is not interlocked with a containment sump level. 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. The automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.
C. Correct, 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. The automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.
D. Incorrect, Plausible due to minimum level is correct however, the associated interlock is with opening of the RHR suction valve. The 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. The automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.
Page 107


FSAR 6.5-pages 35,36,6,7 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 42 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA        026 K4.07 Knowledge of CSS design featurets) andlor interlock(s) which provide for the foliowing:Adequate level in containment sump for suction (interlock)
None Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:           3.8 I 4.1 Technical  
Question Source: OPT200lCE B.1 Bank#-----Modified Bank#X--New----Question History:SQNNRCExam 1/2008, WBN Bank SYS061A.03 004 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.5 I 45.7Page105 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200842.Giventhe following:Unit1has experienced a Reactor TripISafetyInjectionduetoaLOCA.-The operatingcrewis implementing the Emergency Instructions and preparingtoalignthesuctionofthe Containment SprayPumpstothe containment sump.Before 1-FCV-72-23, ContainmentSprayPump1ASuctionFrom ContainmentSump,wouldbeopened,the waterlevelinthe containmentsumpwouldhavetobeatleast
__becauseof_A.8%;the interlock associated with 1-FCV-74-3,RHRPump1ASuction Isolation.B.8%;the interlock associated with 1-FCV-72-22, ContainmentSprayPump1ASuctionFromRWST.11%;the interlock associated with 1-FCV-74-3,RHRPump1ASuction Isolation.
D.11%;the interlock associated with 1-FCV-72-22, Containment SprayPump1A SuctionFromRWST.Page106 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,Plausibledueto 8%isthe levelinthe RWSTthatisone ofthetwoconditionsthatinitiatethe manual transfer of the containment spray pump suction to the containmentsump.1-FCV-74-3,RHRPump1ASuctionIsolation,whichis interlockedwiththe ContainmentsumpsuctiontotheRHRpumps.the automatic swapoverfortheRHRsuctionis11%.
B.Incorrect,Plausibledueto 8%isthe levelinthe RWSTthatisone ofthetwoconditionsthatinitiatethe manual transfer of the containment spray pumpsuctiontothe containmentsump.The containment spray pumpsuctionfrom the RWST is not interlocked with a containmentsumplevel.1-FCV-74-3,RHRPump1ASuctionIsolation,whichis interlockedwiththe ContainmentsumpsuctiontotheRHRpumps.The automatic swapoverfortheRHRsuctionis11%.C.Correct,1-FCV-74-3,RHRPump1ASuctionIsolation,whichis interlockedwiththe ContainmentsumpsuctiontotheRHRpumps.The automatic swapoverfortheRHRsuctionis11%.D.Incorrect,Plausibledueto minimumlevelis correcthowever,the associated interlockiswith opening oftheRHRsuctionvalve.The1-FCV-74-3,RHRPump1ASuctionIsolation,whichis interlockedwiththe ContainmentsumpsuctiontotheRHRpumps.The automatic swapoverfortheRHRsuctionis11%.Page107 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.42Tier2Group1 KIA026K4.07 KnowledgeofCSSdesign featurets) andlor interlock(s)whichprovideforthe foliowing:Adequatelevelin containmentsumpforsuction (interlock)
Importance Rating:3.8I4.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-1.3, Transfer to the Containment Sump 1-47W611-72-1 Rev 9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:          OPL271 ES-1.3 B.2 OPT200.CS B.4.g Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank # _X_
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified CSS 002.
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 Comments:
Page 108
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 43. Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 1 in service at 100 % power.
Due to the Normal feeder breaker to 6.9kV Shutdown Board 1B-B inadvertently opening, 1B-B Diesel Generator started and energized the board.
One hour later, the following occurs:
      -  At 1405 a steamline break occurs inside containment.
Containment pressure is 3 psig and rising.
      -  At 1407 the CRO observes that 1B-B Containment Spray Pump ammeter reads
          '0' amps and the only light LIT above the handswitch is the GREEN light.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the current status of the 1B-B Containment Spray Pump AND the correct operator response or reason for current status?
A. Pump should be running but has failed to auto start.
Immediately start 1B-B Containment Spray Pump after verifying sequencer has timed out.
B. Pump should be running but has failed to auto start.
Verify 1B-B DIG loading available, then start 1B-B Containment Spray Pump.
C. Pump status is currently correct.
UVX and UVY relays are preventing start of the 1B-B Containment Spray Pump.
D~ Pump status is currently correct.
Blackout timer has NOT timed out to start the 1B-B Containment Spray Pump.
Page 109


ES-1.3, Transfertothe Containment Sump 1-47W611-72-1Rev9 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The Containment Spray Pump has not failed to start. It should not be running with the stated conditions. The timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. Plausible because the 1B-B Shutdown Board experienced the blackout over an hour earlier, the student may think timer should already be timed out, which would result in the pump starting immediately when the containment pressure reached the setpoint. Starting the pump could cause a overload on the diesel generator if another pump auto started at the same time as the manual start.
NoneLearningObjective:OPL271ES-1.3B.2 OPT200.CS B.4.g Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
B. Incorrect, the Containment Spray Pump has not failed to start. It should not be running with the stated conditions. The timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. Plausible because the 1B-B Shutdown Board experienced the blackout over an hour earlier, the student may think timer should already be timed out, which would result in the pump starting immediately when the containment pressure reached the setpoint. Verifying DIG loading prior to starting the pump is an action taken later when adding loads to a board supplied by a diesel generator but with the conditions given the time sequencer is still loading the board. Starting the pump could cause a overload on the diesel generator if another pump auto started at the same time as the manual start.
#_X_New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBankModifiedCSS002.
C. Incorrect, While the Containment Spray Pump should not be running with the stated conditions, the reason is not because the UVX and UVY relays are preventing the start of the pump. These relays cause the load shedding of the pump when the board voltage is lost. After the board is reenergized these relays will allow the pump to restart when the blackout timer has timed out. The BOX and BOY relays are blocking the automatic start until the 180 second time delay elapses. The timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. Plausible the student may know the UVX and UVY relays function during a blackout but confuse the function and purpose of the UVX and UVY relay functions during the blackout condition sequence.
QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X__ComprehensionorAnalysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 41.7 Comments:Page108 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200843.Giventhe followingplantconditions:Unit1in serviceat100%power.DuetotheNormal feeder breaker to 6.9kVShutdownBoard1B-B inadvertently opening,1B-BDiesel Generatorstartedand energizedtheboard.Onehourlater,the following occurs:-At1405a steamlinebreakoccurs inside containment.
D. Correct, The Containment Spray Pump should not be running with the stated conditions. The loading sequence time to start the pump is 180 seconds and while some equipment timers start when the board voltage is restored, the spray pump timer does not start until both the voltage is restored and the containment pressure reaches 2.81 psig. Since only 2 minutes have elapsed, the timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. The pump should start when the timer sequence when reached.
Containmentpressureis3psigandrising.-At1407theCROobservesthat1B-B Containment SprayPumpammeterreads'0'ampsandtheonlylightLITabovethe handswitchistheGREENlight.
Page 110
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing describes the currentstatusofthe1B-B ContainmentSprayPumpANDthecorrect operatorresponseorreasonfor current status?A.Pumpshouldberunningbuthasfailedtoautostart.
 
Immediatelystart1B-B Containment Spray Pump after verifying sequencer hastimedout.B.Pumpshouldberunningbuthasfailedtoautostart.Verify1B-B DIG loading available,thenstart1B-B ContainmentSprayPump.C.Pumpstatusis currently correct.UVXandUVYrelaysare preventingstartofthe1B-B ContainmentSprayPump.Pumpstatusis currently correct.Blackout timerhasNOTtimedouttostartthe1B-B ContainmentSprayPump.Page109 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,The Containment SprayPumphasnotfailedtostart.It should not be runningwiththe statedconditions.Thetimerto start the pumpisactivebuthas nottimedout.Plausible because the 1 B-B Shutdown Board experienced the blackout over an hourearlier,the student maythinktimer should alreadybetimedout,whichwould resultinthe pump starting immediatelywhenthe containment pressure reachedthesetpoint.Starting the pumpcouldcause a overloadonthediesel generator if another pump auto startedatthesametimeasthe manual start.B.Incorrect,the Containment SprayPumphas notfailedtostart.It should not be runningwiththe statedconditions.Thetimerto start the pumpisactivebuthasnottimedout.Plausible because the 1 B-B Shutdown Board experienced the blackout over an hourearlier,the student maythinktimer should alreadybetimedout,whichwould resultinthe pump starting immediatelywhenthe containment pressure reachedthesetpoint.Verifying DIG loading prior to starting the pumpisanactiontaken laterwhenaddingloadsto a board supplied by a diesel generatorbutwiththeconditionsgiventhetime sequencerisstill loadingtheboard.Startingthe pumpcouldcause a overloadonthe diesel generator if anotherpumpauto startedatthesametimeasthe manual start.C.Incorrect,Whilethe Containment Spray Pump should not be running with the statedconditions,thereasonis not because the UVX and UVY relays are preventing the start ofthepump.Theserelayscausetheload shedding of the pumpwhenthe boardvoltageislost.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 43 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA   026 G2.4.48 Containment Spray System: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
After the board is reenergized these relays will allow the pump to restartwhenthe blackouttimerhastimedout.The BOX and BOY relays are blocking the automatic start untilthe180 second time delayelapses.Thetimerto start the pumpisactive but has nottimedout.Plausiblethe student may know the UVX and UVY relaysfunctionduring a blackout butconfusethefunction and purpose oftheUVX and UVY relay functionsduringthe blackoutconditionsequence.
Importance Rating:     3.5 I 3.8 Technical  
D.Correct,The Containment Spray Pump shouldnotbe runningwiththestatedconditions.The loading sequencetimeto start the pumpis180 seconds andwhilesome equipment timers startwhenthe boardvoltageisrestored,the spray pumptimerdoes not startuntilboththevoltageis restored and the containment pressure reaches 2.81psig.Since only 2 minuteshaveelapsed,thetimerto startthepumpisactive but has not timedout.The pump should startwhenthetimersequencewhenreached.Page110 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.43Tier2Group1 KIA 026 G2.4.48 Containment SpraySystem:Abilityto interpretcontrolroom indications to verifythestatusand operationofsystem,and understand how operator actions and directives affectplantandsystem conditions.
ImportanceRating:3.5I3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-P.01,Lossof OffsitePower,Rev22Appendix8,1,2-45N765-1R16, ,1,2-45N765-3R22;1,2-45N765-5R14,1,2-45N765-7R16, Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-P.01, Loss of Offsite Power, Rev 22 Appendix 8, 1,2-45N765-1 R16,   ,1 ,2-45N765-3 R22;   1,2-45N765-5 R14, 1,2-45N765-7 R16, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective: OPL271 C368, 8.4 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:OPL271C368,8.4 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#X
Bank# - - - - -
---New-----QuestionHistory:SONNRCExam 1/2008,SONBankModified CSS-B.10 001 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X__10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 43.4/45.12Page111 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200844.Giventhe following:-Unit1is1%power.-The OATC inadvertentlylowerstheSteamDump controller setpoint.WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifies a parameter that requires monitoringforTechSpecLCOentry conditions,ANDifreached,whattherequiredactionwouldbeasstatedintheTech Spec action?Parameter A':'RCSTave<541&deg;FB.RCSTave<541&deg;FC.RCS Pressure<2200psiaD.RCS Pressure<2200psia Tech Spec Action Restore withinitslimit within15min Restore withinitslimitwithin30min Restore withinitslimit within5min Restore withinitslimitwithin1hourA.Correct,TechSpec3.1.1.4 is applicableinthismode.RCSTave requiredtobe.::: 541 degrees andactionistorestorewithin 15 min B.Incorrect,TechSpec 3.1.1.4 is applicableinthismode.RCSTave required to be.::: 541 degrees andactionistorestorewithin 15min.Theactionisincorrect.Plausibleduetothereis a 30 min surveillance requirement if the Tavg-Tref Deviationalarmis not reset.C.Incorrect,TechSpec 3.2.5 is not applicableingiven plant parameters.PlausibleduetoRCS pressurewilldrop as RCS temperaturedropsand5 minutes is plausibleduetoactionfor HIGH RCS pressure at lower modes.D.Incorrect,TechSpec 3.2.5 is not applicableingiven plant parameters.
Modified Bank #       X- - -
PlausibleduetoRCS pressurewilldrop as RCS temperature drops and 2 hourswouldbe correct iftheTechSpecwouldhavebeenapplicable.Page112 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.44Tier2Group1 KIA039A1.05MainandReheatSteamSystem:Abilityto predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceedingdesignlimits) associated with operatingtheMRSScontrols including:RCST-ave ImportanceRating:3.2I3.3 Technical  
New - - - - -
Question History: SON NRC Exam 1/2008, SON Bank Modified CSS-B.10 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       43.4/45.12 Comments:
Page 111
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 44. Given the following:
            - Unit 1 is 1% power.
            - The OATC inadvertently lowers the Steam Dump controller setpoint.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a parameter that requires monitoring for Tech Spec LCO entry conditions, AND if reached, what the required action would be as stated in the Tech Spec action?
Parameter                                     Tech Spec Action A':' RCS Tave < 541&deg;F                              Restore within its limit within 15 min B. RCS Tave < 541&deg;F                                Restore within its limit within 30 min C. RCS Pressure < 2200 psia                        Restore within its limit within 5 min D. RCS Pressure < 2200 psia                        Restore within its limit within 1 hour A. Correct, Tech Spec 3.1. 1.4 is applicable in this mode. RCS Tave required to be .::: 541 degrees and action is to restore within 15 min B. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.1.1.4 is applicable in this mode. RCS Tave required to be.::: 541 degrees and action is to restore within 15 min. The action is incorrect. Plausible due to there is a 30 min surveillance requirement if the Tavg- Tref Deviation alarm is not reset.
C. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.2.5 is not applicable in given plant parameters.
Plausible due to RCS pressure will drop as RCS temperature drops and 5 minutes is plausible due to action for HIGH RCS pressure at lower modes.
D. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.2.5 is not applicable in given plant parameters. Plausible due to RCS pressure will drop as RCS temperature drops and 2 hours would be correct if the Tech Spec would have been applicable.
Page 112
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 44 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA          039 A1.05 Main and Reheat Steam System: Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MRSS controls including: RCS T-ave Importance Rating:   3.2 I 3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TechSpec 3.1.1.4 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
Tech Spec 3.1.1.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective: OPT200.RCS b.6 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank# - - - -
OPT200.RCS b.6 Question Source: Bank#----ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank # - - - - -
-----NewX--QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.5/45.5Page113 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 45.Given the following:
New        X- -
Unit 2 operating at 55%power.-All CBPs and HDTPs in service.Both MFPs in service.IftheMainFeedPump Turbine(MFPT)2Btrips, whichONE(1)of the following identifies the correct status of MFPT 2B Condenser Inlet and Outlet Valves(FCVs) followingthetripboth before any Operator action is taken and after the AOP-S.01,Lossof Normal Feedwater,hasbeen completed?
Question History:   SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level:
Before any After AOP Operator Action Completion A.Closed Open B.Closed ClosedOpen Open D.Open ClosedPage114 1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 If one of the MFPTstrip,the Condenser inlet and outletFCVswill automatically close iftheunitisabove60%.
Memory or fundamental knowledge       X Comprehension or Analysis            _
The AFW pumps will automatically startwhenone MFPTtripsifthe plant isabove80%as statedinTI-28.A.Incorrect,Withthetrip occurringatlessthan60%,the AFW pumps would not be running and the condenservalveswould not automaticallycloseduetothetrip oftheMFPT.Plausible ifthecandidatedoes not correctly recalltheconditionsthatwillcausethe automatic closure of the condenser FCVsorthe AFW start conditions associated with a MFPTtriporthe actions containedinthe AOPforloss of a MFPTatlessthan 77%power.B.Incorrect,Withthetrip occurringatlessthan60%,the AFW pumps would not be running and the condenservalveswould not automaticallycloseduetothetrip oftheMFPT.Plausible ifthecandidatedoes not correctly recalltheconditionsthatwillcausethe automatic closure of the condenser FCVsorthe AFW start conditions associated with a MFPTtriporthe actions containedinthe AOPforloss of a MFPTatlessthan 77%power.C.Correct,withthetrip occurringatlessthan60%,thevalveswouldremain open and the AFW pumpswouldremain off.After completing the AOP thevalveswouldremainopen as the AOPonlydirects ensuringthevalvesare closed if the powerlevelis notlessthan60%.D.Incorrect,withthetrip occurringatlessthan60%,thevalveswouldremain open and the AFW pumpswouldremain off.After completing the AOP thevalveswouldremainopen as the AOP only directs ensuringthevalvesare closedifthe powerlevelis notlessthan60%.Plausible ifthecandidate does not correctly recall the conditionsthatwillcausethe automatic closure of the condenser FCVsorthe AFW start conditions associated with a MFPTtriporthe ectlons containedinthe AOPforloss of a MFPTatlessthan77%
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.5/45.5 Comments:
power.Page115 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.45Tier2Group1 KIA 059 A2.07 Abilityto(a)predicttheimpactsofthe following malfunctions or operationsontheMFW;and(b)basedonthose predictions, use procedurestocorrect,control,ormitigatethe consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Page 113
TrippingofMFWpump turbine Importance Rating: Technical  
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 45. Given the following:
Unit 2 operating at 55% power.
        - All CBPs and HDTPs in service.
Both MFPs in service.
If the Main Feed Pump Turbine(MFPT) 2B trips, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the correct status of MFPT 2B Condenser Inlet and Outlet Valves(FCVs) following the trip both before any Operator action is taken and after the AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater, has been completed?
Before any                   After AOP Operator Action             Completion A.       Closed                       Open B.       Closed                         Closed C~      Open                          Open D.       Open                           Closed Page 114
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 If one of the MFPTs trip, the Condenser inlet and outlet FCVs will automatically close if the unit is above 60%.
The AFW pumps will automatically start when one MFPT trips if the plant is above 80% as stated in TI-28.
A. Incorrect, With the trip occurring at less than 60%, the AFW pumps would not be running and the condenser valves would not automatically close due to the trip of the MFPT. Plausible if the candidate does not correctly recall the conditions that will cause the automatic closure of the condenser FCVs or the AFW start conditions associated with a MFPT trip or the actions contained in the AOP for loss of a MFPT at less than 77% power.
B. Incorrect, With the trip occurring at less than 60%, the AFW pumps would not be running and the condenser valves would not automatically close due to the trip of the MFPT. Plausible if the candidate does not correctly recall the conditions that will cause the automatic closure of the condenser FCVs or the AFW start conditions associated with a MFPT trip or the actions contained in the AOP for loss of a MFPT at less than 77% power.
C. Correct, with the trip occurring at less than 60%, the valves would remain open and the AFW pumps would remain off. After completing the AOP the valves would remain open as the AOP only directs ensuring the valves are closed if the power level is not less than 60%.
D. Incorrect, with the trip occurring at less than 60%, the valves would remain open and the AFW pumps would remain off. After completing the AOP the valves would remain open as the AOP only directs ensuring the valves are closed if the power level is not less than 60%. Plausible if the candidate does not correctly recall the conditions that will cause the automatic closure of the condenser FCVs or the AFW start conditions associated with a MFPT trip or the ectlons contained in the AOP for loss of a MFPT at less than 77%
power.
Page 115
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 45 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA           059 A2.07 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Tripping of MFW pump turbine Importance Rating:             3.0/3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-S.01 , Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 12 TI-28, Curve Book rev 212, Att.9 effective date 06-28-2007 1, 2-47W611-2-1 Rev 8 1, 2-47W611-3-1 Rev 19 1, 2-47W611-6-1 Rev 19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:            OPL271AOP-S.01 B.2 OPT200.COND B.4 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - -  x --
Question History:              New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
Comprehension or Analysis _x        _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.5 / 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13 Comments:
Page 116
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 46. Given the following:
Unit 1 operating at 100 % power.
      -  A main feedwater transient occurs resulting in several alarms.
The Operator notes the following:
      -  Turbine VPL is approximately 68%.
      -  Control Rods inserting at 72 step/min.
MFPT 1B SPEED CONTROLLER at 100 % and pump discharge flow increased.
MFPT 1A indicates 0 flow.
MFW reg valves demand at 100 % and S/G levels are below setpoint.
      -  Steam Dump valves open.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the status of MFP 1A and the position of the low pressure (LP) control valves in the steam supply to the MFP 1A turbine?
A. MFP 1A has tripped; LP Control valves OPEN.
B~ MFP 1A has tripped; LP Control valves CLOSED.
C. MFP 1A is NOT tripped but has unloaded; LP Control valves OPEN.
D. MFP 1A is NOT tripped but has unloaded; LP Control valves CLOSED.
Page 117
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, the MFPT has tripped and all stop and control valves would be closed. Plausible because the candidate could confuse the LP control valve response of the MFPT with the control valve response of the AFWP turbine.
On the AFW PT, if the turbine trips, the stop valve trips closed but the control valve goes full open due to loss of oil pressure. However on the MFPT both sets of valves close.
B. Correct, the MFPT has tripped and all control valves would be closed.
C. Incorrect, The valve position limiter would be at near 100% unless a runback occurred and the runback is initiated by a MFPT tripping. If the turbine unloaded, both sets of valves would be closed. Plausible because all other conditions are correct for the unloading of the 1A MFP and the candidate could think that only the HP control valves would be closed if the turbine unloaded but did not trip.
D. Incorrect, The valve position limiter would be at near 100% unless a runback occurred and the runback is initiated by a MFPT tripping. Plausible because all other conditions are correct for the unloading of the 1A MFP and the control valves would be closed and the stop valves open if the turbine unloaded but did not trip. An event similar to this occurred in the plant.
Page 118


3.0/3.3AOP-S.01,LossofNormal Feedwater,Rev12TI-28,CurveBookrev212,Att.9 effective date 06-28-2007 1, 2-47W611-2-1Rev8 1, 2-47W611-3-1Rev19 1, 2-47W611-6-1Rev19 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 46 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA          059 A4.01 Ability to manually operate and monitor in the control room:
None Learning Objective:
MFW turbine trip indication Importance Rating:           3.1 I 3.1 Technical  
OPL271AOP-S.01 B.2 OPT200.COND B.4 x Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
-----New----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008QuestionCognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_x_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:41.5/43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13Page116 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200846.Giventhe following:Unit1 operatingat100%power.-Amain feedwater transientoccursresultinginseveralalarms.
The Operatornotesthe following:
-TurbineVPLis approximately 68%.-ControlRods insertingat72step/min.MFPT1BSPEED CONTROLLERat100%andpump discharge flow increased.MFPT1A indicates0flow.MFW reg valvesdemandat100
%andS/Glevelsare below setpoint.-SteamDump valves open.WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifiesthestatusofMFP1Aandthepositionofthelow pressure(LP)controlvalvesinthesteam supplytotheMFP1A turbine?A.MFP1Ahas tripped;LPControl valves OPEN.MFP1Ahas tripped;LPControl valves CLOSED.C.MFP1AisNOT trippedbuthasunloaded;LPControl valves OPEN.D.MFP1AisNOT trippedbuthasunloaded;LPControl valves CLOSED.Page117 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,the MFPThastripped andallstopand controlvalveswouldbeclosed.Plausible becausethecandidatecouldconfusetheLP control valve response of the MFPTwiththe control valve response of the AFWP turbine.Onthe AFW PT, iftheturbinetrips,thestopvalvetrips closed but the controlvalvegoesfullopenduetoloss ofoilpressure.
Howeveronthe MFPTbothsets ofvalvesclose.B.Correct,the MFPT has tripped and all controlvalveswouldbeclosed.
C.Incorrect,Thevalveposition limiterwouldbeat near100%unless a runback occurredandthe runbackisinitiated by a MFPT tripping.If theturbineunloaded,bothsets ofvalveswouldbeclosed.Plausible because all other conditions are correctforthe unloading ofthe1AMFP and the candidate couldthinkthatonlytheHP controlvalveswouldbe closedifthe turbine unloaded but did not trip.D.Incorrect,Thevalveposition limiterwouldbeat near100%unless a runback occurred and the runbackisinitiated by a MFPTtripping.Plausible because all otherconditionsare correctforthe unloading ofthe1AMFP and the controlvalveswouldbe closed andthestopvalvesopeniftheturbine unloaded but did nottrip.An event similartothis occurredintheplant.Page118 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.46Tier2Group1 KIA059A4.01 Ability to manually operate and monitorinthecontrolroom:
MFW turbine trip indication Importance Rating: Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
3.1I3.1 AOP-S.01,LossofNormal Feedwater,Rev12;1-47W610-46-3R15 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 12; 1-47W61 0-46-3 R15 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:           OPT200.MFW B.4.f OPL271AOP-S.01 B.2 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank # - - - - -
OPT200.MFW B.4.f OPL271AOP-S.01 B.2 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank # - -x - -
#x----New----Question History:SQNBankAOP-S.10-B-1006 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_x_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:41.7I45.5to45.8Page119 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200847.Giventhe following;Unit1 experienced a Reactortripfrom100
New - - - -
%power.The Operatorshavenot operated any controls post-trip.Thecrewcompleted E-O, ReactorTripandSafetyInjection,andhasenteredES-0.1, ReactorTripResponse.
Question History:             SQN Bank AOP-S.1 0-B-1 006 Question Cognitive Level:
Pressurizerlevelis 25%andslowly decreasing.-AllSteam Generatorlevelsarebetween 12%and 18%narrow range and slowly rising.Steam Generators pressures are approximately990psigand slowly decreasing.Tavgis545&deg;Fand slowly decreasing.RCSpressureis2020psigand slowly decreasing.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
WhichONE(1)ofthe followingactionsshouldbethefirst priorityofthecrew in accordancewithES-0.1to address the conditions?
Comprehension or Analysis _x          _
A.Establish Emergency Boration.Throttle Auxiliary Feedwater Flow.C.CloseMSIVsandbypassvalves.D.InitiateSafetyInjectionandReturnto E-O.A.Incorrect, ES-0.1 addresses emergency boration if cooldown dropstolessthan540 degrees making this choice plausible.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8 Comments:
B.Correct, ES-O.1 step 3 RNO c directs the throttling of AFW to address the cooldown.C.Incorrect,ES-0.1step 3 RNO c.directs the closing of MSIVs and bypass valves if the cooldown continuesinstep 3 RNO d.making this choice plausible, but this action is after the throttling of AFW flow.D.Incorrect, ES-O.1 step 1 directs the initiation of SI and returntoE-O but only ifSIis actuated.Actuation ofSIis not warrantedforthe stated conditions.
Page 119
Plausibleforthe candidate to misusethedata trends in stem and conclude thatSIwillbe required.Page120 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.47Tier2Group2K/A061K5.01 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater System: Knowledgeofthe operational implications of the following concepts as theyapplytotheAFW:
 
RelationshipbetweenAFWflowand RCS heat transfer.Importance Rating: Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 47. Given the following; Unit 1 experienced a Reactor trip from 100 % power.
The Operators have not operated any controls post-trip.
The crew completed E-O, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, and has entered ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Pressurizer level is 25% and slowly decreasing.
        -   All Steam Generator levels are between 12% and 18% narrow range and slowly rising.
Steam Generators pressures are approximately 990 psig and slowly decreasing.
Tavg is 545&deg;F and slowly decreasing.
RCS pressure is 2020 psig and slowly decreasing.
Which ONE (1) of the following actions should be the first priority of the crew in accordance with ES-0.1 to address the conditions?
A. Establish Emergency Boration.
B~  Throttle Auxiliary Feedwater Flow.
C. Close MSIVs and bypass valves.
D. Initiate Safety Injection and Return to E-O.
A. Incorrect, ES-0.1 addresses emergency boration if cooldown drops to less than 540 degrees making this choice plausible.
B. Correct, ES-O. 1 step 3 RNO c directs the throttling of AFW to address the cooldown.
C. Incorrect, ES-0.1 step 3 RNO c. directs the closing of MSIVs and bypass valves if the cooldown continues in step 3 RNO d. making this choice plausible, but this action is after the throttling of AFW flow.
D. Incorrect, ES-O. 1 step 1 directs the initiation of SI and return to E-O but only if SI is actuated. Actuation of SI is not warranted for the stated conditions.
Plausible for the candidate to misuse the data trends in stem and conclude that SI will be required.
Page 120
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 47 Tier 2 Group    2 K/A    061 K5.01 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater System: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the AFW: Relationship between AFW flow and RCS heat transfer.
Importance Rating:           3.6/3.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPT200.AFW B.2 OPL271 ES-0.1 B.4 Question Source:
Bank#        x Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History:            SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Millstone exam 2004 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          _
Comprehension or Analysis _ _X          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.5/45.7 Comments:      SQN Bank AFW B.2.A 003 Page 121


3.6/3.9 ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learning Objective:
: 48. Given the following plant conditions:
OPT200.AFW B.2OPL271ES-0.1B.4 xQuestionSource:
Unit 1 & 2 are operating steady-state at 100 0/0.
Bank#ModifiedBank#
        -   All systems are normally aligned.
-----New-----Question History:SQNNRCEXAM1/2008,Millstoneexam 2004 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X_10CFRPart55 Content: 41.5/45.7 Comments:SQNBankAFWB.2.A003Page121 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200848.Giventhe following plant conditions:Unit1&2are operating steady-stateat100 0/0.-All systems are normally aligned.-Voltageon6.9kV ShutdownBoard1B-B instantaneously drops to'5400volts.
        -   Voltage on 6.9 kV Shutdown Board 1B-B instantaneously drops to '
WhichONE(1)of the following describestheplant response to these conditions?
5400 volts.
A':I After 1.25 secondsallDiesel Generatorswillautostart.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the plant response to these conditions?
B.After 1.25 seconds onlythe1B-BDiesel Generatorwillautostart.
A':I After 1.25 seconds all Diesel Generators will auto start.
C.After 300 secondsallDiesel Generatorswillautostart.
B. After 1.25 seconds only the 1B-B Diesel Generator will auto start.
D.After 300 seconds onlythe1B-BDiesel Generatorwillautostart.A.Correct,Voltage<5520voltswill start the 1.25 second timers andallEDGswillstart.
C. After 300 seconds all Diesel Generators will auto start.
B.Incorrect,Voltagewouldhavetobe<5520voltsto start the 1.25 second timers.All diesel generators are startedinthiscondition.Plausibleif student believes lowvoltageon 1B-Bwould only start the 1B-Bdiesel.
D. After 300 seconds only the 1B-B Diesel Generator will auto start.
C.Incorrect,Plausibleduetovoltagelessthan 6451 volts but greaterthan5520voltsfor300 seconds these actionswilloccur.D.Incorrect,Plausibleduetovoltagelessthan 6451 volts but greaterthan5520voltsfor300 seconds these actions will occur and if student believeslowvoltageon 1 B-Bwouldonly start the 1B-Bdiesel.Page122 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.48 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA062K1.02 Knowledgeofthephysical connections andlor cause effect relationships betweentheac distributionsystemandthe following systems: ED/G Importance Rating: Technical  
A. Correct, Voltage <5520 volts will start the 1.25 second timers and all EDGs will start.
B. Incorrect, Voltage would have to be <5520 volts to start the 1.25 second timers. All diesel generators are started in this condition. Plausible if student believes low voltage on 1B-B would only start the 1B-B diesel.
C. Incorrect, Plausible due to voltage less than 6451 volts but greater than 5520 volts for 300 seconds these actions will occur.
D. Incorrect, Plausible due to voltage less than 6451 volts but greater than 5520 volts for 300 seconds these actions will occur and if student believes low voltage on 1B-B would only start the 1B-B diesel.
Page 122
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 48 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA          062 K1.02 Knowledge of the physical connections andlor cause effect relationships between the ac distribution system and the following systems: ED/G Importance Rating:           4.1 I 4.4 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
4.1I4.4TI-28,Att9,Drawing1-45N724-2,1-45N765-1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
TI-28, Att 9, Drawing 1-45N724-2, 1-45N765-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:         OPT200.DG, Obj.B.4.e OPT200.BLKOUT, Obj.B.4.e Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank#       X_ _
OPT200.DG, Obj.B.4.e OPT200.BLKOUT, Obj.B.4.e Question Source: Bank#X__ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank # - - - - -
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNExamBank D/G-B.9.A 005 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_X__.Comprehension or Analysis10CFRPart55 Content: 41.2 to 41.9 Comments: Changed third bullet from'Voltageon 6.9 kV Shutdown Board1B-Bis5400 volts'to'Voltageon 6.9kVShutdown Board 1B-B instantaneouslydropsto5400 volts'5400 volts.added"instantaneously dropped to"Page123 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200849.Giventhe following:
New - - - - -
6.9kv ShutdownBoard1A-AcontrolpowerisbeingsuppliedfromtheBACKUPbusNORMAL feederinsupportofa maintenance activity.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiesthesourceofthecontrolpowertotheshutdownboardandhowthecontrolpower transfer would occurifthenormalsourcewaslost?
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Exam Bank D/G-B.9.A 005 Question Cognitive Level:
Source of Control PowerA.125vVital Battery Board IB.125vVital BatteryBoardI125vVital BatteryBoardIIID.125vVital BatteryBoardIII Control Power Transfer Manual Automatic Manual Automatic A.Incorrect, Plausibleduetothisisthe power supplyforthe 1 A-A control power when being feedfromthe Backup bus alternate feeder.Correct Transfer method.B.Incorrect, Plausibleduetothisisthe power supplyforthe 1 A-A control power when being feedfromthe Backup bus alternate feeder.Incorrect Transfer method.C.Correct,Thisisthe power supplyforthe 1 A-A control power when being feedfromthe Backup bus normalfeeder.The Control Po-wer Transfer is a Manual Xfer.D.Correct,Thisisthe power supplyforthe 1 A-A control power when being feedfromthe Backup bus normal feeder.Incorrect Transfer method.Page124 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 Question No.49'Tier2Group1 KIA063K2.01 Knowledgeofbus power suppliestothe following:MajorDCloads Importance Rating: Technical  
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
                          . Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.2 to 41.9 Comments:       Changed third bullet from 'Voltage on 6.9 kV Shutdown Board 1B-B is 5400 volts' to 'Voltage on 6.9 kV Shutdown Board 1B-B instantaneously drops to 5400 volts' 5400 volts.added "instantaneously dropped to" Page 123
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 49. Given the following:
6.9kv Shutdown Board 1A-A control power is being supplied from the BACKUP bus NORMAL feeder in support of a maintenance activity.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the source of the control power to the shutdown board and how the control power transfer would occur if the normal source was lost?
Source of Control Power                Control Power Transfer A. 125v Vital Battery Board I                        Manual B. 125v Vital Battery Board I                      Automatic C~  125v Vital Battery Board III                    Manual D. 125v Vital Battery Board III                    Automatic A. Incorrect, Plausible due to this is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus alternate feeder. Correct Transfer method.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to this is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus alternate feeder. Incorrect Transfer method.
C. Correct, This is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus normal feeder. The Control Po-wer Transfer is a Manual Xfer.
D. Correct, This is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus normal feeder. Incorrect Transfer method.
Page 124
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 49' Tier 2 Group 1 KIA        063 K2.01 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Major DC loads Importance Rating:         2.9 I 3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.9I3.1 AOP-P.02,Lossof 125VDCVital Battery Board 0-45N703-3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-P.02, Loss of 125V DC Vital Battery Board 0-45N703-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:         OPT200.DC B.4 OPT200.AC6.9KV B.4.b Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank # - - - - -
OPT200.DC B.4 OPT200.AC6.9KV B.4.b Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank # - - - - -
#-----NewX--Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X__10CFRPart55 Content:41.7 Comments:Page125 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200850.The2A-ADGisrunning.A2A-ADGFuelOil Transfer Pump automaticallystartsduetolevelinoneofthedaytanksandthepumpshaft completely shears.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing correctly describes the operationofthe2A-ADGFuel Oil Transfer pumps?A.ThesecondFuelOil Transferpumpwillberunningduetolow discharge pressureonthefirstpumpthatstarted.B.ThesecondFuelOil TransferpumpwillberunningONLYifbothdaytanksreachalowlevel.C.ThesecondFuelOil TransferpumpwillNOTberunningandwillnotstartasthetanklevel continuestolower.ThesecondFuelOil TransferpumpwillNOTberunning,butwillstartasits associatedtanklevel continuestolower.A.Incorrect,Plausiblebecausecandidate maythinkthat alowdischarge pressureontherunningpumpwouldbe a start signalforthesecondpump.
New    X- -
B.Incorrect,Plausiblebecausecandidate maythinkbothdaytanks must reach a lowlevelbeforethe secondpumpstarts.
Question History:           New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
C.Incorrect,Plausiblebecausecandidate maythinkthepumpneedstocycle offforthe alternatortostartthe second pump.D.Correct,Two setpoints(Upperlow,and Lowerlow)ontheFuelOilDayTankforautostart ofFuelOilTransferPumps.The alternator alternateswhichpumpisleadandstartsthelead pumponUpper Lowfirst.The Second pumpwillautostarton the Lower Low setpoint.Page126 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.50Tier2Group1 KIA064K6.08 EDG: Knowledgeofthe effectofalossor malfunctionofthe followingwillhaveonthe ED/Gsystem:FueloilstoragetanksImportanceRating:3.2I3.3 Technical  
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.7 Comments:
Page 125
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 50. The 2A-A DG is running. A 2A-A DG Fuel Oil Transfer Pump automatically starts due to level in one of the day tanks and the pump shaft completely shears.
Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the operation of the 2A-A DG Fuel Oil Transfer pumps?
A. The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will be running due to low discharge pressure on the first pump that started.
B. The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will be running ONLY if both day tanks reach a low level.
C. The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will NOT be running and will not start as the tank level continues to lower.
D~  The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will NOT be running, but will start as its associated tank level continues to lower.
A. Incorrect, Plausible because candidate may think that a low discharge pressure on the running pump would be a start signal for the second pump.
B. Incorrect, Plausible because candidate may think both day tanks must reach a low level before the second pump starts.
C. Incorrect, Plausible because candidate may think the pump needs to cycle off for the alternator to start the second pump.
D. Correct, Two setpoints (Upper low, and Lower low) on the Fuel Oil Day Tank for auto start of Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps. The alternator alternates which pump is lead and starts the lead pump on Upper Low first. The Second pump will auto start on the Lower Low setpoint.
Page 126
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 50 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA    064 K6.08 EDG: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system: Fuel oil storage tanks Importance Rating:   3.2 I 3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
45N771-4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:          OPT200.DG B.4c and 5.d.e Question Source:
Bank# - -x- -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History:    SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank D/G-B.10 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis        _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 I 45.7 Comments:    reworded stem and distracters not enough to "Modify" Page 127


45N771-4 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:
: 51. Given the following plant conditions:
OPT200.DGB.4cand5.d.e xQuestionSource:
Both Units operating at 100 % RTP.
Bank#----ModifiedBank#
        - All systems are in a normal alignment A leak occurs in the Unit 2 Letdown Heat Exchanger.
-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBank D/G-B.10 001QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X__ComprehensionorAnalysis_10CFRPart55Content:
Assuming no action by the crew, which ONE (1) of the following describes the effects on the CCW System?
41.7 I 45.7Comments:rewordedstemand distracters not enough to"Modify"Page127 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 51.Given the following plant conditions:BothUnits operatingat100%RTP.-All systemsareinanormal alignment A leak occursintheUnit2LetdownHeat Exchanger.
A':' Radiation Monitor 2-RM-90-123A indication rises. Surge Tank vent valves 1-FCV-70-66 and 2-FCV-70-66 close when the monitor reaches the HIGH rad setpoint.
Assuming no actionbythecrew,whichONE(1)ofthe following describes the effectsonthe CCW System?A':'Radiation Monitor 2-RM-90-123A indication rises.Surge Tank vent valves 1-FCV-70-66 and 2-FCV-70-66 closewhenthe monitor reachestheHIGHrad setpoint.B.Radiation Monitor 2-RM-90-123A indication rises.Surge Tank vent valves 2-FCV-70-66 closeswhenthe monitor reachestheHIGHrad setpoint.The 1-FCV-70-66willremainopen.C.Unit2 Surge Tanklevellowers.The2AandC-SCCSpumpswillboth lose suctionwhenthesurgetank empties.D.Unit2 Surge Tanklevellowers.The2ACCSpumpwilllose suctionwhenthesurge tank empties.A.Correct,Aleakonthe Letdown Heat exchangerduetothe pressure differencesonthefluid mediumswillcauseleakageintotheCCSsystem.BothsurgeTankventswillisolate,if setpoint is reached on any of the radiation monitorsontheCCSsystem.
B. Radiation Monitor 2-RM-90-123A indication rises. Surge Tank vent valves 2-FCV-70-66 closes when the monitor reaches the HIGH rad setpoint. The 1-FCV-70-66 will remain open.
B.Incorrect,Aleakonthe Letdown Heat exchangerduetothe pressure differencesonthefluid mediumswillcauseleakageintotheCCSsystem.BothsurgeTankventswillisolate,if setpoint is reached on any of the radiation monitorsontheCCSsystem.Plausible if studentthinkstheRad Monitoristrainspecific and onlyclosethe associatedunitsventvalve.
C. Unit 2 Surge Tank level lowers. The 2A and C-S CCS pumps will both lose suction when the surge tank empties.
C.Incorrect,Aleakwillcause aleakintotheCCSsystem.Plausible if student believesCCSisat a higher pressure andCCSsurgetank level lowers.D.Incorrect,Aleakwillcause aleakintotheCCSsystem.Plausible if student believesCCSisat a higher pressure andCCSsurgetank level lowers.Page128 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.51Tier2Group1 KIA 073 A1*.01 Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)associated with operatingthePRMsystem controls including:
D. Unit 2 Surge Tank level lowers. The 2A CCS pump will lose suction when the surge tank empties.
Radiation levels Importance Rating: Technical  
A. Correct, A leak on the Letdown Heat exchanger due to the pressure differences on the fluid mediums will cause leakage into the CCS system.
Both surge Tank vents will isolate, if setpoint is reached on any of the radiation monitors on the CCS system.
B. Incorrect, A leak on the Letdown Heat exchanger due to the pressure differences on the fluid mediums will cause leakage into the CCS system.
Both surge Tank vents will isolate, if setpoint is reached on any of the radiation monitors on the CCS system. Plausible if student thinks the Rad Monitor is train specific and only close the associated units vent valve.
C. Incorrect, A leak will cause a leak into the CCS system. Plausible if student believes CCS is at a higher pressure and CCS surge tank level lowers.
D. Incorrect, A leak will cause a leak into the CCS system. Plausible if student believes CCS is at a higher pressure and CCS surge tank level lowers.
Page 128
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 51 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA         073 A1*.01 Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the PRM system controls including:
Radiation levels Importance Rating:             3.2 I 3.5 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
3.2I3.5 0-M-AR12-D 1,2-47W611-70-1 1,2-47W611-70-2 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
0-M-AR12-D 1,2-47W611-70-1 1,2-47W611-70-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:           OPT200.CCS B.5 Ouestion Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank #         X- -
OPT200.CCS B.5 Ouestion Source: Bank#X--Modified Bank#----New----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008, modifiedfromV.C SummeerJune2007exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X__10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.5 I 45.7Page129 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200852.Giventhe following plant conditions and information:
Modified Bank # - - - -
Both Units operatingat100%power All systems aligned normallyIfa large ERCW leak developedatthe inlettothe1A1CCSHeat Exchanger, whichONE(1)ofthe ERCW Headerswouldhave increased,flow,andwhenthe leak was isolated,howwouldthe1Aand2A ERCW header pressures be effected?A.B.C&#xa5;'D.Header with Flow Increase 1A 1A 2A 2AEffecton Header PressureBoth1Aand2A header pressures would increase Onlythe1A header pressure would increaseBoth1Aand2A header pressures would increase Onlythe2A header pressure would increasePage130 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,The 1 A ERCW supply header is not the header supplyingtheflowforthe1A1&1A2CCS HeatExchangers,the2A header ERCWisthesupply.However, because the headersarecommonatthe pumpingstation,isolatingtheleakwouldcauseboth1A and 2A header pressurestoincrease.Plausible because the componentwiththeleakis a Unit 1 heat exchanger and standard configurationwouldbefor a Unit 1 water header to supplythecoolingandif sotheflowwouldincreaseinthe 1 A header'andthecandidatecould correctlyrelatethe reduction inflowwhenthe leak is isolated to only effecting pressuresinboththe 1 A and 2A headers.B.Incorrect,The 1 A ERCW supply header is not the header supplyingtheflowforthe1A 1&1A2CCS HeatExchangers,the2A header ERCWisthesupply.Additionally, because the headersarecommonatthe pumpingstation,isolatingtheleakwouldcauseboth1A and 2A header pressurestoincrease.Plausiblebecausethe componentwiththeleakis a Unit 1 heat exchanger and standard configurationwouldbefor a Unit 1 water header to supply the coolingandif sotheflowwouldincreaseinthe1A header and thecendtdete couldrelatethereductioninflowwhentheleakis isolated to only effecting pressureinthe 1 A header and not consider the connectionatthe pumping station.C.Correct.2A ERCW supply headeristhe normal supplyforthe 1 A 1&1A2CCSHeat Exchangers andthe2A 1&2A2CCSHeatExchangers.Isolatingtheleakwouldcauseboth 1 A and 2A header pressurestoincrease because the headers arecommonatthe ERCWPumpingStation.D.Incorrect.2A ERCW supply headeristhe normal supplyforthe1A1&1A2CCSHeat Exchangers andthe2A 1&2A2CCS Heat Exchangers.
New - - - -
However because the headers are commonatthe pumpingstation,isolatingtheleakwouldcauseboth1Aand2A header pressurestoincrease.Plausible becausetheflowwouldincreasein onlythe2A header andthecandidate couldrelatethe reductioninflowwhentheleakis isolated to only effecting pressureinthe2A header and not consider the connectionatthe pumping station.Page131 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.52Tier2Group1 KIA076A2.02Abilityto(a)predicttheimpactsofthefollowing malfunctions or operationsontheSWS;and(b)basedonthosepredictions,use procedurestocorrect,control,ormitigatethe consequences.of those malfunctions or operations:
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, modified from V.C Summeer June 2007 exam Question Cognitive Level:
Service water header pressure ImportanceRating:2.7 I 3.1 Technical  
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       41.5 I 45.7 Comments:
Page 129
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 52. Given the following plant conditions and information:
Both Units operating at 100 % power All systems aligned normally If a large ERCW leak developed at the inlet to the 1A1 CCS Heat Exchanger, which ONE (1) of the ERCW Headers would have increased
  , flow, and when the leak was isolated, how would the 1A and 2A ERCW header pressures be effected?
Header with                   Effect on Flow Increase               Header Pressure A.            1A                     Both 1A and 2A header pressures would increase B.            1A                    Only the 1A header pressure would increase C&#xa5;'          2A                    Both 1A and 2A header pressures would increase D.            2A                    Only the 2A header pressure would increase Page 130
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The 1A ERCW supply header is not the header supplying the flow for the 1A1&1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers, the 2A header ERCWis the supply. However, because the headers are common at the pumping station, isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase. Plausible because the component with the leak is a Unit 1 heat exchanger and standard configuration would be for a Unit 1 water header to supply the cooling and if so the flow would increase in the 1A header' and the candidate could correctly relate the reduction in flow when the leak is isolated to only effecting pressures in both the 1A and 2A headers.
B. Incorrect, The 1A ERCW supply header is not the header supplying the flow for the 1A 1&1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers, the 2A header ERCW is the supply. Additionally, because the headers are common at the pumping station, isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase. Plausible because the component with the leak is a Unit 1 heat exchanger and standard configuration would be for a Unit 1 water header to supply the cooling and if so the flow would increase in the 1A header and thecendtdete could relate the reduction in flow when the leak is isolated to only effecting pressure in the 1A header and not consider the connection at the pumping station.
C. Correct. 2A ERCW supply header is the normal supply for the 1A 1& 1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers and the 2A 1&2A2 CCS Heat Exchangers. Isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase because the headers are common at the ERCW Pumping Station.
D. Incorrect. 2A ERCW supply header is the normal supply for the 1A1&1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers and the 2A 1&2A2 CCS Heat Exchangers. However because the headers are common at the pumping station, isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase. Plausible because the flow would increase in only the 2A header and the candidate could relate the reduction in flow when the leak is isolated to only effecting pressure in the 2A header and not consider the connection at the pumping station.
Page 131
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 52 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA          076 A2.02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences .of those malfunctions or operations: Service water header pressure Importance Rating:     2.7 I 3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-67-1, Essential Raw Cooling Water 1, 2-47W845-1 R47; 1, 2-47W845-2 R93; 1, 2-47W845-5 'R59, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:            OPT200ERCW B.3 OPT200ERCW B.4 OPT200ERCW B.5 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New      X- - -
Question History:              New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis            X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.5 I 43.5 I 45/3 I 45/13 Comments:
Page 132


0-SO-67-1,EssentialRawCooling Water1,2-47W845-1R47;1,2-47W845-2R93;1,2-47W845-5'R59, Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:
: 53. Given the following:
Question Source: OPT200ERCW B.3 OPT200ERCW B.4 OPT200ERCW B.5 Question History: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
          -  0-FCV-67-152 is the CCS HX 081 and 082 outlet valve 1-FCV-67-146 is the CCS HX 1A1 and 1A2 outlet valve
-----NewX---NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX
          -   2-FCV-67-146 is the CCS HX 2A1 and 2A2 outlet valve Which ONE (1) of the following identifies which valve(s) receive(s) an automatic reposition signal as a result of a Unit 1 Safety Injection?
__10CFRPart55Content:
O-FCV-67-152         1-FCV-67-146         2-FCV-67-146 A.        Yes                  Yes                    No 8~        Yes                  No                    No C.        No                  Yes                    Yes D.        No                   Yes                   No All Valves listed are automatically or manually manipulated as required by EA-67-1 or an SI signal, thus plausible. The student would be required to know which valve would recieve an automatic signal or be required to be manipulated manually.
Comments: 41.5 I 43.5 I 45/3 I 45/13Page132 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 53.Given the following: FCV-67-152istheCCSHX081and 082 outlet valve 1-FCV-67-146istheCCSHX1A1and1A2 outlet valve-2-FCV-67-146istheCCSHX2A1and2A2 outlet valve WhichONE(1)of the following identifies which valve(s)receive(s) an automatic reposition signalasa result of a Unit 1 Safety Injection?
A. Incorrect. O-FCV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and CGS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 2-FCV-67-146 remains in it's current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.
A.C.D.O-FCV-67-152 Yes Yes No No 1-FCV-67-146 Yes No Yes Yes 2-FCV-67-146 No No Yes No All Valves listed are automatically or manually manipulated as requiredbyEA-67-1oranSIsignal,thusplausible.The studentwouldbe required to knowwhichvalvewouldrecievean automatic signalorbe requiredtobe manipulated manually.A.Incorrect.O-FCV-67-152 automatically goestothe 35%openpositionforanSI signal on eitherunit.This ensures adequate flow andCGSsystem backpressure fortheBtrainESF equipmentforthe accident unit.2-FCV-67-146 remainsinit's currentpositionuntil manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.B.Correct.O-FGV-67-152 automatically goestothe 35%openpositionforanSIsignal on eitherunit.This ensuresadequateflow andGCSsystem backpressurefortheBtrainESF equipmentforthe accident unit.1-FCV-67-146 and 2-FCV-67-146 remainsinit's currentpositionuntil manually realigned as directedbyEA-67-1.
B. Correct. O-FGV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and GCS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 1-FCV-67-146 and 2-FCV-67-146 remains in it's current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.
C.Incorrect.O-FGV-67-152 automatically goestothe 35%openpositionforanSI signal on eitherunit.This ensures adequate flow and*CGS system backpressure for theBtrainESF equipmentforthe accident unit.1-FCV-67-146 and 2-FCV-67-146remainintheir currentpositionuntil manually realigned as directedbyEA-67-1.
C. Incorrect. O-FGV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and *CGS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 1-FCV-67-146 and 2-FCV-67-146 remain in their current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.
D.Incorrect.O-FCV-67-152 automaticallygoestothe 35%openpositionforanSI signal on eitherunit.This ensures adequate flow andCGSsystem backpressure fortheBtrainESF equipmentforthe accident unit.1-FCV-67-146 remainsinit's current position until manually realigned as directedbyEA-67-1.Page133 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.53Tier2Group1K/A076A4.02Abilityto manually operate and/ormonitorinthecontrolroom:SWSValvesImportanceRating:
D. Incorrect. O-FCV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and CGS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 1-FCV-67-146 remains in it's current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.
2.6/2.6 Technical  
Page 133
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 53 Tier 2 Group 1 K/A    076 A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
SWS Valves Importance Rating:   2.6/2.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EA-67-1 47W845-2 47W611-67-5 47W611-99-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPT200.ERCW B.4 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank #      X New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank ERCW-B.9.E 003 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis              _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8 Comments:
Page 134
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 54. Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the air supply header pressure at which the Train A essential air valve, 1-FCV-32-80, Aux Cmpsr A-A Rx Bldg U-1 Isol, would automatically CLOSE and the effect the loss of air to containment would have on the Pressurizer Spray Valve?
Header                        Spray Valve Pressure                          Position A':'            50 psig decreasing                    Fails CLOSED B.              50 psig decreasing                    Fails OPEN C.              69 psig decreasing                    Fails CLOSED D.              69 psig decreasing                    Fails OPEN A. Correct; 50 psig decreasing and Spray Valves fail closed.
B. Incorrect; correct Pressure, Incorrect valve position (plausible because many valves do fail open.)
C. Incorrect; Incorrect pressure Plausible due to 69 psig is the pressure that a valve closed to isolate Auxiliary air from Control Air, correct valve position D. Incorrect; Incorrect pressure. Plausible due to 69 psig is the pressure that a valve closed to isolate Auxiliary air from Control Air), Incorrect valve position (plausible because many valves do fail open.)
Page 135


EA-67-1 47W845-2 47W611-67-5 47W611-99-3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 54 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA        078 K3.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the lAS will have on the foliowing:Containment air system.
NoneLearningObjective:QuestionSource:
Importance Rating:           3.1 I 3.4 Technical  
OPT200.ERCW B.4 Bank#-----ModifiedBank#X New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM1/2008,SQNBank ERCW-B.9.E 003QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_X__ComprehensionorAnalysis
_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:41.7/45.5to45.8Page134 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 54.WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifiestheair supply header pressureatwhichtheTrainA essentialairvalve, 1-FCV-32-80,AuxCmpsrA-ARxBldgU-1Isol,would automaticallyCLOSEandtheeffectthelossofairto containmentwouldhaveonthe Pressurizer Spray Valve?Header Spray Valve Pressure Position A':'50psig decreasing Fails CLOSED B.50psig decreasingFailsOPEN C.69psig decreasing Fails CLOSED D.69psig decreasingFailsOPENA.Correct; 50 psig decreasing and SprayValvesfailclosed.
B.Incorrect; correct Pressure, Incorrectvalveposition(plausible because manyvalvesdofailopen.)
C.Incorrect; Incorrect pressurePlausibledueto 69psigisthe pressure that a valve closedtoisolate Auxiliaryairfrom Control Air, correctvalveposition D.Incorrect; Incorrectpressure.Plausibledueto 69psigisthe pressure that a valve closedtoisolate Auxiliaryairfrom Control Air), Incorrectvalveposition(plausible because manyvalvesdofailopen.)Page135 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.54Tier2Group1 KIA078K3.01 Knowledgeofthe effectthatalossor malfunctionofthelASwillhaveonthe foliowing:Containmentairsystem.
Importance Rating: Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
3.1I3.4 0-SO-32-2 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
0-SO-32-2 AOP-M~02 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:         OPT200.CSA B.4 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank # - - - -
Question Source: OPT200.CSA B.4 Bank#----ModifiedBank#_X
Modified Bank # _X_ _
__New-----QuestionHistory:'SQNNRCExam 1/200;8,SQNBankAIR008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__x__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.7/45.6Page136 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200855.Giventhefollowingplantconditions:Unit2experiencedaManualSafetyInjection(SI).
New - - - - -
ContainmentPurgeRadMonitors,2-RM-90-130,wasinhighradalarmbuthasbeenreset.
Question History: 'SQN NRC Exam 1/200;8, SQN Bank AIR 008 Question Cognitive Level:
ContainmentPurgeRadMonitors,2-RM-90-131,hasindicated normal..-ContainmentVentIsolationoccurredonTrainA.
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _x_ _
ContainmentVentIsolationdidNOToccuronTrainB.PhaseAhasbeenRESET.SIsignalhasNOTbeenRESET.
Comprehension or Analysis            _
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing describesthestatusofthe Containment Vent Isolation(CVI)system?TheCVI and---------shouldhaveoccurredonAandBTrain;theCVIcanberesetwiththeSIsignalpresent.B.shouldhaveoccurredonAandBTrain;theSIsignalmustberesetbeforetheCVIcanbereset.C.shouldNOThaveoccurredonBTrain;theCVIcanberesetwiththeSIsignalpresent.D.shouldNOThaveoccurredonBTrain;theSIsignalmustberesetbeforetheCVIcanbereset.Page137 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Correct, A SI signalwillinitiateCVIonbothtrains.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.7/45.6 Comments:
A resetswitchexiststhat is selfsealingwhichwill allowCVItobe reset with aSIsignalstillpresent.
Page 136
B.Incorrect,First part correct, should have occurredonbothtrains.
 
Second partincorrect.Plausible if candidate believessinceanSIsignalinitiates aCVIthattheSI must be cleared before resettingtheCVIcanbe accomplished.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
C.Incorrect, Plausibleifcandidatedoes not knowanSIsignalwillinitiateCVIonbothtrains, and concludessinceradiationlevelsdid not gouponthe BTrainRad monitorCVITrain B should nothaveoccurred.D.Incorrect,Plausibletoconcludethatwithradiationlevels normalonthe BTrainRadmonitor,CVITrain B should nothaveoccured.
: 55. Given the following plant conditions:
Second part plausible if candidate concludessinceanSI signalinitiatesisolationsignalsthattheSI must be cleared before resettingtheCVIcanbe accomplished.Page138 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.55 TierGroup 1 KIA103A3.01Abilitytomonitorautomaticoperationofthe containmentsystem,including:
Unit 2 experienced a Manual Safety Injection (SI).
Containmentisolation.ImportanceRating:
Containment Purge Rad Monitors, 2-RM-90-130, was in high rad alarm but has been reset.
3.9/4.2 Technical  
Containment Purge Rad Monitors, 2-RM-90-131, has indicated normal.                                     .
        - Containment Vent Isolation occurred on Train A.
Containment Vent Isolation did NOT occur on Train B.
Phase A has been RESET.
SI signal has NOT been RESET.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the status of the Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) system?
The CVI                            and A~  should have occurred on A and B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.
B. should have occurred on A and B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.
C. should NOT have occurred on B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.
D. should NOT have occurred on B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.
Page 137
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, A SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains. A reset switch exists that is self sealing which will allow CVI to be reset with a SI signal still present.
B. Incorrect, First part correct, should have occurred on both trains. Second part incorrect. Plausible if candidate believes since an SI signal initiates a CVI that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know an SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains, and concludes since radiation levels did not go up on the B Train Rad monitor CVI Train B should not have occurred.
D. Incorrect, Plausible to conclude that with radiation levels normal on the B Train Rad monitor, CVI Train B should not have occured. Second part plausible if candidate concludes since an SI signal initiates isolation signals that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.
Page 138
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 55 Tier ~  Group  1 KIA        103 A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the containment system, including:
Containment isolation      .
Importance Rating:     3.9/4.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2-47W611-63-1, 2-47W611-88-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:          OPT200.RPS, Obj. B.18.b OPT200PIS Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank #_ _X_ _
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank RPS-B.9 005 Modified Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 I 45.5 Comments:
Page 139


2-47W611-63-1, 2-47W611-88-1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:OPT200.RPS,Obj.B.18.b OPT200PISQuestionSource:
: 56. Given the following:
Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Unit 1 in MODE 4 RCS temperature at 240&deg;F Pressurizer level in automatic at 25% and a steam bubble is formed 1-XS-68-339E, LEVEL CONTROL CHANNEL SELECTOR, is in the 335/320 position Which ONE (1) of the following identifies which channel is selected as backup AND whether or not it is a Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) instrument?
__X__New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBankRPS-B.9005ModifiedQuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
A. 1-LT-68-339, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel I This is a PAM instrument B. 1-LT-68-339, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel I This is NOT a PAM instrument C~  1-LT-68-335, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel II This is a PAM instrument D. 1-LT-68-335, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel II This is NOT a PAM instrument A. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-339 is a PAM instrument. Plausible due to 339 is a channel which could be used for level control but not as backup with conditions in stem 'for selector switch postion.
_X__10CFRPart55Content:41.7I45.5 Comments:Page139 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200856.Giventhe following:Unit1in MODE 4 RCS temperature at 240&deg;F Pressurizerlevelin automatic at 25%anda steam bubbleisformed 1-XS-68-339E, LEVEL CONTROL CHANNEL SELECTOR,isin the 335/320 position WhichONE(1)of the following identifies which channel is selected as backup AND whetherornotitisaPost Accident Monitoring (PAM)instrument?A.1-L T-68-339, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel IThisisaPAM instrumentB.1-L T-68-339, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel I ThisisNOTaPAM instrument1-L T-68-335, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel II ThisisaPAM instrumentD.1-L T-68-335, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel II This is NOTaPAM instrumentA.Incorrect,1-LT-68-339is aPAMinstrument.Plausibledueto 339 is a channel which could be used for level control but not as backup with conditionsinstem'for selectorswitchpostion.
B. Incorrect, 11-LT-68-339 is a PAM instrument. Plausible due to 339 is a channel which could be used for level control but not as backup with conditions in stem for selector switch postion.
B.Incorrect,11-LT-68-339is aPAMinstrument.Plausibledueto 339 is a channel which couldbeusedfor level control but not as backup with conditionsinstemfor selectorswitchpostion.
C. Correct, Instrument failure would isolate letdown causing pressurizer level to rise, 1-LT-68-335 is PAM instrument.
C.Correct, Instrumentfailurewouldisolateletdowncausing pressurizer leveltorise,1-L T-68-335isPAMinstrument.D.Incorrect, Correctforbackup however the instrument is aPAMimstrument.Page140 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.56Tier2Group2 KIA011K6.05 PressurizerLevelControlSystem(PZRLCS)
D. Incorrect, Correct for backup however the instrument is a PAM imstrument.
Knowledgeofthe effectofalossor malfunctiononthe followingwillhaveonthePZRLCS:FunctionofPZRlevel gauges as postaccident monitors Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.7 Technical  
Page 140
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 56 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA        011 K6.05 Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS)
Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the PZR LCS: Function of PZR level gauges as postaccident monitors Importance Rating:         3.1 I 3.7 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Tech Spec 3.3.3.7, Print 1-47W611-68-2, 1-47W610-68-5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:        OPT200.PZRPLC B.4 OPT200.PZRPLC B.6 Question Source:
Bank#            _
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - x --
Question History:          New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis _X          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7/45.7 Comments:
Page 141


Tech Spec3.3.3.7,Print 1-47W611-68-2, 1-47W610-68-5 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learning Objective:
: 57. Which ONE (1) of the following sets of Nuclear Instruments would lose power if Vital Instrument Power Board 1-11 were to be deenergized?
OPT200.PZRPLC B.4 OPT200.PZRPLC B.6 x Question Source: Bank#_ModifiedBank#
A':' Power Range N42, Source Range N32, and Intermediate Range N36.
-----New----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55 Content: 41.7/45.7 Comments:Page141 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 57.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowingsetsof NuclearInstrumentswouldlosepowerifVital InstrumentPowerBoard 1-11weretobe deenergized?
B. Power Range N43, Source Range N31, and Intermediate Range N35.
A':'PowerRangeN42,SourceRangeN32,and IntermediateRangeN36.B.PowerRangeN43,SourceRangeN31,and IntermediateRangeN35.C.PowerRangeN44,SourceRangeN32,and IntermediateRangeN36.D.PowerRangeN41,SourceRangeN31,and IntermediateRangeN35.Thecorrect answerisAA.Correct,120vACVital Instrument Power Board 1-1/isthe power supply forallthree instruments listed.B.Incorrect,N31 andN35are poweredfrom120vACVital Instrument Power Board 1-1.N43is powered from Board 1-1/1.Plausible because N31 and N35 as well as the other listed instrument receive power from a 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board asdothe instrumentsinthe correct answerandthecandidatecanmistakewhich board supplieswhichinstruments.
C. Power Range N44, Source Range N32, and Intermediate Range N36.
C.Incorrect,N44 receives power from a120vACVital Instrument Power Board 1-IV.D.Incorrect,N31 andN35are poweredfrom120vACVital Instrument Power Board 1-1.Page142 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.58 Tier2Group2KIA015K2.01 Knowledge ofbuspower suppliestothe following:
D. Power Range N41, Source Range N31, and Intermediate Range N35.
NIS channels,components,and interconnectionsImportanceRating:
The correct answer is A A. Correct, 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1/ is the power supply for all three instruments listed.
Technical  
B. Incorrect, N31 and N35 are powered from 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1. N43 is powered from Board 1-1/1. Plausible because N31 and N35 as well as the other listed instrument receive power from a 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board as do the instruments in the correct answer and the candidate can mistake which board supplies which instruments.
C. Incorrect, N44 receives power from a 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-IV.
D. Incorrect, N31 and N35 are powered from 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1.
Page 142
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 58 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA    015 K2.01 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
NIS channels, components, and interconnections Importance Rating:         3.3/3.7 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Instrument Power Board Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:        OPT200.NIS B.4.b Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # NIS B.4 010 New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis              _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    41.7 Comments:
Page 143
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 58. Which ONE (1) of the following will occur as a result of containment pressure increasing to 1.54 psid?
A. CRDM coolers trip Upper compartment coolers trip B. CRDM coolers trip Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves isolate C. Incore Instrument Room Chillers trip Upper Compartment Coolers trip D~  Incore Instrument Room Chillers trip Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves isolate A. Incorrect, Plausible due the CRDM coolers and Upper compartment coolers will trip on containment pressure however this would require containment pressure to reach 2.81 psid (Phase B).
B. Incorrect, Plausible due the CRDM coolers will trip on containment pressure however this would require containment pressure to reach 2.81 psid (Phase B). Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves will isolate on a phase A (1.54 psid)                                  .
C. Incorrect, Plausible due the Upper compartment coolers will trip on containment pressure however this would require containment pressure to reach 2.81 psid (Phase B). Incore Instrument Room Chillers will trip on a phase A (1.54 psid)
D. Correct, Containment pressure of 1.54 psid will initiate a Safety Injection signal. A Safety Injection Signal will initiate a Containment Isolation Signal Phase A. The Phase A will trip the Incore Instrument room cooler and Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves will isolate.
Page 144


3.3/3.7AOP-P.03,LossofUnit1 InstrumentPowerBoard Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 58 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA   016K1.10 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System:Knowledge of the physical connections andlor cause-effect relationships between the NNIS and the following systems: CCS Importance Rating:   3.1 I 3.1 Technical  
None Learning Objective:QuestionSource:
OPT200.NIS B.4.b Bank#-----ModifiedBank
#NISB.4010 New-----QuestionHistory:SQN NRCEXAM1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55Content:41.7 Comments:Page143 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 58.WhichONE(1)ofthe following will occurasaresultof containment pressure increasingto1.54psid?A.CRDM coolers trip Upper compartment coolers tripB.CRDM coolers tripIceCond Floor Cooling Isolation valves isolateC.Incore Instrument Room Chillers trip Upper Compartment Coolers tripIncore Instrument Room Chillers tripIceCond Floor Cooling Isolation valves isolateA.Incorrect,PlausibleduetheCRDMcoolersandUpper compartment coolerswilltripon containment pressure howeverthiswouldrequire containment pressuretoreach 2.81 psid(PhaseB).B.Incorrect,Plausibleduethe CRDMcoolerswilltripon containment pressure howeverthiswouldrequire containment pressuretoreach 2.81 psid (PhaseB).IceCond FloorCoolingIsolationvalveswillisolateon a phaseA(1.54 psid).C.Incorrect,Plausibleduethe Upper compartment coolerswilltripon containment pressure howeverthiswouldrequire containment pressure to reach 2.81 psid(PhaseB).Incore InstrumentRoomChillerswilltripon aphaseA (1.54 psid)D.Correct, Containment pressure of 1.54 psidwillinitiate a Safety Injectionsignal.A Safety Injection Signalwillinitiate a ContainmentIsolationSignalPhaseA.ThePhaseAwilltriptheIncore Instrument room coolerandIce Cond FloorCoolingIsolationvalveswillisolate.Page144 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.58Tier2 Group 2 KIA 016K1.10 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System:Knowledgeofthephysical connections andlor cause-effect relationships betweentheNNISandthe followingsystems:CCS ImportanceRating:3.1I3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1,2-47W611-30-2,3, and 4. TI-28 Att 9 1-47W611-88-1 1,2-47W611-61-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:          OPT200.PIS B.4 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank #      X- - -
New - - - -
Question History:    SON NRC Exam 1/2008, Modified SON Bank CTMT COOL-B.12.A 003 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knoyvledge _X          _
Comprehension or Analysis          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45.7 to 45.8 Comments:
Page 145
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 59. Which ONE (1) of the following is the highest core temperature that can be indicated by an Incore Thermocouple while remaining in the upper indicated physical limits in accordance with GOI-6, Apparatus Operations?
A. Incorrect, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300&deg;F. Plausible due to 1200 degrees is a red path for core cooling B. Incorrect, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300&deg;F. Plausible due to being close to the actual temperature of 2300.
G. Incorrect, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300&deg;F. Plausible due to 2200 is EGCS acceptance criteria.
D. Correct, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300&deg;F.
Page 146


1 ,2-47W611-30-2,3,and4.TI-28Att9 1-47W611-88-1 1,2-47W611-61-2 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 59 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA   .017000K4.03 Knowledge of ITM system design feature(s) andlor interlock(s) which provide for the following: Range of temperature indication Importance Rating:     3.1 / 3.3 Technical  
None Learning Objective:
Question Source: OPT200.PIS B.4 Bank#-----ModifiedBank#X
---New----QuestionHistory:SONNRCExam 1/2008,ModifiedSONBankCTMT COOL-B.12.A 003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knoyvledge
_X_Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content:41.2to41.9 I45.7to45.8 Comments:Page145 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 59.WhichONE(1)of the followingisthe highest core temperaturethatcanbe indicatedbyan Incore Thermocouple while remaininginthe upper indicated physicallimitsin accordancewithGOI-6, Apparatus Operations?A.Incorrect,GOI-6, Rev 121,SectionPidentifiestheindicatingrange of the incore thermocouplestobe200-2300&deg;F.Plausibledueto1200 degrees is aredpathforcorecooling B.Incorrect,GOI-6, Rev 121,SectionPidentifiesthe indicating range of the incore thermocouplestobe200-2300&deg;F.Plausibleduetobeingclosetothe actual temperature of 2300.G.Incorrect,GOI-6, Rev 121,SectionPidentifiestheindicatingrange of the incore thermocouplestobe200-2300&deg;F.Plausibledueto2200isEGCS acceptance criteria.D.Correct,GOI-6, Rev 121,SectionPidentifiestheindicatingrange of the incore thermocouplestobe200-2300&deg;F.Page146 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.59Tier2 Group 2 KIA.017000K4.03 KnowledgeofITMsystemdesign feature(s) andlor interlock(s)whichprovidefor the following:Rangeof temperature indication Importance Rating:3.1/3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
GOI-6, Apparatus Operation, Rev 121, Section P Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:        OPL271INCORE, B.4.h Question Source:
Bank #        X- - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History:SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN bank INCORE-B.1.B 003 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X          _
Comprehension or Analysis          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.7 Comments:
Page 147
1/2'008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 60. Which ONE (1) of the following identifes how (a) main steam header pressure will respond as turbine load is raised from 50% to 700/0 and (b) which method of maintaining Tavg matched with Tref would result in the value for MTC being the MOST negative as turbine load was raised?
A. (a) Main steam header pressure would decrease.
(b) Rods are withdrawn to maintain Tavg on program, with Boron concentration held constant.
B. (a) Main steam header pressure would increase.
(b) Rods are withdrawn to maintain Tavg on program, with Boron concentration held constant.
CY' (a) Main steam header pressure would decrease.
(b) Rod position is held constant, while Boron concentration is lowered to maintain Tavg on program.
D. (a) Main steam header pressure would increase.
(b) Rod position is held constant, while Boron concentration is lowered to maintain Tavg on program.
Page 148
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, First part Correct Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Plausible due to candidate could conclude that withdrawing Rods would make MTC more negative which in reality it makes it Less Negative. However a competing affect of Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC.
B. Incorrect, First part Incorrect Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Plausible due to candidate could conclude that withdrawing Rods would make MTC more negative which in reality it makes it Less Negative. However a competing affect of Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC.
C. Correct, First part Correct Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Reduction of boron concentration results in more negative MTC, Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC. This additive Negative affects is the MOST negative of all choices given.
D. Incorrect, First part Incorrect Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Reduction of boron concentration results in more negative MTC, Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC. This additive Negative affects is the MOST negative of all choices given.
Page 149


GOI-6, Apparatus Operation,Rev121,SectionP Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 60 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA        045 K5.17 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the MT/B System: Relationship between moderator temperature coefficient and boron concentration in .RCS as TIG load increases Importance Rating:         2.5 I 2.7 Technical  
None Learning Objective:
Question Source: OPL271INCORE, B.4.hBank#X----ModifiedBank
#-----New-----Question History:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNbank INCORE-B.1.B 003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_X_Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 41.7 Comments:Page147 1/2'008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200860.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifeshow(a)mainsteam header pressurewillrespondas turbineloadisraisedfrom 50%to 700/0and(b)whichmethod of maintainingTavgmatchedwith TrefwouldresultinthevalueforMTCbeingthe MOST negativeasturbineloadwasraised?A.(a)Mainsteam headerpressurewould decrease.(b)Rodsare withdrawntomaintainTavgonprogram,withBoron concentrationheldconstant.B.(a)Mainsteam headerpressurewouldincrease.(b)Rodsare withdrawntomaintainTavgonprogram,withBoron concentrationheldconstant.
CY'(a)Mainsteam headerpressurewould decrease.(b)Rod positionisheldconstant,whileBoron concentrationisloweredtomaintainTavgonprogram.D.(a)Mainsteam headerpressurewouldincrease.(b)Rod positionisheldconstant,whileBoron concentrationisloweredtomaintainTavgonprogram.Page148 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,First part CorrectMainSteam Header pressure would decrease asturbineloadisraised.Plausibleduetocandidatecould conclude that withdrawingRodswouldmakeMTCmorenegativewhichin reality it makesitLessNegative.
However a competing affect ofTavgrisingwillhave a negative affectonMTC.B.Incorrect,First part IncorrectMainSteam Header pressure would decrease asturbineloadisraised.Plausibleduetocandidatecould conclude that withdrawingRodswouldmakeMTCmore negativewhichin reality it makesitLessNegative.
However a competing affect ofTavgrisingwillhave a negative affectonMTC.C.Correct,First part CorrectMainSteam Header pressure would decrease asturbineloadisraised.
Reduction of boron concentration resultsinmore negativeMTC,Tavgrisingwillhave a negative affectonMTC.Thisadditive Negative affectsisthe MOST negative ofallchoicesgiven.D.Incorrect,First part IncorrectMainSteam Header pressure would decrease asturbineloadisraised.
Reduction of boron concentration resultsinmore negativeMTC,Tavgrisingwillhave a negative affectonMTC.Thisadditive Negative affectsisthe MOST negative ofallchoicesgiven.Page149 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.60Tier2Group2 KIA045K5.17 Knowledgeofthe operational implicationsofthefollowingconceptsastheapplytotheMT/BSystem:Relationshipbetween moderator temperature coefficientandboron concentration in.RCS as TIG load increases Importance Rating: Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.5I2.7 NuclearDesignReportUnit1Cycle15 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
Nuclear Design Report Unit 1 Cycle 15 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective:         GFES Coeficients Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:GFES CoeficientsQuestionSource:
Bank# - - - - -
Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank # - - - - -
-----NewX--QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X__10CFRPart55Content:
New    X- -
Comments: 41.5/45.7Page150 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200861.Giventhefollowing:Unit1isat 60%RTPwithshutdowninprogressduetoSteam Generator#3tubeleakageidentified.-The CondenserVacuumPumpDischargefiltershavebeeninstalled.1-HS-2-255,CONDVACPUMPEXHFILTERBYPASS,isinP-auto.-Aleakonthe condenser vacuum breaker develops leakage equalto30scfm.-Thefollowingalarmsarereceivedat approximatelythesametime:-PDIS-2-255CONDVACPMPSEXHFILTERDIFFPRESSHI. RA-90-99ACNDSVACPMPLORNGAIREXHMONHIGHRAD.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiesthestatusof 1-FCV-255, CondenserVacuumPumpExhaust FilterBypassFlowControlIsol?Thebypassvalve
Question History:           New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
_A':'wouldhaveopened AUTOMATICALLYduetothehigh setpointacrossthefilter.B.wouldhaveopened AUTOMATICALLYduetothehighpressure setpointintheexhauststack.C.wouldbepreventedfrom openi*ng AUTOMATICALLYorMANUALLY.D.wouldbepreventedfrom AUTOMATICALLY opening, however valvecouldbeopened MANUALLYusingcontrolswitch.Page151 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Correct,WhenCVPdischargefiltertrainisinstalled, FCV-2-255 is designedtoopen automatically on ahighfilterDP of 5.5 in/water increasing.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
B.Incorrect,Plausibledueto requirementtoopenthe bypass iftheflowrate exceeds45scfmevenwhenthefiltersare not installed to prevent the instrument malfunction alarmscausebythehigh back pressureinthe exhauststack.Thisis a precautioninthesystem operating instruction.
Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_ _
C.Incorrect, Plausibleduetocandidatecouldthinkthe bypassvalvewouldbe prevented from openingtoensureallrelease gaswentthroughthe monitortoensure releaseismonitored.D.Incorrect, Plausibleduetocandidatecouldthinkthe bypassvalvewould be prevented from opening in automatictoensureallrelease gas wentthroughthemonitor,butwould allow operator controlinmanual.Page152 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.61Tier2Group2 KIA 055 A3.03Abilityto monitor automatic operationoftheCARS, including:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.5/45.7 Comments:
Automatic diversionofCARS exhaust ImportanceRating:2.5 I 2.7 Technical  
Page 150
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 61. Given the following:
Unit 1 is at 60% RTP with shutdown in progress due to Steam Generator #3 tube leakage identified.
        -   The Condenser Vacuum Pump Discharge filters have been installed.
1-HS-2-255, COND VAC PUMP EXH FILTER BYPASS, is in P-auto.
        -   A leak on the condenser vacuum breaker develops leakage equal to 30 scfm.
        -   The following alarms are received at approximately the same time:
            - PDIS-2-255 COND VAC PMPS EXH FILTER DIFF PRESS HI.
RA-90-99A CNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the status of 1-FCV-255, Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Filter Bypass Flow Control Isol?
The bypass valve                                                        _
A':' would have opened AUTOMATICALLY due to the high        ~P setpoint across the filter.
B. would have opened AUTOMATICALLY due to the high pressure setpoint in the exhaust stack.
C. would be prevented from openi*ng AUTOMATICALLY or MANUALLY.
D. would be prevented from AUTOMATICALLY opening, however valve could be opened MANUALLY using control switch.
Page 151
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, When CVP discharge filter train is installed, FCV-2-255 is designed to open automatically on a high filter DP of 5.5 in/water increasing.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to requirement to open the bypass if the flow rate exceeds 45 scfm even when the filters are not installed to prevent the instrument malfunction alarms cause by the high back pressure in the exhaust stack. This is a precaution in the system operating instruction.
C. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate could think the bypass valve would be prevented from opening to ensure all release gas went through the monitor to ensure release is monitored.
D. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate could think the bypass valve would be prevented from opening in automatic to ensure all release gas went through the monitor, but would allow operator control in manual.
Page 152
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 61 Tier 2  Group    2 KIA     055 A3.03 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CARS, including:
Automatic diversion of CARS exhaust Importance Rating:   2.5 I 2.7 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-AR-M3-A 1-S0-2-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPT200CONDVAC B.4 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New        X Question History:            New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          _
Comprehension or Analysis __X        _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 I 45.5 Comments:
Page 153
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 62. With the pump control handswitches in AUTO, which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes operation of the Reactor Coolant Drain Tank (RCDT) pumps when 2-FCV-68-310, PRT Drain to RCDT, is opened to reduce the level in the Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT)?
A. RCDT Pump A will auto start ONLY if the level in the RCDT is above the low level pump cutoff level switch.
B. RCDT Pump A will auto start EVEN if the level in the RCDT is below the low level pump cutoff level switch.
C. RCDT Pump B will auto start ONLY if the level in the RCDT is above the low level pump cutoff level switch.
D~  RCDT Pump B will auto start EVEN if the level in the RCDT is below the low level pump cutoff level switch.
A. Incorrect, The A pump does not receive a start signal when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened, only the B pump has this start function. Plausible because the candidate could confuse which pump starts when the valve opens and due to the pump having an auto start / trip based on RCDT tank level.
B. Incorrect, The A pump does not receive a start signal when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened, only the B pump has this start function. Plausible because the candidate could confuse which pump starts when the valve opens and due to the pump having an auto start / trip based on RCDT tank level with the trip being bypassed if the valve were open.
C. Incorrect, The B pump will start when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened. The valve open limit switch in the start circuit is in parrallel to the contact that would be open if RCDT level were low. Plausible because there is a level switch that would trip the pump if the RCDT level decreased to the setpoint while pumping down the RCDT, however, this switch is bypassed when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened.
D. Correct, The B pump will start when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened. The valve open limit switch in the start circuit is in parrallel to the contact that would be open if RCDT level were low.
Page 154


1-AR-M3-A 1-S0-2-9 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 62 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA   068 A4.02 Ability to manually operate andlor monitor in the control room:
None Learning Objective:
Remote radwaste release Importance Rating:   3.2/3.1' Technical  
OPT200CONDVAC B.4 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
#-----NewX Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.7 I 45.5 Page 153 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 62.Withthepumpcontrol handswitchesinAUTO,whichONE(1)ofthe following correctly describes operationofthe Reactor Coolant Drain Tank (RCDT)pumpswhen 2-FCV-68-310,PRTDraintoRCDT,isopenedtoreducethelevelinthe Pressurizer ReliefTank(PRT)?A.RCDTPumpAwillautostartONLYifthelevelintheRCDTisabovethelowlevelpump cutofflevelswitch.B.RCDTPumpAwillautostartEVENifthelevelintheRCDTis below thelowlevelpump cutofflevelswitch.C.RCDTPumpBwillautostartONLYifthelevelintheRCDTisabovethelowlevelpump cutofflevelswitch.RCDTPumpBwillautostartEVENifthelevelintheRCDTis below thelowlevelpump cutofflevelswitch.A.Incorrect,TheApumpdoes not receive a startsignalwhen 2-FCV-68-310 is opened, only the B pumphasthis startfunction.Plausible becausethecandidate couldconfusewhich pumpstartswhenthevalveopens andduetothe pump havinganauto start/trip based on RCDTtanklevel.
B.Incorrect,TheA pump does not receive a startsignalwhen 2-FCV-68-310 is opened, only the B pumphasthis startfunction.Plausible becausethecandidate couldconfusewhich pumpstartswhenthevalveopens andduetothe pump havinganauto start/trip based on RCDT tank levelwiththetripbeing bypassed if thevalvewereopen.
C.Incorrect,The B pump will start when 2-FCV-68-310isopened.Thevalveopenlimitswitchinthe startcircuitisin parralleltothe contactthatwouldbeopen if RCDT levelwerelow.Plausible becausethereis a levelswitchthatwouldtripthepumpif the RCDT level decreasedtothe setpoint while pumpingdowntheRCDT,however,thisswitchis bypassed when 2-FCV-68-310isopened.D.Correct,The B pump will start when 2-FCV-68-310isopened.Thevalveopenlimitswitchinthe startcircuitisin parralleltothe contactthatwouldbeopenif RCDT levelwerelow.Page154 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.62Tier2Group2 KIA 068 A4.02 Ability to manually operate andlor monitorinthecontrolroom:
Remote radwaste release Importance Rating: 3.2/3.1'Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2-S0-68-5, Pressurizer Relief Tank, Rev 17 1,2-45N779 -17 Rev 21 1,2-45N779 -45 Rev 8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPT200.PZRPCS B.4.
OPT200.LRW B.4 Question Source: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Modified WB Bank 007A1.01 034 Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank #      X- -
New - - - -
Question History:    New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8 Comments:
Page 155


2-S0-68-5, Pressurizer ReliefTank,Rev17 1 ,2-45N779-17Rev21 1 ,2-45N779-45Rev8 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learning Objective:
: 63. Given the following plant conditions:
OPT200.PZRPCS B.4.OPT200.LRW B.4 QuestionSource:SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008,ModifiedWBBank007A1.01034 Bank#-----ModifiedBank#X
Gas Decay Tank 'C' release is in progress with Train A ABGTS running for dilution flow.
--New----QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCExam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge__X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.7 I45.5to45.8Page155 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200863.Giventhefollowingplantconditions:GasDecayTank'C'releaseisinprogresswithTrainAABGTSrunningfordilutionflow.IrradiatedFuelassemblyinsertshuffles.arebeingconductedintheSpentFuelPit.
Irradiated Fuel assembly insert shuffles. are being conducted in the Spent Fuel Pit.
Fuel HandlingAreaExhaustFanAisrunning.-Aleakoccursonthewastegascompressorwhichresultsinagasreleasetothe Auxiliary Building.0-RE-90-101, AuxiliaryBuildingVentMonitor,alarmsduetoHigh radiation. RE-90-102 and 0-RE-90-103,FuelStoragePoolAreaMonitors,indicateNORMALradiationlevelsandareNOTinalarm.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing indicatestheeffectthiswouldhaveontherunningFuel HandlingAreaExhaustFanandontheABGTS?(Assumeno operatoractionhasbeentaken)A.FuelHandlingAreaExhaustFanwouldremaininservice;TrainBABGTSwouldstart.B.FuelHandlingAreaExhaustFanwouldremaininservice;TrainBABGTSwouldNOTstart.
Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan A is running.
C.'\i'FuelhandlingAreaExhaustFanwouldbestopped;TrainBABGTSwouldstart.D.FuelhandlingAreaExhaustFanwouldbestopped;TrainBABGTSwouldNOTstart.,Page156 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Incorrect-Fuel Handling Area ExhaustFanwillbe stoppedduetoan ABI being initiated andtheTrain B ABGTSwillbe started bytheABI.Plausible because the candidate may concludethatthe Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan would not be stoppeddueto normal radiationonthe Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitors.B.Incorrect-Fuel Handling Area ExhaustFanwillbe stoppedduetoan ABI being initiated andtheTrain B ABGTSwillbe started bytheABI.Plausible because the candidate may concludethatthe Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fans would be stoppedduetoHigh radiationinthe Aux Building stack but thattheTrain B ABGTS would not start becausetheTrain A ABGTS was alreadyinservice.
          -   A leak occurs on the waste gas compressor which results in a gas release to the Auxiliary Building.
C.Correct-High radiationinthethe aux building stackwillcausean aux building Isolation resultinginthetripping of the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan and the starting ofbothtrains of ABGTS.D.Incorrect-Fuel Handling area exhaustfanwillbe stoppedduetoan ABI being initiated andtheTrain B ABGTSwillbe started bytheABI.Plausible because the candidate may concludethatthe Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fans would not be stoppeddueto normal radiationonthe Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitors andthattheTrain B ABGTS would not start becausetheTrain A ABGTS was alreadyinservice.Page157 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.63Tier2Group2 KIA071K3.04 Knowledgeofthe effectthatalossor malfunctionofthe Waste GasDisposalSystemwillhaveonthefollowing:
0-RE-90-1 01, Auxiliary Building Vent Monitor, alarms due to High radiation.
Ventilation SystemsImportanceRating:
          -  0-RE-90-102 and 0-RE-90-103, Fuel Storage Pool Area Monitors, indicate NORMAL radiation levels and are NOT in alarm.
2.7 I 2.9 Technical  
Which ONE (1) of the following indicates the effect this would have on the running Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan and on the ABGTS?
(Assume no operator action has been taken)
A.     Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan would remain in service; Train B ABGTS would start.
B.     Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan would remain in service; Train B ABGTS would NOT start.
C. '\i' Fuel handling Area Exhaust Fan would be stopped; Train B ABGTS would start.
D.     Fuel handling Area Exhaust Fan would be stopped; Train B ABGTS would NOT start.
                                                                                  , Page 156
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect - Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan will be stopped due to an ABI being initiated and the Train B ABGTS will be started by the ABI. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan would not be stopped due to normal radiation on the Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitors.
B. Incorrect - Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan will be stopped due to an ABI being initiated and the Train B ABGTS will be started by the ABI. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fans would be stopped due to High radiation in the Aux Building stack but that the Train B ABGTS would not start because the Train A ABGTS was already in service.
C. Correct - High radiation in the the aux building stack will cause an aux building Isolation resulting in the tripping of the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan and the starting of both trains of ABGTS.
D. Incorrect - Fuel Handling area exhaust fan will be stopped due to an ABI being initiated and the Train B ABGTS will be started by the ABI. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fans would not be stopped due to normal radiation on the Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitors and that the Train B ABGTS would not start because the Train A ABGTS was already in service.
Page 157
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 63 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA        071 K3.04 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Waste Gas Disposal System will have on the following: Ventilation Systems Importance Rating:         2.7 I 2.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-AR-M12-B,CommonRadiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12B, Window B-1 0-SO-30-10, Auxiliary Building VentilationSystems,Rev38 1,2-47W611-30-6 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
0-AR-M12-B, Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12B, Window B-1 0-SO-30-10, Auxiliary Building Ventilation Systems, Rev 38 1,2-47W611-30-6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective: OPT200.ABVENT B.4.g. and i.
NoneLearningObjective:
OPT200.ABGTS B.4.f Question Source:
OPT200.ABVENTB.4.g.and i.OPT200.ABGTS B.4.fQuestionSource:
Bank#           _
Bank#_ModifiedBank#X
Modified Bank #     X- -
--New-----QuestionHistory:Modified questiononSQN2007exam,SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
New - - - - -
_X__10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.7/45.6Page158 1/2008SequqyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200864.Giventhe following:Unit1isin service at 70%RTP.-Atubeleakis suspected in Condenser A.1A1and1A3 waterboxesmustbedrainedandtaggedwitha clearance to inspectfora condensertubeleak.-AftertheAmertapsystemisshutdowninautomatic,theAmertapistoberestoredtothe waterboxes on othersideof Condenser A.WhichONEofthe following identifies(1)the requirementfortaggingtheAmertapflowpathsintoandoutofthe1A1and1A3 waterboxes in accordancewithSPP-10.2, Clearance Procedure to Safely Control Energyand(2)howhavingtheCCWinletand outletMOVsclosedoneonesideof CondenserAeffectsthe abilitytooperatea waterboxMOVon Condensers BorCwiththeunitatpower?A.(1)Singlevalve isolationofflowpathis acceptable.(2)AnInletMOVon CondenserBorCcouldNOTbe operated electricallyfromtheMCR,butcouldbe electrically operated locally atthevalve.(1)Singlevalve isolationofflowpathis acceptable.(2)AnInletMOVon CondenserBorCcouldNOTbeoperated electrically neitherfromtheMCRnor locallyatthevalve.C.(1)Twoclosed valvesinseriesisrequiredunlesslackoftwovalve isolation is documented and communicatedtothe clearance holder.(2)AnInletMOVon CondenserBorCcouldNOTbe operated electricallyfromtheMCR,butcouldbe electrically operated locally atthevalve.D.(1)Twoclosed valvesinseriesisrequiredunlesslackoftwovalve isolation is documented and communicatedtothe clearance holder.((2)AnInletMOVon CondenserBorCcouldNOTbe operated electrically neitherfromtheMCRnor locallyatthevalve.Page159 1/2008 Sequoyah SRONRCExam_02/08/2008 The temperature and pressureonthe CondenserCirculatingWatersystemandthe Ammertaptubecleaningsystemislessthanthevaluesrequiringdoublevalveisolationbytheclearance procedure,SPP-10.2,thereforesinglevalveisolationisthe acceptable isolation.
Question History: Modified question on SQN 2007 exam, SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
The condenser waterboxMOVsare interlockedsuchthat onlyonesetcan be operated electrically when a CCW pumpisinservice.A.Incorrect,Plausiblebecausethecandidate may correctly identify singleisolationis acceptable butconcludethatthe waterbox MOV could be electrically operated locally.B.Correct,singleflowpathisolationis acceptableforthe clearanceandthe MOVare interlockedsuchthat onlyoneset ofvalvescanbe operated electrically when a CCW pumpisinoperation.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
C.Incorrect,Doublevalveisolationis not required and the waterbox MOV could not be operatedlocally.Plausible becausethecandidate may incorrectly determinethatdoubleisolationis required and misapply the interlock configurationonthevalves determiningthatthevalvescouldbe operated locally.D.Incorrect,Doublevalveisolationis notrequired.Plausible because the second part of the answer is correct andthecandidate may incorrectly determine thatdoubleisolationisrequired,while determiningthatthe waterbox MOVs could not be operated electrically.Page160 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.64Tier2Group2 KIA075G 2.2.13 Knowledgeoftaggingand clearance procedures.
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
Importance Rating: 3.6/3.8 Technical  
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.7/45.6 Comments:
Page 158
 
1/2008 Sequqyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 64. Given the following:
Unit 1 is in service at 70% RTP.
      -   A tube leak is suspected in Condenser A.
1A1 and 1A3 waterboxes must be drained and tagged with a clearance to inspect for a condenser tube leak.
      -   After the Amertap system is shutdown in automatic, the Amertap is to be restored to the waterboxes on other side of Condenser A.
Which ONE of the following identifies (1) the requirement for tagging the Amertap flow paths into and out of the 1A1 and 1A3 waterboxes in accordance with SPP-1 0.2, Clearance Procedure to Safely Control Energy and (2) how having the CCW inlet and outlet MOVs closed one one side of Condenser A effects the ability to operate a waterbox MOV on Condensers B or C with the unit at power?
A. (1) Single valve isolation of flow path is acceptable.
(2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically from the MCR, but could be electrically operated locally at the valve.
B~ (1) Single valve isolation of flow path is acceptable.
(2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically neither from the MCR nor locally at the valve.
C. (1) Two closed valves in series is required unless lack of two valve isolation is documented and communicated to the clearance holder.
(2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically from the MCR, but could be electrically operated locally at the valve.
D. (1) Two closed valves in series is required unless lack of two valve isolation is documented and communicated to the clearance holder.
((2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically neither from the MCR nor locally at the valve.
Page 159
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam
_ 02/08/2008 The temperature and pressure on the Condenser Circulating Water system and the Ammertap tube cleaning system is less than the values requiring double valve isolation by the clearance procedure, SPP-10.2, therefore single valve isolation is the acceptable isolation.
The condenser water box MOVs are interlocked such that only one set can be operated electrically when a CCW pump is in service.
A. Incorrect, Plausible because the candidate may correctly identify single isolation is acceptable but conclude that the waterbox MOV could be electrically operated locally.
B. Correct, single flow path isolation is acceptable for the clearance and the MOVare interlocked such that only one set of valves can be operated electrically when a CCW pump is in operation.
C. Incorrect, Double valve isolation is not required and the waterbox MOV could not be operated locally. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly determine that double isolation is required and misapply the interlock configuration on the valves determining that the valves could be operated locally.
D. Incorrect, Double valve isolation is not required. Plausible because the second part of the answer is correct and the candidate may incorrectly determine that double isolation is required, while determining that the waterbox MOVs could not be operated electrically.
Page 160
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 64 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA    075 G 2.2.13 Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures.
Importance Rating:           3.6/3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
SPP-10.2,Clearance Procedure to Safely Control Energy, Rev 11 0-SO-27-1 Rev 64 1,2-47W611-27-2, Rev 4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective:          OPL271 SPP-1 0.2 B.6 Question Source:
Bank#          _
Modified Bank # - - - -
New    X- - -
Question History:  New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge            _
Comprehension or Analysis __X        _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.10/45.13 Comments:
Page 161
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 65. Given the following
      -  The Electric Fire Pump is out of service for maintainence.
      -  A scrap lumber fire exist on site but not affecting any plant equipment or structure.
      -  The Fire Brigade Leader calls the MCR and request the Diesel Fire Pump be started.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the actions required by the MCR operator to start the diesel fire pump and the effect on the High Pressure Fire Protection system if the pump were to overspeed after starting with the overspeed trip mechanism failing to function?
A~ The"MCR operator could start the pump from the MCR.
HPFP header pressure would increase and remain high.
B. The MCR operator could NOT start the pump from the MCR, an AUO would have to start the pump locally.
HPFP header pressure would increase and remain high.
C. The MCR operator could start the pump from the MCR.
The pressure would increase until the pump automatically shuts down after a time delay.
D. The MCR operator could NOT start the pump from the MCR, an AUO would have to start the pump locally.
The pressure would increase until the pump automatically shuts down after a time delay.
Page 162


SPP-10.2,Clearance Procedure to SafelyControlEnergy,Rev110-SO-27-1Rev64 1,2-47W611-27-2, Rev 4 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.
None Learning Objective:
B. Incorrect, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. Plausible if the student does not know the pump can be started from the MCR. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service.
Question Source:OPL271SPP-10.2B.6 Bank#_ModifiedBank#
The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.
----NewX---QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCExam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.10/45.13Page161 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200865.Giventhe following-The ElectricFirePumpisoutof service for maintainence.-Ascrap lumberfireexistonsitebutnot affectinganyplant equipmentorstructure.-TheFire BrigadeLeadercallstheMCRandrequesttheDieselFirePumpbestarted.
C. Incorrect, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifies the actionsrequiredbytheMCR operatortostartthedieselfirepumpandtheeffectontheHighPressureFire Protectionsystemifthepumpwereto overspeed afterstartingwiththe overspeed trip mechanism failing to function?The"MCR operatorcouldstartthepumpfromtheMCR.
D. Incorrect, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.
HPFP headerpressurewould increaseandremainhigh.B.TheMCR operator could NOTstartthepumpfromtheMCR,anAUOwouldhavetostartthepumplocally.
Page 163
HPFP headerpressurewould increaseandremainhigh.C.TheMCR operatorcouldstartthepumpfromtheMCR.
 
The pressure would increaseuntilthepump automaticallyshutsdownafteratimedelay.D.TheMCR operator could NOTstartthepumpfromtheMCR,anAUOwouldhavetostartthepumplocally.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 65 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA         086A1.01 Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with Fire Protection System operating the controls including: Fire header pressure Importance Rating:             2.9/3.3 Technical  
The pressure would increaseuntilthepump automaticallyshutsdown afteratimedelay.Page162 1/2008 Sequoyah SRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Correct,The Operator can startthePumpfromtheMCR.TheDFPhas a reliefvalvethat wi/Iliffonhighpressure.ThePumpdoeshave a timeddelayhigh pressure trip butitis normallynotinservice.The DFP has a reliefvalvethat wi/Iliffonhighpressure.
B.Incorrect,The Operator can startthePumpfromtheMCR.Plausibleifthe student does not know the pumpcanbe startedfromtheMCR.ThePumpdoeshave a timed delay high pressure trip butitis normally notinservice.TheDFPhas a reliefvalvethat wi/Iliffonhigh pressure.C.Incorrect,The Operator can startthePumpfromtheMCR.ThePumpdoes have a timed delay high pressure trip butitis normally notinservice.TheDFPhas a reliefvalvethat wi/Iliffonhighpressure.D.Incorrect,The Operator can startthePumpfromtheMCR.ThePumpdoes have a timed delay high pressure trip butitis normally notinservice.TheDFPhas a reliefvalvethat wi/Iliffonhighpressure.Page163 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.65Tier2Group2 KIA 086A1.01 Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)associatedwithFire Protection System operatingthecontrols including:
Fire header pressure Importance Rating: Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-26.2, 1,2-47W850-27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:    None Learning Objective:            OPT200HPFP B.3 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - -  X -
Question History:              New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.5/45.5 Comments:
Page 164
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 66. Which ONE (1) of the following identifies actions, in the list below, that are included in the listing of activities required to be reviewed during Shift Turnover in accordance with OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, by an on-coming OAC at Sequoyah?
: 1. Radiological changes in plant
: 2. PERs generated since last shift worked
: 3. Standing Orders
: 4. Temporary Alteration Control forms (TACFs)
: 5. LCOs
: 6. Priority 1 and 2 Operator Workarounds A. All EXCEPT 1 and 2 B. All EXCEPT 1 and 4 C~  All EXCEPT 2 and 6 D. All EXCEPT 4 and 6 A. Incorrect, Radiological changes in plant are required to be reviewed, PERs ere identified on the Turnover Sheet but are applicable for WBN only.
B. Incorrect, Radiological changes in plant and TACFs are required to be reviewed.
C. Correct, Neither are identified as being required on the Turnover Sheet.
D. Incorrect, TACFs are required to be reviewed, Priority 1 and 2 Operator Workarounds are not required on the Turnover Sheet.
Page 165


2.9/3.3 0-SO-26.2, 1,2-47W850-27 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 66 Tier 3 K/A        2.1.3 Knowledge of shift turnover practices Importance Rating:         3.0/3.4 Technical  
None Learning Objective:
OPT200HPFP B.3 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
-----NewX---Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: Comments: 41.5/45.5Page164 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 66.WhichONE(1)of the following identifiesactions,inthelistbelow, that are includedinthe listing of activities requiredtobe reviewed during Shift Turnover in accordance with OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations,byan on-comingOACat Sequoyah?1.Radiological changes in plant2.PERs generated sincelastshiftworked 3.Standing Orders 4.Temporary Alteration Control forms (TACFs)5.LCOs 6.Priority1and2 Operator WorkaroundsA.All EXCEPT1and2B.All EXCEPT1and4All EXCEPT2and6D.All EXCEPT4and6A.Incorrect, Radiological changes in plant are requiredtobereviewed,PERs ere identifiedonthe Turnover Sheet but are applicableforWBNonly.
B.Incorrect, Radiological changes in plantandTACFsare requiredtobe reviewed.C.Correct, Neither are identifiedasbeing requiredonthe Turnover Sheet.D.Incorrect,TACFsare requiredtobereviewed, Priority 1 and 2 Operator Workarounds are not requiredonthe Turnover Sheet.Page165 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.66Tier3K/A2.1.3 Knowledgeofshift turnover practices Importance Rating: Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OPDP-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:        OPL271 C209 B.10 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New      X- -
Question History:          New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis              _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    41 .10 / 45. 13 Comments: Got idea from the Kewaunee 11/15/2004 exam Page 166
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 67. Given the following:
Unit 2 at 35% RTP with power ascension in progress in accordance with 0-GO-5, Normal Power Operation, following a refueling outaqe.
        -  A loss of feedwater results in a reactor trip.
        -  The level in all 4 Steam Generators drops to < 0% Narrow Range and starts recovering.
25 seconds after the trip the Steam Generator levels are:
SG #1 - 6%
SG #2 - 9%
SG #3 - 40/0 SG #4 - 3%
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the expected response of the ATWS Mitigation System Actuation Circuitry(AMSAC)?
A~  Arming conditions for AMSAC were not present.
B. AMSAC actuated.
C. Arming conditions were present, but actuation conditions were not present.
D. AMSAc has not actuated, but will actuate after the appropriate time delay if SG levels stabilize at their current values.
A. Correct, The system does not arm until unit power is >40% and the stated power in question is 35%.
_B. Incorrect, Levels are below the setpoint, however, the system does not arm until unit power is >40% and the stated power in question is 35%. Plausible if student does not know arming setpoint.
C. Incorrect, True that AMSAC will not actuate, however, the levels are still below the actuation setpoint (3 out 4 < 8%). So level recovery is NOT the reason it does not actuate. Plausible if student does not know 3 out 4 < 8% logic.'
D. Incorrect, Plausible if student remembers a time delay exists and does not know AMSAC is not armed given the current plant conditions of 35% power.
Page 167


3.0/3.4 OPDP-1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 67 Tier 3 KIA    G2.1.27 Knowledge of system purpose and or function Importance Rating:         2.8 I 2.9 Technical  
None Learning Objective:OPL271C209B.10 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
#-----NewX--Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge__X__ComprehensionorAnalysis
_10CFRPart55 Content:41.10/45.13 Comments:Gotideafromthe Kewaunee 11/15/2004 examPage166 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200867.Giventhe following:Unit2at 35%RTPwith power ascension in progress in accordance with 0-GO-5, Normal Power Operation, following a refueling outaqe.-Aloss of feedwater resultsina reactor trip.-Thelevelinall4 Steam Generators dropsto<0%Narrow Range and starts recovering.
25 seconds afterthetriptheSteam Generator levels are:SG#1-6%SG#2-9%SG#3-40/0SG#4-3%WhichONE(1)of the following identifies the expected responseofthe ATWS Mitigation System Actuation Circuitry(AMSAC)?Arming conditions for AMSACwerenot present.B.AMSAC actuated.C.Arming conditionswerepresent,but actuation conditionswerenot present.D.AMSAchasnot actuated,butwill actuate after the appropriate time delayifSG levels stabilize at their current values.A.Correct,The system does notarmuntilunit poweris>40%and the stated power inquestionis35%.
_B.Incorrect, Levels are belowthesetpoint,however,thesystemdoes notarmuntilunit poweris>40%and the stated powerinquestionis 35%.Plausibleif studentdoesnot know arming setpoint.C.Incorrect,True that AMSAC will notactuate,however,thelevelsarestill below the actuation setpoint (3 out 4<8%).So level recovery is NOTthereasonitdoesnotactuate.Plausible if student does not know 3 out 4<8%logic.'D.Incorrect,Plausible if student remembers a time delay exists and does not know AMSAC is not armedgiventhe current plant conditions of 35%power.Page167 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.67Tier3 KIA G2.1.27 KnowledgeofsystempurposeandorfunctionImportanceRating:
Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1.2-47W611-3-5 TI-28 Attachment 9 1-AR-M3-C Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:        OPT200.AMSAC 8.4 Question Source:            Robinson 9/2004 exam Question History:          SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          _
Comprehension or Analysis        X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    41.7 Comments:
Page 168


2.8 I 2.9 1.2-47W611-3-5 TI-28 Attachment 9 1-AR-M3-C Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:QuestionSource:QuestionHistory:
: 68. Which ONE (1) of the following best describes the function of the "0" solenoids in the steam dump system when the "0" solenoids are energized?
Question Cognitive Level: OPT200.AMSAC 8.4 Robinson 9/2004 examSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX
A. Prevents the steam dump valves from opening if the condenser is not available.
__10CFRPart55Content:
B. Allows the steam dump cooldown valves to open when Tavg is below the Lo-Lo Tavg interlock.
41.7 Comments:Page168 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 68.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowingbest describesthefunctionofthe "0" solenoidsinthesteamdumpsystemwhenthe "0" solenoids are energized?
: c. Aligns control air to supply for modulation control when the steam dumps are armed.
A.Preventsthesteamdumpvalvesfromopeningifthe condenserisnot available.
DY' Allows the steam dump valves to respond more quickly when needed.
B.AllowsthesteamdumpcooldownvalvestoopenwhenTavgisbelowtheLo-Lo Tavg interlock.
A. Incorrect, Condenser available interlocks do not input to the "0" Solenoids, only the
c.Alignscontrolairto supply for modulationcontrolwhenthesteamdumpsare armed.DY'Allowsthesteamdumpvalvestorespondmore quicklywhenneeded.A.Incorrect, Condenser available interlocks do notinputtothe "0" Solenoids, only the" and"B"solenoids.Plausible because student maycontusewhich solenoids are affected by the condenser available interlocks.
        '~ " and "B" solenoids. Plausible because student may contuse which solenoids are affected by the condenser available interlocks.
B.Incorrect,Steamdump Bypass interlock feature permits opening cooldown valves belowtheLoLoTavginterlock.This interlock does not not inputtothe"0" solenoids only the and"B" solenoidsfortheCooldownbank.Plausible because student may confuse which solenoids are affectedbytheSteamdump Bypass interlock.
B. Incorrect, Steam dump Bypass interlock feature permits opening cooldown valves below the Lo Lo Tavg interlock. This interlock does not not input to the "0" solenoids only the '~" and "B" solenoids for the Cooldown bank. Plausible because student may confuse which solenoids are affected by the Steam dump Bypass interlock.
C.Incorrect,0 solenoid aligns controlairfor modulation control when de-energized also, armingsignalsdo not input do notinputtothe "0" Solenoids, only the and"B"solenoids.
C. Incorrect, 0 solenoid aligns control air for modulation control when de-energized also, arming signals do not input do not input to the "0" Solenoids, only the '~" and "B" solenoids.
D.Correct,"0" solenoids are energizedwhenthereis a large Tavg/Tref deviation indicating a large primary/secondary power mismatch requiring an artificial steamloadonthereactor.Thiscan occur for a rapid turbine loss ofloador reactor trip.energizing "0" solenoids places full control air header pressureonthevalves ratherthanthe modulating control air signal to rapidlyopenthevalvesin 2 stages.Page169 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.68Tier3KIA2.1'.28 Knowledgeofthe purpose and function of major system components and controls.ImportanceRating:3.2 13.3 Technical  
D. Correct, "0" solenoids are energized when there is a large Tavg/Tref deviation indicating a large primary/secondary power mismatch requiring an artificial steam load on the reactor. This can occur for a rapid turbine loss of load or reactor trip.
energizing "0" solenoids places full control air header pressure on the valves rather than the modulating control air signal to rapidly open the valves in 2 stages.
Page 169
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 68 Tier 3 KIA        2.1'.28 Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls.
Importance Rating:   3.2 13.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-47W611-1-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:          OPT200.SDCS B.4.
Question Source:
Bank #      X Modified Bank # - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History:            SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Mod SDCS-B.7 002 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      41.7 Comments:          SQN Bank Mod SDCS-B.7 002 Page 170
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 69. Given the following:
Unit 1 is in MODE 6 with core reload in progress.
LS-78-3, SPENT FUEL PIT LEVEL HIGH-LOW is in alarm and an AUO has been sent to investigate.
      -  Source Range counts indicate N31=2cpm, and N32=3cpm.
      -  The 17th fuel assembly to be loaded is in the Refuel Machine Mast and is being lowered into the core.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a condition that would require fuel movement to be stopped?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A. During shift rounds an AUO reports the Spent Fuel Pit Temperature to be 69&deg;F.
B~ Source Range counts during Fuel Assembly insertion indicate N31=4cpm, and N32=7cpm.
C. AUO reports Spent Fuel Pit level is stable approximately half way between the EI 725.5 rung and the EL 726 rung.
D. The MCR RO maintaining the Fuel Assembly Transfer Forms (FATF) determines that the 18th fuel assembly is in the Pit Side Upender before the 17th assembly is set in the core.
Page 171
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Spent Fuel Pit temperature is analyzed down to 50 degrees F. Plausible because the candidate may know that there is a lower limit on analyzed temperature but not remember the value of the limit.
B. Correct, If both SRMs increase by a factor of 2 during any single loading step after the first 12 assemblies, fuel loading must stop.
: c. Incorrect,the level is slightly below the low level alarm but above the TS required level. Plausible because the candidate may know that there is a lower limit on SFP level but not remember the minimum level.
D. Incorrect, Fuel assemblies located as stated are within the requirements for assemblies outside of approved storage locations. Plausible because the candidate may know that there is a maximum number of fuel assemblies that can be outside approved storage but not remember the actual requirement or confuse the sequence of movement.
Page 172


0-47W611-1-2 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/200-8 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 69 Tier 3 KIA           2.2.26 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements.
None Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:   2.5/3.7 Technical  
OPT200.SDCS B.4.Question Source: Bank#XModifiedBank
#----New-----Question History:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBankMod SDCS-B.7 002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 41.7Comments:SQNBankMod SDCS-B.7 002Page170 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200869.Giventhe following:Unit1isinMODE 6withcorereloadinprogress.
LS-78-3, SPENTFUELPITLEVEL HIGH-LOWisinalarmandanAUOhasbeensentto investigate.-SourceRangecounts indicateN31=2cpm,andN32=3cpm.-The17thfuel assemblytobeloadedisintheRefuelMachineMastandisbeingloweredintothecore.
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifies a conditionthatwouldrequirefuelmovementtobe stopped?REFERENCE PROVIDEDA.DuringshiftroundsanAUOreportstheSpentFuelPit Temperaturetobe 69&deg;F.SourceRangecountsduringFuel Assembly insertion indicateN31=4cpm,andN32=7cpm.C.AUOreportsSpentFuelPitlevelisstable approximatelyhalfwaybetweentheEI725.5rungandtheEL726rung.D.TheMCRRO maintainingtheFuel Assembly Transfer Forms (FATF)determinesthatthe18th fuel assemblyisinthePitSide Upender beforethe17th assemblyissetinthecore.Page171 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect, Spent Fuel Pit temperature is analyzeddownto 50 degreesF.Plausible because the candidate mayknowthatthereis a lowerlimiton analyzed temperature but not rememberthevalue ofthelimit.B.Correct, IfbothSRMsincreaseby a factor of 2 during anysingleloadingstep afterthefirst 12 assemblies,fuelloading must stop.c.Incorrect,the levelisslightly belowthelow level alarm butabovetheTS required level.Plausible becausethecandidate may knowthatthereis a lowerlimitonSFP level but not remembertheminimumlevel.D.Incorrect, Fuel assemblies located as statedarewithinthe requirements for assemblies outside of approvedstoragelocations.Plausible becausethecandidate may know thatthereis a maximum number of fuel assembliesthatcanbeoutside approved storage but not remember the actual requirementorconfusethesequence of movement.Page172 1/200-8SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.69Tier3 KIA 2.2.26 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements.
Importance Rating: 2.5/3.7 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FHI-3 Movement of Fuel, Rev 51 0-SO-78-1, Spent fuel Pit Cooling System, Rev 33 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
0-SO-78-1 Spent fuel Pit Cooling System, Appendix C Learning Objective:        OPT200.FH 8.5.a, 8.6.a Question Source:            New Question History:          New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge            _
Comprehension or Analysis        X_ _
Comments:
Page 173
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exa.m 02/08/2008
: 70. Given the following plant conditions:
Unit 1 is at 400/0 power, steady-state, MOL Rod control system is in MANUAL
        -  All process parameters are on program
        -  A malfunction in the steam dump system causes three steam dump valves to fail partially open, increasing reactor power to 500/0 Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the value the Tref would indicate after the plant stabilizes AND the speed at which the control rods would move as they were being withdrawn to restore Tavg?
A. Tref would indicate approximately equal to 559~F.
Control rods would move at 64 steps/minute.
B. Tref would indicate approximately equal to 562&deg;F.
Control rods would move at 64 steps/minute.
C~ Tref would indicate approximately equal to 559&deg;F.
Control rods would move at 48 steps/minute.
D. Tref would indicate approximately equal to 562&deg;F.
Control rods would move at 48 steps/minute.
Page 174
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Normal Tavg and Tref @ 40% power = 559 0F. Turbine is operated on IMP OUT so when dumps open there is little/no change in Tref which is based on turbine load l.e.
turbine impulse pressure. Therefore, plant will stabilize at approximatel same Tref.
Normal Manual Rod speed in 48 steps per minute. In Bank select, Manual rod speed is 48 Steps/minute for control banks and 64 steps/minute for shutdown banks.
A. Incorrect, The Tref would stabilize at approximately 559&deg;F which is the Tref for 40%
power, however the rod speed in manual is 48 steps per minute. Plausible if the candidate mistakes rod speed in normal manual control with manual rod speed for shutdown banks in banks select which is 64 steps/minute.
B. Incorrect, Tref will not increase to 56?O F since turbine load ts not increasing.
Additional steam load is diverted to steam dump system. Also, normal manual rod speed is not 64 steps/minute. Plausible if the candidate does not realize that Tref does not increase for the steam dump leak and confuses manual shutdown bank rod speed with normal manual rod speed.
C.Correct, Tref will remain at approximately the 40% value of 559&deg;F since turbine load is not increasing when additional steam load is diverted to steam dump system.
Normal manual rod speed is 48 steps/minute.
D. Incorrect, Tref will not increase to 562&deg;F since turbine load is not increasing.
Additional steam load is diverted to steam dump system. Plausible if the candidate does not realize that Tref does not increase for the steam dump leak but correctly remembers that normal manual control rod speed is 48 Steps/min.
Page 175


FHI-3 MovementofFuel,Rev51 0-SO-78-1, SpentfuelPitCoolingSystem,Rev33 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 70 Tier 3 KIA           G 2.2.33 Equipment Control   Knowledge of control rod programming.
0-SO-78-1 SpentfuelPitCoolingSystem, Appendix C Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:   3.4/4.0 Technical  
Question Source: Question History: Question Cognitive Level: Comments: OPT200.FH 8.5.a, 8.6.a NewNewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis X__Page173 1/2008SequoyahSRONRC Exa.m 02/08/200870.Giventhe following plant conditions:Unit1isat 400/0 power, steady-state, MOLRodcontrolsystemisinMANUAL-Allprocess parametersareonprogram-A malfunctioninthesteamdumpsystemcausesthreesteamdump valvestofail partially open, increasing reactor power to 500/0WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiesthevaluethe Tref would indicateaftertheplant stabilizesANDthespeedatwhichthecontrolrodswouldmoveastheywerebeingwithdrawntorestoreTavg?
A.Tref would indicate approximatelyequaltoControlrodswouldmoveat64 steps/minute.
B.Tref would indicate approximatelyequalto562&deg;F.Controlrodswouldmoveat64 steps/minute.Tref would indicate approximatelyequalto559&deg;F.Controlrodswouldmoveat48 steps/minute.
D.Tref would indicate approximatelyequalto562&deg;F.Controlrodswouldmoveat48 steps/minute.Page174 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 Normal Tavg and Tref@40%power=559 0F.Turbineis operatedonIMP OUT sowhendumpsopenthereislittle/nochangeinTrefwhichis basedonturbineloadl.e.turbineimpulse pressure.Therefore, plantwillstabilizeat approximatelsameTref.Normal Manual Rod speed in 48 steps perminute.In Bank select, Manualrodspeedis 48 Steps/minute for control banks and 64 steps/minute for shutdown banks.A.Incorrect,The Trefwouldstabilizeat approximately 559&deg;FwhichistheTreffor40%
power, howevertherod speed in manual is 48 steps perminute.Plausible if the candidate mistakes rod speed in normal manual control with manual rod speed for shutdown banks in banks selectwhichis 64 steps/minute.
B.Incorrect, Tref will notincreaseto 56?OFsinceturbineload tsnotincreasing.
Additional steam load is divertedtosteamdumpsystem.Also, normal manual rodspeedis not 64 steps/minute.Plausibleifthe candidate does notrealizethatTref does notincreaseforthesteamdumpleakand confuses manual shutdown bank rod speed with normal manualrodspeed.C.Correct,Trefwillremainat approximatelythe40%value of 559&deg;Fsinceturbineload is not increasing when additionalsteamloadis divertedtosteamdumpsystem.
Normal manual rod speed is 48 steps/minute.D.Incorrect, Tref will notincreaseto 562&deg;Fsinceturbineloadis not increasing.
Additional steam load is divertedtosteamdumpsystem.Plausible ifthecandidate does notrealizethatTrefdoes notincreaseforthesteamdumpleak but correctly remembers that normal manual control rod speed is 48 Steps/min.Page175 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.70Tier3 KIA G 2.2.33 Equipment Control Knowledgeofcontrolrod programming.
Importance Rating: 3.4/4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TI-28,CurveBookAtt.9 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
TI-28, Curve Book Att.9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:         OPT200RDCNT B.4.e, B.5.d Question Source:            SQN Exam Bank modified RDCNT B.4.08 Question History:          SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
None Learning Objective:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          _
Question Source: Question History: Question Cognitive Level: OPT200RDCNTB.4.e,B.5.dSQNExamBankmodifiedRDCNTB.4.08SQNNRCEXAM 1/2008Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis X__10CFRPart55 Content: 43.6 Comments:Page176 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200871.Giventhe following:Unit2is stable at 3%RTP.-AnRCS samplelinefittinghasasmallleakinsidethePolarCrane Wall.-Aworkplanisbeingpreparedto repairtheleakandtheworkisbeingmergedintotheschedule.WhichONE(1) ofthefollowing identifiesthethelowestlevelofapprovalrequiredtomaketheentryinsidethe'PolarCraneWallatthe current plant conditions?A.Plant ManagerB.SiteVice PresidentRad Protection ManagerD.RadOps Shift SupervisorA.Incorrect, Plant Manager approvalforinside polarcraneis requiredonlyin MODE 1andquestionstemhas plant in MODE 2.B.Incorrect,Site VP approval is not required, however candidatecouldbelieveitisduetobeingat a powerabove0%.C.Correct, Rad Protection Manager approval is required for containment entries outside pre-determined containment building schedule.D.Incorrect, RadOpsShift SupervisorcanwaiveALARAduringemergencies.Page177 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.71Tier3 KIAG2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program.ImportanceRating:2.5/2.9 Technical  
Comprehension or Analysis         X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     43.6 Comments:
Page 176
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 71. Given the following:
Unit 2 is stable at 3% RTP.
        - An RCS sample line fitting has a small leak inside the Polar Crane Wall.
        - A work plan is being prepared to repair the leak and the work is being merged into the schedule.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the the lowest level of approval required to make the entry inside the 'Polar Crane Wall at the current plant conditions?
A. Plant Manager B. Site Vice President C~  Rad Protection Manager D. Rad Ops Shift Supervisor A. Incorrect, Plant Manager approval for inside polar crane is required only in MODE 1 and question stem has plant in MODE 2.
B. Incorrect, Site VP approval is not required, however candidate could believe it is due to being at a power above 0%.
C. Correct, Rad Protection Manager approval is required for containment entries outside pre-determined containment building schedule.
D. Incorrect, Rad Ops Shift Supervisor can waive ALARA during emergencies.
Page 177
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 71 Tier 3 KIA          G 2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program.
Importance Rating:   2.5 / 2.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
RCI-10Rev30 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
RCI-10 Rev 30 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:           OPL271 C260 B.9 Question Source:             New Question History:             New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
None Learning Objective:
Memory or fundamental knowledge        _
Question Source: Question History: Question Cognitive Level:10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:OPL271C260B.9 NewNewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX
Comprehension or Analysis      X_ _
__41.12/43.4/45.9/45.10Page178 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200872.Giventhe following:Unit1isinMode1.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       41.12/ 43.4 / 45.9 / 45.10 Comments:
OperatorsareintheprocessofplacingTrainA ContainmentPurgein service to lower containment.
Page 178
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing damper(s)isopenedLASTtoensurethatthelowerice doorsremainclosedduringstartupofthepurge?
 
A.1-FCO-30-1A,PurgeAir SupplyFan1A Suction Isolation Damper1-FCV-30-2,PurgeAir SupplyFan1A Discharge Isolation Damper C.1-FCV-30-61,PurgeAirExhaustFan1A Suction Isolation Damper D.1-FCV-30-213,PurgeAirExhaustFan1A Discharge Isolation DamperA.Incorrect.This damperopenswhenthefansarestarted.Plausible because openingitlastwould providethethesamedip effect as opening the supply discharge damper last.B.Correct.Opening this damperlastisin accordancewiththe procedure.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
Need tominimizedip accrossthedoorswhich blowintoopen.C.Incorrect.This mayopenthedoors.Plausible becausethiswouldbethelast damper open if purging upper containment.
: 72. Given the following:
D.Incorrect.This mayopenthedoors.Plausible becausethecandidatecouldconfusethis damperwiththe supply fan discharge damper.Page179 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.72 Tier 3KIAG2.3.9Knowledgeoftheprocessforperforminga containment purge.ImportanceRating:
Unit 1 is in Mode 1.
Technical  
Operators are in the process of placing Train A Containment Purge in service to lower containment.
Which ONE (1) of the following damper(s) is opened LAST to ensure that the lower ice doors remain closed during startup of the purge?
A. 1-FCO-30-1A, Purge Air Supply Fan 1A Suction Isolation Damper B~  1-FCV-30-2, Purge Air Supply Fan 1A Discharge Isolation Damper C. 1-FCV-30-61, Purge Air Exhaust Fan 1A Suction Isolation Damper D. 1-FCV-30-213, Purge Air Exhaust Fan 1A Discharge Isolation Damper A. Incorrect. This damper opens when the fans are started. Plausible because opening it last would provide the the same dip effect as opening the supply discharge damper last.
B. Correct. Opening this damper last is in accordance with the procedure. Need to minimize dip accross the doors which blow in to open.
C. Incorrect. This may open the doors. Plausible because this would be the last damper open if purging upper containment.
D. Incorrect. This may open the doors. Plausible because the candidate could confuse this damper with the supply fan discharge damper.
Page 179
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 72 Tier 3 KIA  G 2.3.9 Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.
Importance Rating:         2.5 I 3.4 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.5I3.4 0-SO-30-3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
0-SO-30-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective:       OPT200.CONTPURGE B.5 Question Source:          Bank Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, CTMT PURGE-B.16.C 001 Question Cognitive Level:
NoneLearningObjective:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
Question Source: OPT200.CONTPURGE B.5 Bank QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008, CTMT PURGE-B.16.C 001 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55Content:43.4/45.10Comments:SQNbankCTMT PURGE-B.16.C001.Changedstemsetupandwording,changedthe original question A distractor, reordered distracters, added damper unique identifiers.
Comprehension or Analysis          _
No significant changesPage180 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 73.Following completionofEA-0-3, Minimizing Secondary Plant Contamination,duringa SGTRevent,whichONE(1)ofthe following identifies the alignmentoftheLowVolume Waste Treatment (LVWT)Pond?A.TheL VWTpondwouldbealignedtothe diffuserpondandalignedtorecievethe discharge of the TurbineBuildingSump.B.TheL VWTpondwouldbealignedtothe diffuserpondbutisolatedfromthe dischargeofthe TurbineBuildingSump.TheL VWTpondwouldbeisolatedfromthe diffuserpondbutaligned'toreclevethe dischargeofthe TurbineBuildingSump..D.TheL VWTpondwouldbeisolatedfromthe diffuserpondandisolatedfromthe dischargeofthe TurbineBuildingSump.A.Incorrect, Procedure does notaligntheLVWT Pondtothe diffuser Pond it isolatestheLVWT pondfromthe diffuser pond.Plausible because the procedure addresses realignment affectingboththeLVWT pond and the diffuser pond and if student assumesTurbineBldgSump discharge may be returnedtothe diffuser pond ifitis realigned to passthroughthe LowVolumeWaste Treatment pond first.B.Incorrect, Proceduredoe'saligntheTurbine Building Sump dischargetothe L VWT pond.Plausible if student assumes turbine building sump discharge must be isolatedfromthe environmentasa result ora SGTR.Also Plausiblesincethe procedure addresses isolation oftheL VWTfromthe Diffuser pond.C.Correct, ProcedurealignsTurbine BuildingSumptotheLVWT pond and isolatestheLVWT Pondfromthe Diffuser pond.D.Incorrect, ProceduredoesalignTurbine Building sump dischargetotheLVWTpond.Plausiblesincethe proceduredoesisolatetheL VWT pondfromthe diffuser pond if student does not remember that if also aligns the Turbine buildingsumptotheL VWT pond or assumesthatturbine building sump discharge must be isolatedfromthe environmentasa result of a SGTR.Page181 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.73Tier3 KIA 2.3.10Abilityto perform procedurestoreduce excessivelevelsofradiationand guard against personnel exposure.Importance Rating: Technical  
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   43.4 / 45.10 Comments: SQN bank CTMT PURGE-B.16.C 001. Changed stem setup and wording, changed the original question A distractor, reordered distracters, added damper unique identifiers. No significant changes Page 180
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 73. Following completion of EA-0-3, Minimizing Secondary Plant Contamination, during a SGTR event, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the alignment of the Low Volume Waste Treatment (LVWT) Pond?
A. The LVWT pond would be aligned to the diffuser pond and aligned to recieve the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.
B. The LVWT pond would be aligned to the diffuser pond but isolated from the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.
C~  The LVWT pond would be isolated from the diffuser pond but aligned' to recleve the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.
  . D. The LVWT pond would be isolated from the diffuser pond and isolated from the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.
A. Incorrect, Procedure does not align the LVWT Pond to the diffuser Pond it isolates the L VWT pond from the diffuser pond. Plausible because the procedure addresses realignment affecting both the LVWT pond and the diffuser pond and if student assumes Turbine Bldg Sump discharge may be returned to the diffuser pond if it is realigned to pass through the Low Volume Waste Treatment pond first.
B. Incorrect, Procedure doe's align the Turbine Building Sump discharge to the LVWT pond. Plausible if student assumes turbine building sump discharge must be isolated from the environment as a result ora SGTR. Also Plausible since the procedure addresses isolation of the LVWT from the Diffuser pond.
C. Correct, Procedure aligns Turbine Building Sump to the LVWT pond and isolates the L VWT Pond from the Diffuser pond.
D. Incorrect, Procedure does align Turbine Building sump discharge to the LVWT pond. Plausible since the procedure does isolate the LVWT pond from the diffuser pond if student does not remember that if also aligns the Turbine building sump to the LVWT pond or assumes that turbine building sump discharge must be isolated from the environment as a result of a SGTR.
Page 181
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 73 Tier 3 KIA 2.3.10 Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.
Importance Rating:           2.9/3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EA-0-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      None Learning Objective:          OPL271 E-3 8.6 Question History:            New for SQN NRC exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      43.4/45.10 Comments:
Page 182
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 74. Given the following:
      -  A reactor trip and safety injection has occurred.
E-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection, is entered.
      -  While the Unit Supervisor (US) is reading Step 3, an ORANGE Path condition on the CONTAINMENT Critical Safety Function (CSF) Status Tree is identified by the STA.
      -  There are NO other ORANGE path conditions present.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies when the transition to the ORANGE Path procedure is to take place:
A. Immediately after the US confirms the ORANGE Path condition is present.
B. As soon as verification that NO RED Path conditions exist on remaining status trees.
C. As soon as the reading of the E-O IMMEDIATE ACTION steps has been completed by the US.
D~ When transition is made from E-O and verification that NO RED Path condition exist.
Page 183
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. Plausible because Orange paths could be implemented but only after meeting the criteria listed above which is not met in the stem of the question.
B. Incorrect, No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. Plausible because Orange paths could be implemented after verification no RED path exists which would take a higher priority and only after meeting the criteria listed above which is not met in the stem of the question.
C. Incorrect, No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. Plausible because operators are allowed to take prudent action after immediate actions steps have been completed.
D. Correct. No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. If no RED path exits then orange paths may be implemented.
Page 184


2.9/3.3 EA-0-3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 74 Tier 3 KIA     G 2.4.16 Knowledge of EOP implementation hierarchy and coordination with other support procedures, Importance Rating:   3.0/4.0 Technical  
None Learning Objective:
Question History: Question Cognitive Level:10CFRPart55 Content: Comments:OPL271E-38.6NewforSQNNRCexam 1/2008Memoryor fundamental knowledge_X__Comprehension or Analysis_43.4/45.10Page182 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200874.Giventhefollowing:-Areactortripandsafetyinjectionhasoccurred.
E-O,ReactorTripOrSafetyInjection,isentered.
-WhiletheUnit Supervisor(US)isreadingStep3,anORANGEPath conditiononthe CONTAINMENTCriticalSafetyFunction(CSF)StatusTreeis identifiedbytheSTA.-ThereareNO otherORANGEpath conditions present.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifieswhenthe transitiontotheORANGEPathprocedureistotakeplace:
A.ImmediatelyaftertheUSconfirmstheORANGEPathconditionis present.B.Assoonas verificationthatNOREDPath conditionsexistonremainingstatustrees.C.Assoonasthereadingofthe E-OIMMEDIATEACTIONstepshasbeencompletedbytheUS.When transitionismadefrom E-O and verificationthatNOREDPath condition exist.Page183 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,Notransitionhasbeenmadeinthestem ofthequestion,thereforestatustree should not be implemented until atransitionismadefrom E-O or a step is reached in E-Othatdirectsmonitoring.Plausible because Orange paths could be implemented but only after meetingthecriterialistedabovewhichis not met in the stem ofthequestion.
B.Incorrect,Notransitionhasbeenmadeinthestem ofthequestion, thereforestatustree should not be implemented until atransitionismadefrom E-O or a step is reached in E-Othatdirectsmonitoring.Plausible because Orange paths could be implemented afterverificationno REDpathexistswhichwouldtake a higher priority and only aftermeetingthecriterialistedabovewhichis not metinthestem ofthequestion.
C.Incorrect,Notransitionhasbeenmadeinthestem ofthequestion,thereforestatustree should not be implemented until atransitionismadefrom E-O or a step is reached in E-Othatdirectsmonitoring.Plausible because operators are allowedtotake prudent action after immediate actionsstepshavebeencompleted.D.Correct.Notransitionhasbeenmadeinthestem ofthequestion, therefore status tree should not be implemented until atransitionismadefrom E-O or astepis reached in E-O thatdirectsmonitoring.
If no REDpathexitsthenorange paths may be implemented.Page184 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.74Tier3 KIA G 2.4.16 KnowledgeofEOP implementation hierarchy and coordination with other support procedures, Importance Rating: 3.0/4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPM-4,User'sGuide,Revision19 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:" None Learning Objective:
EPM-4, User's Guide, Revision 19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:" None Learning Objective:         OPL271 EPM-4 B.11 Question Source:           Indian Point 2004 Question History: SON NRC Exam 1/2008, Bank Modified Indian Point 2004 Exam Question Cognitive Level:
Question Source:OPL271EPM-4B.11IndianPoint 2004 QuestionHistory:SONNRCExam 1/2008, Bank Modified Indian Point 2004 Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X__10CFRPart 55 Content: Comments: 41.10/43.5/45.13Page185 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 75.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing explainstheBASESforthe prioritizationoftheHEAT SINK safety functioncomparedtothe PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function?At;!HEAT SINK safetyfunctionis prioritized HIGHERthanthe PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCKsafetyfunction becauseHEATSINKhasa largerimpactonthe barrierstoa fissionproductrelease.B.HEAT SINK safetyfunctionis prioritized HIGHERthanthe PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function becauseHeatSinkmustexistbeforea PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCKcouldoccur.C.HEAT SINK safetyfunctionis prioritized LOWERthanthe PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCKsafetyfunction becauseaHeatSinkmustexistbeforea PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCKcouldoccur.D.HEAT SINK safetyfunctionis prioritized LOWERthanthe PRESSURIZED THERMAL.SHOCK safety function because PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCKhasa larger impactonthe barrierstoafission product release.A.Correct.
Memory or fundamental knowledge            _
Per EPM-4HEAT SINK safetyfunctionis prioritized HIGHERthanthe PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK andHEAT SINKhasa Larger impactonthe barriers to a fission product release.B.Incorrect.
Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_ _
Correct prioritization; incorrect Bases.Plausible because student could think thet a heatsinkbe requiredtoinduce a rapid cooldown of the primaryforthe.basis.C.Incorrect.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     41.10/43.5/45.13 Comments:
Incorrect prioritization; Incorrect Bases.Plausible if student does not know prioritization of safety functions and student couldthinkthat a heatsinkbe required to.induce a rapid cooldown of the primaryforthebasis.D.Incorrect.
Page 185
Incorrect prioritization; correct Bases.Plausible if student does not know prioritization of safety functionsPage186 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.75 Tier 3KIAG2.4.22 Knowledgeofthebasesfor prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency operations.ImportanceRating:3.0/4.0 Technical  
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 75. Which ONE (1) of the following explains the BASES for the prioritization of the HEAT SINK safety function compared to the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function?
At;! HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized HIGHER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function because HEAT SINK has a larger impact on the barriers to a fission product release.
B. HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized HIGHER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function because Heat Sink must exist before a PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK could occur.
C. HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized LOWER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function because a Heat Sink must exist before a PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK could occur.
D. HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized LOWER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL. SHOCK safety function because PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK has a larger impact on the barriers to a fission product release.
A. Correct. Per EPM-4 HEA T SINK safety function is prioritized HIGHER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK and HEA T SINK has a Larger impact on the barriers to a fission product release.
B. Incorrect. Correct prioritization; incorrect Bases. Plausible because student could think thet a heat sink be required to induce a rapid cooldown of the primary for the
  . basis.
C. Incorrect. Incorrect prioritization; Incorrect Bases. Plausible if student does not know prioritization of safety functions and student could think that a heat sink be required to. induce a rapid cooldown of the primary for the basis.
D. Incorrect. Incorrect prioritization; correct Bases. Plausible if student does not know prioritization of safety functions Page 186
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 75 Tier 3 KIA    G 2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency operations.
Importance Rating: 3.0/4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPM-3-FR-0 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-O B.2 Question Source:          NEW Question History:          New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis              _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:  CFR: 43.5 / 45.12 Comments:
Page 187
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 76. Given the following:
Unit 1 experienced a reactor trip I safety injection due to the inadvertent opening of a pressurizer safety valve.
Reactor Coolant Pumps were stopped due to Phase B after verifying Containment Spray in service.
Plant conditions when the first Emergency Plan classification was made:
Pressurizer pressure                            1635 psig and stable Pressurizer level                              1000/0 High Quad. Avg. Incore Thermocouple            572&deg;F and stable Lowest Tcold                                    544&deg;F and stable RVLIS                                          87% and dropping Steam Generator levels                          33% NR and stable Highest Containment Radiation                  1.1E+01 Remlhr and stable Containment Hydrogen                            0.00/0 Containment Pressure                            4.8 psid and dropping Containment Sump Level                          14% and rising RCS Activity                                    < Tech Spec limit Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the required initial Emergency Plan classification and the classification required fifty (50) minutes later if the High Quad. Avg. Incore Thermocouple is 743&deg;F and rising with RVLIS at 48 %?
(SED Judgement is NOT to be used as criteria for the declaration)
Reference Provided Initial                            50 minutes Classification                          Later A~        Alert                            Site Area Emergency B.        Alert                            General Emergency C..        Site Area Emergency              Site Area Emergency D.        Site Area Emergency              General Emergency Page 188
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct. Initial conditions result is a loss of 1.2 RCS Barrier EAL 1.2.2 RCS Leakage
  / LOCA due to subcooling being less than 400F and also a potential loss of the same 1.2.2 EAL. NO other EAL criteria are applicable. The 50 minute conditions result the additional Potential Loss of 1.1 Fuel Clad Barrier via 1.1.2, Incore Thermocouple HI Quad Average which can be determined from the information provided. Additionally, EAL 1.1.1, Critical Safety Function Status (Core Cooling Orange) is a Potential Loss of the 1.1.1 Fuel Clad Barrier, but the candidate would have to recall this information (the orange path criteria is not provided). Loss or Potential Loss of any two barriers results in the declaration being a Site Area Emergency.
B. Incorrect. Initial conditions result is a loss of 1.2 RCS Barrier EAL 1.2.2 RCS Leakage / LOCA due to subcooling being less than 400F and also a potential loss of the same 1.2.2 EAL. NO other EAL criteria are applicable. The General Emergency classification is plausible because the candidate could mistakenly determine from the information that criteria for Inadequate Core Cooling exist (FR-C. 1 RED Path) which would result in the loss of 1.1 Fuel Clad barrier and the potential loss of 1.3 Containment Barrier (1.3.1 - Actions of FR-C.1 ineffective due to CETs tending up) which would be a General Emergency. While the upward trend exist, the Core Cooling is NOT a RED Path with the stated conditions. Core Cooling Red Path criteria would have to be recalled correctly to prevent this error.
C. Incorrect. Initial Site Area Emergency is plausible if the candidate misapplies the information provided. The 50 minute classification is correct.
D. Incorrect. Initial Site Area Emergency and the General Emergency classifications are plausible if the candidate misapplies the information provided.
Page 189 ,


EPM-3-FR-0 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 76 Tier _1_ Group _1_
NoneLearningObjective:OPL271 FR-O B.2 Question Source: Question History: NEWNewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_X__Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55Content:CFR:43.5/45.12 Comments:Page187 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 76.Given the following:Unit1 experienced a reactor trip I safety injectionduetothe inadvertent opening of a pressurizer safety valve.Reactor CoolantPumpswere stoppeddueto Phase B after verifying Containment Spray in service.Plant conditionswhenthe first Emergency Plan classificationwasmade: Pressurizer pressure1635psigand stable Pressurizer level 1000/0HighQuad.Avg.
KIA    008 Vapor Space LOCA G2.4.41 Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
Incore Thermocouple572&deg;Fand stable Lowest Tcold544&deg;Fand stable RVLIS 87%and dropping Steam Generator levels 33%NRand stable Highest Containment Radiation1.1E+01 Remlhr and stable Containment Hydrogen 0.00/0 Containment Pressure4.8psidand dropping ContainmentSumpLevel 14%and rising RCS Activity<Tech Spec limit WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifies the required initial Emergency Plan classificationandthe classification required fifty (50)minutes lateriftheHigh Quad.Avg.Incore Thermocoupleis743&deg;FandrisingwithRVLISat48
Importance Rating: 2.3 / 4.1 Technical  
%?(SED Judgement is NOTtobeusedas criteriaforthe declaration)ReferenceProvided Initial 50 minutes Classification LaterAlertSiteArea Emergency B.Alert General Emergency C..SiteArea EmergencySiteArea Emergency D.Site Area Emergency General EmergencyPage188 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Correct.Initial conditions result is a loss of 1.2 RCS Barrier EAL 1.2.2RCSLeakage/LOCAdueto subcoolingbeinglessthan 400F and also a potential loss ofthesame1.2.2EAL.NO otherEALcriteriaareapplicable.The 50minuteconditions result the additional Potential Loss of 1.1FuelClad Barrier via 1.1.2, Incore Thermocouple HIQuadAveragewhichcanbe determinedfromthe informationprovided.Additionally, EAL 1.1.1, Critical SafetyFunctionStatus(CoreCoolingOrange)is a Potential Loss of the1.1.1 FuelCladBarrier, butthecandidatewouldhaveto recallthisinformation(theorange pathcriteriais notprovided).Lossor Potential Loss of anytwobarriersresultsinthe declaration being aSiteAreaEmergency.
B.Incorrect.Initial conditions result is a loss of 1.2 RCS Barrier EAL 1.2.2 RCS Leakage/LOCAdueto subcoolingbeinglessthan 400F and also a potential loss ofthesame 1.2.2EAL.NO otherEALcriteriaareapplicable.The General Emergencyclassificationis plausible becausethecandidatecould mistakenly determinefromtheinformationthatcriteriafor InadequateCoreCoolingexist(FR-C.
1REDPath)which would resultintheloss of 1.1FuelClad barrier and the potential loss of 1.3 Containment Barrier(1.3.1-Actions ofFR-C.1ineffectiveduetoCETstendingup)whichwouldbe a GeneralEmergency.Whilethe upward trendexist,theCoreCoolingis NOT aREDPathwiththe statedconditions.CoreCoolingRedPathcriteriawouldhavetobe recalled correctly to preventthiserror.
C.Incorrect.InitialSiteArea Emergency is plausible ifthecandidate misapplies the information provided.The 50minuteclassificationiscorrect.D.Incorrect.InitialSiteArea Emergency and the General Emergency classifications are plausible ifthecandidate misapplies the information provided.Page 189 ,
1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.76 Tier_1_Group_1_KIA008 VaporSpaceLOCA G2.4.41 Knowledgeofthe emergencyactionlevel thresholds and classifications.
ImportanceRating:2.3/4.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Matrix, Rev 39 1-FR-0, Unit 1 Status Trees, Rev 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Matrix, pages 9 and 10 (Fission Product Barrier Matrix)
Learning Objective:          OPT271.REP B.3 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - -
New - -X- -
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis _X        _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 43.4 / 45.11) 10CFR55.43.b (5)
Comments:
Page 190
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 77. Given the following:
Unit 1 operating at 100% power when an ATWS occurred following the trip of both MFPTs.
        -  All S/G water levels are approximately 4% narrow range and dropping with ONLY the MDAFW pump 1A-A in service supplying 260 gpm to S/G #1 and 190 gpm to S/G #2.
        -  At the time of entry into FR-S.1 the RCS temperature and pressure are increasing rapidly.
Subsequently, while perfoming FR-S.1, the reactor is successfully tripped and a safety injection occurs on low pressurizer pressure.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies BOTH the status of the turbine at the time FR-S.1 was entered and the correct procedure implementation as a result of the safety injection?
A':I The turbine is tripped.
Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR-S.1.
B. The turbine is tripped.
Performance of steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, is NOT permitted until FR-S.1 is completed.
C. The turbine is NOT tripped.
Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR-S.1.
D. The turbine is NOT tripped.
Performance of steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, is NOT permitted until FR-S.1 is completed.
Page 191
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-O.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR:"S.1 would be correct procedure implementation.
B. Incorrect, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Procedure implementaion is incorrect. Plausible if student believes no other procdures can be implemented while FR-'S. 1 is in progress.
C. Incorrect, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-O.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR-S.1 would be correct procedure implementation.
D. Incorrect, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Procedure implementaion is incorrect. Plausible if student believes no other procdures can be implemented while FR-S. 1 is in progress.
Page 192


EPIP-1, Emergency Plan ClassificationMatrix,Rev391-FR-0,Unit1 StatusTrees,Rev1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 77 Tier 1 Group 1 K/A    000029 EA2.09 ATWS: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a ATWS:
EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Matrix,pages9and10(Fission Product Barrier Matrix)Learning Objective:
Occurrence of a main turbine/reactor trip Importance Rating:   4.4/4.5 Technical  
Question Source: OPT271.REP B.3 Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
----NewX----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008QuestionCognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments:(CFR43.4/45.11)Page190 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200877.Giventhe following:Unit1 operating at 100%powerwhenan ATWS occurred following thetripofbothMFPTs.-All S/G waterlevelsare approximately 4%narrowrangeand dropping with ONLYtheMDAFWpump1A-Ain service supplying260gpmto S/G#1and190gpmtoS/G#2.-AtthetimeofentryintoFR-S.1theRCS temperature and pressure are increasing rapidly.Subsequently,whileperfomingFR-S.1,the reactor is successfullytrippedandasafety injectionoccursonlow pressurizer pressure.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiesBOTHthestatusofthe turbine atthetimeFR-S.1wasenteredandthecorrect procedure implementationasaresultofthe safety injection?
A':I The turbine is tripped.Performsteps1through4of E-O, ReactorTripor SafetyInjection,and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuinginFR-S.1.B.The turbine is tripped.Performanceofsteps1 through4of E-O, ReactorTripor Safety Injection,andES-0.5, Equipment Verifications,isNOTpermitteduntilFR-S.1is completed.C.The turbineisNOTtripped.Performsteps1through4of E-O, ReactorTripor SafetyInjection,and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuinginFR-S.1.D.The turbineisNOTtripped.
Performanceofsteps1 through4of E-O, ReactorTripor Safety Injection,andES-0.5,EquipmentVerifications,isNOTpermitteduntilFR-S.1is completed.Page191 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Correct,Thetrip ofbothMFPsis aturbinetrip signal andtheturbineis tripped as indicatedbytheheatupand pressurization oftheRCS (if theturbinewas nottripped,theRCSwouldbecoolingdown and depressurizing).
Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, ReactorTripor Safety Injection, and ES-O.5, EquipmentVerifications,while continuing in FR:"S.1wouldbe correct procedure implementation.B.Incorrect,Thetrip ofbothMFPsis aturbinetrip signal andtheturbineis tripped as indicatedbytheheatupand pressurization oftheRCS (if theturbinewas nottripped,theRCSwouldbecoolingdown and depressurizing).
Procedure implementaionisincorrect.Plausible if student believes no other procdurescanbe implemented while FR-'S.1isin progress.C.Incorrect,Thetrip ofbothMFPsis aturbinetrip signal andtheturbineis tripped as indicatedbythe heatup and pressurization oftheRCS (if theturbinewasnottripped,theRCSwouldbecoolingdown and depressurizing).
Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, ReactorTripor SafetyInjection,and ES-O.5, EquipmentVerifications,while continuinginFR-S.1wouldbe correct procedure implementation.D.Incorrect,Thetrip ofbothMFPsis aturbinetrip signal andtheturbineis tripped as indicatedbythe heatup and pressurization oftheRCS (if theturbinewas nottripped,theRCSwouldbecoolingdown and depressurizing).
Procedure implementaionisincorrect.Plausible if student believes no other procdurescanbe implementedwhileFR-S.
1isin progress.Page192 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.77Tier1Group1K/A000029EA2.09 ATWS:Abilitytodetermineor interpretthefollowingasthey applytoaATWS: Occurrenceofamain turbine/reactor trip Importance Rating: 4.4/4.5 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
FR-S.1, Nuclear Power Generation ' ATWS EPM-3-FR-S.1 ,Basis Document for FR-S.1, Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS FR-O, Status Trees Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-S.1 B5, B7 Question Source:
Bank# - - - -
Modified Bank #      X- - -
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, INPO Bank S029EA2.09 1Robinson 9/27/04 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b      (5)
Comments:
Page 193


FR-S.1, Nuclear Power Generation
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
'ATWSEPM-3-FR-S.1,Basis DocumentforFR-S.1, Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS FR-O, Status Trees Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
: 78. Given the following:
NoneLearningObjective:OPL271FR-S.1B5,B7 Question Source: Bank#----ModifiedBank#X
Unit 1 at 4% power, startup in progress in accordance with GO-3, Power Ascension from Reactor Critical to Less than 5 Percent Reactor Power.
---New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam1/2008,INPOBank S029EA2.091Robinson 9/27/04QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
        -   The MFW Bypass Reg valves are controlling steam generator levels in AUTO.
_X__10CFRPart55Content:
Main Feed Pump (MFP) 1A in service.
10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments: 43.5/45.13Page193 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200878.Giventhe following:Unit1at 4%power,startupinprogressin accordancewithGO-3, Power Ascension from ReactorCriticaltoLessthan5PercentReactor Power.-TheMFWBypassRegvalvesare controlling steam generatorlevelsin AUTO.MainFeedPump(MFP)1Ainservice.MotorDriven Auxiliary FeedwaterPumpshavebeenstoppedandplacedinA-PAUTO.
Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps have been stopped and placed in A-P AUTO.
Following an inadvertent FeedwaterIsolation,thecrewentersAOP-S.01,LossofNormal FeedwaterIfall4SG levelswereat 28%and dropping,whichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiesthestatus oftheMFWBypassReg Valvesandthe proceduretobeineffectwhentheplantis stabilized?A.MFWBypassRegValveswouldbe closed;AOP-S.01,Loss ofNormalFeedwater.MFWBypassRegValveswouldbeclosed; ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.C.MFWBypassRegValveswouldbeopening;AOP-S.01,Loss ofNormalFeedwater.D.MFWBypassRegValveswouldbeopening; ES-O.1, Reactor Trip Response.Page194 1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,Thevalveswouldbe closedduetotheFWI,evenwiththe SG levels dropping andBypassregvalve controllers sending signaltoopenthevalves.The AFW pumps would startdueMFP1B having control poweronitstripbusandbeinginthe tripped state resultinginboth MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power levelabovethe capability of AFW,thelevelswouldcontinuetodrop.A reactortripwouldberequired,followingby atransitionto ES-O.1wherethe plantwouldbestabilized.Plausible because the plantwouldbe stabilized in AOP-S.01 if the power level had been lowerinMode 2 and the candidate may not correctly identifythevalves closedbytheFWI signal becausethereis aFWIvalvedownstream.
Following an inadvertent Feedwater Isolation, the crew enters AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater If all 4 SG levels were at 28% and dropping, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the status of the MFW Bypass Reg Valves and the procedure to be in effect when the plant is stabilized?
B.Correct,Thevalveswouldbe closedduetotheFWI,evenwiththe SG levels dropping and Bypassregvalve controllers sending signaltoopenthevalves.The AFW pumps would startdueMFP1B having control poweronitstripbusandbeinginthe tripped state resultinginboth MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power levelabovethe capability of AFW,thelevelswouldcontinuetodrop.A reactortripwouldberequired,followingby atransitionto ES-O.1wherethe plantwouldbestabilized.
A. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater.
C.Incorrect,Dueto SGlevelsdropping, Bypassregvalve controllers would be a sending signaltoopenthevalvesbuttheFWIwouldhavethevalvesclosed.The AFW pumps would startdueMFP 1B having control power onitstripbus andbeinthe tripped state resultinginboth MFPTs trippedwhichstarts AFW pumps.Plausible because the bypassregvalvewould normally be respondingtothelowS/Glevelsby modulating opening.Becausethereis aFWIvalve downstream,thecandidate may not realize the bypassregvalveisalso isolated and because the plantwouldbe stabilized in AOP-S.01 if the power level had been lowerinMode2.D.Incorrect,Dueto SGlevelsdropping, Bypassregvalve controllers would be sending a signaltoopenthevalvesbuttheFWI wouldhavethevalvesclosed.The AFW pumps would startdueMFP 1B having control power onitstripbus andbeinthe tripped state resultinginboth MFPTs trippedwhichstarts AFW pumps.Plausible because the bypassregvalvewould normally be respondingtothe lowS/Glevels by modulating opening.Becausethereis aFWIvalve downstream,thecandidate may not realize the bypassregvalveisalsoisolated.The plantstabilizationinES-O.2is correct.Page195 Question No.Tier1Group11/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 78 KIA 054 AA2.05 Ability to determine and interpret the followingasthey applytotheLossofMain Feedwater(MFW):StatusofMFWpumps, regulatingandstopvalves Importance Rating: 3.5/3.7 Technical  
B~  MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
C. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater.
D. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; ES-O.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Page 194
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O.1 where the plant would be stabilized. Plausible because the plant would be stabilized in AOP-S.01 if the power level had been lower in Mode 2 and the candidate may not correctly identify the valves closed by the FWI signal because there is a FWI valve downstream.
B. Correct, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O.1 where the plant would be stabilized.
C. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be a sending signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening.
Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated and because the plant would be stabilized in AOP-S.01 if the power level had been lower in Mode 2.
D. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be sending a signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening.
Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated. The plant stabilization in ES-O.2 is correct.
Page 195
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No.                    78 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA     054 AA2.05 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW): Status of MFW pumps, regulating and stop valves Importance Rating:       3.5/3.7 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-S.1,LossofNormal Feedwater Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-S.1, Loss of Normal Feedwater Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:     OPT200.MFW B4, OPL271AOP-S.01 B~
None Learning Objective:
Question Source:
OPT200.MFW B4, OPL271AOP-S.01Question Source: Bank#_ModifiedBank#----NewX--QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
Bank#           _
_X_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments: 43.5/43.13Page196 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200879.Giventhe following:Unit2is operatingat100%RTPwhena transient causes a reactor trip-The Operating Crew implements E-O, ReactorTripor Safety Injection, then transitionstoES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, and stabilizes the plant.-The operating crew observes the following:
Modified Bank # - - - -
-Steam dump valves CLOSED.-S/G Atmospheric Relief Valves Operating.FirstOut annunciators DARK.-AllSSPS status lights DARK.WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifies the procedural requirements to place TID AFWpumpin serviceandthe requiredtimetomakethefirst 10CFR50.72 reporttotheNRCin accordance with SPP-3.5?A.Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine Trip&Throttle valve power supply in accordance with AOP-P.02,Lossof 125vVitalDC Battety Board;4hours.B.Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine Trip&Throttle valve power supply in accordance with AOP-P.02,Lossof 125vVitalDC Battety Board;8hoursTransfer TID AFW Pump Turbine control power in accordance with AOP-P.04, Loss ofUnit2Vital Instrument Power Board;4hours D.Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine control power in accordance with AOP-P.04, Loss ofUnit2Vital Instrument Power Board;8hours Page 197 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,the 120vACVital Board 2-1hasfailed as identified bytheStatus light and first out annunciators.
New      X- -
The pump would startdueto having DC power but the speed controllerwouldbe deengerizeduntilthe supply was transferred locally.Plausible if the candidate mistakenlythinksthatthe effectontheTID AFW pumpwouldbe not starting instead of the real effect oftheloss of the speed controlcircuit.ThefirstNRC notification is a 4 hour report B.Incorrect,the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1hasfailed as identified bytheStatus light and first out annunciators.
Question History:       New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
The pump would startdueto having DC power but the speed controllerwouldbe deengerizeduntilthe supply was transferredlocally.ThefirstNRC notification is a 4 hour report.Plausible if the candidate mistakenlythinksthatthe effectontheTID AFW pumpwouldbe not starting instead of the real effect oftheloss of the speed control circuit or misappliestheNRC reporting criteria as many conditions are 8 hour reports.C.Correct,the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1hasfailed as identified by the Status lightandfirst out annunciators.
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
The pump would startdueto having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerizeduntiltheTID AFW pump power supply was transferredtothe 2-111 boardlocally.Thefirst NRC notification is a 4 hour report.D.Incorrect,the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1hasfailed as identified by the Status light andfirstout annunciators.
Comprehension or Analysis _X        _
The pump would startdueto having DC power but the speed controllerwouldbe deengerized untiltheTID AFW pump power supply was transferredtothe 2-111 board locally.Plausible if the candidate correctly applies the power supplies transfer needed to restore the speed control circuit but misappliestheNRC reporting criteria.Page198 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.79Tier1Group1 KIA 000057 AA2.17 Ability to determine and interpretthefollowingasthey applytotheLossofVitalAC InstrumentBus:Systemand componentstatus,usinglocalor remote controls ImportanceRating:3.1/3.4 Technical  
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       43.5/43.13 10CFR55.43.b       (5)
Comments:
Page 196
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 79. Given the following:
Unit 2 is operating at 100 % RTP when a transient causes a reactor trip
      - The Operating Crew implements E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, then transitions to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, and stabilizes the plant.
      - The operating crew observes the following:
          - Steam dump valves CLOSED.
          - S/G Atmospheric Relief Valves Operating.
First Out annunciators DARK.
          - All SSPS status lights DARK.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the procedural requirements to place TID AFW pump in service and the required time to make the first 10CFR50.72 report to the NRC in accordance with SPP-3.5?
A. Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine Trip & Throttle valve power supply in accordance with AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v Vital DC Battety Board; 4 hours.
B. Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine Trip & Throttle valve power supply in accordance with AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v Vital DC Battety Board; 8 hours C~ Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine control power in accordance with AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board; 4 hours D. Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine control power in accordance with AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board; 8 hours Page 197
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the supply was transferred locally. Plausible if the candidate mistakenly thinks that the effect on the TID AFW pump would be not starting instead of the real effect of the loss of the speed control circuit. The first NRC notification is a 4 hour report B. Incorrect, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the supply was transferred locally. The first NRC notification is a 4 hour report. Plausible if the candidate mistakenly thinks that the effect on the TID AFW pump would be not starting instead of the real effect of the loss of the speed control circuit or misapplies the NRC reporting criteria as many conditions are 8 hour reports.
C. Correct, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the TID AFW pump power supply was transferred to the 2-111 board locally. The first NRC notification is a 4 hour report.
D. Incorrect, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the TID AFW pump power supply was transferred to the 2-111 board locally.
Plausible if the candidate correctly applies the power supplies transfer needed to restore the speed control circuit but misapplies the NRC reporting criteria.
Page 198
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 79 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA   000057 AA2.17 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus: System and component status, using local or remote controls Importance Rating:     3.1/ 3.4 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:    OPL271AOP-P.03 & P.04 B2, B6 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank #              _
New      X- -
Question History:      New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b                  (5)
Comments:
Page 199
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 80. Given the following:
Unit 1 is in MODE 4 following a Refuel Outage.
        -  ABGTS Train B is tagged for heater bank inspection.
        -  Annunciator PS-32-104 T-RAIN A AUX CONTROL AIR PRESSURE LOW alarms.
        -  AUO reports the Train A Aux air is isolated from station air, Train A Aux Air Compressor running and the Train A header is 67 psig and slowly dropping.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the actionrequlred per Unit 1 Technical Specifications regarding the status of ABGTS?
A. ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until the Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closes, at which time LCO 3.0.3 entry would NOT be required.
B. ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until the Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closes, at which time LCO 3.0.3 entry would be required.
C. Both ABGTS Trains would be INOPERABLE with the current conditions.
LCO 3.0.3 entry would NOT be required.
D~  Both ABGTS Trains would be INOPERABLE with the current conditions.
LCO 3.0-.3 entry would be required.
Question requires the knowledge of when the air system can not support the systems that require air and the application of 2 Technical Specifications for ABGTS. Plant Systems LCO 3.7.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System and Refueling Operations LCO 3.9.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System.
A. Incorrect, per the ARI for the alarm identified in the stem (and AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air) if the air pressure is less than 70 psig then control air is inoperable (and it is not covered by a TIS of its own.) The ABGTS is one the systems affected by the loss of air. Thus, the Train A ABGTS must be declared Inoperable. The Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closing is plausible due to it occuring at a pressure setting air on decreasing air pressure. The suspension of tuel movement is a required action in LCO -3.9.12 if no ABGTS train is operable making the distractor more plausible.
B. Incorrect, per the ARI for the alarm identified in the stem (and AOP-M.2, Page 200
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Loss of Control Air) if the air pressure is less than 70 psig then control air is inoperable (and it is not covered by a TIS of its own.) The ABGTS is one the systems affected by the loss of air. Thus, the Train A ABGTS must be declared Inoperable. The Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closing is plausible due to it occurring at a pressure setting air on decreasing air pressure. The suspension of fuel movement is a required action in LCO -3.9.12 if no ABGTS train is operable making the distractor more plausible and the distractor also has the correct application of LCO 3.30.3 as required by LCO -3.7.8 due to being in Mode 4.
C. Incorrect, Both trains of ABGTS are Inoperable (B- tagged and A-due to low air pressure as identified in the ARI and in AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air)
Plausible if the candidate remembers that LCO-3.0.3 is identified as not being applicable in LCO 3.9.12 which is applicable due to the movement of irradiated fuel in the storage pool, but does not remember LCO 3.7.8 is also applicable due to the plant being in Mode 4. LCO 3.0.3 is applicable for not meeting 3. 7.8 and not having an identified action statement that can be applied.
D. Correct,Both trains of ABGTS are Inoperable (B- tagged and A-due to low air pressure as identified in the ARI and in AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air)
LCO 3.9.12 is applicable due to having irradiated fuel in the pit and requires the movement of irradiated fuel in the storage pool be stopped. while not applicable for LCO 3.9.12, LCO 3.0.3 is applicable for not meeting 3.7.8 due to not having an identified action statement that can be applied.
Page 201


AOP-P.04,LossofUnit2Vital InstrumentPowerBoard Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 80 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA    065 AA2.01 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air: Cause and effect of low-pressure instrument air alarm Importance Rating: 2.9 I 3.2 Technical  
None Learning Objective:
OPL271AOP-P.03
&P.04B2,B6 Question Source:Bank#-----ModifiedBank
#_NewX--QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X__10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b Comments: 43.5/45.13 (5)Page199 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 80.Given the following:Unit1isinMODE4 followingaRefuelOutage.
-ABGTSTrainBis tagged for heater bank inspection.
-Annunciator PS-32-104 T-RAINAAUX CONTROL AIR PRESSURELOWalarms.-AUO reports the TrainAAuxairis isolated from station air, Train AAuxAir Compressor runningandthe Train A headeris67psigand slowly dropping.WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifies the actionrequlredperUnit1 Technical Specifications regarding the status of ABGTS?A.ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLEuntilthe Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closes,atwhichtimeLCO3.0.3 entry wouldNOTbe required.B.ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLEuntilthe Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automaticallycloses,atwhichtimeLCO 3.0.3 entry would be required.C.Both ABGTS Trainswouldbe INOPERABLEwiththe current conditions.LCO3.0.3 entry wouldNOTbe required.Both ABGTS Trainswouldbe INOPERABLEwiththe current conditions.
LCO 3.0-.3 entry would be required.Questionrequiresthe knowledge ofwhentheairsystemcan not support the systemsthatrequireair and the application of 2 Technical Specifications for ABGTS.Plant Systems LCO 3.7.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System and Refueling Operations LCO 3.9.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System.A.Incorrect, per the ARIforthealarm identifiedinthestem(and AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air)iftheair pressure is less than 70psigthen controlairis inoperable(anditis not covered by a TIS ofitsown.)The ABGTSisonethe systems affected by the loss ofair.Thus,theTrainA ABGTS must be declaredInoperable.TheTrainA Containment AirIsolationvalve automaticallyclosingis plausibleduetoit occuring at a pressuresettingair on decreasing air pressure.The suspension of tuel movement is a requiredactioninLCO
-3.9.12 if no ABGTStrainis operable making the distractormoreplausible.
B.Incorrect, per the ARIforthe alarm identifiedinthestem(and AOP-M.2,Page200 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 Loss of Control Air)iftheair pressureislessthan 70psigthen controlairis inoperable(anditis not covered by a TIS ofitsown.)The ABGTSisonethe systems affected bytheloss ofair.Thus,theTrainA ABGTS must be declared Inoperable.TheTrainA Containment AirIsolationvalve automatically closing is plausibleduetoit occurring at a pressuresettingair on decreasing air pressure.The suspension of fuel movement is a requiredactioninLCO
-3.9.12 if no ABGTStrainis operable making the distractor more plausible and the distractoralsohasthe correct application of LCO3.30.3as required by LCO-3.7.8dueto beinginMode4.C.Incorrect,Bothtrains of ABGTS are Inoperable (B-tagged andA-duetolow air pressure as identifiedinthe ARIandin AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air)Plausible ifthecandidate remembers that LCO-3.0.3 is identifiedasnot being applicableinLCO 3.9.12whichis applicableduetothe movement of irradiatedfuelinthestoragepool, but does not remember LCO 3.7.8isalsoapplicableduetothe plantbeinginMode 4.LCO3.0.3is applicable for not meeting3.7.8 and nothavinganidentifiedaction statementthatcanbe applied.D.Correct,Both trains of ABGTS are Inoperable (B-tagged and A-duetolow air pressure as identifiedinthe ARIandin AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air)LCO 3.9.12 is applicableduetohaving irradiatedfuelinthepitand requires the movement of irradiatedfuelinthe storage poolbestopped.while notapplicablefor LCO 3.9.12,LCO3.0.3is applicable for not meeting 3.7.8 due to not having an identified action statementthatcanbeapplied.Page201 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.80 Tier1Group1KIA065AA2.01 Ability to determine and interpret the followingasthey applytotheLossof InstrumentAir:Causeand effect of low-pressure instrumentairalarm Importance Rating: 2.9 I 3.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1-AR-M15-B (A-4)
AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air Plant Systems TIS 3.7.8, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Refueling Operations TIS 3.9.12, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System 1,2-47W611-32-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:            OPT200.ABGTS B6 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New -X- - -
Question History:              New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis _X        _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b        (2)
Comments:
Page 202
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 81. Given the following:
Unit 2 is responding to a LOCA with various Aux Building Radiation Monitors in alarm.
        -  The operators reach the last step in the procedure in effect and observes the following conditions:
RCS pressure 1040 psig and dropping.
RWST Wide Range level 72% and dropping.
Containment Sump level is 00/0.
Which ONE (1) of the following statements identifies...
: 1) The procedure transition required to assure continued removal of decay heat under these conditions.
and
: 2) How the termination of ECCS flow would be procedurally accomplished when termination criteria was met?
A':I 1) Transition to ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation;
: 2) ECCS flow would be terminated in ECA-1.1.
B. 1) Transition to ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation;
: 2) ECCS flow would be terminated in ES-1.1.
C. 1) Transition back to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant;
: 2) ECCS flow would be terminated in E-1.
D. 1) Transition back to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant;
: 2) ECCS flow would be terminated in ES-1.1 Page 203


1-AR-M15-B (A-4)AOP-M.2,LossofControlAir Plant Systems TIS 3.7.8, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Refueling Operations TIS 3.9.12, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System 1 ,2-47W611-32-2 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicantsduringexamination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Gorrect, If LOGA has not been isolated as per indications given in stem then the procedure forces a Transition to EGA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation and the SI termination would be completed in EGA-1.1.
None Learning Objective:
B. Incorrect, If LOGA has not been isolated as per indications given in stem then the procedure forces a Transition to EGA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation however, the the SI termination would be completed in EGA-1. 1 not in ES-1. 1. Plausible if the candidate knows the transition would be made to EGA-1. 1 but does not know that the EGA will terminate the safety injection.
Question Source: Question History: OPT200.ABGTS B6Bank#-----ModifiedBank#-----NewX----NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (2)Comments: 43.5/45.13Page202 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200881.Giventhe following:Unit2is respondingtoaLOCAwith various Aux Building Radiation Monitorsinalarm.-The operatorsreachthelaststepinthe procedureineffectand observes the following conditions:
G. Incorrect, E-1 would be the correct transition if the leak had been isolated.
RCS pressure1040psigand dropping.RWST WideRangelevel 72%and dropping.ContainmentSumplevelis 00/0.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing statements identifies
Isolation is determined by the RGS pressure rising and the stem states that the pressure is dropping. Plausible if the candidate does not know the criteria required to make the transition to E-1 is RGS pressure increasing.
...1)The procedure transitionrequiredtoassure continuedremovalof decay heat under these conditions.
D. Incorrect, E-1 would be the correct transition if the leak had been isolated as determined by the RGS pressure rising and the stem states that the pressure is dropping. Plausible if the candidate does not know the criteria required to make the transition to E-1 is RGS pressure increasing but does know that if E-1 is entered the SI termination would be terminated in ES-1.1.
and2)Howthe terminationofECCSflowwouldbe procedurally accomplished when termination criteriawasmet?A':I 1)TransitiontoECA-1.1,LossofRHRSump Recirculation;2)ECCS flowwouldbe terminatedinECA-1.1.B.1)TransitiontoECA-1.1,LossofRHRSump Recirculation;2)ECCS flowwouldbe terminatedinES-1.1.C.1)TransitionbacktoE-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant;2)ECCS flowwouldbe terminatedinE-1.D.1)TransitionbacktoE-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant;2)ECCS flowwouldbe terminatedinES-1.1Page203 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Gorrect, IfLOGAhas not been isolated as per indicationsgiveninstemthenthe procedure forces aTransitiontoEGA-1.1,Loss ofRHRSump RecirculationandtheSIterminationwouldbe completedinEGA-1.1.B.Incorrect, IfLOGAhas not been isolated as per indicationsgiveninstemthenthe procedure forces aTransitiontoEGA-1.1,Loss ofRHRSump Recirculationhowever,thetheSIterminationwouldbe completed in EGA-1.1notinES-1.
Page 204
1.Plausible ifthecandidate knowsthetransitionwouldbemadetoEGA-1.
 
1 but does notknowthattheEGAwillterminatethe safety injection.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 81 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA      W/E11 G 2.4.48 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
G.Incorrect,E-1wouldbethe correcttransitioniftheleak hadbeenisolated.Isolationis determined bytheRGS pressurerisingandthestemstatesthat the pressureisdropping.Plausible ifthecandidatedoes not know the criteria requiredtomakethetransitiontoE-1isRGS pressure increasing.D.Incorrect,E-1wouldbethe correct transition iftheleak had been isolated as determinedbytheRGS pressurerisingandthestemstates that the pressure isdropping.Plausible ifthecandidatedoes not knowthecriteria requiredtomakethetransitiontoE-1isRGS pressure increasing but does knowthatifE-1is entered theSIterminationwouldbe terminatedinES-1.1.Page204 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.81Tier1Group1KIAW/E11 G 2.4.48Abilityto interpretcontrolroom indicationstoverifythestatusandoperationofsystem,and understand how operatoractionsand directives affectplantandsystemconditions.
Importance Rating:       3.5 I 3.8 Technical  
ImportanceRating:3.5I3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-1.2,LOCA Outside Containment Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:           None Learning Objective:               OPL271 ECA-1.2, 85 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
Bank# - - - -
Question Source:OPL271ECA-1.2,85 Bank#----ModifiedBank#X
Modified Bank #           X- -
--New----QuestionHistory:SQN N'RC Exam 1/2008,SQNBANKECA-1.2-B.1B001 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
New - - - -
__X_10CFRPart55Content:
Question History: SQN N'RC Exam 1/2008,                 SQN BANK ECA-1.2-B.1 B 001 Question Cognitive Level:
10CFR55.43.b (5)43.5 I 45.12Comments:SQNBANKECA-1.2-B.1B001withminorrewordingofthestemto require candidate to determinetheleakisnotisolated(versusstatingtheleakisnotisolatedinthestem)andtocorrect proceduretitlesinthechoicesPage205 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200882.Giventhe following:ThecrewisperformingactionsofECA-2.1,"Uncontrolled Depressurization ofAllSteam Generators."TheRCS subcoolingis48 degrees F.RCS pressureis1540psigandrising.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                    _
Pressurizerlevelis 24%andrising.
Comprehension or Analysis __X          _
-While performingStep14, MONITOR SI TerminationCriteria,the S/G#4 pressure suddenlybeginstoriseinan uncontrolled manner.Whatactionisrequiredforthis condition?
10 CFR Part 55 Content:           43.5 I 45.12 10CFR55.43.b         (5)
A.TerminateSIinECA-2.1,then transition to E.-2,FaultedSteam Generator Isolation.
Comments: SQN BANK ECA-1.2-B.1 B 001 with minor rewording of the stem to require candidate to determine the leak is not isolated (versus stating the leak is not isolated in the stem) and to correct procedure titles in the choices Page 205
BY'TransitiontoE-2,FaultedSteam GeneratorIsolation,then terminate SI.C.RemaininECA-2.1,SI termination criteriaarenot currently met.D.TransitiontoE-2,FaultedSteam GeneratorIsolation,SI termination criteriaarenot currently met.Page206 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect.ThefoldoutpageEvent Diagnostics and a caution direct the operator nottotransitionuntilSIterminationiscomplete aftertheSIis reset in Step 15.Withterminationcriteria metatstep 14,thecautionandfold out page directionsdo'notapply.The purpose ofthiscautionisto prevent an unnecessarydelayin terminatingSI;thus, prevent/minimize the potential for repressurizing the ReS(PTSconcern).Withthe termination criteria met priortothisstep,the proceduredirectsthetransitiontoE-2whereSIterminationwillbedirected.Plausibleifcandidatedoesnot understand the process to starttheSIterminationprocess.
 
B.Correct.Thefoldoutpage Event DiagnosticsdirectsthetransitiontoE-2ifSIterminationcriteriais metunlessStep 15throughStep 25areinprogress.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
The parameters listed result in meetingSIterminationcriteria.
: 82. Given the following:
Meeting the criteria priortoStep 15 which resetstheSIandbeginstheSI termination process, resultsinthe correctactionbeing atransitiontoE-2whereSI terminationwillbedirected.
The crew is performing actions of ECA-2.1, "Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators."
c.Incorrect.The Slterminationcriteriais met and atransitionis requiredtobemadetoE-2.Plausible ifthecandidate misappliesthedatagivento required SI termination criteria and determines that continuinginECA-2.1isthe correctactionwhichwouldbe correctisSI terminationcriteriawas not met.D.Incorrect.ThetransitiontoE-2is correct howevertheSI termination is met as providedinthedata suppliedinthequestion.Plausible because the candidate could recognize the pressure increasinginthe#4SG asbeingancriteriaforthetransitiontoE-2 but misapplythedatagiven as not meeting SI termination criteria..Page207 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.82Tier1 Group 1 KIA W/E12G2.1.32 Abilitytoexplainandapplyallsystemlimitsand precautions.
The RCS subcooling is 48 degrees F.
ImportanceRating:3.4 I 3.8 Technical  
RCS pressure is 1540 psig and rising.
Pressurizer level is 24% and rising.
        - While performing Step 14, MONITOR SI Termination Criteria, the S/G #4 pressure suddenly begins to rise in an uncontrolled manner.
What action is required for this condition?
A. Terminate SI in ECA-2.1, then transition to E.-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.
BY' Transition to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, then terminate SI.
C. Remain in ECA-2.1, SI termination criteria are not currently met.
D. Transition to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, SI termination criteria are not currently met.
Page 206
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. The fold out page Event Diagnostics and a caution direct the operator not to transition until SI termination is complete after the SI is reset in Step 15. With termination criteria met at step 14, the caution and fold out page directions do' not apply. The purpose of this caution is to prevent an unnecessary delay in terminating SI; thus, prevent/minimize the potential for repressurizing the ReS (PTS concern). With the termination criteria met prior to this step, the procedure directs the transition to E-2 where SI termination will be directed. Plausible if candidate does not understand the process to start the SI termination process.
B. Correct. The fold out page Event Diagnostics directs the transition to E-2 if SI termination criteria is met unless Step 15 through Step 25 are in progress.
The parameters listed result in meeting SI termination criteria. Meeting the criteria prior to Step 15 which resets the SI and begins the SI termination process, results in the correct action being a transition to E-2 where SI termination will be directed.
: c. Incorrect. The Sltermination criteria is met and a transition is required to be made to E-2. Plausible if the candidate misapplies the data given to required SI termination criteria and determines that continuing in ECA-2. 1 is the correct action which would be correct is SI termination criteria was not met.
D. Incorrect. The transition to E-2 is correct however the SI termination is met as provided in the data supplied in the question. Plausible because the candidate could recognize the pressure increasing in the #4 SG as being an criteria for the transition to E-2 but misapply the data given as not meeting SI termination criteria..
Page 207
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 82 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA     W/E12G2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
Importance Rating:     3.4 I 3.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ECA-2.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:            OPL271 ECA-2.1, B4, & 5, & 6 Question Source:
Bank # - - - - -
Modified Bank #          X_ _
New - - - - -
Question History:    SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank question ECA-2.1-B.5.A 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.10 143.2 145.12 10CFR55.43.b        (5)
Comments:
Page 208
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 83. Given the following:
Unit 1 is at 100% RTP.
Control Rod D Rods are at 220 steps.
        -  A single rod in Control Bank D drops to 115 steps.
Which ONE (1) of the following statements describes the BASES for restricting thermal power to less than or equal to 75 %?
AY' Ensures Fuel Rod Integrity is maintained during continued operation.
B. Minimize AFD swings due to xenon redistribution.
C. Removes requirement to determine QPTR using incore probes.
D. Eliminates the requirement to re-evaluate specific accident analysis.
A. Correct, Basis states restriction of thermal power provides assurance of fuel rod integrity during continued operation.
B. Incorrect, Not part of basis and lowering RX power can cause AFD swings.
Plausible due to AFD being affected during a dropped rod event but power reduction is not to minimize AFD swings.
: c. Incorrect, Not part of actions/basis for dropped rod. This action is from TS 3.2.4 QPTR. Plausible due to QPTR being affected by a dropped rod, and this is a restriction placed on determining QPTR with power above 75% power with an NI out of service.
D. Incorrect, Accident analysis must be performed to ensure analysis remains valid per Tech Spec action. Plausible due to Accident analysis being a TS action which must be pertormea.
Page 209


ECA-2.1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 83 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA   000003 G2.2.22 Dropped Control Rod: Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
None Learning Objective:OPL271ECA-2.1,B4,&5,&6 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
Importance Rating:   3.4 I 4.1 Technical  
#X__New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBank question ECA-2.1-B.5.A 001 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments: 41.10 143.2 145.12Page208 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 83.Given the following:Unit1isat 100%RTP.ControlRodDRodsareat220steps.-A singlerodin Control Bank D dropsto115steps.
WhichONE(1)of the following statements describes the BASES for restricting thermal powertolessthanorequalto75
%?AY'EnsuresFuelRod Integrity is maintained during continued operation.
B.Minimize AFD swingsdueto xenon redistribution.
C.Removes requirement to determine QPTR using incore probes.D.Eliminates the requirement to re-evaluate specific accident analysis.A.Correct,Basis states restriction of thermal power provides assurance offuelrod integrity during continued operation.
B.Incorrect,Not part of basis and lowering RX powercancause AFD swings.Plausibledueto AFD being affected during a dropped rod event but powerreductionis nottominimize AFD swings.c.Incorrect,Not part of actions/basis for droppedrod.ThisactionisfromTS3.2.4QPTR.PlausibleduetoQPTRbeing affected by a droppedrod,andthisis a restriction placed on determiningQPTRwith power above 75%powerwithanNIout of service.D.Incorrect, Accident analysis must be performed to ensure analysis remains valid perTechSpecaction.
Plausibledueto Accident analysis being aTSactionwhich must be pertormea.Page209 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.83Tier1Group2 KIA 000003 G2.2.22DroppedControlRod:Knowledgeoflimiting conditions for operations and safety limits.ImportanceRating:3.4I4.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TS3.1.3.1andBasis Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
TS 3.1.3.1 and Basis Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-C.01 B6, B9 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
Bank#           _
OPL271AOP-C.01B6,B9QuestionSource:
Modified Bank # -------
Bank#_ModifiedBank#
New -X- - -
-------NewX----QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X_Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content:(CFR43.2 I 45.2)10CFR55.43.b (2)Comments:Page210 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200884.Giventhe following:
Question History:     New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Unit 1 operating at 86%powerwhenMFP1A trips.-Astherodsare inserting, the OATC observes the following:
Memory or fundamental knowledge __X          _
Bank D Group 1 remainsat190steps while the Bank D Group2rods are inserting as indicated by RPlsandstep counters.-The OATC placestherod control to MANUAL stoppingrodmotionwith Bank D Group2rodsat148steps.
Comprehension or Analysis        _
Which ONE of the following identifies the correct responsetotherod misalignment per AOP-C.01, Rod Control System Malfunction?A.Make repairs then realign the Group1rodstothe Group2rodsper AOP-C.01.B.Make repairs then realign the Group2rodstothe Group1rodsper AOP-C.01.C.Remove the Unit from service within 6 hours in accordancewithTech Specs using GOs.Trip the ReactorandGoto E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.A.Incorrect,Plausibledueto AOP-C.01 containsstepstorealign a misalignedrodtothe bank but notwiththeconditions statedinthequestion.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 43.2 I 45.2) 10CFR55.43.b             (2)
B.Incorrect,Plausibledueto AOP-C.01 containsstepstorealign a misalignedrodtothe bank but notwiththeconditions statedinthequestion.
Comments:
c.Incorrect,withtherods
Page 210
>12 and<50stepsout ofalignment,Plausibleduetothiscouldbe correct if the rodswerein a bank otherthanO.O.Correct, AOP-C.01directs-Ifmultiplerods misaligned greaterthan12 steps butnomorethan 50stepseachfrom respective banks(withthe misalignedrodsin Control Bank 0)thenTRIPthe reactor and GO TO E-O, ReactorTripor Safety Injection.Page211 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.84Tier1Group2 KIA 000005 AA2.03Abilityto determine and interpretthefollowingastheyapplytothe Inoperable/StuckControlRod:Requiredactionsifmorethanonerodisstuckor inoperable Importance Rating: 3.5/4.4 Technical  
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 84. Given the following:
Unit 1 operating at 86% power when MFP 1A trips.
        - As the rods are inserting, the OATC observes the following:
Bank D Group 1 remains at 190 steps while the Bank D Group 2 rods are inserting as indicated by RPls and step counters.
        - The OATC places the rod control to MANUAL stopping rod motion with Bank D Group 2 rods at 148 steps.
Which ONE of the following identifies the correct response to the rod misalignment per AOP-C.01, Rod Control System Malfunction?
A. Make repairs then realign the Group 1 rods to the Group 2 rods per AOP-C.01.
B. Make repairs then realign the Group 2 rods to the Group 1 rods per AOP-C.01.
C. Remove the Unit from service within 6 hours in accordance with Tech Specs using GOs.
D~  Trip the Reactor and Go to E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
A. Incorrect, Plausible due to AOP-C.01 contains steps to realign a misaligned rod to the bank but not with the conditions stated in the question.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to AOP-C.01 contains steps to realign a misaligned rod to the bank but not with the conditions stated in the question.
: c. Incorrect, with the rods >12 and <50 steps out of alignment, Plausible due to this could be correct if the rods were in a bank other than O.
O. Correct, AOP- C.01 directs -If multiple rods misaligned greater than 12 steps but no more than 50 steps each from respective banks (with the misaligned rods in Control Bank 0) then TRIP the reactor and GO TO E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
Page 211
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 84 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA   000005 AA2.03 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Inoperable / Stuck Control Rod: Required actions if more than one rod is stuck or inoperable Importance Rating:     3.5/4.4 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-C.1,RodcontrolSystemMalfunction Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-C.1, Rod control System Malfunction Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:   OPL271AOP-C.01 B8 Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:
Bank# - - - - -
OPL271AOP-C.01 B8 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank # - - - - -
-----NewX---QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
New    X- - -
_X__10CFRPart55Content:
Question History:     New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments:Page212 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200885.Giventhe following:-Unit1 turbineloadisat40%.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
-Condenservacuumisbeinglostduetoair in-leakage.
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
-OperatorshaveenteredAOP-S.02,Lossof Condenser Vacuum.-Condenser pressureis1.9psiaand increasingat0.1psia/minute.Whichofthe followingarethecorrectactionsin accordance with AOP-S.02forthe current conditions?A.Tripthe turbineandGOTOAOP-S.06, Turbine Trip.B.Tripthe ReactorandGOTO E-O, ReactorTripor Safety Injection.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b             (5)
C.Continue in AOP-S.02, if condenser pressureexceeds'2.7psiaandcanNOTberestoredwithin5min,Tripthe turbineandGOTOAOP-S.06, Turbine Trip.Continue in AOP-S.02 if condenser pressureexceeds2.7psiaandcanNOTberestoredwithin5min,Tripthe ReactorandGOTO E-O, ReactorTriporSafety Injection.A.Incorrect, PlausibleduetoTurbinetripwouldbe required if the loadwerelessthan30%with pressure>1.72 psia.B.Incorrect, Plausibledueto Reactortripwouldbe required if the condenser pressure exceeded2.7 psia and could not be restoredtolessthan2.7psiawithin 5 minutes.The1.72 setpoint is associatedwithturbinetripatlessthan30%load.
Comments:
C.Incorrect,Plausibleduetowithload greaterthan30%, if the condenser pressure exceeds2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5minutes,then a Reactortripis required, NOT aTurbinetrip.D.Correct.Withload greaterthan30%,ifthe condenser pressure exceeds2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5minutes,then a Reactortripisrequired.Page213 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.85Tier1Group2 KIA 051 AA2.02 Ability to determine and interpret the followingasthey applytotheLossof Condenser Vacuum:Conditions requiring reactor andlorturbinetrip Importance Rating: 3.9/4.1 Technical  
Page 212
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 85. Given the following:
      -   Unit 1 turbine load is at 40%.
      -   Condenser vacuum is being lost due to air in-leakage.
      -   Operators have entered AOP-S.02, Loss of Condenser Vacuum.
      -   Condenser pressure is 1.9 psia and increasing at 0.1 psia/minute.
Which of the following are the correct actions in accordance with AOP-S.02 for the current conditions?
A. Trip the turbine and GO TO AOP-S.06, Turbine Trip.
B. Trip the Reactor and GO TO E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
C. Continue in AOP-S.02, if condenser pressure exceeds' 2.7 psia and can NOT be restored within 5 min, Trip the turbine and GO TO AOP-S.06, Turbine Trip.
D~  Continue in AOP-S.02 if condenser pressure exceeds 2.7 psia and can NOT be restored within 5 min, Trip the Reactor and GO TO E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
A. Incorrect, Plausible due to Turbine trip would be required if the load were less than 30% with pressure >1.72 psia.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to Reactor trip would be required if the condenser pressure exceeded 2. 7 psia and could not be restored to less than 2.7 psia within 5 minutes.
The 1.72 setpoint is associated with turbine trip at less than 30% load.
C. Incorrect, Plausible due to with load greater than 30%, if the condenser pressure exceeds 2. 7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes, then a Reactor trip is required, NOT a Turbine trip.
D. Correct. With load greater than 30%, if the condenser pressure exceeds 2. 7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes, then a Reactor trip is required.
Page 213
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No.     85 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA     051 AA2.02 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum:Conditions requiring reactor andlor turbine trip Importance Rating:     3.9/4.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-S.02,Lossof Condenser Vacuum Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-S.02, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:           OPL271AOP-S.02 B2, B8 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank # - - - - -
OPL271AOP-S.02B2,B8 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank
Modified Bank # _ _X_ _
#__X__New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBankMod AOP-S.02-B.2014 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X__10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments: 43.5/4.5.13Page214 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200886.Giventhe following:-An inadvertentReactorTripoccurredonUnit1.-A SafetyInjectionwas initiatedduetoSG#2 Atmospheric Relief Valve sticking open.-The operatingcrewis currentlyperformingE-2,FaultedSteam Generator Isolationandthe following conditions exist: RCS subcoolingis64 degrees F.S/G levelsin#1,#3and#4SGsarestableat 33%narrow range.S/G#2levelis 0%widerange.
New - - - - -
RCS pressure1760psigandrising.
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Mod AOP-S.02-B.2014 Question Cognitive Level:
Pressuizer level 22%andrising.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifies the proceduralflowpathto implementES-1.1,SI Termination and,therequiredactioninES-1.1ifthe RCS pressurestartstodropand continuestodrop followingtheactiontostopthefirst centrifuqalchargingpump(CCP)?
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
A.TransitiontoES-1.1wouldbemade DIRECTLYfromE-2.RestarttheCCPand transitiontoE-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant.TransitiontoES-1.1wouldbemade DIRECTLYfromE-2.TransitiontoES-1.2,PostLOCACooldown.C.No direct transitionfromE-2toES-1.1canbemade,a transition mustfirstbemadetoE-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant.RestarttheCCPand transitiontoE-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant.D.No direct transitionfromE-2toES-1.1canbemade,a transition mustfirstbemadetoE-1,Lossof Reactor or Secondary Coolant.TransitiontoES-1.2,PostLOCACooldown.Page215 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,TransitiontoES-1.1wouldbemade directlyfromE-2andifthe RCS pressure continuedtodropfollowingthe stopping oftheCCPthe procedure will directthetransitiontoES-1.2.Plausible because the restarting oftheCCPand atransitiontoE-1wouldbemadefromtheES-1.1FoldOutPageonthe procedure under different conditions.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       43.5/4.5.13 10CFR55.43.b       (5)
B.Correct,ES-1.
Comments:
1wouldbe enteredfromE-2,and iftheRCS pressure continuedtodrop followingthestopping oftheCCP, atransitiontoES-1.2is directed.C.Incorrect,ES-1.1 would be entered directlyfromE-2,NotransitiontoE-1wouldberequired, howeverthecandidate might mistakenlyconcludethatanE-1transitionwouldhavetobemadebeforeES-1.1 couldbeentered.Plausibleifthecandidatewasnotawarethatthe directtransitionwas correct or because the restarting oftheCCPand atransitiontoE-1wouldbemadefromtheES-1.1FoldOutPageonthe procedure under different conditions.D.Incorrect,ES-1.1 would be entered directlyfromE-2,NotransitiontoE-1wouldberequired, however plausible because the candidate might mistakenly concludethatanE-1transitionwouldhavetobemadebeforeES-1.1couldbe entered andthetransitiontoES-1.2is correctforthe pressure response aftertheCCPisstopped.Page216 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.86Tier1Group2 KIA W/E02 EA2.2SITermination:
Page 214
Adherence to appropriate procedures and operationwithinthelimitationsinthefacility'slicenseand amendments.
 
ImportanceRating:3.5I4.0 Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 86. Given the following:
      -   An inadvertent Reactor Trip occurred on Unit 1.
      -   A Safety Injection was initiated due to SG #2 Atmospheric Relief Valve sticking open.
      -   The operating crew is currently performing E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation and the following conditions exist:
RCS subcooling is 64 degrees F.
S/G levels in #1, #3 and #4 SGs are stable at 33% narrow range.
S/G #2 level is 0% wide range.
RCS pressure 1760 psig and rising.
Pressuizer level 22% and rising.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the procedural flow path to implement ES-1.1, SI Termination and, the required action in ES-1.1 if the RCS pressure starts to drop and continues to drop following the action to stop the first centrifuqal charging pump (CCP)?
A. Transition to ES-1.1 would be made DIRECTLY from E-2.
Restart the CCP and transition to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.
B~ Transition to ES-1.1 would be made DIRECTLY from E-2.
Transition to ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown.
C. No direct transition from E-2 to ES-1.1 can be made, a transition must first be made to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.
Restart the CCP and transition to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.
D. No direct transition from E-2 to ES-1.1 can be made, a transition must first be made to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.
Transition to ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown.
Page 215
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Transition to ES-1.1 would be made directly from E-2 and if the RCS pressure continued to drop following the stopping of the CCP the procedure will direct the transition to ES-1.2. Plausible because the restarting of the CCP and a transition to E-1 would be made from the ES-1.1 Fold Out Page on the procedure under different conditions.
B. Correct, ES-1. 1 would be entered from E-2, and if the RCS pressure continued to drop following the stopping of the CCP, a transition to ES-1.2 is directed.
C. Incorrect, ES-1.1 would be entered directly from E-2, No transition to E-1 would be required, however the candidate might mistakenly conclude that an E-1 transition would have to be made before ES-1.1 could be entered.
Plausible if the candidate was not aware that the direct transition was correct or because the restarting of the CCP and a transition to E-1 would be made from the ES-1.1 Fold Out Page on the procedure under different conditions.
D. Incorrect, ES-1.1 would be entered directly from E-2, No transition to E-1 would be required, however plausible because the candidate might mistakenly conclude that an E-1 transition would have to be made before ES-1.1 could be entered and the transition to ES-1.2 is correct for the pressure response after the CCP is stopped.
Page 216
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No.     86 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA   W/E02 EA2.2 SI Termination: Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
Importance Rating:     3.5 I 4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
E=O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Technical Specifications 3.3.1.1, 3.3.2.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS B6, OPT200.NIS B6, OPL271 E-O B5 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - X ----
Question History:                New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                    _
Comprehension or Analysis        X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:          43.5 I 45.13 10CFR55.43.b          (3, 5)
Comments:
Page 217


E=O, ReactorTripor Safety Injection Technical Specifications3.3.1.1,3.3.2.1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
NoneLearningObjective:
: 87. Given the following conditions:
OPT200.PZRPCS B6, OPT200.NISB6,OPL271 E-O B5 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Unit 1 core reload in progress.
-----NewX-----Question History:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55Content:
      - An irradiated assembly is in the manipulator crane and is being transported to a core location.
10CFR55.43.b(3,5)Comments: 43.5 I 45.13Page217 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 87.Given the following conditions:Unit1core reload in progress.-An irradiated assemblyisinthe manipulator craneandisbeing transportedtoacore location.-An additional irradiated fuel assemblyisinthe RCCA change fixture.The Refueling SRO determines a leak existsinthe Reactor CavitySealand RADCON tech reports that radiation levels are risingasthe waterlevelis dropping.WhichONE(1)of the following describes the action that is REQUIREDtobe takenwiththe2fuel assemblies in accordance with AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions?B.C.D.Irradiated Assembly In Manipulator Crane Transportbackto SpentFuelPitside Transportbackto SpentFuelPitside Place in any core location Place in any core location Irradiated Assembly In RCCA change Fixture Place in any core location Transportbackto SpentFuelPitside Transportbackto SpentFuelPitside Placeinanycore locationPage218 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Correct.As stated per AOP-M04.B.Incorrect.
      - An additional irradiated fuel assembly is in the RCCA change fixture.
AOP-M.04 requires the assemblyintheRCCAfixturetobe placedinthecore.Plausible becausethecandidatecouldthinkthatboth assemblieswouldbe returnedtothe spentfuelpit.C.Incorrect.
The Refueling SRO determines a leak exists in the Reactor Cavity Seal and RADCON tech reports that radiation levels are rising as the water level is dropping.
AOP-M.04requiresthe assemblyinthe manipulatorcranetobe transportedtotheSFP and the assemblyintheRCCAfixturetobe placedinthecore.Plausible becausethesearetheto locations requiredfortheassemblies, butarereversed.Thecandidate couldthinkthatthe identified locationsarethe requiredlocationforeach oftheassemblies.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the action that is REQUIRED to be taken with the 2 fuel assemblies in accordance with AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions?
D.Incorrect.
Irradiated Assembly                  Irradiated Assembly In Manipulator Crane                 In RCCA change Fixture A~            Transport back to Spent              Place in any core location Fuel Pit side B.            Transport back to Spent              Transport back to Spent Fuel Pit side                        Fuel Pit side C.            Place in any core location           Transport back to Spent Fuel Pit side D.            Place in any core location          Place in any core location Page 218
AOP-M.04requiresthe assemblyinthe manipulatorcranetobe transportedtotheSFP.Plausible becausethecandidate couldthinkthatthis assembly would be placed in acorelocationPage219 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.87Tier1Group2KIAW/E16G2.2.31High Containment Radiation Knowledge of procedures and Limitations involvedininitialcoreloading.
 
ImportanceRating:2.2I2.9 Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct. As stated per AOP-M04.
B. Incorrect. AOP -M.04 requires the assembly in the RCCA fixture to be placed in the core. Plausible because the candidate could think that both assemblies would be returned to the spent fuel pit.
C. Incorrect. AOP -M.04 requires the assembly in the manipulator crane to be transported to the SFP and the assembly in the RCCA fixture to be placed in the core. Plausible because these are the to locations required for the assemblies, but are reversed. The candidate could think that the identified locations are the required location for each of the assemblies.
D. Incorrect. AOP -M.04 requires the assembly in the manipulator crane to be transported to the SFP. Plausible because the candidate could think that this assembly would be placed in a core location Page 219
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 87 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA    W/E16 G2.2.31 High Containment Radiation Knowledge of procedures and Limitations involved in initial core loading.
Importance Rating:     2.2 I 2.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      None Learninq Objective:            OPL271AOP-M.04, B.8.b Question Source:
Bank# - - - -
Modified Bank #        X- - -
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN NRC.Exam 1/2008, Modified WBN Bank question AOP2900.06 006 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        43.6 10CFR55.43.b      (7)
Comments:
Page 220


AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learninq Objective:
: 88. Given the following:
Question Source: OPL271AOP-M.04, B.8.b Bank#----Modified Bank#X---New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRC.Exam 1/2008, Modified WBN Bank question AOP2900.06 006 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis__X_.10CFRPart55 Content: 43.6 10CFR55.43.b (7)Comments:Page220 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 88.Given the following:Unit1 restarted 10 days ago following a refueling outageandis operatingat100%power.Control BankDis currently185steps withdrawnandRod controlisin AUTOMATIC.
Unit 1 restarted 10 days ago following a refueling outage and is operating at 100 % power.
-Subsequently, the following occurs;-A controller problem resultsinthe Letdown Hx Temperature Control Valve slowly drifting closed.-The operating crew enters AOP-C.02, Uncontrolled RCS Boron Concentration Changes.WhichONE(1)of the following correctly describes the direction the controlrodswouldmove ANDhowrod controlistobe operated in accordance with AOP-C.02?A.OUT Controlrodsaretobe withdrawn in ManualOUT Controlrodsaretobe operated in AutomaticC.IN Controlrodsaretobe inserted in Manual D.IN Controlrodsaretobe operated in AutomaticPage221 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect.Thefirst partwouldbecorrect,Ltdntempwouldincrease resulting in Boration andTavelowerstherforerodswouldmoveoutinAuto.
Control Bank D is currently 185 steps withdrawn and Rod control is in AUTOMATIC.
AOP-C.02 section2.1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are nottobewithdrawnin Manual however Automaticrodmotionisallowed.
      - Subsequently, the following occurs;
B.Correct.Thefirst partwouldbecorrect,Ltdntempwouldincrease resulting in Boration andTavelowerstherforerodswouldmoveoutinAuto.
          - A controller problem results in the Letdown Hx Temperature Control Valve slowly drifting closed.
AOP-C.02 section2.1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are nottobewithdrawninManualhowever Automaticrodmotionisallowed.
          - The operating crew enters AOP-C.02, Uncontrolled RCS Boron Concentration Changes.
C.Incorrect.First and second partincorrect.Ltdntempwouldincrease resulting in Boration andTavelowerstherforerodswouldmoveoutinAuto.
Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the direction the control rods would move AND how rod control is to be operated in accordance with AOP-C.02?
AOP-C.02 section2.1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are nottobewithdrawninManualhowever Automatic rodmotionisallowed.D.Incorrect.First partincorrect.Ltdntempwouldincrease resultinginBorationandTavelowers therforerodswouldmoveoutinAuto.
A. OUT Control rods are to be withdrawn in Manual B~ OUT Control rods are to be operated in Automatic C. IN Control rods are to be inserted in Manual D. IN Control rods are to be operated in Automatic Page 221
AOP-C.02section2.1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Controlrodsare nottobewithdrawninManualhowever Automaticrodmotionisallowed.Page222 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.88 Tier L Group_1_KIA008 A2.09 ComponentCoolingWater:
 
Abilityto(a)predict the impactsofthe following malfunctions or operationsontheCCWS,and(b)basedonthose predictions, use procedurestocorrect,control,ormitigatethe consequencesofthose malfunctions or operations:Resultsof excessive exit temperaturefromtheletdowncooler, including the temperature effects on ion-exchange resins.ImportanceRating:2.3/2.8 Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. The first part would be correct, Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section -
: 2. 1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.
B. Correct. The first part would be correct, Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section
: 2. 1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.
C. Incorrect. First and second part incorrect. Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section
: 2. 1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.
D. Incorrect. First part incorrect. Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section 2.1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.
Page 222
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 88 Tier L   Group _1_
KIA      008 A2.09 Component Cooling Water: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions,                 use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those                malfunctions or operations: Results of excessive exit temperature from the            letdown cooler, including the temperature effects on ion-exchange resins.
Importance Rating: 2.3 / 2.8 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
CCSMechLogicDiagram 1,2-47W611-70-2.
CCS Mech Logic Diagram 1,2-47W611-70-2.
AOP-C.02.Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
AOP-C.02.
none Learning Objective:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: none Learning Objective:           OPT200.CVCS B.5.d Question Source:
Question Source: OPT200.CVCS B.5.d Bank#-----ModifiedBank#X New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,Votgle draft2006Exam question#3 Modified Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X_10 CFR"Part55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b(6)(5)Comments:(CFR41.5/43.5/45.3/
Bank# - - - - -
45.13)Page223 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200889.Ifthe ReactorCoolingSystem pressureexceededthe Technical Specification SafetyLimitinMode3,whichONE(1)ofthe following identifiesthemaximumtimeallowedforeachofthe following?1.PressurerestoredtolessthanSafetyLimit.
Modified Bank #       X New - - - - -
2.Operations Duty Manager (ODS)Notification.
Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008,Votgle draft 2006 Exam question #3 Modified Question Cognitive Level:
A.C.O.Pressure Restored5minutes5minutes 1 hour 1 hour ODS Notification Within5minutesafterevent initiation Within5minutesafterREP declaration Within5minutes after event initiation Within5minutes after REP declarationA.Incorrect,Thetimeto restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2.Thetimeto notifytheODSis 5 minutes aftertheREPdeclaration.Plausible becausethereis a 15minutetime requirementtomake a declaration after eventinitiationandthe student couldmixuptheinitiating requirement.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
B.Correct,Thetimeto restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS2.1.2.ThetimefortheODSnotificationiswithin 5 minutes afterREPdeclaration.
Comprehension or Analysis _X          _
C.Incorrect,Thetimeto restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2 not 1 hour statedinthedistractor.Thetimeto notifytheODSis 5 minutes aftertheREPdeclaration.Plausible becausethereis a 15minutetime requirementtomake a declaration after event initiation and the studentcouldmixuptheinitiating requirement.D.Incorrect,Thetimeto restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2 not 15 as statedinthedistractor.
10 CFR" Part 55 Content:     (CFR 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) 10CFR55.43.b (6) (5)
CorrectODSnotificationtime.Page224 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.89Tier2Group1KIA010 PressurizerPressureControlSystemG 2.4.38 Abilitytotakeactionscalledforinthe facility emergencyplan,including (if required)supportingoractingas emergency coordinator Importance Rating: 2.2/4.0 Technical  
Comments:
Page 223
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 89. If the Reactor Cooling System pressure exceeded the Technical Specification Safety Limit in Mode 3, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the maximum time allowed for each of the following?
: 1. Pressure restored to less than Safety Limit.
: 2. Operations Duty Manager (ODS) Notification.
Pressure Restored                      ODS Notification A.           5 minutes                          Within 5 minutes after event initiation B~            5 minutes                          Within 5 minutes after REP declaration C.           1 hour                             Within 5 minutes after event initiation O.            1 hour                            Within 5 minutes after REP declaration A. Incorrect, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2. The time to notify the ODS is 5 minutes after the REP declaration. Plausible because there is a 15 minute time requirement to make a declaration after event initiation and the student could mix up the initiating requirement.
B. Correct, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2. 1.2. The time for the ODS notification is within 5 minutes after REP declaration.
C. Incorrect, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2 not 1 hour stated in the distractor. The time to notify the ODS is 5 minutes after the REP declaration. Plausible because there is a 15 minute time requirement to make a declaration after event initiation and the student could mix up the initiating requirement.
D. Incorrect, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2 not 15 as stated in the distractor. Correct ODS notification time.
Page 224
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 89 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA    010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System G 2.4.38 Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including (if required) supporting or acting as emergency coordinator Importance Rating:       2.2/4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Technical Specifications 2.1.2 Radiological Emergency Plan EPIP-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:          None Learning Objective:            OPL271 REP 2, OPT200.PZRPCS B6 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New _X_ _
Question History:      New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _X              _
Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        43.5/45.11 10CFR55.43.b      (1, 2)
Comments:
Page 225


Technical Specifications
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 90. Given the following:
Unit 1 at 100 % power with the TP-AFW pump out of service for maintenance.
      -  Annunciator "125V DC VITAL CHARGER II FAILURE OR VITAL BAT II DISCHARGE" ON 1-M-1 panel is in alarm and the crew is investigating the cause.
Following a reactor trip due to a spurious main turbine trip, the crew is performing ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, when the OATC determines the Train B AFW pump is NOT running.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a reason the AFW pump B is not running AND-the allowed procedure use sequence provided by EPM-4, User's Guide, to allow placing the AFW pump B in service?
A. Loss of control power to SSPS Train B slave relays.
AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board, can be implemented ONLY after ES-0.1 has been completed.
B. Loss of control power to SSPS Train B slave relays.
Implement AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board while continuing in ES-0.1.
C. Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board.
AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board, can be implemented ONLY after ES-0.1 has been completed.
D~ Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board.
Implement AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board while continuing in ES-0.1.
Page 226


====2.1.2 Radiological====
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Loss of Control Power for the slave relay would prevent the pump from starting. Control power to SSPS Train B slave relays is from Channel II 120v AC Vital and not from the Channel II 125v DC. Candidate could confuse the 2 power supplies. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1. Plausible if student thinks the AOP cannot be performed while ES-O.1 is being performed.
EmergencyPlanEPIP-1 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
B. Incorrect, Loss of Control Power for the slave relay would prevent the pump
None Learning Objective:
- from starting. Control power to SSPS Train B slave relays is from Channel II 120v AC Vital and not from the Channel II 125v DC. Candidate could confuse the 2 power supplies. While 125v DC control Power to the board can be transferred, the control power to the slave relays cannot be transferred. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O. 1.
Question Source:OPL271REP2, OPT200.PZRPCS B6 Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
C. Incorrect, Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board would bring in the alarm and without the control power the pumps would not start. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.
-----New_X__QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_X_Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b(1,2)Comments: 43.5/45.11Page225 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200890.Giventhe following:Unit1at100
Plausible if student thinks the AOP cannot be performed while ES-O.1 is being performed.
%powerwiththe TP-AFWpumpoutof service for maintenance.
D. Correct, Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board would bring in the alarm and without the control power the pumps would not start. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.
-Annunciator "125VDCVITAL CHARGERIIFAILUREORVITALBATII DISCHARGE"ON1-M-1panelisinalarmandthecrew is investigatingthecause.Followinga reactortripduetoa spurious main turbinetrip,thecrewisperformingES-0.1, ReactorTripResponse,whentheOATC determinestheTrainBAFWpumpisNOTrunning.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifiesareasontheAFWpumpBisnotrunningAND-theallowed procedure use sequenceprovidedbyEPM-4,User'sGuide,to allowplacingtheAFWpumpBin service?A.LossofcontrolpowertoSSPSTrainBslaverelays.AOP-P.02,Loss of125vDCVitalBatteryBoard,canbe implementedONLYafterES-0.1hasbeencompleted.B.Lossofcontrol powertoSSPSTrainBslaverelays.
Page 227
Implement AOP-P.02,Lossof125vDCVitalBatteryBoardwhile continuinginES-0.1.C.Lossofcontrolpowertothe 6900v Shutdown Board.AOP-P.02,Lossof 125vDCVital BatteryBoard,canbe implementedONLYafterES-0.1hasbeen completed.Lossofcontrolpowertothe 6900v Shutdown Board.Implement AOP-P.02,Lossof125vDCVital Battery Board while continuinginES-0.1.Page226 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect,Loss of Control Powerfortheslave relay would prevent the pumpfromstarting.
 
Control powertoSSPSTrain B slave relaysisfrom Channel II 120v ACVitaland notfromthe ChannelII125vDC.Candidatecouldconfusethe 2 powersupplies.Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.Plausible if studentthinksthe AOP cannot be performed while ES-O.1isbeing performed.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 90 Tier 2 Group     1 K/A    013 A2.05 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ESFAS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations; Loss of dc control power Importance Rating:       3.7 / 4.2 Technical  
B.Incorrect,Loss of Control Powerfortheslave relay would prevent the pump-fromstarting.
Control powertoSSPSTrain Bslaverelaysisfrom Channel II120vACVitaland notfromthe ChannelII125vDC.Candidatecouldconfusethe 2 powersupplies.While125vDC control Powertothe boardcanbe transferred, the control powertotheslave relays cannot be transferred.
Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.C.Incorrect,Loss of control powertothe 6900v Shutdown Boardwouldbringinthealarm and without the control power the pumps would notstart.Rules of procedureusageallows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.Plausible if studentthinksthe AOP cannot be performed while ES-O.1 is being performed.D.Correct,Loss of control powertothe 6900v Shutdown Boardwouldbringinthealarm and without the control power the pumps would notstart.Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.Page227 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.90 Tier 2 Group 1K/A013 A2.05 Abilityto(a)predict the impactsofthe following malfunctions or operationsonthe ESFAS;and(b)basedon those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations;Lossofdc control power ImportanceRating:3.7/4.2 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-P.02, and 0-SO-250-10, 6900V Shutdown Board DC Control Bus Transfer, 1-AR-M 1-C (B-4)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:      OPL271AOP-P.02 B2 & 8 Ouestion Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New        X- - -
Question History:      New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:          ,
Memory or fundamental knowledge                _
Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:          41.5 /43.5 /45.3 / 45.13 10CFR55.43.b        (5)
Comments:
Page 228
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 91.
Given the following:
Unit 1 is being shutdown for a refueling outage.
Operating crew is performing 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown From Hot Standby To Cold Shutdown.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies when Containment Closure Control is required to be implemented in accordance with 0-GO-15, Containment Closure Control, AND who will maintain the listing of Containment Closure Exceptions in effect in accordance with 0-GO-15?
Required                          Containment Closure When                          Exceptions Maintained by A':I        When Unit enters                    Operations Work Control Mode 5                              Center(WCC) US B.          When Unit enters                      Unit 1 SRO Mode 5 C.          When RHR is placed                  Operations Work Control in service                          Center(WCC) US D.          When RHR is placed                    Unit 1 SRO in service Page 229
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, 0-GO-7 states that 0-GO-15 , Containment Closure Control, is to be implemented to track containment configuration changes when the unit enters Mode 5. 0-GO-7 identifies the WCC US as maintaining the Appendix tracking containment closure exceptions.
B. Incorrect, 0-GO-7 states that 0-GO-15 , Containment Closure Control, is to be implemented to track containment configuration changes when the unit enters Mode 5. 0-GO-7 identifies the WCC US as maintaining the Appendix tracking containment closure exceptions. Plausible because the GO requires the unit SRO to maintain awareness of the exceptions and to inform the WCC US of changes on the unit that could affect allowable closure times.
C. Incorrect, 0-GO-15 purpose statement says the GO provides the requirements for Containment Closure Control in the event of a loss of RHR shutdown cooling, making the implementation fo the GO when RHR is placed in service plausible, however, the correct implementation is when the Unit enters Mode 5.
D. Incorrect, 0-GO-15 purpose statement says the GO provides the requirements for Containment Closure Control in the event of a loss of RHR shutdown cooling, making the implementation fo the GO when RHR is placed in service plausible, however, the correct implementation is when the Unit enters Mode 5. Plausible because the GO requires the unit SRO to maintain awareness of the exceptions and to inform the WCC US of changes on the unit that could affect allowable closure times.
Page 230


AOP-P.02, and 0-SO-250-10, 6900V ShutdownBoardDC Control Bus Transfer,1-AR-M1-C (B-4)Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 91 Tier 2 Group 1 K/A     103 Containment Systems G 2.2.14 Knowledge of the process for making configuration changes.
None Learning Objective:
Importance Rating:   2.1 / 3.0 Technical  
OPL271AOP-P.02 B2&8 Ouestion Source: Bank#-----Modified Bank#-----New X---Question History: NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: , Memory or fundamental knowledge_Comprehension or Analysis_X__10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13Page228 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 91.Given the following:
Unit1is being shutdown for a refueling outage.Operating crew is performing 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown From Hot Standby To Cold Shutdown.WhichONE(1)of the following identifies when Containment Closure Control is requiredtobe implemented in accordance with 0-GO-15, Containment Closure Control, ANDwhowill maintain the listing of Containment Closure Exceptions in effect in accordance with 0-GO-15?A':I B.C.D.Required When When Unit entersMode5 When Unit enters Mode 5 When RHR is placed in service When RHR is placed in service Containment Closure Exceptions Maintained by Operations Work Control Center(WCC)
US Unit 1 SRO Operations Work Control Center(WCC)
US Unit 1 SROPage229 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Correct, 0-GO-7statesthat 0-GO-15 , ContainmentClosureControl,isto be implementedtotrack containment configuration changeswhentheunit enters Mode 5.0-GO-7identifiestheWCCUS as maintaining the Appendix tracking containmentclosureexceptions.B.Incorrect, 0-GO-7statesthat 0-GO-15 , ContainmentClosureControl,isto be implementedtotrack containment configuration changeswhentheunitentersMode 5.0-GO-7identifiestheWCCUS as maintaining the Appendix tracking containmentclosureexceptions.Plausible because the GO requirestheunitSROtomaintain awareness of the exceptionsandtoinformtheWCCUS of changesontheunitthat could affect allowableclosuretimes.
C.Incorrect, 0-GO-15 purpose statementsaysthe GO provides the requirements for Containment Closure Controlinthe event of a loss of RHR shutdown cooling, making the implementation fo the GOwhenRHR is placedinserviceplausible,however,the correct implementationiswhentheUnit entersMode5.D.Incorrect, 0-GO-15 purpose statementsaysthe GO provides the requirements for Containment Closure Controlinthe event of a loss of RHR shutdown cooling, making the implementation fo the GOwhenRHR is placedinserviceplausible,however,the correct implementationiswhentheUnit enters Mode 5.Plausible because the GO requirestheunitSROtomaintain awareness of the exceptions andtoinformtheWCCUS of changesontheunitthatcould affect allowableclosuretimes.Page230 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.91Tier2Group1K/A103 Containment Systems G 2.2.14 Knowledgeofthe processformaking configuration changes.ImportanceRating:2.1/3.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-GO-15, Containment Closure Control Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:  OPL271 GO-15 B.1 and B.4 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - -  X --
Question History:    New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge __X        _
Comprehension or Analysis          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      43.3/45.13 10CFR55.43.b      (4, 5)
Comments:
Page 231


0-GO-15, Containment Closure Control Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
None Learning Objective:OPL271GO-15B.1andB.4 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
: 92. Given the following:
-----NewX----QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge__X_Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b(4,5)Comments: 43.3/45.13Page231 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200892.Giventhe following:Unit1isinMODE4withHeatupinProgress.Unit2isinMODE6withcorereloadinprogress.
Unit 1 is in MODE 4 with Heatup in Progress.
WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing identifies a conditionwherethe associated Unit's ContainmentPurgewouldberequiredtobeshutdown, but would continuetorununtilan Operator MANUALLYshutdownthepurge?
Unit 2 is in MODE 6 with core reload in progress.
A.Annunciator, 1-RA-90-131ACNMTPURGEAIREXHMONHIGHRAD,alarmswithUnit1Upper ContainmentPurgeinprogress.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a condition where the associated Unit's Containment Purge would be required to be shutdown, but would continue to run until an Operator MANUALLY shutdown the purge?
B.Annunciator, 0-RA-90-101AAUXBLDGVENT MONITORHIGHRAD,alarmswithUnit1Lower ContainmentPurgeinprogress.
A. Annunciator, 1-RA-90-131A CNMT PURGE AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 1 Upper Containment Purge in progress.
C.Annunciator, 2-RA-90-131ACNMTPURGEAIREXHMONHIGHRAD,alarmswithUnit2Lower ContainmentPurgeinprogress.Annunciator, 0-RA-90-101AAUXBLDGVENT MONITORHIGHRAD,alarmswithUnit2Upper ContainmentPurgeinprogress.A.Incorrect,Plausibleif studentdoesnot rememberthat1-RM-90-131would automaticallyshutdowntheU-1 purge and manualshutdownisnotrequired.
B. Annunciator, 0-RA-90-101A AUX BLDG VENT MONITOR HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 1 Lower Containment Purge in progress.
B.Incorrect,Plausibledueto 0-RM-90-101willinitiateanABI,however, Manual shutdown ofpurgeis NOT requiredduetothe ABI ifU-1isinMode4.
C. Annunciator, 2-RA-90-131A CNMT PURGE AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 2 Lower Containment Purge in progress.
c.Incorrect,Plausibleif student does not rememberthat2-RM-90-131would automaticallyshutdowntheU-2 purge and manualshutdownisnotrequired.D.Correct,O-RM-90-101willinitiatean ABI and iftheUnitisin MODE5,6,ordefueled, an operator must manuallyshutdowntheU-2purge.Page232 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.92Tier2 Category 2KIA029G2.4.46Abilityto verifythatthealarmsare consistentwiththeplantconditions.ImportanceRating:3.5/3.6 Technical  
D~  Annunciator, 0-RA-90-101A AUX BLDG VENT MONITOR HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 2 Upper Containment Purge in progress.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not remember that 1-RM-90-131 would automatically shutdown the U-1 purge and manual shutdown is not required.
B. Incorrect, Plausible due to 0-RM-90-101 will initiate an ABI, however, Manual shutdown of purge is NOT required due to the ABI if U-1 is in Mode 4.
: c. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not remember that 2-RM-90-131 would automatically shutdown the U-2 purge and manual shutdown is not required.
D. Correct, O-RM-90-101 will initiate an ABI and if the Unit is in MODE 5, 6, or defueled, an operator must manually shutdown the U-2 purge.
Page 232
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 92 Tier 2 Category 2 KIA      029 G 2.4.46 Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with the plant conditions.
Importance Rating:       3.5 / 3.6 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SO-30-3, 1,2-47W611-30-6, 0-AR-M12-B (B-1 and B-2)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:              OPT200.CONTPURGE B5 Question Source:    New Question History:                New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:        Higher 10 CFR Part 55 Content:          43.5 / 45.3 / 45.12 10CFR55.43.b (7) (4)
Comments:
Page 233
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 93. You are the Fuel Handling SRO for receiving new fuel. As a new fuel cask is being lifted from the transport truck, the lifting slings break and the cask drops to the ground.
Initial inspections indicate extensive damage to one fuel assembly.
Per AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the MINIMUM level required for approval of recovery instructions?
A. Fuel Handling SRO.
B. Shift Manager.
C. Operations Manager.
D~    Plant Manager.
A. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know rec<?very instructions are required. Fuel Handling SRO approval for fuel movement is normally required.
B. Incorrect, Plausible because Fuel Handling SRO approval for fuel movement is normally required and since damage occured Shift Manager approval would be a good distractor.
: c. Incorrect, Plausible if student knows recovery instructions are required prior to moving damaged fuel assembly, and since operations is in charge of the movement the Operations Manager is a good distractor.
D. Correct, Must be suspended until recovery instructions are approved by the Plant Manager. ""
Page 234


0-SO-30-3, 1 ,2-47W611-30-6, 0-AR-M12-B(B-1andB-2)
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 93 Tier L     Group L K/A    034 A2.02 Fuel Handling Equipment: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Fuel Handling System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Dropped cask.
Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
Importance Rating: 3.4 / 3.9 Technical  
NoneLearningObjective:QuestionSource:New OPT200.CONTPURGE B5QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008QuestionCognitiveLevel:
Higher10CFRPart55 Content:43.5/45.3/45.12 10CFR55.43.b(7)(4)Comments:Page233 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200893.YouaretheFuelHandlingSROforreceivingnewfuel.Asanewfuelcaskisbeingliftedfromthe transporttruck,theliftingslingsbreakandthecaskdropstotheground.
Initial inspections indicateextensivedamagetoonefuelassembly.PerAOP-M.04,RefuelingMalfunctions,whichONE(1)ofthe following correctly describestheMINIMUMlevelrequiredforapprovalofrecovery instructions?A.FuelHandlingSRO.B.ShiftManager.
C.Operations Manager.PlantManager.A.Incorrect,Plausibleif student does not know rec<?very instructions arerequired.Fuel Handling SRO approvalforfuel movement is normally required.B.Incorrect,Plausible because Fuel Handling SRO approvalforfuel movement is normally requiredandsincedamage occured Shift Manager approvalwouldbe a good distractor.
c.Incorrect,Plausible if student knows recovery instructions are required prior to moving damagedfuelassembly, and since operationsisincharge of the movement the Operations Manager is a good distractor.D.Correct,Mustbesuspendeduntilrecovery instructionsareapprovedbythePlantManager.
""Page234 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.93 Tier L Group LK/A034A2.02 Fuel Handling Equipment:Abilityto(a)predicttheimpactsofthefollowing malfunctions or operationsontheFuelHandlingSystem;and(b)basedon those predictions, use procedurestocorrect,control,ormitigatethe consequencesofthose malfunctions or operations:Droppedcask.ImportanceRating:3.4/3.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-M.04 Refuleing Malfunctions Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        None Learning Objective:          OPL271AOP-M.04 B5 and 8 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - - -
New        X Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) 10CFR55.43.b (7)
Comments:
Page 235
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 94. Given the following:
Both units in MODE 1.
      -  The following data resulted from the weekly testing on 125v DC Vital Battery III.
Battery on float charge.
Battery Terminal Voltage 133v dc.
Battery charging current is 2.2 amps.
Battery Room and Electrolyte temperature is 68&deg;F.
          - Cell electrolyte level is between minimum and maximum marks.
          - Cell voltage is 2.11v dc.
          - Corrected Specific Gravity is 1.197.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the Unit 1 T/S required actions regarding the 125v DC Vital Battery III?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A. Immediately declare INOPERABLE due to Category A criteria, restore to OPERABLE status within the next 2 hours or be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours.
B. Immediately declare INOPERABLE due to Category B criteria, restore to OPERABLE status within the next 2 hours or be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours.
C~ May be considered OPERABLE provided that within 24 hours all the Category B measurements are taken and found to be within their allowable values, and provided all parameter(s) are restored to within limits within the next 6 days.
D. May be considered OPERABLE provided all Category B measurements are within their allowable values and provided the parameter(s) are restored to within limits within the next 7 days. No requirement exists to verify Category B measurements within allowable values within 24 hours.
Page 236


AOP-M.04 Refuleing Malfunctions Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The conditions stated do not require declaring INOPERABLE even though the cell Float Voltage limit and Specific Gravity limit are NOT met due to the weekly test are to verify that the pilot cell parameters meet Category A limits and if they do not, then footnote (1) provides for considering the battery operable provided Category B measurements are taken within 24 hours and found to be within their allowable values. Plausible because if the footnote (1) is not used correctly, the candidate could choose this response.
None Learning Objective:QuestionSource:
The actions stated are the actions for not meeting the LCO.
OPL271AOP-M.04B5and8 Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
B. Incorrect, The conditions stated do not require declaring INOPERABLE even though the Float Voltage is below the Category B limit, there has been no correction for temperature as identified by (c) and the voltage is above the Category B allowable value. The weekly test are to verify that the pilot cell parameters meet Category A limits and do not measure to verify all Category B criteria. Plausible because if the footnotes (1), (2), and (c) are not used correctly, the candidate could choose this response. The actions stated are the actions for not meeting the LCO.
-----NewXQuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamentalknowledgeX ComprehensionorAnalysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (7)Comments:(CFR41.5/43.5/45.3/
C. Correct, The weekly test measure to verify the pilot cell meets the Category A limits and if as in this case the Float voltage and the Specific Gravity limit are not met, then footnote (1) contains the required actions which are as stated in the answer.
45.13)Page235 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200894.Giventhe following:BothunitsinMODE1.-The followingdataresultedfromthe weekly testing on 125v DC Vital Battery III.Battery on float charge.Battery Terminal Voltage 133v dc.Battery charging currentis2.2amps.
D. Incorrect, This choice which is footnote (2) would result in a failure to meet the 24 hour requirement to perform the Category B measurements and also could extend the time to restore the parameters to within allowable values. Plausible if the candidate applies footnote (2) due to the Float Voltage being below the Category B limit listed.
BatteryRoomand Electrolyte temperatureis68&deg;F.-Cell electrolytelevelisbetweenminimumandmaximummarks.-Cell voltageis2.11vdc.
Page 237
-Corrected Specific Gravityis1.197.WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifiestheUnit1T/S required actions regarding the 125vDCVital Battery III?REFERENCE PROVIDED A.Immediately declare INOPERABLEdueto Category A criteria,restoreto OPERABLE statuswithinthenext2hoursorbeinat least HOT STANDBYwithinthenext6 hoursandinCOLD SHUTDOWNwithinthe following30hours.B.Immediately declare INOPERABLEdueto Category B criteria,restoreto OPERABLE statuswithinthenext2hoursorbeinat least HOT STANDBY withinthenext6hoursandinCOLD SHUTDOWNwithinthe following30hours.Maybe considered OPERABLE provided that within24hoursallthe Category B measurementsaretakenandfoundtobe within their allowablevalues,and provided all parameter(s)arerestoredtowithin limits withinthenext6days.D.Maybe considered OPERABLE provided all Category B measurements are within their allowable values and provided the parameter(s) arerestoredto within limits withinthenext7days.No requirementexiststo verify Category B measurements within allowable values within24hours.Page236 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Incorrect,Theconditions stateddonotrequire declaring INOPERABLE eventhoughthecell FloatVoltagelimitandSpecific Gravitylimitare NOT met duetothe weeklytestaretoverifythatthe pilot cell parameters meet Category A limits and if theydonot,thenfootnote (1)provides for considering the battery operable provided Category B measurementsaretakenwithin24 hours and foundtobewithintheir allowablevalues.Plausible becauseifthe footnote (1)isnotusedcorrectly,thecandidatecouldchoosethisresponse.
 
The actions statedarethe actionsfornot meetingtheLCO.B.Incorrect,Theconditions stateddonotrequire declaring INOPERABLE eventhoughthe FloatVoltageis below the Category Blimit,therehasbeenno correction for temperature as identifiedby(c)andthevoltageisabovethe Category B allowable value.Theweeklytestaretoverifythatthe pilot cell parameters meet Category A limits and do not measuretoverifyall Category Bcriteria.Plausible becauseifthe footnotes(1),(2), and(c)are not used correctly, the candidatecouldchoosethisresponse.The actions statedaretheactionsfor not meetingtheLCO.C.Correct,The weekly test measuretoverifythe pilot cell meets the Category A limits and if asinthiscasetheFloatvoltage andtheSpecific Gravity limit are notmet,thenfootnote (1)containsthe required actionswhichare as statedintheanswer.D.Incorrect,Thischoicewhichisfootnote (2)would result in afailureto meetthe24 hour requirement to perform the Category B measurements and also could extendthetimeto restore the parameterstowithin allowablevalues.Plausibleifthe candidate applies footnote (2)duetothe Float Voltage being below the Category Blimitlisted.Page237 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.94Tier3 KIA G2.1.12Abilityto apply technical specifications forasystemImportanceRating:2.9 I 4.0 Technical  
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 94 Tier 3 KIA         G2.1.12 Ability to apply technical specifications for a system Importance Rating:     2.9 I 4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TIS, Electrical Power Systems D.C. Distribution - Operating, LCO 3.8.2.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:T/S 3.8.2.3 (4 pages)
Learning Objective:    OPT200.DC B6 Question Source:
Bank# - - - -
Modified Bank # - - - -
New        X Question History:      New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge            _
Comprehension or Analysis _X    _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        43.2 / 43.5 / 45.3 10CFR55.43.b        (2)
Comments:
Page 238
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 95. Given the following:
      - Unit 2 is in Mode 5.
      - At 0130 the Control Room Emergency Ventilation system (CREVS) Train B was started.
      - At 0200 the CREVS Train A was removed from service for heater repair, with repairs expected to be completed. in 12 hours.
      - At 0530 the CREVS Train B breaker tripped on overload.
Which ONE (1) of the. following describes Unit 2 Tech Spec 3.7.7 "Control Room Emergency Ventilation System" applicability for this condition AND the basis for this Tech Spec?
A. Tech Spec 3.7.7 would NOT be entered in this mode.
Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.
B. Tech Spec 3.7.7 would NOT be entered in this mode.
Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 1 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.
C~ Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be entered in this mode.
Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.
D. Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be entered in this mode.
Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 1 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.
Page 239
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible if student believes Tech Spec 3. 7. 7 is not applicable in given mode. Limiting control room personnel to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions is correct per the basis.
B. Incorrect, Plausible if student believes Tech Spec 3. 7. 7 is not applicable in given mode. Limiting control room personnel to 1 rem is incorrect.
C. Correct, Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be applicable in given Mode, and per the basis for this Tech Spec Limits "the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.
D. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be applicable in given Mode. Limiting control room personnel to 1 rem is incorrect per the basis Page 240


TIS,ElectricalPowerSystemsD.C.Distribution-Operating,LCO3.8.2.3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:T/S 3.8.2.3 (4 pages)LearningObjective:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 95 Tier --L K/A    G 2.1.33 Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical specifications.
OPT200.DC B6QuestionSource:
Bank#----ModifiedBank#
----NewXQuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
_X_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (2)Comments:43.2/43.5/45.3Page238 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200895.Giventhe following:-Unit2isinMode5.-At0130theControlRoomEmergency Ventilationsystem(CREVS)TrainBwas started.-At0200theCREVSTrainAwasremovedfromservicefor heaterrepair,withrepairsexpectedtobecompleted.in12hours.-At0530theCREVSTrainB breakertrippedonoverload.WhichONE(1)of the.following describesUnit2TechSpec3.7.7"ControlRoom Emergency Ventilation System" applicabilityforthisconditionANDthebasisforthisTechSpec?A.TechSpec3.7.7wouldNOTbeenteredinthismode.Limitsthe radiationexposuretopersonnelinthecontrolroomto5remorlesswholebody following all credible accident conditions.B.TechSpec3.7.7wouldNOTbeenteredinthismode.Limitstheradiationexposuretopersonnelinthecontrolroomto1remorlesswholebodyfollowingall credible accident conditions.TechSpec3.7.7wouldbeenteredinthismode.Limitstheradiationexposuretopersonnelinthecontrolroomto5remorlesswholebody following all credible accident conditions.D.TechSpec3.7.7wouldbeenteredinthismode.Limitstheradiationexposureto personnelinthecontrolroomto1remorlesswholebodyfollowingall credible accident conditions.Page239 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect, Plausible if student believesTechSpec 3.7.7 is not applicable ingivenmode.
Limiting control room personnel to 5remorlesswhole bodyfollowingallcredible accidentconditionsis correct perthebasis.B.Incorrect, Plausible if student believesTechSpec 3.7.7 is not applicable ingivenmode.
Limiting control room personnel to 1remisincorrect.
C.Correct,TechSpec 3.7.7wouldbe applicableingivenMode, and per thebasisforthisTechSpecLimits"the radiation exposure to personnelinthe controlroomto 5remorlesswhole bodyfollowingallcredible accident conditions.D.Incorrect,TechSpec 3.7.7wouldbe applicableingivenMode.Limiting control room personnel to 1remis incorrect perthebasisPage240 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.95 Tier--LK/AG 2.1.33 Ability to recognize indicationsforsystem operating parameterswhichare entry-level conditions for technical specifications.
Importance Rating: 3.4/4.0 Technical  
Importance Rating: 3.4/4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TechSpec3.7.7andbasis,TechSpec3.0.4 Proposed referencestobe provided to applicants during examination:
Tech Spec 3.7.7 and basis, Tech Spec 3.0.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:     None Learning Objective: OPT200.CBVENT B2, 5, 6 Question Source:
None Learning Objective:
Bank # - - - - -
OPT200.CBVENTB2,5,6 Question Source: Bank#-----ModifiedBank#
Modified Bank #               _
_NewX--QuestionHistory:NewforSQNNRCExam1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysisX10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (2)Comments:(CFR43.2/43.3/45.3)Page241 1/2008 Sequoyah SRONRCExam 02/08/200896.An engineer has submitted a design change request to replace the controller for FCV-62-93,"Charging Flow Control,"witha different type of controller to improve pressurizer level control at low power.Which ONE (1)of the following correctly describes the MINIMUM required qualifications for the person(s)PREPARING the safety evaluation paperwork in accordancewithSPP-9.4, 10CFR50.59 Evaluations of Changes, Tests, and Experiments?50.59 qualified ONLY.B.SRO Licensed Operator ONLY.C.Degreed Engineer AND 50.59 qualified.
New        X- -
D.SRO Licensed Operator AND 50.59 qualified.A.Correct.
Question History: New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
10CFR50.59 qualified individuals shall (1)be technically qualified managers, supervisors, engineeringspecialists,TVA personnelwhoare degreed engineers with a minimum of four years nuclear experience or equivalent per BP-105, licensed (or formerly licensed)operators or equivalent contract personnel, or recognized subject matter experts approved bythesite 10CFR50.59 Program Manager and (2)have completed the required 10CFR50.59 training.B.Incorrect.Not requiredtobe licensed and requiredtobe50.59qualified.Plausible if student thinks havinganSROLicenseisthe minimum requiredduetowhatittakestoget a license.c.Incorrect.Not requiredtobe a licensedengineer.Plausibleif studentthinkshaving a Degree and knowing individual mustbe50.59qualified.
Memory or fundamental knowledge                  _
Student may think a degreed Engineer may be requireddueto Engineering being involved with plant.design.D.Incorrect.Not requiredtobe a licensedSRO.Plausibleif studentknowsthe individual mustbe50.59 qualified and may think havinganSROLicenseisalso requireddueto what ittakestoget a license.Page242 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.96 Tier--LK/A2.2.8 Knowledgeoftheprocessfor determiningifthe proposedchanqe,test,or experiment involves an unreviewed safety question.Importance Rating: 1.8/3.3 Technical  
Comprehension or Analysis          X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:       (CFR 43.2 / 43.3 / 45.3) 10CFR55.43.b (2)
Comments:
Page 241
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 96. An engineer has submitted a design change request to replace the controller for FCV-62-93, "Charging Flow Control," with a different type of controller to improve pressurizer level control at low power.
Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the MINIMUM required qualifications for the person(s) PREPARING the safety evaluation paperwork in accordance with SPP-9.4, 10CFR50.59 Evaluations of Changes, Tests, and Experiments?
A~  50.59 qualified ONLY.
B. SRO Licensed Operator ONLY.
C. Degreed Engineer AND 50.59 qualified.
D. SRO Licensed Operator AND 50.59 qualified.
A. Correct. 10CFR50.59 qualified individuals shall (1) be technically qualified managers, supervisors, engineering specialists, TVA personnel who are degreed engineers with a minimum of four years nuclear experience or equivalent per BP-105, licensed (or formerly licensed) operators or equivalent contract personnel, or recognized subject matter experts approved by the site 10CFR50.59 Program Manager and (2) have completed the required 10CFR50.59 training.
B. Incorrect. Not required to be licensed and required to be 50.59 qualified. Plausible if student thinks having an SRO License is the minimum required due to what it takes to get a license.
: c. Incorrect. Not required to be a licensed engineer. Plausible if student thinks having a Degree and knowing individual must be 50.59 qualified. Student may think a degreed Engineer may be required due to Engineering being involved with plant.
design.
D. Incorrect. Not required to be a licensed SRO. Plausible if student knows the individual must be 50.59 qualified and may think having an SRO License is also required due to what it takes to get a license.
Page 242
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 96 Tier --L K/A    2.2.8 Knowledge of the process for determining if the proposedchanqe, test, or experiment involves an unreviewed safety question.
Importance Rating:   1.8/3.3 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
SPP-9.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:          No Lesson Objective identified Question Source:
Bank #    X Modified Bank # - - - - -
New - - - - -
Question History: SQN Bank SPP-9.49, SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge          X Comprehension or Analysis            _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    (CFR 43.3 / 45.13) 10CFR55.43.b (3)
Comments:
Page 243
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 97. Given the following:
        -  Unit 2 is in Mode 4
        -  The Chemistry Lab Technician notifies the control room that both the Inside and Outside Containment RCS Hot leg Sample isolation valves failed to close after drawing a sample.
Which of the following is correct concerning the initial action time requirement the applicability of the associated 31 day penetration isolation verification requirement due to the failure listed above (incorporating ALARA considerations), if the selected isolation valve is in a High Radiation Area?
Action                              31 day Penetration Isolation Verification A':I Isolate within 1 hour                      Is required every surveillance period and can be verified Closed by administrative means B. Isolate within 4 hours                        Is required every surveillance period and can be verified Closed by administrative means C. Isolate within 1 hour                        Is NOT required if the selected penetration isolation valve is locked in the Closed position D. Isolate within 4 hours                        Is NOT required if the selected penetration isolation valve is locked in the Closed position Page 244


SPP-9.4 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct. Per TS 3.6.3 the action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means.
None Learning Objective:
B. Incorrect. Per TS 3.6.3 the 'action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour. So the 4 hour action is wrong. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means.
Question Source:NoLesson Objective identified Bank#XModifiedBank
: c. Incorrect. Per TS 3.6.3 the action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means. Plausible if student thinks that due to ALARA concerns the 31 day verification requirement can be waived if the valve is locked closed.
#-----New-----QuestionHistory:SQNBank SPP-9.49,SQNNRCEXAM1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (3)Comments:(CFR43.3/45.13)Page243 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200897.Giventhe following:-Unit2isinMode4-The Chemistry Lab Technician notifiesthecontrolroomthatboththeInsideand Outside ContainmentRCSHotlegSample isolationvalvesfailedtocloseafter drawingasample.Whichofthe followingiscorrect concerningtheinitialactiontime requirement the applicabilityofthe associated31day penetration isolation verification requirementduetothe failurelistedabove (incorporating ALARA considerations),iftheselected isolationvalveisinaHigh Radiation Area?Action A':IIsolatewithin1 hourB.Isolatewithin4hoursC.Isolatewithin1hourD.Isolatewithin4hours31day Penetration Isolation VerificationIsrequired every surveillance periodandcanbeverifiedClosedby administrative meansIsrequired every surveillance periodandcanbeverifiedClosedby administrative meansIsNOTrequirediftheselected penetration isolationvalveislockedintheClosed positionIsNOTrequirediftheselected penetration isolationvalveislockedintheClosed positionPage244 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Correct.
D. Incorrect. Per TS 3.6.3 the action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means. Plausible if student thinks that due to ALARA concerns the 31 day verification requirement can be waived if the valve is locked closed.
Per TS 3.6.3theactionistoisolatethe penetration within 1hour.The31 day surveillance would always be applicable but pernoteat bottom ofTScanbeverifiedusing administrative means.B.Incorrect.
Page 245
Per TS 3.6.3the'actionistoisolatethe penetration within 1 hour.So the 4 houractioniswrong.The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but pernoteat bottom ofTScanbeverifiedusing administrative means.c.Incorrect.
 
Per TS 3.6.3theactionistoisolatethe penetration within 1hour.The31 day surveillance would always be applicable but pernoteat bottom ofTScanbeverifiedusing administrativemeans.Plausible if studentthinksthatduetoALARA concerns the 31 day verification requirementcanbe waived ifthevalveis locked closed.D.Incorrect.PerTS 3.6.3theactionistoisolatethe penetration within 1hour.The31 day surveillance would always be applicable but pernoteat bottom ofTScanbeverifiedusing administrativemeans.Plausible if studentthinksthatduetoALARA concerns the 31 day verification requirementcanbewaived ifthevalveis locked closed.Page245 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 QuestionNo.97 Tier--LK/A2.3.1 Knowledgeof10CFR:20andrelatedfacilityradiationcontrol requirements.
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 97 Tier --L K/A    2.3.1 Knowledge of 10 CFR:20 and related facility radiation control requirements.
ImportanceRating:2.6/3.0 Technical  
Importance Rating: 2.6 / 3.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
TechSpec3.6.3 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
Tech Spec 3.6.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: None Identified Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:NoneIdentified Question Source: Bank#---ModifiedBank
Bank # - - -
#----New__X__QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM1/2008 QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X ComprehensionorAnalysis_10CFRPart55Content:(CFR41.12/43.4/45.9/
Modified Bank # - - - -
45.10)10CFR55.43.b (2)Comments:Page246 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200898.Giventhe following conditionsonUnit1:-YouaretheUnitSupervisor.
New _ _X_ _
Rad Waste water inventory is approaching storage capacity.-Areleaseofthe MonitorTankisplanned.-Sample resultsindicatenon gaseous activityinthetankis slightly higherthanthe3.0E-5uci/mlvaluelistedinO-SI-CEM-077-400.1,Liquid Waste EffluentBatchRelease,for openingaBatchReleasePermit.-The sourcecheckon 0-RM-90-122,LiquidRadwasteRelease Monitorhasfailed.-TheShift Manager has declared 0-RM-90-122,LiquidRadwaste Release Monitor Inoperable.WhichONE(1)ofthefollowing statements is correct regarding approving/disapprovingthepermitfor releasing the MonitorTankin accordance with O-SI-CEM-077-400.1?A.Approvalnotpermitted.Cannotrelease Monitor Tankuntilcontentsisreprocessedtolower activity.B.Approvalnot permitted.Cannotrelease monitortankuntilO-RM-90-122hasbeenreturnedto OPERABLE status.Approvalispermitted.Provideditisreleasedin accordancewithODCM.Shift Manager approvalisrequiredforreleasedueto activity level.D.Approvalis permitted.Provideditisreleasedin accordancewithODCM.Shift Manager approvalisNOTrequiredfor releaseatthis activity level.Page247 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008A.Incorrect, RMdoesnot requiredtobeoperable as long as 2 Independent samples of tank contentsareanalyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve.alignment, 2 Independentreleaserate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1.High activity level requires SM approvalforrelease.Plausibleif studentknowshigh activity limit but does notknowthatthe SM canauthorizetherelease.
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
B.Incorrect, 2 Independent samples of tank contentsareanalyzed,2 Independentdischargevalvealignment, 2 Independent release rate calculationsareverified per aDCM1.1.1.High activity level requires SM approvalforrelease.Plausible if student believesthatto release atankwith high activityitwouldrequireactive monitoringduringtherelease.
Memory or fundamental knowledge         X Comprehension or Analysis        _
c.Correct, 2 Independent samples of tank contentsareanalyzed,2 Independentdischargevalvealignment, 2 Independent release rate calculationsareverified per aDCM 1.1.1.The high activity level requires SM approvalforrelease.
10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.9 / 45.10) 10CFR55.43.b (2)
D.Incorrect, 2 Independent samples of tank contentsareanalyzed,2 Independent dischargevalvealignment, 2 Independent release rate calculationsareverified per aDCM1.1.1.The high activity level requires SM approvalforrelease.Plausibleis student does not know requirement to have SM approval for releasingtankwithhigh activitylevels.Raisingdilutionflowaddstothe plausibility ofbeingabletoreleasewith a higher activity versus getting additional approvals.Page248 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.98 Tier---L KIA 2.3.6 Knowledgeofthe requirementsforreviewingand approvingreleasepermits.
Comments:
ImportanceRating:2.1I3.1 Technical  
Page 246
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 98. Given the following conditions on Unit 1:
      -   You are the Unit Supervisor.
Rad Waste water inventory is approaching storage capacity.
      -   A release of the Monitor Tank is planned.
      -   Sample results indicate non gaseous activity in the tank is slightly higher than the 3.0E-5 uci/ml value listed in O-SI-CEM-077-400.1, Liquid Waste Effluent Batch Release, for opening a Batch Release Permit.
      -   The source check on 0-RM-90-122, Liquid Radwaste Release Monitor has failed.
      -   The Shift Manager has declared 0-RM-90-122, Liquid Radwaste Release Monitor Inoperable.
Which ONE (1) of the following statements is correct regarding approving/disapproving the permit for releasing the Monitor Tank in accordance with O-SI-CEM-077-400.1?
A. Approval not permitted. Cannot release Monitor Tank until contents is reprocessed to lower activity.
B. Approval not permitted. Cannot release monitor tank until O-RM-90-122 has been returned to OPERABLE status.
C~  Approval is permitted. Provided it is released in accordance with ODCM. Shift Manager approval is required for release due to activity level.
D. Approval is permitted. Provided it is released in accordance with ODCM. Shift Manager approval is NOT required for release at this activity level.
Page 247
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, RM does not required to be operable as long as 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve.
alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. High activity level requires SM approval for release. Plausible if student knows high activity limit but does not know that the SM can authorize the release.
B. Incorrect, 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. High activity level requires SM approval for release. Plausible if student believes that to release a tank with high activity it would require active monitoring during the release.
: c. Correct, 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. The high activity level requires SM approval for release.
D. Incorrect, 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. The high activity level requires SM approval for release. Plausible is student does not know requirement to have SM approval for releasing tank with high activity levels. Raising dilution flow adds to the plausibility of being able to release with a higher activity versus getting additional approvals.
Page 248
 
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 98 Tier ---L KIA     2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.
Importance Rating:   2.1 I 3.1 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
0-SI-CEM-077-400.1 Liquid Waste Effluent Batch Release.
ODCM 1.1.1 and Table 1.1.1.
0-SO-77-1, Waste Dispoal System, Rev 46 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:          OPT200.LRW BO, B6 Question Source:
Bank# - - - - -
Modified Bank # - -  X --
New - - - - -
Question History: Draft Vogtle 2006 Exam SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge        X Comprehension or Analysis          _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      (CFR 43.4 I 45.10) 10CFR55.43.b (2)
Comments:
Page 249
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008
: 99. Given the following:
        -  Mode 5.
        -  RCS Boron Concentration = 2210 ppm.
        -  Required Shutdown Margin Boron Concentration = 2100 ppm.
        -  RWST Boron Concentration = 2600 ppm.
        -  Chemistry reports Volume Control Tank Boron Concentration = 2000 ppm due to Primary Water inleakage into the VCT which has now been stopped.
        - RCS is being drained to 696' for maintenance, per 0-GO-13, "Reactor Coolant System Drain and Fill Operations."
        - RCS level is inadvertently lowered to 695'.
        - RHR pump amps, discharge pressure, and flow begin to fluctuate excessively.
Which ONE (1) of the following describes the required action(s) and mitigating response in accordance with AOP-R.03, RHR System Malfunction, and Technical Specifications?
Action                              Mitigating Response A':" Stop RHR Pump                        Raise RCS level using RWST gravity fill.
B. Stop RHR Pump                          Raise RCS level using charging pump taking suction from VCT C. Lower RHR Pump Flow                    Raise RCS level using RWST rate to 1000 - 1500 gpm              gravity fill D. Lower RHR Pump Flow                    Raise RCS level using charging rate to 1000 - 1500 gpm              pump taking suction from VCT Page 250
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct - The required procedural action to trip the RHR pump is correct. The mitigating 'action is correct due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The RWST Concentration is greater than required SDM concentration.
B. Incorrect - The required procedural action to trip the RHR pump is correct. The mitigating action is incorrect due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The VCT Concentration is less than required SDM concentration. Plausible is student does not remember this requirement.
C. Incorrect - The required procedural action is to trip the RHR pump. Lowering the flow rate is plausible due to procedure containing actions to lower flow rate to the values listed if RCS level is greater than 695' 4". Since RCS level is less than that as stated in the stem then this action would not be performed and is incorrect. The mitigating action is correct due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The RWST Concentration is greater than required SDM concentration.
D. Incorrect - The required procedural action is to trip the RHR pump. Lowering the flow rate is plausible due to procedure containing actions to lower flow rate to the values .
listed if RCS level is greater than 695' 4". Since RCS level is less than that as stated in the stem then this action would not be performed and is incorrect. The mitigating action is incorrect due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The VCT Concentration is less than required SDM concentration.
Page 251


0-SI-CEM-077-400.1Liquid Waste EffluentBatchRelease.ODCM1.1.1andTable1.1.1.
1/2008" Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 99 Tier 3 KIA      G 2.4.9 Knowledge of low power I shutdown implications in accident (e.g.
0-SO-77-1, WasteDispoalSystem,Rev46 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
LOCA or loss of RHR) mitigation strategies.
None Learning Objective:QuestionSource:
Importance Rating:     3.3 I 3.9 Technical  
OPT200.LRW BO, B6 Bank#-----ModifiedBank
#X----New-----QuestionHistory:DraftVogtle2006ExamSQNNRCEXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis_10CFRPart55Content:
10CFR55.43.b (2)Comments:(CFR43.4 I 45.10)Page249 1/2008SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/200899.Giventhe following:-Mode5.-RCSBoron Concentration=2210ppm.-Required ShutdownMarginBoron Concentration=2100ppm.-RWST Boron Concentration=2600ppm.-ChemistryreportsVolumeControlTankBoron Concentration=2000ppmdueto Primary Water inleakageintotheVCTwhichhasnowbeenstopped.-RCSisbeing drainedto696'formaintenance,per 0-GO-13,"Reactor CoolantSystemDrainandFill Operations."-RCSlevelis inadvertentlyloweredto695'.-RHRpumpamps, dischargepressure,and flowbeginto fluctuate excessively.
WhichONE(1)ofthe following describestherequired action(s)and mitigatingresponsein accordancewithAOP-R.03,RHRSystem Malfunction, and Technical Specifications?
Action A':"StopRHRPumpB.StopRHRPumpC.LowerRHRPumpFlowrateto1000-1500gpmD.LowerRHRPumpFlowrateto1000-1500gpm Mitigating ResponseRaiseRCSlevelusing RWST gravity fill.RaiseRCSlevelusingchargingpumptaking suctionfromVCTRaiseRCSlevelusing RWST gravity fillRaiseRCSlevelusingchargingpumptaking suctionfromVCTPage250 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Correct-The required proceduralactiontotriptheRHR pumpiscorrect.The mitigating'actionis correctduetoTechSpec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not diluteRCSwith concentrationlessthan required by shutdownmargin.The RWST Concentration is greater than requiredSDMconcentration.
B.Incorrect-The required proceduralactiontotriptheRHR pumpiscorrect.The mitigatingactionis incorrectduetoTechSpec 3.4.1.4 action requirementtonotdiluteRCSwith concentrationlessthan required by shutdownmargin.TheVCT Concentrationislessthan required SDM concentration.Plausibleis student does not rememberthisrequirement.
C.Incorrect-The required proceduralactionistotriptheRHRpump.
Lowering theflowrateis plausibledueto procedure containingactionsto lowerflowratetothevalueslistedifRCSlevelis greater than 695'4".SinceRCS levelislessthanthat as statedinthestemthenthisactionwould not be performed andisincorrect.The mitigatingactionis correctduetoTechSpec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not diluteRCSwith concentrationlessthan required by shutdownmargin.The RWST Concentration is greater than required SDM concentration.
D.Incorrect-The required proceduralactionistotriptheRHRpump.
Loweringtheflowrateis plausibledueto procedure containingactionsto lowerflowratetothevalues.
listed if RCS level is greater than 695'4".SinceRCS levelislessthanthat as statedinthestemthenthisactionwould not be performedandisincorrect.Themitigatingactionis incorrectduetoTechSpec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to notdiluteRCSwith concentrationlessthan required by shutdownmargin.TheVCT Concentrationisless than required SDM concentration.Page251 1/2008"SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.99Tier3KIAG2.4.9 Knowledgeoflowpower I shutdown implications in accident (e.g.LOCAorlossofRHR)mitigationstrategies.ImportanceRating:3.3I3.9 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
AOP-R.03, Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      None Learning Objective:    OPL271AOP-R.03 83,9 Question Source:
Bank #    X- -
Modified Bank #            _
New - - - - -
Question History:    SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank AOP-R.03-B.0 001 Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge              _
Comprehension or Analysis _X      _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:        41.10/43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b        (2, 5)
Comments:      Modified Bank question C and D distractors to eliminate subset issues and for plausibility Page 252
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 100. Given the following:
        -  An event is occurring on Unit 1 that requires an ALERT emergency be declared in accordance with the Radiological Emergency Plan (REP).
        -  The Shift STA does NOT have an active SRO license.
Prior to making the declaration the Shift Manager becomes incapacitated due to a medical problem.
Which ONE (1) of the following identifies both the individual who is responsibile for the making the REP declaration in accordance with EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Matrix, and the requirement for conducting Assembly and Accountibility in accordance with EPIP-3, Alert?
Responsible for making REP Declaration                Assembly and Accountibility A.      Unit Supervisor                        Required B~      Unit Supervisor                        NOT required but can be conducted.
C.      Shift Technical Advisor                Required D.      Shift Technical Advisor                NOT required but can be conducted.
Page 253
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, First part correct Per EPIP-1 Purpose" The responsibility for declaring an emergency, based on the criteria in this procedure, belongs to the SM or SED, the designated Unit Supervisor when acting as the SM, or the TSC SED. Second part incorrect. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-B is REQUIRED.
Plausible due to EPIP-B is not required in all REP declarations.
B. Correct, Per EPIP-1 Purpose" The responsibility for declaring an emergency, based on the criteria in this procedure, belongs to the SM or SED, the designated Unit Supervisor when acting as the SM, or the TSC SED. Per EPIP-3, Alert EPIP-B Personnel accountablility and Evacuation can be performed but is not required. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-8 is REQUIRED.
C. Incorrect, Plausible due to STA does backup the SED on REP declarations but by procedure does not have the responsiblility for making the declarations. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-B is REQUIRED. Pteusibiedue to EPIP-B is not required in all REP declarations.
D. Incorrect, Plausible due to STA does backup the SED on REP declarations but by procedure does not have the responsiblility for making the declarations. Second part correct. Per EPIP-3, Alert EPIP-8 Personnel accountablility and Evacuation can be performed but is not required. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-8 is REQUIRED.
Page 254


AOP-R.03,TechSpec3.4.1.4 Proposed referencestobeprovidedto applicants during examination:
1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 100 Tier  ~
NoneLearningObjective:
K/A       G2.4.40 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Knowledge of the SRO's responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
OPL271AOP-R.03 83,9QuestionSource:Bank#X--ModifiedBank#
Importance Rating: 2.3 / 4.0 Technical  
_New-----QuestionHistory:SQNNRCExam 1/2008,SQNBank AOP-R.03-B.0 001 Question Cognitive Level:Memoryor fundamental knowledge_ComprehensionorAnalysis
_X_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b(2,5)41.10/43.5/45.13Comments:ModifiedBankquestionCandD distractors to eliminate subsetissuesandfor plausibility Page 252 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008100.Giventhe following:-An event is occurringonUnit1 that requires an ALERT emergency be declared in accordancewiththe Radiological EmergencyPlan(REP).-The ShiftSTA doesNOThaveanactiveSRO license.Priortomakingthe declaration the Shift Manager becomes incapacitatedduetoa medical problem.WhichONE(1)ofthe following identifiesboththe individualwhois responsibileforthemakingtheREP declaration in accordancewithEPIP-1, Emergency Plan ClassificationMatrix,andthe requirement for conducting Assembly and Accountibility in accordancewithEPIP-3, Alert?A.C.D.Responsible for making REP Declaration Unit Supervisor Unit Supervisor Shift Technical Advisor Shift Technical Advisor Assembly and Accountibility Required NOT requiredbutcanbe conducted.
Required NOT requiredbutcanbe conducted.Page253 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008 A.Incorrect,First part correctPerEPIP-1 Purpose" The responsibility for declaringanemergency, basedonthecriteriainthis procedure, belongs to the SMorSED,the designated Unit SupervisorwhenactingastheSM,ortheTSCSED.
Second part incorrect.
A Site Area Emergencyisthe lowest level REP declaration where performance ofEPIP-BisREQUIRED.PlausibleduetoEPIP-Bisnot requiredinallREPdeclarations.
B.Correct, Per EPIP-1 Purpose" The responsibility for declaring an emergency, basedonthecriteriainthis procedure, belongstothe SM orSED,the designated Unit Supervisor when actingastheSM,ortheTSCSED.PerEPIP-3, Alert EPIP-B Personnel accountablilityandEvacuationcanbe performed but is not required.ASiteArea Emergencyisthe lowest level REP declaration where performance ofEPIP-8isREQUIRED.
C.Incorrect,Plausibledueto ST A does backuptheSEDonREP declarations but by procedure does nothavethe responsiblility for making the declarations.
ASiteArea Emergencyisthe lowestlevelREP declaration where performance ofEPIP-BisREQUIRED.
PteusibieduetoEPIP-Bis not requiredinallREPdeclarations.D.Incorrect, PlausibleduetoSTAdoes backuptheSEDonREP declarations but by procedure does nothavethe responsiblility for making the declarations.
Second partcorrect.PerEPIP-3, Alert EPIP-8 Personnel accountablility andEvacuationcanbe performed but is not required.A Site Area Emergencyisthe lowest level REP declaration where performance ofEPIP-8isREQUIRED.Page254 1/2008 SequoyahSRONRCExam 02/08/2008QuestionNo.100 TierK/AG2.4.40 Emergency Procedures/Plan:KnowledgeoftheSRO's responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.ImportanceRating:2.3/4.0 Technical  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPIP-1purpose,EPIP-3,EPIP-8 Proposed referencestobeprovidedtoapplicantsduring examination:
EPIP-1 purpose, EPIP-3, EPIP-8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective:             OPL271 REP Question Source:
NoneLearningObjective:QuestionSource:OPL271REP Bank#----ModifiedBank#X
Bank# - - - -
--New_QuestionHistory:SQNNRCEXAM1/2008:
Modified Bank #       X- -
SQN question REP-B.1.C 006 modified by adding the first part of the question.QuestionCognitiveLevel:Memoryor fundamental knowledge__X__ComprehensionorAnalysis_10CFRPart55 Content: 10CFR55.43.b (5)Comments: (CFR45.11)Page255}}
New          _
Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008: SQN question REP-B.1.C 006 modified by adding the first part of the question.
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _
Comprehension or Analysis      _
10 CFR Part 55 Content:         (CFR45.11) 10CFR55.43.b (5)
Comments:
Page 255}}

Latest revision as of 06:55, 13 March 2020

301 SRO Written Exam with Kas, References, & Answers
ML080440386
Person / Time
Site: Sequoyah  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 02/08/2008
From:
- No Known Affiliation
To:
NRC/RGN-II
References
Download: ML080440386 (256)


Text

s r<-o WR~\Tl~e7\{ EjAfV\

\~\t\-l V-J\\DW Lru& E A1\\t A~\L\lltS ()<!ft5) )REFE(2~S f-\-llb 4-N.SLu e12- S

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 0210812008

1. Given the following plant conditions:

- Unit 1 tripped from 10% power due to trip of both MFPTs.

- The AFW pumps start signal was generated from the trip of both MFPTs.

- Steam generator levels dropped to 12% (Lowest Level) post trip, and are slowly rising.

Which. ONE (1) of the following describes the operator response to enable the operator to MANUALLY control AFW flow?

A':I MO AFW LCVs must be taken to Accident Reset before the valves can be controlled manually.

NO reset is required to control TO AFW LCVs manually.

B. TO AFW Pump must be taken to Accident Reset before the associated AFW flow can be controlled manually.

NO reset is required to control MO AFW LCVs manually.

C. Both the TO AFW Pump and the MO AFW LCVs must be taken to Accident Reset before AFW flow can be controlled.

O. Neither the TO AFW Pump nor the MO AFW LCVs must be taken to Accident Reset before AFW flow can be controlled.

Page 1

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct; The MO pump LCVs must be reset and while the TO AFW pump must be reset in order to control the speed of the turbine, the LCVs require no reset action.

B. Incorrect; The TO LCVs do not require the accident reset and the MO AFW LCVs do require the reset. Plausible because the candidate could confuse the TO AFW pump reset action required with the MO AFW LCVs.

C. Incorrect; The TO LCVs do not require the accident reset and the MO AFW LCVs do require the reset. Plausible because the candidate could correctly determine that the start from the trip of both MFP is an accident signal that requires the reset, but confuse the reset of the TO AFW speed control with the reset of the valves and conclude that both had to be reset.

O. Incorrect; The TO LCVs do not require the accident reset and the MO AFW LCVs do require the reset. Plausible because the candidate could think that since the low level start signal was not reached no accident signal was generated and conclude that neither would not have to be reset.

Page 2

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 1 KIA: 007 EA1.08 Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a reactor trip:

AFW System Tier 1 Group 1 Importance Rating: 4.4/4.3 Technical

Reference:

ES-0.1 Reactor Trip Response EA- 3.8, Manual Control of AFW Flow Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 EA-0.1 8.6 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5/41.10/45.6/45.13 Comments:

Page 3

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

2. Given the following:

Unit 1 Reactor Trip ISafety Injection initiated due to a pressurizer relief valve being stuck partially open.

Reactor Coolant Pumps have been stopped.

Pressurizer level is 60% and slowly rising.

RCS pressure is 1310 psig and stable.

Core Exit Thermocouple temperature is 580°F.

What would be the effect on Reactor Vessel Level and Pressurizer Level if the RCS pressure is lowered due to increased pressurizer relief valve leakage?

Reactor Vessel Pressurizer Level Level A. Rising Continue to rise at the same rate B. Rising Rising faster C. Dropping Continue to rise at the same rate D~ Dropping Rising faster Page 4

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop instead of rise as stated in the distractor and the pressurizer level to rise at a faster rate due to the expansion of the steam void forcing water into the pressurizer. Plausible if student does not recognize saturated conditions in RCS and effect of bubble growth on Pressurizer level.

B. Incorrect, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop instead of rise as stated in the distractor. Plausible if student does not recognize saturated conditions in ReS and effect of bubble growth on Pressurizer level.

C. Incorrect, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop as stated in the distractor. However the response of the pressurizer would be to rise at a faster rate due to the expansion of the steam void forcing water into the pressurizer. Plausible if student does recognize void formation in head and does not know effect of bubble growth on Pressurizer level.

D. Correct, with the RCS pressure and temperature given at saturation, a steam bubble would be formed in the reactor head if RCS pressure were lowered. This would cause the water level in the vessel to drop as stated in the answer and the pressurizer level to rise at eiester rate due to the expansion of the steam void forcing water into the pressurizer.

Page 5

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 2 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA APE 008 AA2.29 PZR Vapor Space Accident:

Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to pressurizer Vapor Space Accident: The effects of bubble in reactor vessel Importance Rating: 3.9 I 4.2 Technical

Reference:

ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-1.2 8.4 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - x ---

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _--:--_ _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5 145.13 Comments:

Page 6

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

3. Unit 1 Reactor has been tripped with plant status as follows:

RCS pressure is 1325 psig and slowly dropping.

RCS temperature is 530°F and stable.

Pressurizer level is 17% and slowly dropping.

Containment pressure is 2.1 psig and slowly rising.

SG pressures are - 1005 psig and stable.

SG levels are - 40% and stable.

- Annunciator TS-62-43 REAC COOL PMPS SEAL WATER TEMP HIGH is LIT and indicator for RCP #3 reads 227°F and steady.

- Annunciator TS-62-42 REAC COOL PMPS LOWER BEARING TEMP HIGH is lit and indicator for RCP #1 reads 201°F and steady.

Which ONE (1) of the following is the correct action for the RCP(s) in these conditions?

A. All RCPs are required to be tripped.

B. ONLY RCP #1 is required to be tripped.

C~ ONLY RCP #3 is required to be tripped.

D. ONLY RCPs #1 and #3 are required to be tripped.

A. Incorrect. RCPs trip criteria is 1250 psig and the pressure is above the setpoint.

Plausible because there is a low pressure trip criteria that has not been reached.

B. Incorrect. Reps trip criteria is when Phase B actuates at 2.81 psig and the pressure is below the Phase B setpoint. Plausible because there is a high-high containment pressure trip that if the setpoint is reached would require tripping the RCPs.

C. Correct. RCP seal condition requiring trip is 225 0F, and the stated seal temperature is above this value.

D. Incorrect. The RCP Lower Bearing temperature is below the temperature(2250F) requiring the RCP to be tripped. Plausible because there is a setpoint for the Lower Bearing temperature requiring the affect RCP be tripped. Additionally, the Lower Motor bearing temperature trip setpoint is 200 0F and the lower pump bearing temperature could be confused with the lower motor bearing.

Page 7

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 3 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA EPE009 EA2.24 Small Break LOCA:Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA, RCP Temperature Setpoints Importance Rating: 2.6 I 2.9 Technical

Reference:

E-1 Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant AOP-R.04 Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions Annunciator Responce 1-AR-M5-B (E-2) and (E-4)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RCP B.5.c OPL271 AOP-R.04 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - x- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: CFR 43.5 I 45.13 Comments:

Page 8

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

4. E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, directs the operator to perform a transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation.

Which ONE (1) of the following statements correctly describes the basis for this realignment?

A. Realigns the ECCS flow to reduce Core Exit Thermocouple temperature to acceptable values.

B. Realigns the ECCS flow to cool the reactor vessel upper internals package.

C. Realigns the ECCS flow to pass through the RHR heat exchangers to remove decay heat.

D~ Realigns the ECCS flow to prevent boron precipitation.

A. Incorrect; Plausible due to Hot leg cooling will put cool water to the region of the GETs thus cooling the GETs however this is not the basis for doing so.

B. Incorrect; The transfer to hot leg recirc does put flow on top of the core but not to cool the upper internals. Plausible due to aligning the flow to the core outlet and reversing flow the knowledge of known flowpaths in core specific to cooling upper internals.

G. Incorrect; While the GGP and SIP EGGS flow when supplied from the RWST does not go through any heat exchanger, the RHR flow is always aligned through the RHR heat exchangers and when the transfer to the containment sump is initiated the cooling flow is placed on the RHR heat exchangers to cool the water coming from the containment sump. Plausible if confused in the alignment of the cooling flow, with the alignment of flow through the RHR heat exchangers.

D. Gorrect; EPM-3-E-1 states EGGS flow is realigned to reverse flow through the core to address the consequences of boron stratification/plate out.

Page 9

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No.4 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA EPE 011EK3.13 Large Break LOCA, Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Large Break LOCA: Hot-Leg injection recirculation.

Importance Rating: 3.8 I 4.2 Technical

Reference:

E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev 23 EPM-3-E-1, Basis Document, For E-1, Rev 5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 E-1 B.4 Question Source:

Bank # _X_

Modified Bank # _

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SON Bank question E-1-B.4 003 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 141,.10 145.6 145.13)

Comments: The words "step 23" was removed from stem. corrected answer wording changing from 'Realigns the EGGS flow to reverse flow through the core to address the consequences of boron stratification/plate out' to 'Realigns the EGGS flow to reverse flow through the core to prevent the consequences of boron precipitation. '

Page 10

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

5. Unit ,1 is operating at full power. Given the following events and conditions on the RCPs:

Alarms indicate a loss of ALL CCS flow to the RCPs.

Seal injection flow rate to each RCP is 8 gpm.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies how the operation of the RCP's will be affected if the operators do not respond to this alarm?

A. The RCPs should operate without CCS indefinitely.

B. The RCPs will experience seal failure, C. The RCP stator windings will overheat.

D~ The RCP motor bearings will overheat.

A. Incorrect, the RCPs cannot operate without component cooling water because the motor bearings will overheat. Plausible to conclude that due to the seal injection flow, the loss of thermal barrier cooling would not be an issue.

B. Incorrect, The RCPs will NOT experience seal failure as long as seal injection flow is present, but plausible because seal damage would occur if the CCS were lost and seal flow was not present.

C. Incorrect, The RCP stator windings are not cooling by CCS. The motor coolers use ERCW to cool the air leaving the RCP motors. Plausible if the RCP motor cooling is confused with the RCP motor bearing cooling.

D. Correct, Loss of cooling to the motor bearings will ceuse overheating of the motor bearings and damage to the RCP motor.

Page 11

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 5 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA 015/017 AK2.08 RCP Malfunctions, Knowledge of the interrelations between the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunction and the following, CCWS.

Importance Rating: 2.6 I 2.6 Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.03 AOP-R.04 FSAR 5.5.1.2 1-47W859-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-M.03 B.6 OPT200.RCP B.4 Question Source:

Bank#_X _

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SEQ Bank AOP-M.03-B.4 8 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 145.7)

Comments:

Page 12

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

6. Given the following plant conditions:

Reactor power is steady-state at 75%.

Pressurizer Level Control Selector Switch (XS-68-339E) is in the 339/335 position, and level control is in automatic.

Temperature input to the pressurizer level control system fails to 530°F.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the effect this condition would have on the pressurizer level control system? (Assume NO operator action)

A. Charging initially increases to 120 gpm then returns to normal and pressurizer level stabilizes at a higher value.

B~ Charging initially decreases to minimum flow and indicated pressurizer level lowers to 25°~ where it stabilizes.

C. Charging decreases to minimum and indicated pressurizer level lowers to 17%,

then level rises to the high level reactor trip setpoint.

D. Charging increases to 120 gpm and the pressurizer level rises to the high level reactor trip setpoint.

Page 13

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 The controller uses Tavg as the input for for level setpoint. The programed level ramps from 24. 7 to 60 % as Tavg changes from 547-578 degrees F . If the controller setpoint input (Tavg) failed to a value of 530 degrees F, then the controller would sense the level as high and start reducing the charging flow to lower level. The controller has a minimum cap at 24. 7% which is where level would be at 547 degrees F.

A. Incorrect, Charging would not increase (as explained above) Plausible if candidate confuses which way the charging flow would be affected by the failure and/or because other failures would cause charging flow to increase.

Level setpoint failing high would result in this scenario.

B. Correct, the temperature input failure results in the pressurizer level setpoint to drop to 24.7%. The initial level would be 60%, therefore the control system would decrease charging to lower the level from 60% to the 24.7%

setpoint.

C. Incorrect, Level would stabilize at 24. 7% as explained in above. Plausible because other failures would cause level to drop until letdown isolates at 17%, then pressurizer refills and trip on High level occurs. Controlling channel failing high would result in this scenario.

D. Incorrect, charging does not increase as explained in 'B' above. Plausible because other failures would cause level to increase until pressurizer fills and trip on High level occurs. Controlling channel failing low would result in this scenario.

Page 14

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question NO.6 Tier 1 Group _1_

KIA APE 022 AA2.03 Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup, Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup: Failures of flow control valve or controller Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.6 Technical

Reference:

TI-28 Att 9.

1-47W611-68-2 AOP-I.04 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRLCS, B.5 Question Source:

Bank#_X__

Modified Bank #- - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SEQ Bank PZR LEVEL-B.12.D 1 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 I 45.13)

Comments:

Page 15

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

7. Unit 1 at 100 % power. All conditions are normal with the following exceptions:

07:00, 1A RHR Pump is tagged due to motor repair and will be returned to service in 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

08:00, Unit 1 has a reactor trip and SI due to a LOCA.

08:01, E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, is entered followed by a transition to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.

08:08, The 1B RHR Pump trips on overcurrent due to a locked rotor.

08:14, Step 15 of E-1, transitions crew to ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation. The conditions at the transition are:

  • RCS pressure is 160 psig
  • Containment pressure is 9.7 psid and stable
  • RWST level is 580/0 and dropping
  • Containment sump level is 25% and rising Assuming the plant condition remain unchanged, and ALL ECA-1.1 steps to address Containment Spray Pump operation are completed, how many containment spray pumps will be running and what will be the suction source to the pumps?

Number of Pumps Running Suction Source A. 1 RWST B. 1 Containment sump C. 2 RWST D~ 2 Containment sump Page 16

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Due to the requirements of ECA-1.1, with containment pressure greater than 9.5 psid but less than 12.0 psid, one of the two containment spray pump should be shutdown but with stated containment sump level, the suction would be transferred to the containment sump and both pumps placed in service. Suction would not be from the RWST. Plausible because the suction path would not be swapped to the sumps in ECA-1.1 and only 1 pump would be running with conditions other than stated in the stem.

B. Incorrect. Due to the requirements of ECA-1.1, with containment pressure greater than 9.5 psid but less than 12.0 psid, one of the two containment spray pump-should be shutdown but with stated containment sump level, the suction would be transferred to the containment sump and both pumps placed inservice. Plausible because only one pump would be running with conditions other than stated in the stem and candidate may not relate placing the stopped pump back in service when the the suctionpetri is swapped to the sumps in ECA-1.1 .

C. Incorrect. Due to the requirements of ECA-1.1, containment pressure would have to be greater than 12.0 psid to require 2 containment spray pumps to be running and aligned to the RWST. The conditions stated in the stem would result in one of the pumps being stopped, then with the level stated in the conieinment sump, the suction swapped to the containment sump and and both pumps placed back in service. Plausible if candidate is not aware relationship between containment pressure and the number of pumps that should be in service or is not aware of the sump level required to swap the suction to the sump.

D. Correct, 2 containment spray pumps would be running and the suction path would be swapped to the sump in ECA-1.1 with the conditions stated in the stem.

Page 17

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 7 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA APE 025 AK2.05 Loss of RHR system, Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System and the following, Reactor Building Sump Importance Rating: 2.6 I 2.6 Technical

Reference:

ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-1.1 86 Question Source:

Bank # - - - -

Modified Bank # X_

New - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank ECA-1.1-B.2 002 Question Cognitive Level:

. Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 I 45.7)

Comments:

Page 18

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

8. Following a total loss of all AC power, the operator is directed to isolate CCS to the RCP thermal barriers per ECA-O.O, "Loss of Shutdown Power". When offsite power is restored, the operator is directed in ECA-0.1, "Recovery from Loss of Shutdown Power without SI Required", to ensure that the RCP thermal barrier isolation is complete prior to restarting a CCS pump.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the basis, for isolating the CCS thermal barrier return prior to restarting the CCS pump?

A. To prevent thermal shock to the RCP pump impeller upon restart of the CCS system during recovery.

B. To prevent thermal shock to the RCP seal packages upon restart of the CCS system during recovery.

C. To ensure elevated heat loads as a result of the loss of all AC power are within the design cooling capacity of CCS prior to starting a CCS pump.

D~ To prevent steam from forming and circulating in the CCS system and ensures the CCS system is available to cool equipment necessary for recovery.

A. Incorrect, Plausible due to the seal package does allow for cooling the pump shaft, however it is not the reason.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to Isolating the thermal barrier does secure cooling flow to the seal packages, however it is not the reason.

c. Incorrect, Plausible due to Isolating the thermal barrier would reduce the heat load on the CCS but the isolation is not to ensure the loads are within the capacity of the CCS system.

D. Correct, To prevent steam from forming and circulating in the CCS system and ensures the CCS system is available to cool equipment necessary for recovery.

Page 19

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 8 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA 026 AK3.03 Loss of Component Cooling Water: Knowledge of the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water: Guidance actions contained in EOP for Loss of CCW.

Importance Rating: 4.0 I 4.2 Technical

Reference:

ECA-O.O, Loss of All AC Power EPM-3-ECA-0.0, Basis Document for ECA-O.O Loss of All AC Power Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: 271 ECA-O.O B.4 Question Source:

Bank#_X _

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, WBN Bank ECAOOOO.08 5 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5,41.10 145.6 145.13)

Comments:

Page 20

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

9. Given the following:

Reactor at 85% RTP stable conditions for 10 days.

- Both Pressurizer Spray Valve Controllers in MANUAL and output set to "0".

- All other systems and controllers in normal alignment.

Which ONE (1) of the following would be the immediate effect if the Pressurizer Master Pressure Controller was placed in MANUAL and the output is raised to 100 0/0?

A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.

B~ Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.

C. Pressurizer Pressure La alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to rise.

D. Pressurizer Pressure La alarm, and Actual pressurizer pressure starts to drop.

A. Incorrect, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated. Heaters do not energize but plausible if they did the pressure would start to rise and high pressure alarm could come in because the spray valves are in manual and will not open.

B. Correct, The Hi pressure alarm is actuated by the output of the controller as the output is increased, variable heaters all deenergize, with NO heaters the pressurizer pressure will start to drop due to ambient losses and pressurizer spray bypass flow.

C. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do not energize (but if they did the pressure would rise). Plausible to conclude that raising controller output could result in raising pressure.

D. Incorrect, low pressure alarm comes from the output of the controller dropping and the controller output is being raised to 100%, Heaters do deenergize and the pressure does drop. Plausible to conclude that the heater would deenergize causing pressure to lower and the low pressure alarm to come in.

Page 21

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No.9 Tier _1_ Group _1_

K/A APE 027 AA 1.02 Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction, Ability to operate and / or Monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction: SCR-controlled Heaters in manual mode.

Importance Rating: 3.1 / 3.0 Technical

Reference:

AOP-1.04, Pressurizer Instrument and Control Malfunctions Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS B.4, B.5 Question Source:

Bank # X- - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, WBN Bank SYS068C.22 20 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 Comments: Added bullet in stem concerninq C Bank Backup heater being out of service. If on they would not turn off on increasing output of controller and added 'available' in each choice.

Page 22

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

10. The CRO is performing an RCS cooldown in response to a Steam Generator tube rupture. The oncoming shift has arrived in the control room for turnover.

In accordance with OPDP-1, which ONE (1) of the following identifies turnover requirements?

A~ An operator is NOT permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown and a Log Review by the oncoming operator are required to be completed.

B. An operator is NOT permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown by the oncoming operator is NOT required provided the Log Review is completed.

C. An operator is permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown and a Log Review by the oncoming operator are required to be completed.

D. An operator is permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown; A Control Board Walkdown by the oncoming operator is NOT required provided the Log Review is completed.

Page 23

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, Per OPDP-1, Operations personnel performing shift turnover will not be involved in plant evolutions/activities during performance on shift turnover activities. The Cooldown should be complete prior to conducting turnover. The OPDP also requires a log review and a control board walkdown as a part of turnover.

B. Incorrect, The cooldown should be completed prior to turnover, there is no provision for not completing the board walkdown. Plausible due to candidate could think that due to being in an emergency the walkdown would not be required.

c. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate not knowing requirement that personnel will not be involved in activities during turnover, and candidate could think that since the cooldown should not be delayed that turnover could be conducted in parallel.

D. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate not knowing requirement that personnel will not be involved in activities during turnover, and candidate could think that since the cooldown should not be delayed that turnover could be conducted in parallel and that due to being in an emergency the walkdown' would not be required Page 24

1/2008 Sequoyah S'RO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 10 Tier _1_ Group _1_

K/A 038 G2.1.3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Conduct of Operations, Knowledge of shift turnover practices.

Importance Rating: 3.0/3.4 Technical

Reference:

OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, Rev 8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 C209 B.10 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - x --

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 45.13)

Comments:

Page 25

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

11. Given the following

- A Reactor Trip/Safety Injection was initiated on Unit 2 due to a steam line break on Steam Generator #1 outside containment but upstream of the MSIV.

- The crew responded in accordance with the emergerency operating procedures.

When Steam Generator #1 blowdown was complete the RCS conditions were as follows:

Pressurizer pressure 1880 psig.

Pressurizer level g%.

Lowest ReS Tcold temperature reached was 474°F.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the concern when the steam generator blowdown was complete following isolation and the condition(s) required to re-energize the pressurizer heaters?

Concern when blowdown complete To re-energize heaters A. Steam Generator tube failure due Restore level to >17%

to high differential pressure. and Reset SI B. Steam Generator tube failure due Restore level to >17%

to high differential pressure. SI reset NOT required C~ Pressurizer overfill and RCS . Restore level to >17%

pressurization. and Reset SI D. Pressurizer overfill and RCS Restore level to >17%

pressurization. SI reset NOT required Page 26

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect; Plausible if student does not understand the Pressure dynamics of the RCS vs SG pressures during given event. Also if student does not know SI would lock out the pressurizer heaters and must be reset before heater would energize.

B. Incorrect; Plausible if student does not understand the Pressure dynamics of the RCS vs SG pressures during given event.

C. Correct; Per EPM-3-E-2 for SI termination is checked to minimize the likelihood of overfilling the pressurizer. Pressurizer level must be >17% and SI reset for Pressurizer heaters to energize.

D. Incorrect; First part correct Per EPM-3-E-2 for SI termination is checked to minimize the likelihood of overfilling the pressurizer. Second part incorrect, plausible if student does not know SI would lock out the pressurizer heaters and must be reset before heater would energize.

Page 27

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 11 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA 040 AK1.03 Steam Line Rupture, Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture: RCS Shrink and consequent depressurization.

Importance Rating: 3.8 I 4.2 Technical

Reference:

EPM-3-E-2 step 7, 1-47W611-68-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 E-2 b.6, OPT200PZRPCS b.4 Question Source:

Bank# _

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.8 141.10 145.3 Comments:

Page 28

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

12. Given the following Unit 1 plant conditions:

ECA-O.O, Loss of All AC Power is in effect.

Depressurization of all intact SGs is in progress.

- The SG are to be depressurized at the "maximum rate".

Which ONE of the following identifies the parameter used to determine the maximum rate and the basis for the parameter being the limiting parameter?

A. Ability to maintain pressurizer level above 100/0 to prevent loss of pressure control resulting in reactor vessel head voiding.

B~ Ability to maintain at least one SG narrow range level above 100/0 to prevent loss of sufficient heat transfer capability from the RCS.

C. Ability to maintain RCS Tcold cooldown equal to or less than 100°F/hour to prevent transition to FR-P.1, Pressurized Thermal Shock.

D. Ability to maintain RCS pressure equal to or greater than 200 psig to prevent nitrogen from entering the the RCS from CLAs.

Page 29

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter. Loss of pressurizer level and reactor vessel head voiding may occur and are acceptable during the depressurization may stated in a note preceeding step to depressurize the SGs.Maintaining pressurizer level 10% or greater is a parameter monotored in the EOPs that results in actions being taken.

B. Correct. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter and the basis is to prevent the loss of sufficient heat transfer capability from the RCS.

c. Incorrect. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter, NOT the Tcold cooldown rate. PTS is avoided by stopping the cooldown before reaching PTS temperatures and the FRGs are suspended during ECA-O.O implementation.

D. Incorrect. The ability to maintain 1 SG level above 10% narrow range is the parameter. The depressurization would be stopped and the RCS pressure controlled between 100 and 200 psig. If the pressure were to drop to below 100 psig prior to isolating CLAs, nitrogen could be injected into the RCS as described in a Caution prior to the step for depressurizingthe SGs.

Page 30

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 12 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA 055 G2.4.18 Station Blackout, Knowledge of the Basis for EOPs.

Importance Rating: 2.7 I 3.6 Technical

Reference:

ECA-O.O, Loss of All AC Power EPM-3-ECA-0.0 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-O.O, Obj 1.b, 3.b, 8 Question Source:

Bank# _

Modified Bank # X_ _

New _

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Sequoyah bank question ECA-0.0-B.1.B 002 modified Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 145.13)

Comments: Sequoyah bank question ECA-0.0-B.1.B 002modified Page 31

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

13. Given the following conditions:

A Loss of Offsite Power occurred RCS pressure is 2085 psig Thot is 573°F Core exit thermocouples are 583°F Which ONE (1) of the following is the closest approximation of ReS subcooling?

A. Incorrect. Plausible if 15 is subtracted from initial pressure when calculating saturation temp and using incore temperature 641°F-583°F=58°F B. Correct. (2100 psia Tsat =643°F) 643°F-583°F=60°F C. Incorrect. Plausible if 15 is subtracted from initial pressure when calculating saturation temp and using Thot instead of incore temperature 641°F-573°F=68°F D. Incorrect. Plausible if Thot is used instead of incore temperature 643°F-573°F=70°F Page 32

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 13 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA 056 AK1.03 Loss of off-site Power, Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Off-Site Power: Definition of Subcooling: use of steam tables to determine it Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.4 Technical

Reference:

ES-0.2 Natural Circulation Cooldown.

Steam Tables Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: Steam Tables Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-O.2 Question Source:

Bank # X- - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008,056 AK1.03 Prairie Island Unit 1 2004 NRC EXAM Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 I 41.10 / 45.3)

Comments:

Page 33

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

14. Given the following plant conditions:

Units 1 and 2 are operating at 1000/0 power with No Tech Spec LCO actions in effect.

- The 125 V DC Power System is normally aligned with the exception of the Vital Battery Board IV, which is being supplied from the Vital Battery V and and 2-S Vital Battery Charger.

- Offsite power is lost.

1A-Aand 2B-B diesel generators start and load.

1B-B and 2A-A diesel generators fail to start.

If offsite power has been lost for longer than 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, which ONE (1) of the following statements identifies the condition of the 125V Vital DC batteries?

(Assume NO operator action is taken)

. A. All four 125v Vital DC Batteries would be at their normal voltage requirements.

B. All four 125v Vital DC Batteries would be discharged beyond design limits.

CY' 125v Vital DC Batteries I and IV would be at their normal voltage requirements.

125v Vital DC Batteries II and III would be discharged beyond design limits.

D. 125v Vital DC Batteries II and III would be at their normal voltage requirements.

125v Vital DC Batteries I and IV would be discharged beyond design limits.

Page 34

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, while the 125v Vital boards I and IV would have power available to their charger,the II and III boards would not have power. With power available to the chargers, the I and IV batteries would be charged, but the II and III batteries would be discharged. Plausible if the cendkiete confuses the power supply to the chargers or realizes the chargers have an alternate power supplies (which are available for the II and III boards) but does not recall that manual action would be required to place the alternate power supply in service.

B. Incorrect, while the 125v Vital boards I and IV would have power available to their charger, the II and III boards would not have power. With power available to the chargers, the I and IV batteries would be charged, but the II and III batteries would be discharged. Plausible if the candidate concludes that the 480v boards that supply the battery chargers do not sequence back on when the DG recovers the board.

C. Correct, as identified on 1,2-45N700-1, the 125v Vital boards I and IV would have power to the battery charger while the battery chargers for II and III would be deenergized, thus the I and IV batteries would be charging and keeping the board powered, while the Vital Batteries Boards II and III, without a battery charger, would be lost as the batteries discharged.

D. Incorrect, the 125v Vital boards II and III would NOT have power to the battery charger while the battery chargers for I and IV would be energized, thus the I and IV batteries would be charging and keeping the board powered, while the Vital Batteries Boards II and III, without a battery charger, would be lost as the batteries discharged. Plausible if the candidate reverses the chargers that have power available to them.

Page 35

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 14 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 058 AK1.01 Loss of DC Power: knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power: Battery charger equipment and instrumentation.

Importance Rating: 2.8 I 3.1 Technical

Reference:

1,2-45N700-1 FSAR 8.1.4 1-AR-M1-C AOP-P.02 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.DC, b.4, b5 Question Source:

Bank # X Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN N.RC EXAM 1/2008,SQN Bank DC-B.O 002 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 I 41.10 145.3)

Comments: reworded question to address the condition of both the batteries and the battery chargers after greater than 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> of DC load be supplied by the batteries board.

Page 36

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

15. Which ONE (1) of the following conditions would require entry into Tech Spec 3.7.5, Ultimate Heat Sink?

A. Water level of 675 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 81.5°F.

B. Water level of 677 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 82.5°F.

C~ Water level of 679 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 83.5°F.

D. Water level of 681 ft and ERCW supply temperature of 84.5°F.

Question requires the candidate to recall both the temperature and level requirements of the UHS. with water temperature above 83 degrees, the river level must be greater than 680' and the temperature equal to or less than 84.5 degrees. If temperature is less than 83 degrees the requirement for river elevation is 670' or greater.

A. Incorrect. Both level and temperature are within the limits required. Plausible because candidate could not be certain where the temperature requirement changed due to river level or may not know the minimum level requirement.

B. Incorrect. Both level and temperature are within the limits required. Plausible because candidate could not be certain where the temperature requirement changed due to river level.

C. Correct. A temperature of 83.5 degrees is above the limit with the river level less than 680'.

D. Incorrect. Both level and temperature are within the limits required. Plausible because the temperature listed is the highest temperature and candidate may not recall the higher temperature is allowed with the river level above 680' or may not recall that there are provisions for exceeding the lower limit listed in the tech spec.

Page 37

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 15 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA 062AA1.01 Loss of Nuclear Service Water, Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water: Nuclear Service water temperature indication Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.1 Technical

Reference:

Tech Spec 3.7.5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.ERCW B.6 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - X --

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified ERCW-B.6 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 I 45.5 I 45.6)

Comments:

Page 38

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

16. Given the following plant conditions:

- A Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA) outside containment has resulted in RCS Subcooling dropping to 0 degrees F.

- The operating crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.

- Actions are being taken to isolate the leak.

In accordance with ECA-1.2 "LOCA Outside Containment," which ONE (1) of the following is the initial mitigating strategy and what would be the indication used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?

A. Ensure RHR suction from RCS Isolated Pressurizer level rising B~ Ensure RHR suction from RCS Isolated RCS pressure rising C. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection Pressurizer level rising D. Isolate RHR Cold Leg Injection RCS pressure rising Page 39

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect; Plausible if student remembers that the initial strategy of ECA-1.2 is to Ensure RHR suction isolation from the RCS but does not remember that the indication is RCS pressure increasing. Pressurizer level rising is plausible since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.

B. Correct; The procedure directs the initial strategy of ensuring RHR suction isoietion from the RCS and the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method to indicate the leak has been isolated.

C. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure but it is not the initial mitigating strategy. Pressurizer level rising is a plausible indication since the student could reason that it may be rising if the leak was isolated. The procedure directs the use of RCS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.

D. Incorrect; Plausible because isolation of RHR Cold Leg injection is a strategy contained in the procedure but it is not the initial mitigating strategy. The procedure directs the use of ReS pressure increasing as the method used to indicate the leak has been isolated.

Page 40

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 16 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA W/E04 G2.4.48 LOCA Outside Containment: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.

Importance Rating: 3.5 I 3.8 Technical

Reference:

ECA-1.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-1.2, B.5 Question Source:

Bank # X Modified Bank # - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Modified bank question see comments Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5 I 45'.12 Comments: Question modified from combination of SQN bank question ECA-1.2-B.1.A 001and question in INPO bank from Diablo Canyon Unit 1 1/1999 Page 41

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

17. Which ONE (1) of the following is an adverse consequence that could result from delaying feed and bleed cooling if the conditions to initiate feed and bleed are met in FR-H.1, "Loss of Secondary Heat Sink"?

A. High Temperature induced failure of S/G U-tube bends.

B. An overpressurization challenge to the Reactor Vessel.

C~ Inability to prevent or minimize core uncovery due to high RCS pressure.

D. Inability to recover the S/Gs without damage from high thermal stresses caused by cold water refill.

A. Incorrect, Plausible due to V-tube uncovery with assumed RCS high Temp due to loss of cooling.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to loss of cooling to RCS and assumed RCS pressure rise due to loss of cooling.

C. Correct, Per EPM-3-FR-H. 1. In order to minimize core uncovery due to loss of heat sink, the operator must identify loss of heat sink conditions and immediately initiate feed and bleed.

D. Incorrect, Plausible due to possible S/G dryout with subsequent refill.

Page 42

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 17 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA W/E05 EK3.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink: Facility operating' characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and the reasons for these operating characteristics.

Importance Rating: 3.4 I 3.8 Technical

Reference:

EPM-3-FR-H.1, page 12, step 5 note 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-H.1 8.6 Question Source:

Bank # - X- -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN BankFR-H.1-03 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 I 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)

Comments:

Page 43

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRG Exam 02/08/2008

18. Given the following conditions:

At 0900 the Reactor Trips due to 2 dropped rods.

At 0920 a small break LOGA occurs.

At 0950 the crew transitioned to EGA-1.1, "Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation", due to the failure of both RHR pumps.

Grew has reduced EGGS flow to 1 SIP and 1 GGP per EGA-1.1.

SI flow cannot be terminated due to lack of subcooling.

At 1030 the crew is performing EGA-1.1 Step 20 RNO to establish the minimum required EGGS flow to remove decay heat.

Which one of the following correctly describes the flow rate that meets the intent of EGA-1.1, Step 20 RNO, AND requirements of using EGGS pumps in meeting this flow rate?

REFERENCE PROVIDED A':I Establish 325 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.

B. Establish 325 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps are NOT permitted to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.

G. Establish 400 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.

D. Establish 400 gpm EGGS flow. EGGS pumps are NOT permitted to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.

Page 44

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Gorrect. 0900 - 1030 (90 Min) Using EGA-1.1, curve 9, the value is approximately 325 gpm. The Basis states "the operator is then instructed to establish the minimum EGGS flow needed to match decay heat in order to further decrease EGGS pump Flow and delay RWST depletion. This value, of 325 gpm is in the acceptable region using the graph from time of trip AND meets the requirement of Minimum Flow to delay RWST depletion. The procedure states EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the 'desired flow rate.

B. Incorrect. Gorrect flow rate wrong action. Plausible if student does not know procedure requirement to start or stop pumps as neccessary due to a LOGA. The student may think that due to a LOGA pumps must not be stopped.

G. Incorrect. Plausible due to 400 gpm meets the curve requirment however it does not meet the intent of the step which is to meet the minimum flow requirements while still meeting the curve requirments. Second part correct in EGGS pumps may be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.

D. Incorrect. Plausible due to 400 gpm meets the curve requirment however it does not meet the intent of the step which is to meet the minimum flow requirements while still meeting the curve requirments. Plausible if student does not know procedure requirement to start or stop pumps as neccessary due to a LOGA. The student may think that due to a LOGA pumps must not be stopped.

Page 45

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 18 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA W/E11 EK2.2 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.

Importance Rating: 3.9 I 4.3 Technical

Reference:

ECA-1.1, Curve 9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: Provide ECA-1.1, Curve

~-

Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-1.1, B.6 Question Source:

Bank # _

Modified Bank # __X_ _

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, WBN NRC EXAM 2006 WE11G2.1.13. Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis __X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 I 45.7)

Comments:

Page 46

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

19. Given the following:

Unit 1 operating at 50% power Rod control in AUTO with Bank 0 at 176 steps

- Tavg auctioneering unit fails LOW Which ONE (1) of the following identifies how the rod control system will respond AND what the indication will be on 1-M-4?

A. Rods inserting as indicated by RODS IN 'RED' light LIT B. Rods inserting as indicated by RODS IN 'GREEN' light LIT C~ Rods withdrawing as indicated by RODS OUT 'RED' light LIT D. Rods withdrawing as indicated by RODS OUT 'GREEN' light LIT Page 47

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see large error between Tref-Tavg causing the rods start withdrawing not inserting. However, if conditions existed that did result in the rods inserting the 'RODS IN' green light indication would be illuminated, but the light is green not red. Plausible if the candidate confuses the direction of rod movement and the color of the 'RODS IN' light with the color of the 'RODS OUT' light which is red.

B. Incorrect, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see large error between Tref-Tavg causing the rods start withdrawing not inserting. However, if conditions existed that did result in the rods inserting the 'RODS IN ' green light indication would be illuminated. Plausible because the candidate could confuse the direction of rod movement but correctly identify the color of the 'RODS IN' light being green.

C. Correct, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see a large error between Tref - Tavg causing the rods to start withdrawing. Rod withdrawal causes the 'RODS OUT' red light to be illuminated.

D. Incorrect, If the Tavg Auctioneering Unit failed low, the rod control system would see large error between Tref- Tavg causing the rods start withdrawing. The 'RODS OUT' would be illuminated but the light is red not green. Plausible if the candidate determines the correct direction of rod movement but confuses the color of the 'RODS OUT' light with the color of the 'RODS IN' light which is green.

Page 48

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 19 Tier 1 Group 2 K/A 001 AK2.05 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Continuous Rod Withdrawal and the following: Rod motion lights Importance Rating: 2.9/3.1 Technical

Reference:

FSAR Section 7.7.1 TI-28, Curve Book, Attachment 9, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200RDCNT B.5.d Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # X- -

New Question History:SQN bank question RDCNT B.14.d 011 mod for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7/45.7 Comments:

Page 49

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

20. Given the following plant conditions for Unit 2:

Intermediate Range N36 failed high.

Operators placed the level trip bypass switch for N36 to the bypass position.

Subsequently the Reactor trips due to Large Break LOCA.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the operation of source range instruments to be used to monitor the Subcriticality Status Tree?

A. Source Range channel N31 and N32 are automatically reinstated when power decreases below P-10.

B. Source Range channel N31 and N32 are automatically reinstated when power decreases below P-6.

C~ Both Source Range channels, N31 and N32, must be manually reinstated when the operable Intermediate Range channel (N35) decreases below the P-6 setpoint.

D. Both Source Range channels, N31 and N32, must be manually reinstated when the operable Intermediate Range channel (N35) decreases below the P-10 setpoint.

A. Incorrect, Source range channels are not reinstated until the IRMs drop below the P-6 setpoint. With one IRM failed high the SRMs cannot automatically reinstate.

Plausible because there in a P-10 backup to ground the output of the SRMs as power increases causing the SRMs output to read zero. This backup signal is automatically removed as the P-10 clears B. Incorrect, Source range channels are normally reinstated automatically when both of the IRMs drop below the P-6 setpoint. With one IRM failed high the SRMscannot automatically reinstate. Plausible because the SRM trip can be blocked as power increases when one IRM increases above the P-6 setpoint and the candidate could confuse the 1 out of 2 requirement going up with the 2 out of 2 requirement coming down.

C. Correct, with one of the IRMs failed high, manual reinstatement of the SRM is required.

D. Incorrect, SRM are automatically reinstated when the IRM drop below the P-6 setpoint, not below the P-10 setpoint. Plausible because the candidate could mistake the 2 setpoints.

Page 50

1/2008* Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 20 Tier _1_ Group --L KIA 033 G2.4.21 Loss of Intermediate Range NI: Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions including: 1. Reactivity control, 2. Core cooling and heat removal, 3. Reactor Coolant system integrity, 4. Containment Conditions,S.

Radioactivity release control.

Importance Rating: 3.7 I 4.3 Technical

Reference:

AOP-1.0, Nuclear Instument Malfunction, Rev 8 page 9 1,2-47W611-99-2 Rev 13 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-1.01, B.8 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - X --

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified NIS-B.2. 007 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 I 45.12)

Comments:

Page 51

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

21. Given the following:

- Unit 1 is in Mode 6 and currently loading fuel into the core.

- Ice is being blown into the Ice Condenser Baskets.

- A previous cycle fuel assembly is dropped during transfer to its core location.

- Bubbles can be seen rising from the dropped fuel assembly and Area Radiation Monitors go into high alarm.

In accordance with AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, all of the following would be required EXCEPT?

A~ Initiate Control Room Isolation.

B. Evacuate el. 734 Refuel Floor.

C. Initiate Auxiliary Building Isolation.

D. Close 1-78-610, Transfer Tube Wafer Valve.

Could not identify enough plausible distractors to allow elimination of the negative approach in the 'stem of the question.

A. Correct, Not required by procedure.

B. Incorrect, Evacuate Aux Building el. 734 Refuel Floor. To be performed per AOP-M.04 but Plausible due to dropped fuel occurring in the Containment Building and the refuel floor is outside containment.

C. Incorrect, To be performed per AOP-M.04 but Plausible due to dropped fuel occuring in the Containment Building.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if student thinks valve closure would not be required since water level is not dropping.

Page 52

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 21 Tier _1_ Group ~

K/A 036 AK1.01 Fuel Handling Incidents: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Fuel Handling Incidents: Radiation exposure hazards.

Importance Rating: 3.5/4.1 Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, Rev 7 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-M.04 B.5,8 Question Source:

Bank#_-_ _

Modified Bank # _

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

Comments:

Page 53

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

22. Waste Gas Decay Tank J contains high activity gas. Waste Gas Decay Tank J relief valve develops a large flange leak.

Which ONE (1) of the following would identify the response of the Rad Monitors listed?

A. Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE-90-118) would alarm, but the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) would NOT alarm.

B. Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE- 90-118) would alarm, and the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) would alarm.

C~ Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE- 90-118) would NOT alarm, but the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) would alarm.

D. Waste Gas Rad Monitor (RE- 90-118) would NOT alarm, and the Auxiliary Building Ventilation Monitor (RE-90-1 01) NOT alarm.

A. Incorrect, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-1 01. Therefore for flange leakage,90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm. Plausible if student does not understand the relationship between the ventilation system and rad monitors.

B. Incorrect, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-101. Therefore for flange leakage,90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm. Plausible if student does not understand the relationship between the ventilation system and rad monitors.

C. Correct, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-1 0 1. Therefore for flange leakage,90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm.

D. Incorrect, leakage must enter the WGDT release line to pass by waste gas radiation monitor RE-90-118. Flange leakage would not enter this line but rather the general Aux Building Spaces where it would eventually pass by Aux building stack radiation monitor RE-90-101. Therefore for flange leakage,90-118 would not alarm and 90-101 would alarm. Plausible if student does not understand the relationship between the ventilation system and rad monitors.

Page 54

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 22 Tier _1_ Group L K/A 060AA1.02 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to accidental gaseous radwaste: Ventilation system Importance Rating: 2.9 / 3.1 Technical

Reference:

1,2-47W830-4 1,2-47W866-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.GRW, B.5 OPT200.RM, B.4 Question Source:

Bank # - - - -

Modified Bank # _X_ _

New - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, modified from WGDS-B.3.A 006 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6 )

Comments: modified from SQN question WGDS-B.3.A 006 Page 55

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

23. Given the following for Unit 1:

- Plant is at 100 % power.

- Containment entry is in progress for maintenance.

- The following annunciators are locked in.

- LWR PERS ACCESS OUTER DR LOCK

- LWR PERS ACCESS 'INNER DR LOCK

- UPRILWR AIR LOCK BREACH

- Containment pressure has rapidly equalized with the Aux Building .

. . Containment pressure currently indicates 0.18 PSID.

In addition to TS 3.0.3, which ONE (1) of the.following identifies both, a required TS entry AND its associated action statement?

A. Enter TS 3.6.1.4 "INTERNAL PRESSURE" and restore Containment to annulus DP within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

B~ Enter TS 3.6.1.1 "CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY" and restore Containment integrity within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

C. Enter TS 3.6.1 ~3 "CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS" and restore both Containment Access doors to operable status within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

D. Enter TS 3.6.1.2 "SECONDARY CONTAINMENT BYPASS LEAKAGE" and restore Secondary Containment Bypass Leakage within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

A. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know LCO for Containment pressure with question indicating rapid drop in pressure. Containment pressure still within limits of Tech Spec 3.6.1.4 of -0.1 and 0.3 psig.

B. Correct, Due to Not meeting requirements of TS 3.6.1.3 per surveillance requirements of TS 4.6. 1.1 C. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know LCO for Containment Air Locks. There is no 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> action for TS 3.6.1.3 associated with any doors being inoperable.

D. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know that Containment Access doors are not considered bypass leakage paths to the Auxiliary Building.

Page 56

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 23 Tier _1_ Group --L KIA 069 G2.4.45 Loss of CTMT Integrity: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.

Importance Rating: 3.3 I 3.6 Technical

Reference:

0-AR-M12-C page 2,3,4, and 7. Tech Specs 3~6.1.1, 3.6.1.3.

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.CntmtStructure B.5 & 6 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - x ---

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.12)

Comments:

Page 57

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

24. During the performance of FR-C.1, "Inadequate Core Cooling" the operators are directed to start the RCPs if Incore TCs remain >1200°F.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the purpose of starting the RCPs?

A. Provides temporary cooling to the core by forcing single-phase flow through the core.

B~ Provides temporary cooling to the core by forcing two-phase flow through the core.

C. Ensure steam bubbles in the SG U-tubes are removed to maximize heat transfer for cooling the core.

D. Ensure steam bubbles in the RCS intermediate legs are collapsed to minimize RCS flow restrictions for cooling the core.

A. Incorrect, With TCs >1200 F RCS will not be single-phase flow when pumps are started.

B. Correct, Provides temporary cooling to.the core by forcing two-phase flow through the core.

C. Incorrect, Plausible due to flow will pass through the SG U-tubes however two phase flow will be pushed through. Steam bubbles will be entrained in the RCS. Starting the RCPs will not ensure steam, bubbles are removed.

D. Incorrect, Plausible due to starting RCP's will actually clear the water inventory in the intermediate leg and permit circulation of hot gases from the core to the SIG's. The student may equate the formation of a loop seal to stopping any flow through the leg.

Page 58

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 24 Tier _1_ Group L KIA 074 EK3.07 Inadequate Core Cooling: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Inadequate Core Cooling, Starting up emergency feedwater and RCP's Importance Rating: 4.0/4.4 Technical

Reference:

FR-C.1 Step 21 starts RCP's. EPM-3-FR-C.1 for step 21.

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-C.1 B.4 Question Source:

Bank # X- - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank SQN FR-C.1 002 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge __X _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 I 41.10 I 45.6/45.13)

Comments: Some distracters changed Page 59

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

25. Given the following:

- The unit has been at 100% power

- Total primary to secondary leakage is 29 gpd

- Identified RCS leakage is 0.02 gpm

- Unidentified RCS leakage is 0.02 gpm

- Pzr level, VCT level, charging flow, and letdown flow are all stable If fuel failure resulted in a significant increase in RCS activity, which ONE (1) of the following identifies how the identified process rad monitors would respond?

1-RM-90-106 - Lower Containment Radiation Monitor 1-RM-90-119 - Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Rad Monitor 1-RM-90-106 1-RM-90-119 A. Stable Rising B. Stable Stable C~ Rising Rising D. Rising Stable Page 60

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The lower containment radiation monitors will increase concurently with the condenser vacuum pump radiation monitor as described in AOP-R.01.

Plausible if the candidate concludes that the radiation in lower containment will not increase.

B. Incorrect, Both of the radiation monitors will see increased radiation as described in AOP-R.01. Plausible if the candidate concludes that with the radiation in lower containment will not increase and that with the identified leakage numbers that the condenser vacuum pump would not sense the increase.

c. Correct, If a fuel defect occured concurrently with a steam generator tube leak, the lower containment radiation and the radiation sensed at the condenser vacuum pump discharge could increase as described in AOP-R.01, Steam Generator Tube Leak.

D. Incorrect, The condenser vacuum pump radiation monitor, would not be stable, it would increase as described in AOP-R.01. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the radiation in lower containment would rise but also conclude that the condenser vacuum pump would not sense the increase because of the amount of leakage in the question.

Page 61

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 25 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 076AK2.01 High Reactor Coolant Activity: Knowledge of the interrelations between the High Reactor Coolant Activity and the following:

Process Radiation Monitors.

Importance Rating: 2.6/3.0 Technical

Reference:

AOP-R.01, Steam Generator Tube Leakage AOP-R.06, High RCS Activity Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-R.01 B.6 Question Source:

Bank # X- - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM-1/200B, SQN question AOP-R.06-B.0 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5 I 45.5 Comments:

Page 62

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

26. Given the following plant conditions:

- Reactor trip occurred with subsequent loss of RCPs.

- Operators have implemented ES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown" to go to Cold Shutdown.

- A cooldown rate of 25°F/hour has been established.

- RCS depressurization has been initiated.

- RVLIS upper plenum range - 98%.

- The Shift Manager has determined that cooldown shall proceed as quickly as possible due to reduced CST inventory.

Which ONE (1) of the following correctly states the procedure that maximizes the allowable cooldown rate for the provided circumstances and maximum cooldown rate allowed by the procedure?

A. Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown The cooldown limit is 500F/hr B. Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown The cooldown limit is 100oF/hr C. Use ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Voids in Vessel (with RVLIS)

The cooldown limit is 500F/hr D~ Use ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Voids in Vessel (with RVLIS) The cooldown limit is 1000F/hr Page 63

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not remember a transition point to ES-0.3 due to need for cooldown due to low CST inventory and cooldown rate limits for the procedures. Cooldown limit of 50 degrees/hr is the normal cooldown limit on natural circulation however, ES-0.3 allows up to '100 degrees/hr B. Incorrect. Plausible if student does 'not remember a transition point to ES-0.3 due to need for cooldown due to low CST inventory and cooldown rate limits for the procedures. Cooldown limit of 50 degrees/hr is the normal cooldown limit on natural circulation however, ES-0.3 allows up to 100 degrees/hr C. Incorrect. Plausible if student does remember a transition point to ES-0.3 due to SM decision to proceed as quickly as possible due to a condition such as CST inventory and student does not know cooldown rate limit ES-0.3. 50 degrees/hr is the normal cooldown limit on natural circulation and ES-0.3 allows up to 100 degrees/hr D. Correct. The SM decision to proceed as quickly as possible due to a condition such as CST inventory requires transition to ES-0.3. ES-0.3 limits cooldown to 100 degrees/hr Page 64

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 26 Tier _1_ Group ~

K/A W/E09 EA2.1.

Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLIS: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel with/without RVLIS: Facility condition and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

Importance Rating: 3.2 / 3.9 Technical

Reference:

ES-0.2 Rev 15 Step 13 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-0.3 B.4 & 5 Question Source:

Bank# _ _X_ _

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, Reworded from SQN FR-C.2-B.4.C 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 / 45.13)

Comments:

Page 65

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

27. While performing actions of FR-Z.1, "Response to High Containment Pressure", what steps are taken to limit the peak pressure rise in containment in the event of a Main Steam Line Break in containment?

A. Start Ice Condenser Air Handling Units.

B. Dispatch personnel to open Air Return Fan breakers.

C. Throttle all AFW Flow to less than 25 gpm per Steam Generator.

D~ Isolate AFW Flow to any Steam Generator depressurizing in an uncontrolled manner.

A. Incorrect. Plausible due to concept of starting Ice Condenser Air Handling Units may help cool containment thus reducing containment pressure. Step 12 directs opening of Ice Condenser AHU Breakers so option to start Ice Condenser Air Handling Units is wrong.

B. Incorrect. Plausible due to requirement to check one containment air return fan running. Since there is a step to open the Ice Condenser AHU Breakers the student may mistake the opening on the Ice Condenser Air Handling Unit Breakers with Containment Air Return Fan breakers.

C. Incorrect. Plausible due to throttling feedwater would reduce inventory going into containment thus minimizing steam release pressure rise in containment. Step 10 (If all S/Gs faulted then control feed flow to greater than or equal to 25 gpm to each S/G to prevent dryout).

D. Correct. Step 11 Isolates feed flow to affected S/G. This step may eliminate mass and energy releases to the containment.

Page 66

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 27 Tier _1_ Group L KIA W/E14 EA2.2 High Containment Pressure: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Containment Pressure: Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.

Importance Rating: 3.3 I 3.8 Technical

Reference:

FR-Z.1 High Containment Pressure EPM-3-FR-Z.1 Basis Document for FR-Z.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-Z.1 B.6 Question Source:

Bank# _ _X_ _

Modified Bank # - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Braidwood Unit 1, NRC Exam given 7/17/2002.

Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 I 45.13)

Comments:

Page 67

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

28. Given the following:

- Unit 1 is at 32°10 power.

- *1 B Start Bus trips out on differential relay actuation.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the plant response?

A~ Reactor trips due to the loss of power to RCP #2 and RCP #4.

B. Reactor trips due to the loss of power to RCP #1 and RCP #3.

C. Only the 1B-B DIG starts and connects to the 1B-B 6.9 KV SD Bd.

D. All 4 DIGs start but ONLY the 1B-B DIG connects to the 6.9 KV SD Bd.

A. Correct. UV due to 1a Start Bus trip on RCP#2 and 4 meets 2 of 4 logic for a reactor trip under 35%' RTP.

a. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not know power supplies to RCP's 1 and 3 comes through Start bus 1A and student understands Reactor will trip under 35%

RTP.

C. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not understand trip logic under 35% RTP. This part is plausible due to 1a start bus loss of power and student understands loss of power to SID boards will start EDG's. The student may think only the 1a DIG would start due to 1a start bus loss of power and connect to the 1a SO ad. All 4 DIG start, but only the 1A would connect which is the wrong DIG identified in the distractor. 1a start bus feeds 1A shutdown boards.

.0. Incorrect. Plausible if student does not understand trip logic under 35% RTP. This part is plausible due to 1a start bus loss of power and student understands loss of power to SID boards will start EDG's. The student may know ALL EDG's start but confuse which EDG would connect with the Shutdown boards. All 4 DIG start, but only the 1A would connect which is the wrong DIG per the answer listed. 1a start bus feeds 1A shutdown board.

Page 68

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 28 Tier L Group _1_

KIA 003 K3.04 Reactor Coolant Pump System: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RCPS will have on the following, RPS.

Importance Rating: 3.9 I 4.2 Technical

Reference:

611-99 drawings Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RCP B.4, 5 Question Source:

Bank # - -X- - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SON Bank RCP-B.10.A Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 I 45.6)

Comments: Changed all distracters to increase the plausibility, Changed initial power level from 30% to 32%. Student may know logic but misunderstand setpoint as 30%. To ensure student knows the setpoint for power, power was increased 2%.

Page 69

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

29. During a plant shutdownlcooldown, which ONE (1) of the following describes the earliest condition required to perform Hydrogen Peroxide (H 202 ) addition to the RCS with one RCP running, and the reason for the addition of Hydrogen Peroxide?

Condition Reason A. RCS Temp Less Than 250°F Lower the corrosion rate of the RCS provided RHR is in service B. RCS Temp Less Than 250°F Minimize Dose in Steam Generator provided RHR is in service area C. RCS Temp Less Than 180°F Lower the corrosion rate of the ReS D~ RCS Temp Less Than 180°F Minimize Dose in Steam Generator area A. Incorrect. Plausible due to the Dissolved Oxygen Technical requirement limit not being applicable below 250 degrees and the addition of Hydrogen Peroxide occurs after RHR is in service. Since adding Hydrogen Peroxide will change ph, student may may Interpret this as affecting the corrosion rate. Corrosion rate is affected for a short time by actually raising the rate due to higher oxygen levels in RCS and ph change.

B. Incorrect. Plausible due to the Dissolved Oxygen Technical requirement limit not being applicable below 250 degrees and the addition of Hydrogen Peroxide occurs after RHR is in service. Minimizing Dose in Steam Generator area is correct per note in procedure.

C. Incorrect. Plausible due to correct temp listed but reason incorrect. Since adding Hydrogen Peroxide will change ph, student may may interpret this as affecting the corrosion rate. Corrosion rate is affected for a short time by actually raising the rate due to higher oxygen levels in RCS and ph change.

D. Correct. Per 0-GO-7. Note: Any temperature less than 180F with at least one RCP running. This minimizes the dose in the Steam Generator area.

Page 70

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 29 Tier --L Group _1_

KIA 003 G2.3.10 Reactor Coolant Pump: Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.

Importance Rating: 2.9 I 3.3 Technical

Reference:

O-GO-7 Section 5.5 Step 8 Note.

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 GO-7 B.1 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - x --

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.4 I 45.10)

Comments:

Page 71

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

30. Given the following:

Unit 1 at 100 % power Letdown in service at 75 gpm Which ONE (1) of the following lists two conditions where BOTH would result in a decrease in the available NPSH to the CCPs?

(Evaluate each condition separately)

Condition 1 Condition 2 A. VCT Level transmitter, Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-77, 1-LT-62-130A fails Low Letdown Flow Isolation B~ VCT Level transmitter Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-93, 1-LT-62-130A fails High Charging Flow Control C. Raising setpoint on Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-118, 1-TCV-70-192, Letdown Letdown Divert to HUT LCV Heat Exchanger TCV D. Lowering setpoint on Loss of air to 1-FCV-62-79, 1-TCV-70-192, Letdown Mixed Bed High Temp Bypass Heat Exchanger TCV Page 72

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, the level transmitter failing low would result in automatic makeup to the VCT and cause the VCT pressure to rise causing an increase in NPSH to the CCP. Plausible because the candidate may not realize that the failure cause the auto make-up and how that would affect VCT pressure. Condition 2 is correct in that letdown would isolate lowering level in the VCT.

B. Correct, the level transmitter failing high would result in the divert valve opening cause the VCT pressure to drop causing an decrease in NPSH to the CCP. Loss of air to the Charging Flow Control valve will cause the valve to fail open thus raising charging flow and increasing the head loss through the piping due to higher velocity, thus lowering NPSH.

C. Incorrect, raising the setpoint on the letdown heat exchanger TCV would cause the temperature in the VCT to rise while the VCT pressure remained unchanged, thus decreasing the NPSH to the CCPs. Loss of air to the Letdown Divert to HUT LCV causes the valve to fail in the VCT position therefore not affecting VCT level or NPSH to the CCPs. Plausible because the candidate could get confused on which way the changes effect letdown or not know which way the valve fails on loss of air.

D. Incorrect, lowering the setpoint on the letdown heat exchanger TCV would cause the VCT temperature to drop, thus raising the NPSH to the ch,arging pumps. However, Loss of air to the Mixed Bed High Temp Bypass will cause the valve to fail in the bypass position and ha\(e no effect on VCT level or NPSH to the charging pump. Plausible because the candidate could get confused on which way the change of the setpoint effects letdown or the effect of the failure of the Mixed Bed High Temp Bypass valve.

Page 73

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 30 Tier --L Group _1_

KIA 004 K5.26 Chemical and Volume Control: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the CVCS: Relationship between VCT pressure and NPSH for Charging pumps.

Importance Rating: 3.1 / 3.2 Technical

Reference:

1-47W611-62-1 1-47W611-62-2 1-47W611-62-3 1-47W611-62-4 1-47W611-70-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.CVCS B.4, & 5 Question Source:

Bank# - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - -

New - - x ---

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 / 45.7)

Comments:

Page 74

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

31. Given the following plant conditions:

- Reactor power is stable at 66% with Tave on program

- The pressurizer level control system is in Automatic Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the pressurizer level control setpoint?

D. 600/0 Page 75

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Justification:

Candidate should realize that at 66% power and Tavg on program, the pressurizer level should be 66% of the pressuirzer level span added back to the Zero power level setpoint.

66%(60 - 24.7) + 24.7= 47.998 = 48%

Because Tavg determines pressurizer level, another method the candidate might choose is determine the Tavg change and then determine pressurizer level change.

Per TI-28 page 10 with reactor power 66%, Tavg should be between 567 and 568 degrees F.

Per Table in AOP-C.01 Appendix A with Rx power at 66%. Tavg should be 567.6 degrees F and pressurizer level should be 48%

If Tavg calculated using data in TI-28, Attachment 9,

% Rx power ( Full power Tavg - Zero power Tavg)+ Zero power Tavg 66% (578.2 - 547) + 547= 20.592 + 547 = 567.592 If Pressurizer level setpoint calculated using data in TI-28, Attachment 9, with Tavg change of 20.592 divided by total Tavg change from 0 to 100% power then multiplied by change in pressurizer level from 0 to 100% power and added back to the minimum pressurizer level (20.592/31.2)( 60%-24.7%) +24.7= 47.998 = 48%

A. Incorrect, Plausible if the level setpoint at zero power is multiplied by the % power instead of the change in pressurizer level (35.3) 66%(24.7) + 24.7 = 41.002 = 41%

B. Incorrect, Plausible if the change in Tavg (31.2) is used instead of the change in pressurizer level (35.3) 66%(31.2) + 24.7= 42.292% = 45%

C. Correct, 66%(60 - 24.7) + 24.7 = 47.998 = 48%

D. Incorrect, Plausible if the change in pressurizer level from 0 to 100% power is divided by the % change in power instead of multiplied.

35.3 / .66 = 53.485 = 53%

Page 76

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 31 Tier --L Group _1_

KIA 004 A3.08 Chemical and Volume Control: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CVCS, including: Reactor Power Importance Rating: 3.9/3.9 Technical

Reference:

TI-28 Rev 212 Pg 10 Rx Power vs RX Temp.

TI-28, Attachment 9, Effective Date 6/28/07 page 14 AOP-C.01 R17, Appendix A, Tavg/Tref and Pzr Level Program Values Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRLCS B.3.d Question Source:

x Bank # - - - -

Modified Bank # _

New - - - - -

Question History: SEQ Bank # PZR LEVEL 7, SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 145.5)

Comments: Changed wording in the stem and power level of the reactor. change value in distractor A,B and C.

Page 77

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

32. Unit 1 is currently in Mode 3 with a shutdown to Mode 5 underway. Which ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies the administrative temperature limit and the electrical interlock for opening 1-FCV-74-1 & 2, RHR Loop 4 Hot Leg Isolation valves in accordance with 0-SO-74-1, Residual Heat Removal System?

A. <235°F administrative limit, 350 psiq electrical. interlock B. <235°F administrative limit, 380 psig electrical interlock C. <350°F administrative limit, 350 psig electrical interlock D~ <350°F administrative limit, 380 psig electrical interlock Page 78

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 GO-7, Rev 48 Limitation B.

The RCS pressure and temperature should NOT exceed 350 psig or 235°F when the RHR system is in service. RCS pressure and temperatue shall NOT exceed 380 psig or 350°F when FCV-74-1 & -2 are open.

0-SO-74-1 Rev 64, Section 5.5.1 CAUTION prior to step 6 Unit must be in Mode 4 <<350°F) prior to performing the remainder of this section. Refer to LCO 3.5.3 NOTE prior to step 10 Pressure interlocks prevent FCV-74-1 and FCV-74-2 from being opened until RCS pressure is less than 380 psig.

Step 11 unlocks the breakers and restores power to FCV-74-1 and FCV-74-2 and subsequent steps open the valves.

A. Incorrect, The eaministretive temperature limit is <350°F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig. Plausible because both the values listed are identified in 0-GO-7 as the values the temperature and pressure should not exceed when RHR is in service.

B. Incorrect, The administrative temperature limit is <350°F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig., Plausible because the temperature value listed is identified in 0-GO-7 as the value the temperature a should not exceed when RHR is in service and the pressure value listed is the correct value of the interlock.

C. Incorrect, The administrative temperature limit is <350°F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig. Plausible because the pressure value listed is identified in 0-GO-7 as the value the pressure should not exceed when RHR is in service and the temperature value listed in the correct value of the administrative limit.

D. Correct, The administrative temperature limit is <350°F and the electrical interlock is 380 psig as identified in 0-SO-74-1.

Page 79

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 32 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 005 A4.03 Residual Heat Removal: Ability to manually operate and lor monitor in the control room:

RHR Temperature, PZR Heaters and Flow, and nitrogen.

Importance Rating:' 2~8 I 2.7 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-74.1, RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM, Rev 64 0-GO-7, Rev 48 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RHR B.4 Question Source:

Bank # X Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank RHR-B.12.G 008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8)

Comments: SQN bank question RHR-B.12.G 008 - changed the pressure value in 2 distractors and changed wording in the stem but not enough to call modified.

Page 80

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

33. Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the response of the Eagle-21 system and SSPS if containment sump swapover level criteria is met with a valid Safety Injection signal present?

Eagle-21 SSPS A. bistables de-energize input relays de-energize B. bistables de-energize input relays energize C. bistables energize input relays de-energize D~ bistables energize input relays energize A. Incorrect, Eagle-21 bistables do not de-energize, and the SSPS input relays do not de-energize. Plausible if the candidate confuses or is not aware which way the bistables/relays respond (energize or de-energize) to the containment sump swapover level criteria being met.

B. Incorrect, Eagle-21 bistables do not de-energize, but the SSPS input relays do. not energize. Plausible if the candidate confuses or is not aware which way the bistables/relays respond (energize or de-energize) to the containment sump swapover level criteria being met.

C. Incorrect, Eagle-21 bistables do energize, but the SSPS input relays do not de-energize. Plausible if the candidate confuses or is not aware which way the bistables/relays respond (energize or de-energize) to the containment sump swapover level criteria being met.

D. Correct, The Eagle-21 bistables would energize if the containment sump swapover level criteria being met, and SSPS inputs relays would energize to cause the logic circuitry to actuate the master relay in the SSPS system.

Page 81

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 33 Tier --L Group 1 KIA 006 K1.02 Emergency Core Cooling System: Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationship between the ECCS and the following systems: ESFAS Importance Rating: 4.3/4.6 Technical

Reference:

FSAR, Section 7.2 and 7.3 1-47W61 0-63-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RPS, B.3 OPT200.EAGLE21, B.3 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # x _

New - - - - -

Question History:SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 SQN Bank RPS-B.2 002 which has been modified.

Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.2 to 41.9/ 45.7 to 45.8)

Comments:

Page 82

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

34. Given the following:

- Unit 1 was operating at 100% power when a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred.

Shortly after the the SI actuation the following conditions were observed:

- Annunciator 1-RA-90-59A RX BLDG AREA RAD MON HIGH RAD in alarm.

- Radiation rising on:

- Rx Bldg Access Hatch - Upper, 1-RM-90-59

- Rx Bldg Personnel Lock - Upper, 1-RM-90-60

- Rx Bldg Instr Rm - Lower, 1-RM-90-61 Additionally the following annunciators were noted as being in alarm:

- TS-68-309 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK TEMP HIGH

- TS-30-31 LOWER COMPT TEMP HIGH

- TS-30-241 LOWER COMPT MOISTURE HI

- LS-63-104 CONTAINMENT SUMP FULL

- PS-68-301 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK PRESSURE HIGH alarmed and cleared.

Which ONE (1) of the following could result in these conditions, assuming NO operator action was taken?

A. #2 seal on RCP #4 failed B~ Pressurizer safety valve, 1-68-568, failed open C. Reactor Vessel Head inner O-ring fails D. Reactor head vent throttle valve, 1-FCV-68-396, failed open Page 83

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to #1 sealleakoff would be routed to the PRT, but if the #2 seal failed the flow would not be to the PRT, it would be to the standpipe.

B. Correct, Lift if the Pressurizer safety valve would pressurize the PRT and rupture the Disc. Steam and redioective fluid/steam would then be spread in containment.

C. Incorrect,Plausible due to radiation would increase at the seal table, This does not relieve to the PRT and conditions in PRT would not be as stated in the question stem.

D. Incorrect, Plausible because the Vent line is routed to the PRT failure of 1 valve in the vent line would not result in flow to the PRT due to another normally closed valve in series.

Page 84

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 34 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 007 K3.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the PRTS will have on the following: Containment Importance Rating: 3.3 I 3.6 Technical

Reference:

1-47W809-1 Rev 74, 1,2-47w813~1 Rev 52, 0-AR-M12-A Rev 51, 1-AR-M6-C Rev 32, 1-AR-M5-C Rev 18, 1-AR-M5-A Rev 31',

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS B.3, B.4.i Question Source:

Bank#_X _

Modified Bank # - - - -

New - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, Bank KEWAUNEE 2/2/06 exam Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.-7 I 45.6 Comments:

Page 85

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

35. Given the following:

Unit 2 is operating at 100 % RTP.

6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> into the shift annunciator WINDOW "LS-68-300AlB PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK LEVEL HI-LOW" ALARMS and locks in on 2-XA-55-5A annunciator panel.

- The level indicator on M-5 indicates the level to be 72%.

Redundant instrumentation in the Aux Control room shows the PRT level to be 72%.

PRT temperature and pressure are verified to be the same as at shift turnover.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies th.e condition of the PRT and the required crew actions as a result of the level alarm?

A. The PRT level alarm is valid, entry into AOP-R.05, RCS Leak and Leak Source Identification is required.

B. The PRT level alarm is valid, entry into AOP-R.05, RCS Leak and Leak Source Identification is NOT required.

C. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-1 , the maximum time that maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid alarm is 7 days, at which time the alarm is required to be cleared/disabled.

DY- The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-1, the maximum time that maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid alarm is 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, at which time the alarm is required to be cleared/disabled.

Page 86

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to level in tank is on the high end but not at the alarm setpoint and adjusting lowering level to clear alarm is plausible due to dark board requirements-. High alarm does not come in until 88%, action would be required if the level was high.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to level in tank is on the high end but not at the alarm setpoint and performing a leakrate is plausible due to ReS leakage could be going into this tank. High alarm does not come in until 88%, action would be required if the level was high.

C. Incorrect, Plausible due to high alarm does not come in until 88%, whic is correct however if alarm condition NOT corrected within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> initiate actions to have alarm cleared/disabled. This answer states 7 days vs 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. i.e.,Per OPDP-1 (a nuisance alarm is an alarm that challenges crew communications or performance) since this alarm is not a nuisance and there is no 7 day requirement for nuisance alarms this answer is incorrect.

D. Correct, The PRT level alarm is false. The High alarm does not come in until 88% . Per OPDP-1 "Initiate a WO and if alarm condition NOT corrected within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> initiate actions to have alarm cleared/disabled".

Page 87

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 35 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 007G2.1.1 Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements.

Importance Rating: 3.7/3.8 Technical

Reference:

OPDP-1 2-AR-M5-A Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 C209 B.23 OPT200.RCS B.4, & 5 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.10/45.13 Comments:

Page 88

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

36. Given the following;

- Both Units in service at 100 % RTP.

- C-S Component Cooling Water (CCS) Pump is in service.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies requirements prior to, and after, transferring C-S CCS Pump power supply manual throwover switch to ALTERNATE?

Prior to the After the transfer transfer A~ Pump must be shutdown 1A-A DG declared INOPERABLE B. Pump must be shutdown 28-B DG declared INOPERABLE C. Alternate feeder supply 1A-A DG declared breaker must be closed INOPERABLE D. Alternate feeder supply 28-B DG declared breaker must be closed INOPERABLE Page 89

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam.

02/08/2008 A. Correct, Per 0-SO-70-1, Pump must be shutdown prior to transfer and the alternate feeder supply breaker must be OPEN prior to operating manual throwover switch. Per DIG 1A-A must be considered INOPERABLE if Train A supply breaker is placed in service per 0-SO-70-1 precautions and limitations.

B. Incorrect, Pump must be shutdown. Train A supply breaker for C-S CCS pump is no longer tested in 1-SI-OPS-082-026.A. Therefore, load shedding and sequencing functions associated with Train A supply breaker are inoperable. DIG 1A-A must be considered INOPERABLE if Train A supply breaker is placed in service per 0-SO-70-1 precautions and limitations. Plausible because 2B-8 is the normal supply.

c. Incorrect,Plausible since transferring to alternate the student may think the Alternate feeder supply needs to be closed prior to manual transfer. 1A-A DG would be declared INOP as identified in Distractor B.

D. Incorrect, Plausible since transferring to alternate stude may think Alternate feeder supply needs to be closed prior to manual transfer.

Plausible because 28-B is the normal supply.

Page 90

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 36 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 008 K4.07 Knowledge of CCWS design feature(s) andlor interlock(s) which provide for the following: Operation of the CCW swing-bus power supply and its associated breakers and controls Importance Rating: 2.6/2.7 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-70-1 Component Cooling Water System "B'Train Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200CCS B.4.b,c,g Question Source:

Bank # - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - -

New - X- - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments:

Page 91

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

37. Given the following:

Unit 2 was operating at 100 % power.

- The Loop 1 pressurizer spray valve controller failed causing the spray valve to fully open.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the response of the PZR pressure control system to these conditions? (Assume No Operator Actions taken)

A. Master controller output would INCREASE.

PZR pressure would be maintained above the Reactor Trip setpoint.

B. Master controller output would INCREASE.

PZR pressure would decrease to the Reactor Trip setpoint.

C. Master controller.output would DECREASE.

PZR pressure would be maintained above the Reactor Trip setpoint.

D~ Master controller output would DECREASE.

PZR pressure would decrease to the Reactor Trip setpoint.

Page 92

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The output of the master controller increases as pressure goes high, not as pressure drops below setpoint. to turn on heaters not increasing, but with the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur. Plausible if the candidate knowing that the heaters should be turned on but confuses the direction of the change in the output of the master controller or believes the the heaters coming on would prevent the pressure from continuing to drop to the reactor trip setpoint.

B. Incorrect, The output of the master controller increases as pressure goes high, not as pressure drops below setpoint. to turn on heaters not increasing, but with the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur. Plausible if the candidate knowing that the heaters should be turned on but confuses the direction of the change in the output of the master controller and knows that the heaters coming on would not prevent the pressure from continuing to drop to the reactor trip setpoint.

C. Incorrect, The output of the master controller does decrease as the pressure drops below setpoint to turn on heaters, but with the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor, trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur. Plausible if the candidate knowing that the heaters should be turned on and which direction the output of the master controller would change, but believes the the heaters coming on would prevent the pressure from continuing to drop to the reactor trip setpoint.

D. Correct, The pressurizer pressure will be dropping due to the spray valve being open. As the lower pressure is compared to the setpoint pressure, the output of the master controller will start dropping to turn on heaters.

With the spray valve fully open, the heaters would not be able to terminate the pressure drop, and a reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure would occur.

Page 93

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 37 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 010 K6.03 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the PZR PCS: PZR sprays and heaters Importance Rating: 3.2 I 3.6 Technical

Reference:

1-,2-27W611-68-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS B.11.a Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank #_X_ _

New - - - - -

Question History: SON NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified PZR PRESS-B.11 005 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 /45.7 Comments:

Page 94

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

38. Given the following events and conditions:

Unit 1 was operating at 60% power.

Pressurizer pressure decreased to 1940 psig.

The SSPS Train A Low Pressurizer Pressure trip logic failed to actuate.

Which ONE (1) of the following identify the status of the trip coils on the reactor trip breakers RTA and RTB when the reactor trips?

RTA RTB 48vUV 120v Shunt trip coil trip coil A. Energized De-energized B~ Energized Energized C. De-energized De-energized D. De-energized Energized Page 95

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 As stated in FSAR 7.2.1.1...

For a reactor trip, 1) a loss of DC voltage to the undervoltage coil releases the trip plunger and 2) the shunt trip coil energizes, either of which will trip open the breaker.

In this question the Train B SSPS generates a trip and de-energizes the "B' reactor trip breaker (RTA) undervoltage coil and energizes its shunt trip coil.

However the Train A SSPS does not generate a trip, therefore, the ~'

reactor trip breaker (RTB) undervoltage coil will not be de-energized and its shunttrip coil will not be energized.

A. Incorrect, the status of the RTA coils' is correct, the status of RTB coils is incorrect, Plausible if the candidate does reverses the status of the coils or incorrectly identifies which coils are normally energized and how they function to cause a trip.

B. Correct, The Train A SSPS does not generate a trip, therefore, the breaker RTA undervoltage coil will be energized and its shunt trip coil will de-energized. The Train B SSPS generates a trip de-energizing breaker RTB undervoltage coil and energizing its shunt trip coil.

. C. Incorrect, the status of the RTA and RTB coils is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate incorrectly identifies which coils are normally energized and how they function to cause a trip.

D. Incorrect, the status of the RTA coils is incorrect, the status of RTB coils is correct, Plausible if the candidate does reverses the status of the coils or incorrectly identifies which coils are normally energized and how they function to cause a trip.

Page 96

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 38 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 012 K4.04 Reactor Protection system Knowledge of RPS design feature(s) andlor interlock(s)which provide for the following: Redundancy Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.3 Technical

Reference:

FSAR 7.2.1.1 45N699-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RPS B.5.d & B.4.d Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - x ---

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments:

Page 97

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

39. The Unit 1 operating crew is responding to a reactor trip due to a loss of 120V AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the plant response if PZR pressure transmitter 1-PT-68-334 (Channel II) failed LOW with no operator action?

A. SI master relays on both trains of SSPS would actuate AND both trains of ECCS equipment would start.

B~ SI master relays on both trains of SSPS would actuate AND only "B" train ECCS equipment would start.

C. Only the "B" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND both trains of ECCS equipment would start.

D. Only the "B" train SSPS SI master relays would actuate AND only "B" train ECCS equipment would start.

Page 98

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized (Channel 1), the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have a power supply. Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays.

B. Correct, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, with the 1-1 AC vital Instrument Power Board deenergized, the slave relays that control the Train A equipment will not have power.

C. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via the auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.

Plausible if the candidate mistakes the source of the power supply or thinks that the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet provides power to the slave relays instead of the master relays.

D. Incorrect, Master Relays on both trains will have power. Train A from Channel III via an auctioneering circuit, however, Channel 1 is the only power supply for the slave relays that control the Train A equipment.

Plausible if the candidate mistakes the function of the circuit that auctioneers power in the logic cabinet.

Page 99

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 39 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 013K2.01 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

ESFAS/safeguards equipment control Importance Rating: 3.6 I 3.8 Technical

Reference:

47W611-63-1 Rev 4, AOP-P.03 Rev19, 0-80-99-1 Att1, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RPS B.4 & 5 Question Source:

Bank #-X- - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank RPS-B.9.A 002 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments: Bank question RPS-B.9.A 002 with minor format & wording change Page 100

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

40. Given the following:

Both Units in service at 100 % RTP.

Upper Compartment Cooling Units A-A and B-B are in service on both units.

Compare the effects of the inadvertent closing of the Lower Compartment Cooling Unit (LCCU) valves listed:

Unit 1, LCCU 1A-A ERCW Inlet FCV (Outboard), 1-FCV-67-107 Unit 2, LCCU 2A-A ERCW Inlet FCV (Outboard), 2-FCV-67-107 If both of the valves were closed, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the effect on the Upper Containment temperature on the respective unit(s) and the mitigation strateqy, if any?

A. Upper containment temperature would RISE on Units 1 and 2.

No additional cooling unit would be available to be placed in service for either Unit.

B. Upper containment temperature would RISE on Units 1 and 2.

0-80-30-4, Upper Compartment Cooling Units, would be used to place additional coolers In service on both Units.

C~ Upper containment temperature would RISE on Unit 1 only.

No additional cooling unit would be available to be placed in service for this Unit.

D. Upper containment temperature would RISE on Unit 1 only.

0-SO-30-4, Upper Compartment-Cooling Units, would be used to place additional coolers in service for this Unit.

Page 101

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to U1 temperature would rise but Unit 2 temperature would remain constant. Unit 1 ERCW supply to UCCU comes from the line to the LCCU supply but Unit 2 supply is a separate line entering containment. Additional cooling units are not available.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to U1 temperature would rise but Unit 2 temperature would remain constant. Unit 1 ERCW supply to UCCU comes from the line to the LCCU supply but Unit 2 supply is a separate line entering containment. Additional cooling units are not available.

C. Correct, Unit 1 only has 2 UCCU and the ERCW is supplied from the line to the LCCU. Additional cooling units are not available.

D. Incorrect, Plausible because the Temp rise would be on Unit 1 only but additional cooling units are not available.

Page 102

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 40 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 022 A2.04 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of service water Importance Rating: 2.9/3.2 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-30-4, Upper Compartment Cooling Units Drawing 1(2)-47W845-3 ERCW Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.ERCW B.4, 5 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New _X_ _

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5 / 43.5/ 45.3 / 45.13 Comments:

Page 103

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

41. Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a provision of the containment ice condenser design that increases the ice condenser's ability to remove heat during a small break LOCA?

A. Melted ice is directed away from the inlet doors and toward drain lines by turning vanes.

B. One out of every two ice bays has a drain which directs melted ice away from the inlet doors. (Only half of the total have drains)

C¥' Inlet doors have proportioning springs to modulate door opening which equalizes air/steam flow through each ice bay.

D. Intermediate deck doors have proportioning springs to modulate door opening which equalizes air/steam flow through each ice bay.

A. Incorrect, Turning vanes direct air/steam flow not water drainage. Plausible if candidate confused the purpose of the turning vanes. From FSAR test results show that containment final peak pressure is not affected by drain performance.

B. Incorrect, All of the bays do not have drains but more than half does.

Plausible if the candidate believes only half of the bays have drains. From FSAR test results show that containment final peak pressure is not affected by drain performance.

c. Correct, The door panels are provided with tension spring mechanisms that produce a small closing torque on the door panels as they open. The zero load position of the spring mechanisms is set such that, with zero differential pressure across the door panels, the gasket holds the door slightly open.

This setting provides assurance that all doors will be open slightly, upon removal of cold air head, therefore eliminating significant inlet maldistribution for very small incidents.

D. Incorrect, the springs are on the inlet doors, not the intermediate doors.

Plausible because the intermediate doors do open when pressure builds up in the ice condenser bay.

Page 104

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 41 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 025 K5.02 Knowledge of operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ice condenser system: Heat transfer Importance Rating: 2.6 I 2.8 Technical

Reference:

FSAR 6.5- pages 35,36,6,7 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200lCE B.1 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # X- -

New - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, WBN Bank SYS061A.03 004 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5 I 45.7 Comments:

Page 105

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

42. Given the following:

Unit 1 has experienced a Reactor TripI Safety Injection due to a LOCA.

- The operating crew is implementing the Emergency Instructions and preparing to align the suction of the Containment Spray Pumps to the containment sump.

Before 1-FCV-72-23, Containment Spray Pump 1A Suction From Containment Sump, would be opened, the water level in the containment sump would have to be at least __ because of _

A. 8%;

the interlock associated with 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation.

B. 8%;

the interlock associated with 1-FCV-72-22, Containment Spray Pump 1A Suction From RWST.

C~ 11%;

the interlock associated with 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation.

D.11 % ;

the interlock associated with 1-FCV-72-22, Containment Spray Pump 1A Suction From RWST.

Page 106

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible due to 8% is the level in the RWST that is one of the two conditions that initiate the manual transfer of the containment spray pump suction to the containment sump. 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. the automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to 8% is the level in the RWST that is one of the two conditions that initiate the manual transfer of the containment spray pump suction to the containment sump. The containment spray pump suction from the RWST is not interlocked with a containment sump level. 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. The automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.

C. Correct, 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. The automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.

D. Incorrect, Plausible due to minimum level is correct however, the associated interlock is with opening of the RHR suction valve. The 1-FCV-74-3, RHR Pump 1A Suction Isolation, which is interlocked with the Containment sump suction to the RHR pumps. The automatic swapover for the RHR suction is 11%.

Page 107

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 42 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 026 K4.07 Knowledge of CSS design featurets) andlor interlock(s) which provide for the foliowing:Adequate level in containment sump for suction (interlock)

Importance Rating: 3.8 I 4.1 Technical

Reference:

ES-1.3, Transfer to the Containment Sump 1-47W611-72-1 Rev 9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ES-1.3 B.2 OPT200.CS B.4.g Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # _X_

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Modified CSS 002.

Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments:

Page 108

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

43. Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 in service at 100 % power.

Due to the Normal feeder breaker to 6.9kV Shutdown Board 1B-B inadvertently opening, 1B-B Diesel Generator started and energized the board.

One hour later, the following occurs:

- At 1405 a steamline break occurs inside containment.

Containment pressure is 3 psig and rising.

- At 1407 the CRO observes that 1B-B Containment Spray Pump ammeter reads

'0' amps and the only light LIT above the handswitch is the GREEN light.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the current status of the 1B-B Containment Spray Pump AND the correct operator response or reason for current status?

A. Pump should be running but has failed to auto start.

Immediately start 1B-B Containment Spray Pump after verifying sequencer has timed out.

B. Pump should be running but has failed to auto start.

Verify 1B-B DIG loading available, then start 1B-B Containment Spray Pump.

C. Pump status is currently correct.

UVX and UVY relays are preventing start of the 1B-B Containment Spray Pump.

D~ Pump status is currently correct.

Blackout timer has NOT timed out to start the 1B-B Containment Spray Pump.

Page 109

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The Containment Spray Pump has not failed to start. It should not be running with the stated conditions. The timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. Plausible because the 1B-B Shutdown Board experienced the blackout over an hour earlier, the student may think timer should already be timed out, which would result in the pump starting immediately when the containment pressure reached the setpoint. Starting the pump could cause a overload on the diesel generator if another pump auto started at the same time as the manual start.

B. Incorrect, the Containment Spray Pump has not failed to start. It should not be running with the stated conditions. The timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. Plausible because the 1B-B Shutdown Board experienced the blackout over an hour earlier, the student may think timer should already be timed out, which would result in the pump starting immediately when the containment pressure reached the setpoint. Verifying DIG loading prior to starting the pump is an action taken later when adding loads to a board supplied by a diesel generator but with the conditions given the time sequencer is still loading the board. Starting the pump could cause a overload on the diesel generator if another pump auto started at the same time as the manual start.

C. Incorrect, While the Containment Spray Pump should not be running with the stated conditions, the reason is not because the UVX and UVY relays are preventing the start of the pump. These relays cause the load shedding of the pump when the board voltage is lost. After the board is reenergized these relays will allow the pump to restart when the blackout timer has timed out. The BOX and BOY relays are blocking the automatic start until the 180 second time delay elapses. The timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. Plausible the student may know the UVX and UVY relays function during a blackout but confuse the function and purpose of the UVX and UVY relay functions during the blackout condition sequence.

D. Correct, The Containment Spray Pump should not be running with the stated conditions. The loading sequence time to start the pump is 180 seconds and while some equipment timers start when the board voltage is restored, the spray pump timer does not start until both the voltage is restored and the containment pressure reaches 2.81 psig. Since only 2 minutes have elapsed, the timer to start the pump is active but has not timed out. The pump should start when the timer sequence when reached.

Page 110

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 43 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 026 G2.4.48 Containment Spray System: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.

Importance Rating: 3.5 I 3.8 Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.01, Loss of Offsite Power, Rev 22 Appendix 8, 1,2-45N765-1 R16, ,1 ,2-45N765-3 R22; 1,2-45N765-5 R14, 1,2-45N765-7 R16, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 C368, 8.4 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # X- - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SON NRC Exam 1/2008, SON Bank Modified CSS-B.10 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.4/45.12 Comments:

Page 111

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

44. Given the following:

- Unit 1 is 1% power.

- The OATC inadvertently lowers the Steam Dump controller setpoint.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a parameter that requires monitoring for Tech Spec LCO entry conditions, AND if reached, what the required action would be as stated in the Tech Spec action?

Parameter Tech Spec Action A':' RCS Tave < 541°F Restore within its limit within 15 min B. RCS Tave < 541°F Restore within its limit within 30 min C. RCS Pressure < 2200 psia Restore within its limit within 5 min D. RCS Pressure < 2200 psia Restore within its limit within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> A. Correct, Tech Spec 3.1. 1.4 is applicable in this mode. RCS Tave required to be .::: 541 degrees and action is to restore within 15 min B. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.1.1.4 is applicable in this mode. RCS Tave required to be.::: 541 degrees and action is to restore within 15 min. The action is incorrect. Plausible due to there is a 30 min surveillance requirement if the Tavg- Tref Deviation alarm is not reset.

C. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.2.5 is not applicable in given plant parameters.

Plausible due to RCS pressure will drop as RCS temperature drops and 5 minutes is plausible due to action for HIGH RCS pressure at lower modes.

D. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.2.5 is not applicable in given plant parameters. Plausible due to RCS pressure will drop as RCS temperature drops and 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> would be correct if the Tech Spec would have been applicable.

Page 112

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 44 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 039 A1.05 Main and Reheat Steam System: Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MRSS controls including: RCS T-ave Importance Rating: 3.2 I 3.3 Technical

Reference:

Tech Spec 3.1.1.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RCS b.6 Question Source:

Bank# - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5/45.5 Comments:

Page 113

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

45. Given the following:

Unit 2 operating at 55% power.

- All CBPs and HDTPs in service.

Both MFPs in service.

If the Main Feed Pump Turbine(MFPT) 2B trips, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the correct status of MFPT 2B Condenser Inlet and Outlet Valves(FCVs) following the trip both before any Operator action is taken and after the AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater, has been completed?

Before any After AOP Operator Action Completion A. Closed Open B. Closed Closed C~ Open Open D. Open Closed Page 114

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 If one of the MFPTs trip, the Condenser inlet and outlet FCVs will automatically close if the unit is above 60%.

The AFW pumps will automatically start when one MFPT trips if the plant is above 80% as stated in TI-28.

A. Incorrect, With the trip occurring at less than 60%, the AFW pumps would not be running and the condenser valves would not automatically close due to the trip of the MFPT. Plausible if the candidate does not correctly recall the conditions that will cause the automatic closure of the condenser FCVs or the AFW start conditions associated with a MFPT trip or the actions contained in the AOP for loss of a MFPT at less than 77% power.

B. Incorrect, With the trip occurring at less than 60%, the AFW pumps would not be running and the condenser valves would not automatically close due to the trip of the MFPT. Plausible if the candidate does not correctly recall the conditions that will cause the automatic closure of the condenser FCVs or the AFW start conditions associated with a MFPT trip or the actions contained in the AOP for loss of a MFPT at less than 77% power.

C. Correct, with the trip occurring at less than 60%, the valves would remain open and the AFW pumps would remain off. After completing the AOP the valves would remain open as the AOP only directs ensuring the valves are closed if the power level is not less than 60%.

D. Incorrect, with the trip occurring at less than 60%, the valves would remain open and the AFW pumps would remain off. After completing the AOP the valves would remain open as the AOP only directs ensuring the valves are closed if the power level is not less than 60%. Plausible if the candidate does not correctly recall the conditions that will cause the automatic closure of the condenser FCVs or the AFW start conditions associated with a MFPT trip or the ectlons contained in the AOP for loss of a MFPT at less than 77%

power.

Page 115

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 45 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 059 A2.07 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Tripping of MFW pump turbine Importance Rating: 3.0/3.3 Technical

Reference:

AOP-S.01 , Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 12 TI-28, Curve Book rev 212, Att.9 effective date 06-28-2007 1, 2-47W611-2-1 Rev 8 1, 2-47W611-3-1 Rev 19 1, 2-47W611-6-1 Rev 19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-S.01 B.2 OPT200.COND B.4 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - x --

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _x _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5 / 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13 Comments:

Page 116

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

46. Given the following:

Unit 1 operating at 100 % power.

- A main feedwater transient occurs resulting in several alarms.

The Operator notes the following:

- Turbine VPL is approximately 68%.

- Control Rods inserting at 72 step/min.

MFPT 1B SPEED CONTROLLER at 100 % and pump discharge flow increased.

MFPT 1A indicates 0 flow.

MFW reg valves demand at 100 % and S/G levels are below setpoint.

- Steam Dump valves open.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the status of MFP 1A and the position of the low pressure (LP) control valves in the steam supply to the MFP 1A turbine?

A. MFP 1A has tripped; LP Control valves OPEN.

B~ MFP 1A has tripped; LP Control valves CLOSED.

C. MFP 1A is NOT tripped but has unloaded; LP Control valves OPEN.

D. MFP 1A is NOT tripped but has unloaded; LP Control valves CLOSED.

Page 117

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, the MFPT has tripped and all stop and control valves would be closed. Plausible because the candidate could confuse the LP control valve response of the MFPT with the control valve response of the AFWP turbine.

On the AFW PT, if the turbine trips, the stop valve trips closed but the control valve goes full open due to loss of oil pressure. However on the MFPT both sets of valves close.

B. Correct, the MFPT has tripped and all control valves would be closed.

C. Incorrect, The valve position limiter would be at near 100% unless a runback occurred and the runback is initiated by a MFPT tripping. If the turbine unloaded, both sets of valves would be closed. Plausible because all other conditions are correct for the unloading of the 1A MFP and the candidate could think that only the HP control valves would be closed if the turbine unloaded but did not trip.

D. Incorrect, The valve position limiter would be at near 100% unless a runback occurred and the runback is initiated by a MFPT tripping. Plausible because all other conditions are correct for the unloading of the 1A MFP and the control valves would be closed and the stop valves open if the turbine unloaded but did not trip. An event similar to this occurred in the plant.

Page 118

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 46 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 059 A4.01 Ability to manually operate and monitor in the control room:

MFW turbine trip indication Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.1 Technical

Reference:

AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater, Rev 12; 1-47W61 0-46-3 R15 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.MFW B.4.f OPL271AOP-S.01 B.2 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # - -x - -

New - - - -

Question History: SQN Bank AOP-S.1 0-B-1 006 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _x _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8 Comments:

Page 119

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

47. Given the following; Unit 1 experienced a Reactor trip from 100 % power.

The Operators have not operated any controls post-trip.

The crew completed E-O, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, and has entered ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Pressurizer level is 25% and slowly decreasing.

- All Steam Generator levels are between 12% and 18% narrow range and slowly rising.

Steam Generators pressures are approximately 990 psig and slowly decreasing.

Tavg is 545°F and slowly decreasing.

RCS pressure is 2020 psig and slowly decreasing.

Which ONE (1) of the following actions should be the first priority of the crew in accordance with ES-0.1 to address the conditions?

A. Establish Emergency Boration.

B~ Throttle Auxiliary Feedwater Flow.

C. Close MSIVs and bypass valves.

D. Initiate Safety Injection and Return to E-O.

A. Incorrect, ES-0.1 addresses emergency boration if cooldown drops to less than 540 degrees making this choice plausible.

B. Correct, ES-O. 1 step 3 RNO c directs the throttling of AFW to address the cooldown.

C. Incorrect, ES-0.1 step 3 RNO c. directs the closing of MSIVs and bypass valves if the cooldown continues in step 3 RNO d. making this choice plausible, but this action is after the throttling of AFW flow.

D. Incorrect, ES-O. 1 step 1 directs the initiation of SI and return to E-O but only if SI is actuated. Actuation of SI is not warranted for the stated conditions.

Plausible for the candidate to misuse the data trends in stem and conclude that SI will be required.

Page 120

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 47 Tier 2 Group 2 K/A 061 K5.01 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater System: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the AFW: Relationship between AFW flow and RCS heat transfer.

Importance Rating: 3.6/3.9 Technical

Reference:

ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.AFW B.2 OPL271 ES-0.1 B.4 Question Source:

Bank# x Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Millstone exam 2004 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _ _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5/45.7 Comments: SQN Bank AFW B.2.A 003 Page 121

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

48. Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 & 2 are operating steady-state at 100 0/0.

- All systems are normally aligned.

- Voltage on 6.9 kV Shutdown Board 1B-B instantaneously drops to '

5400 volts.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the plant response to these conditions?

A':I After 1.25 seconds all Diesel Generators will auto start.

B. After 1.25 seconds only the 1B-B Diesel Generator will auto start.

C. After 300 seconds all Diesel Generators will auto start.

D. After 300 seconds only the 1B-B Diesel Generator will auto start.

A. Correct, Voltage <5520 volts will start the 1.25 second timers and all EDGs will start.

B. Incorrect, Voltage would have to be <5520 volts to start the 1.25 second timers. All diesel generators are started in this condition. Plausible if student believes low voltage on 1B-B would only start the 1B-B diesel.

C. Incorrect, Plausible due to voltage less than 6451 volts but greater than 5520 volts for 300 seconds these actions will occur.

D. Incorrect, Plausible due to voltage less than 6451 volts but greater than 5520 volts for 300 seconds these actions will occur and if student believes low voltage on 1B-B would only start the 1B-B diesel.

Page 122

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 48 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 062 K1.02 Knowledge of the physical connections andlor cause effect relationships between the ac distribution system and the following systems: ED/G Importance Rating: 4.1 I 4.4 Technical

Reference:

TI-28, Att 9, Drawing 1-45N724-2, 1-45N765-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.DG, Obj.B.4.e OPT200.BLKOUT, Obj.B.4.e Question Source:

Bank# X_ _

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Exam Bank D/G-B.9.A 005 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

. Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.2 to 41.9 Comments: Changed third bullet from 'Voltage on 6.9 kV Shutdown Board 1B-B is 5400 volts' to 'Voltage on 6.9 kV Shutdown Board 1B-B instantaneously drops to 5400 volts' 5400 volts.added "instantaneously dropped to" Page 123

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

49. Given the following:

6.9kv Shutdown Board 1A-A control power is being supplied from the BACKUP bus NORMAL feeder in support of a maintenance activity.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the source of the control power to the shutdown board and how the control power transfer would occur if the normal source was lost?

Source of Control Power Control Power Transfer A. 125v Vital Battery Board I Manual B. 125v Vital Battery Board I Automatic C~ 125v Vital Battery Board III Manual D. 125v Vital Battery Board III Automatic A. Incorrect, Plausible due to this is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus alternate feeder. Correct Transfer method.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to this is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus alternate feeder. Incorrect Transfer method.

C. Correct, This is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus normal feeder. The Control Po-wer Transfer is a Manual Xfer.

D. Correct, This is the power supply for the 1A-A control power when being feed from the Backup bus normal feeder. Incorrect Transfer method.

Page 124

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 49' Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 063 K2.01 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Major DC loads Importance Rating: 2.9 I 3.1 Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.02, Loss of 125V DC Vital Battery Board 0-45N703-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.DC B.4 OPT200.AC6.9KV B.4.b Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments:

Page 125

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

50. The 2A-A DG is running. A 2A-A DG Fuel Oil Transfer Pump automatically starts due to level in one of the day tanks and the pump shaft completely shears.

Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the operation of the 2A-A DG Fuel Oil Transfer pumps?

A. The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will be running due to low discharge pressure on the first pump that started.

B. The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will be running ONLY if both day tanks reach a low level.

C. The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will NOT be running and will not start as the tank level continues to lower.

D~ The second Fuel Oil Transfer pump will NOT be running, but will start as its associated tank level continues to lower.

A. Incorrect, Plausible because candidate may think that a low discharge pressure on the running pump would be a start signal for the second pump.

B. Incorrect, Plausible because candidate may think both day tanks must reach a low level before the second pump starts.

C. Incorrect, Plausible because candidate may think the pump needs to cycle off for the alternator to start the second pump.

D. Correct, Two setpoints (Upper low, and Lower low) on the Fuel Oil Day Tank for auto start of Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps. The alternator alternates which pump is lead and starts the lead pump on Upper Low first. The Second pump will auto start on the Lower Low setpoint.

Page 126

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 50 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 064 K6.08 EDG: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system: Fuel oil storage tanks Importance Rating: 3.2 I 3.3 Technical

Reference:

45N771-4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.DG B.4c and 5.d.e Question Source:

Bank# - -x- -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank D/G-B.10 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 I 45.7 Comments: reworded stem and distracters not enough to "Modify" Page 127

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

51. Given the following plant conditions:

Both Units operating at 100 % RTP.

- All systems are in a normal alignment A leak occurs in the Unit 2 Letdown Heat Exchanger.

Assuming no action by the crew, which ONE (1) of the following describes the effects on the CCW System?

A':' Radiation Monitor 2-RM-90-123A indication rises. Surge Tank vent valves 1-FCV-70-66 and 2-FCV-70-66 close when the monitor reaches the HIGH rad setpoint.

B. Radiation Monitor 2-RM-90-123A indication rises. Surge Tank vent valves 2-FCV-70-66 closes when the monitor reaches the HIGH rad setpoint. The 1-FCV-70-66 will remain open.

C. Unit 2 Surge Tank level lowers. The 2A and C-S CCS pumps will both lose suction when the surge tank empties.

D. Unit 2 Surge Tank level lowers. The 2A CCS pump will lose suction when the surge tank empties.

A. Correct, A leak on the Letdown Heat exchanger due to the pressure differences on the fluid mediums will cause leakage into the CCS system.

Both surge Tank vents will isolate, if setpoint is reached on any of the radiation monitors on the CCS system.

B. Incorrect, A leak on the Letdown Heat exchanger due to the pressure differences on the fluid mediums will cause leakage into the CCS system.

Both surge Tank vents will isolate, if setpoint is reached on any of the radiation monitors on the CCS system. Plausible if student thinks the Rad Monitor is train specific and only close the associated units vent valve.

C. Incorrect, A leak will cause a leak into the CCS system. Plausible if student believes CCS is at a higher pressure and CCS surge tank level lowers.

D. Incorrect, A leak will cause a leak into the CCS system. Plausible if student believes CCS is at a higher pressure and CCS surge tank level lowers.

Page 128

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 51 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 073 A1*.01 Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the PRM system controls including:

Radiation levels Importance Rating: 3.2 I 3.5 Technical

Reference:

0-M-AR12-D 1,2-47W611-70-1 1,2-47W611-70-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.CCS B.5 Ouestion Source:

Bank # X- -

Modified Bank # - - - -

New - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, modified from V.C Summeer June 2007 exam Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5 I 45.7 Comments:

Page 129

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

52. Given the following plant conditions and information:

Both Units operating at 100 % power All systems aligned normally If a large ERCW leak developed at the inlet to the 1A1 CCS Heat Exchanger, which ONE (1) of the ERCW Headers would have increased

, flow, and when the leak was isolated, how would the 1A and 2A ERCW header pressures be effected?

Header with Effect on Flow Increase Header Pressure A. 1A Both 1A and 2A header pressures would increase B. 1A Only the 1A header pressure would increase C¥' 2A Both 1A and 2A header pressures would increase D. 2A Only the 2A header pressure would increase Page 130

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The 1A ERCW supply header is not the header supplying the flow for the 1A1&1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers, the 2A header ERCWis the supply. However, because the headers are common at the pumping station, isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase. Plausible because the component with the leak is a Unit 1 heat exchanger and standard configuration would be for a Unit 1 water header to supply the cooling and if so the flow would increase in the 1A header' and the candidate could correctly relate the reduction in flow when the leak is isolated to only effecting pressures in both the 1A and 2A headers.

B. Incorrect, The 1A ERCW supply header is not the header supplying the flow for the 1A 1&1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers, the 2A header ERCW is the supply. Additionally, because the headers are common at the pumping station, isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase. Plausible because the component with the leak is a Unit 1 heat exchanger and standard configuration would be for a Unit 1 water header to supply the cooling and if so the flow would increase in the 1A header and thecendtdete could relate the reduction in flow when the leak is isolated to only effecting pressure in the 1A header and not consider the connection at the pumping station.

C. Correct. 2A ERCW supply header is the normal supply for the 1A 1& 1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers and the 2A 1&2A2 CCS Heat Exchangers. Isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase because the headers are common at the ERCW Pumping Station.

D. Incorrect. 2A ERCW supply header is the normal supply for the 1A1&1A2 CCS Heat Exchangers and the 2A 1&2A2 CCS Heat Exchangers. However because the headers are common at the pumping station, isolating the leak would cause both 1A and 2A header pressures to increase. Plausible because the flow would increase in only the 2A header and the candidate could relate the reduction in flow when the leak is isolated to only effecting pressure in the 2A header and not consider the connection at the pumping station.

Page 131

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 52 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 076 A2.02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences .of those malfunctions or operations: Service water header pressure Importance Rating: 2.7 I 3.1 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-67-1, Essential Raw Cooling Water 1, 2-47W845-1 R47; 1, 2-47W845-2 R93; 1, 2-47W845-5 'R59, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200ERCW B.3 OPT200ERCW B.4 OPT200ERCW B.5 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5 I 43.5 I 45/3 I 45/13 Comments:

Page 132

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

53. Given the following:

- 0-FCV-67-152 is the CCS HX 081 and 082 outlet valve 1-FCV-67-146 is the CCS HX 1A1 and 1A2 outlet valve

- 2-FCV-67-146 is the CCS HX 2A1 and 2A2 outlet valve Which ONE (1) of the following identifies which valve(s) receive(s) an automatic reposition signal as a result of a Unit 1 Safety Injection?

O-FCV-67-152 1-FCV-67-146 2-FCV-67-146 A. Yes Yes No 8~ Yes No No C. No Yes Yes D. No Yes No All Valves listed are automatically or manually manipulated as required by EA-67-1 or an SI signal, thus plausible. The student would be required to know which valve would recieve an automatic signal or be required to be manipulated manually.

A. Incorrect. O-FCV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and CGS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 2-FCV-67-146 remains in it's current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.

B. Correct. O-FGV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and GCS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 1-FCV-67-146 and 2-FCV-67-146 remains in it's current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.

C. Incorrect. O-FGV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and *CGS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 1-FCV-67-146 and 2-FCV-67-146 remain in their current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.

D. Incorrect. O-FCV-67-152 automatically goes to the 35% open position for an SI signal on either unit. This ensures adequate flow and CGS system backpressure for the B train ESF equipment for the accident unit. 1-FCV-67-146 remains in it's current position until manually realigned as directed by EA-67-1.

Page 133

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 53 Tier 2 Group 1 K/A 076 A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

SWS Valves Importance Rating: 2.6/2.6 Technical

Reference:

EA-67-1 47W845-2 47W611-67-5 47W611-99-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.ERCW B.4 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # X New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, SQN Bank ERCW-B.9.E 003 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8 Comments:

Page 134

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

54. Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the air supply header pressure at which the Train A essential air valve, 1-FCV-32-80, Aux Cmpsr A-A Rx Bldg U-1 Isol, would automatically CLOSE and the effect the loss of air to containment would have on the Pressurizer Spray Valve?

Header Spray Valve Pressure Position A':' 50 psig decreasing Fails CLOSED B. 50 psig decreasing Fails OPEN C. 69 psig decreasing Fails CLOSED D. 69 psig decreasing Fails OPEN A. Correct; 50 psig decreasing and Spray Valves fail closed.

B. Incorrect; correct Pressure, Incorrect valve position (plausible because many valves do fail open.)

C. Incorrect; Incorrect pressure Plausible due to 69 psig is the pressure that a valve closed to isolate Auxiliary air from Control Air, correct valve position D. Incorrect; Incorrect pressure. Plausible due to 69 psig is the pressure that a valve closed to isolate Auxiliary air from Control Air), Incorrect valve position (plausible because many valves do fail open.)

Page 135

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 54 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 078 K3.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the lAS will have on the foliowing:Containment air system.

Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.4 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-32-2 AOP-M~02 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.CSA B.4 Question Source:

Bank # - - - -

Modified Bank # _X_ _

New - - - - -

Question History: 'SQN NRC Exam 1/200;8, SQN Bank AIR 008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _x_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7/45.6 Comments:

Page 136

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

55. Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 2 experienced a Manual Safety Injection (SI).

Containment Purge Rad Monitors, 2-RM-90-130, was in high rad alarm but has been reset.

Containment Purge Rad Monitors, 2-RM-90-131, has indicated normal. .

- Containment Vent Isolation occurred on Train A.

Containment Vent Isolation did NOT occur on Train B.

Phase A has been RESET.

SI signal has NOT been RESET.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the status of the Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) system?

The CVI and A~ should have occurred on A and B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.

B. should have occurred on A and B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.

C. should NOT have occurred on B Train; the CVI can be reset with the SI signal present.

D. should NOT have occurred on B Train; the SI signal must be reset before the CVI can be reset.

Page 137

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, A SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains. A reset switch exists that is self sealing which will allow CVI to be reset with a SI signal still present.

B. Incorrect, First part correct, should have occurred on both trains. Second part incorrect. Plausible if candidate believes since an SI signal initiates a CVI that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.

C. Incorrect, Plausible if candidate does not know an SI signal will initiate CVI on both trains, and concludes since radiation levels did not go up on the B Train Rad monitor CVI Train B should not have occurred.

D. Incorrect, Plausible to conclude that with radiation levels normal on the B Train Rad monitor, CVI Train B should not have occured. Second part plausible if candidate concludes since an SI signal initiates isolation signals that the SI must be cleared before resetting the CVI can be accomplished.

Page 138

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 55 Tier ~ Group 1 KIA 103 A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the containment system, including:

Containment isolation .

Importance Rating: 3.9/4.2 Technical

Reference:

2-47W611-63-1, 2-47W611-88-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.RPS, Obj. B.18.b OPT200PIS Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank #_ _X_ _

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank RPS-B.9 005 Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 I 45.5 Comments:

Page 139

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

56. Given the following:

Unit 1 in MODE 4 RCS temperature at 240°F Pressurizer level in automatic at 25% and a steam bubble is formed 1-XS-68-339E, LEVEL CONTROL CHANNEL SELECTOR, is in the 335/320 position Which ONE (1) of the following identifies which channel is selected as backup AND whether or not it is a Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) instrument?

A. 1-LT-68-339, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel I This is a PAM instrument B. 1-LT-68-339, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel I This is NOT a PAM instrument C~ 1-LT-68-335, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel II This is a PAM instrument D. 1-LT-68-335, Pressurizer Level Transmitter Channel II This is NOT a PAM instrument A. Incorrect, 1-LT-68-339 is a PAM instrument. Plausible due to 339 is a channel which could be used for level control but not as backup with conditions in stem 'for selector switch postion.

B. Incorrect, 11-LT-68-339 is a PAM instrument. Plausible due to 339 is a channel which could be used for level control but not as backup with conditions in stem for selector switch postion.

C. Correct, Instrument failure would isolate letdown causing pressurizer level to rise, 1-LT-68-335 is PAM instrument.

D. Incorrect, Correct for backup however the instrument is a PAM imstrument.

Page 140

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 56 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 011 K6.05 Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS)

Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the PZR LCS: Function of PZR level gauges as postaccident monitors Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.7 Technical

Reference:

Tech Spec 3.3.3.7, Print 1-47W611-68-2, 1-47W610-68-5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPLC B.4 OPT200.PZRPLC B.6 Question Source:

Bank# _

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - x --

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7/45.7 Comments:

Page 141

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

57. Which ONE (1) of the following sets of Nuclear Instruments would lose power if Vital Instrument Power Board 1-11 were to be deenergized?

A':' Power Range N42, Source Range N32, and Intermediate Range N36.

B. Power Range N43, Source Range N31, and Intermediate Range N35.

C. Power Range N44, Source Range N32, and Intermediate Range N36.

D. Power Range N41, Source Range N31, and Intermediate Range N35.

The correct answer is A A. Correct, 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1/ is the power supply for all three instruments listed.

B. Incorrect, N31 and N35 are powered from 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1. N43 is powered from Board 1-1/1. Plausible because N31 and N35 as well as the other listed instrument receive power from a 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board as do the instruments in the correct answer and the candidate can mistake which board supplies which instruments.

C. Incorrect, N44 receives power from a 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-IV.

D. Incorrect, N31 and N35 are powered from 120v AC Vital Instrument Power Board 1-1.

Page 142

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 58 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 015 K2.01 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

NIS channels, components, and interconnections Importance Rating: 3.3/3.7 Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.03, Loss of Unit 1 Instrument Power Board Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.NIS B.4.b Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # NIS B.4 010 New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments:

Page 143

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

58. Which ONE (1) of the following will occur as a result of containment pressure increasing to 1.54 psid?

A. CRDM coolers trip Upper compartment coolers trip B. CRDM coolers trip Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves isolate C. Incore Instrument Room Chillers trip Upper Compartment Coolers trip D~ Incore Instrument Room Chillers trip Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves isolate A. Incorrect, Plausible due the CRDM coolers and Upper compartment coolers will trip on containment pressure however this would require containment pressure to reach 2.81 psid (Phase B).

B. Incorrect, Plausible due the CRDM coolers will trip on containment pressure however this would require containment pressure to reach 2.81 psid (Phase B). Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves will isolate on a phase A (1.54 psid) .

C. Incorrect, Plausible due the Upper compartment coolers will trip on containment pressure however this would require containment pressure to reach 2.81 psid (Phase B). Incore Instrument Room Chillers will trip on a phase A (1.54 psid)

D. Correct, Containment pressure of 1.54 psid will initiate a Safety Injection signal. A Safety Injection Signal will initiate a Containment Isolation Signal Phase A. The Phase A will trip the Incore Instrument room cooler and Ice Cond Floor Cooling Isolation valves will isolate.

Page 144

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 58 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 016K1.10 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System:Knowledge of the physical connections andlor cause-effect relationships between the NNIS and the following systems: CCS Importance Rating: 3.1 I 3.1 Technical

Reference:

1,2-47W611-30-2,3, and 4. TI-28 Att 9 1-47W611-88-1 1,2-47W611-61-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PIS B.4 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # X- - -

New - - - -

Question History: SON NRC Exam 1/2008, Modified SON Bank CTMT COOL-B.12.A 003 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knoyvledge _X _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45.7 to 45.8 Comments:

Page 145

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

59. Which ONE (1) of the following is the highest core temperature that can be indicated by an Incore Thermocouple while remaining in the upper indicated physical limits in accordance with GOI-6, Apparatus Operations?

A. Incorrect, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300°F. Plausible due to 1200 degrees is a red path for core cooling B. Incorrect, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300°F. Plausible due to being close to the actual temperature of 2300.

G. Incorrect, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300°F. Plausible due to 2200 is EGCS acceptance criteria.

D. Correct, GOI-6, Rev 121, Section P identifies the indicating range of the incore thermocouples to be 200 - 2300°F.

Page 146

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 59 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA .017000K4.03 Knowledge of ITM system design feature(s) andlor interlock(s) which provide for the following: Range of temperature indication Importance Rating: 3.1 / 3.3 Technical

Reference:

GOI-6, Apparatus Operation, Rev 121, Section P Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271INCORE, B.4.h Question Source:

Bank # X- - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History:SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN bank INCORE-B.1.B 003 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments:

Page 147

1/2'008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

60. Which ONE (1) of the following identifes how (a) main steam header pressure will respond as turbine load is raised from 50% to 700/0 and (b) which method of maintaining Tavg matched with Tref would result in the value for MTC being the MOST negative as turbine load was raised?

A. (a) Main steam header pressure would decrease.

(b) Rods are withdrawn to maintain Tavg on program, with Boron concentration held constant.

B. (a) Main steam header pressure would increase.

(b) Rods are withdrawn to maintain Tavg on program, with Boron concentration held constant.

CY' (a) Main steam header pressure would decrease.

(b) Rod position is held constant, while Boron concentration is lowered to maintain Tavg on program.

D. (a) Main steam header pressure would increase.

(b) Rod position is held constant, while Boron concentration is lowered to maintain Tavg on program.

Page 148

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, First part Correct Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Plausible due to candidate could conclude that withdrawing Rods would make MTC more negative which in reality it makes it Less Negative. However a competing affect of Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC.

B. Incorrect, First part Incorrect Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Plausible due to candidate could conclude that withdrawing Rods would make MTC more negative which in reality it makes it Less Negative. However a competing affect of Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC.

C. Correct, First part Correct Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Reduction of boron concentration results in more negative MTC, Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC. This additive Negative affects is the MOST negative of all choices given.

D. Incorrect, First part Incorrect Main Steam Header pressure would decrease as turbine load is raised. Reduction of boron concentration results in more negative MTC, Tavg rising will have a negative affect on MTC. This additive Negative affects is the MOST negative of all choices given.

Page 149

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 60 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 045 K5.17 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the MT/B System: Relationship between moderator temperature coefficient and boron concentration in .RCS as TIG load increases Importance Rating: 2.5 I 2.7 Technical

Reference:

Nuclear Design Report Unit 1 Cycle 15 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: GFES Coeficients Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5/45.7 Comments:

Page 150

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

61. Given the following:

Unit 1 is at 60% RTP with shutdown in progress due to Steam Generator #3 tube leakage identified.

- The Condenser Vacuum Pump Discharge filters have been installed.

1-HS-2-255, COND VAC PUMP EXH FILTER BYPASS, is in P-auto.

- A leak on the condenser vacuum breaker develops leakage equal to 30 scfm.

- The following alarms are received at approximately the same time:

- PDIS-2-255 COND VAC PMPS EXH FILTER DIFF PRESS HI.

RA-90-99A CNDS VAC PMP LO RNG AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the status of 1-FCV-255, Condenser Vacuum Pump Exhaust Filter Bypass Flow Control Isol?

The bypass valve _

A':' would have opened AUTOMATICALLY due to the high ~P setpoint across the filter.

B. would have opened AUTOMATICALLY due to the high pressure setpoint in the exhaust stack.

C. would be prevented from openi*ng AUTOMATICALLY or MANUALLY.

D. would be prevented from AUTOMATICALLY opening, however valve could be opened MANUALLY using control switch.

Page 151

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, When CVP discharge filter train is installed, FCV-2-255 is designed to open automatically on a high filter DP of 5.5 in/water increasing.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to requirement to open the bypass if the flow rate exceeds 45 scfm even when the filters are not installed to prevent the instrument malfunction alarms cause by the high back pressure in the exhaust stack. This is a precaution in the system operating instruction.

C. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate could think the bypass valve would be prevented from opening to ensure all release gas went through the monitor to ensure release is monitored.

D. Incorrect, Plausible due to candidate could think the bypass valve would be prevented from opening in automatic to ensure all release gas went through the monitor, but would allow operator control in manual.

Page 152

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 61 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 055 A3.03 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CARS, including:

Automatic diversion of CARS exhaust Importance Rating: 2.5 I 2.7 Technical

Reference:

1-AR-M3-A 1-S0-2-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200CONDVAC B.4 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis __X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 I 45.5 Comments:

Page 153

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

62. With the pump control handswitches in AUTO, which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes operation of the Reactor Coolant Drain Tank (RCDT) pumps when 2-FCV-68-310, PRT Drain to RCDT, is opened to reduce the level in the Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT)?

A. RCDT Pump A will auto start ONLY if the level in the RCDT is above the low level pump cutoff level switch.

B. RCDT Pump A will auto start EVEN if the level in the RCDT is below the low level pump cutoff level switch.

C. RCDT Pump B will auto start ONLY if the level in the RCDT is above the low level pump cutoff level switch.

D~ RCDT Pump B will auto start EVEN if the level in the RCDT is below the low level pump cutoff level switch.

A. Incorrect, The A pump does not receive a start signal when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened, only the B pump has this start function. Plausible because the candidate could confuse which pump starts when the valve opens and due to the pump having an auto start / trip based on RCDT tank level.

B. Incorrect, The A pump does not receive a start signal when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened, only the B pump has this start function. Plausible because the candidate could confuse which pump starts when the valve opens and due to the pump having an auto start / trip based on RCDT tank level with the trip being bypassed if the valve were open.

C. Incorrect, The B pump will start when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened. The valve open limit switch in the start circuit is in parrallel to the contact that would be open if RCDT level were low. Plausible because there is a level switch that would trip the pump if the RCDT level decreased to the setpoint while pumping down the RCDT, however, this switch is bypassed when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened.

D. Correct, The B pump will start when 2-FCV-68-310 is opened. The valve open limit switch in the start circuit is in parrallel to the contact that would be open if RCDT level were low.

Page 154

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 62 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 068 A4.02 Ability to manually operate andlor monitor in the control room:

Remote radwaste release Importance Rating: 3.2/3.1' Technical

Reference:

2-S0-68-5, Pressurizer Relief Tank, Rev 17 1,2-45N779 -17 Rev 21 1,2-45N779 -45 Rev 8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS B.4.

OPT200.LRW B.4 Question Source: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008, Modified WB Bank 007A1.01 034 Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # X- -

New - - - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8 Comments:

Page 155

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

63. Given the following plant conditions:

Gas Decay Tank 'C' release is in progress with Train A ABGTS running for dilution flow.

Irradiated Fuel assembly insert shuffles. are being conducted in the Spent Fuel Pit.

Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan A is running.

- A leak occurs on the waste gas compressor which results in a gas release to the Auxiliary Building.

0-RE-90-1 01, Auxiliary Building Vent Monitor, alarms due to High radiation.

- 0-RE-90-102 and 0-RE-90-103, Fuel Storage Pool Area Monitors, indicate NORMAL radiation levels and are NOT in alarm.

Which ONE (1) of the following indicates the effect this would have on the running Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan and on the ABGTS?

(Assume no operator action has been taken)

A. Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan would remain in service; Train B ABGTS would start.

B. Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan would remain in service; Train B ABGTS would NOT start.

C. '\i' Fuel handling Area Exhaust Fan would be stopped; Train B ABGTS would start.

D. Fuel handling Area Exhaust Fan would be stopped; Train B ABGTS would NOT start.

, Page 156

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect - Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan will be stopped due to an ABI being initiated and the Train B ABGTS will be started by the ABI. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan would not be stopped due to normal radiation on the Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitors.

B. Incorrect - Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan will be stopped due to an ABI being initiated and the Train B ABGTS will be started by the ABI. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fans would be stopped due to High radiation in the Aux Building stack but that the Train B ABGTS would not start because the Train A ABGTS was already in service.

C. Correct - High radiation in the the aux building stack will cause an aux building Isolation resulting in the tripping of the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fan and the starting of both trains of ABGTS.

D. Incorrect - Fuel Handling area exhaust fan will be stopped due to an ABI being initiated and the Train B ABGTS will be started by the ABI. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the Fuel Handling Area Exhaust Fans would not be stopped due to normal radiation on the Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitors and that the Train B ABGTS would not start because the Train A ABGTS was already in service.

Page 157

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 63 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 071 K3.04 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Waste Gas Disposal System will have on the following: Ventilation Systems Importance Rating: 2.7 I 2.9 Technical

Reference:

0-AR-M12-B, Common Radiation Monitor 0-XA-55-12B, Window B-1 0-SO-30-10, Auxiliary Building Ventilation Systems, Rev 38 1,2-47W611-30-6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.ABVENT B.4.g. and i.

OPT200.ABGTS B.4.f Question Source:

Bank# _

Modified Bank # X- -

New - - - - -

Question History: Modified question on SQN 2007 exam, SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7/45.6 Comments:

Page 158

1/2008 Sequqyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

64. Given the following:

Unit 1 is in service at 70% RTP.

- A tube leak is suspected in Condenser A.

1A1 and 1A3 waterboxes must be drained and tagged with a clearance to inspect for a condenser tube leak.

- After the Amertap system is shutdown in automatic, the Amertap is to be restored to the waterboxes on other side of Condenser A.

Which ONE of the following identifies (1) the requirement for tagging the Amertap flow paths into and out of the 1A1 and 1A3 waterboxes in accordance with SPP-1 0.2, Clearance Procedure to Safely Control Energy and (2) how having the CCW inlet and outlet MOVs closed one one side of Condenser A effects the ability to operate a waterbox MOV on Condensers B or C with the unit at power?

A. (1) Single valve isolation of flow path is acceptable.

(2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically from the MCR, but could be electrically operated locally at the valve.

B~ (1) Single valve isolation of flow path is acceptable.

(2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically neither from the MCR nor locally at the valve.

C. (1) Two closed valves in series is required unless lack of two valve isolation is documented and communicated to the clearance holder.

(2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically from the MCR, but could be electrically operated locally at the valve.

D. (1) Two closed valves in series is required unless lack of two valve isolation is documented and communicated to the clearance holder.

((2) An Inlet MOV on Condenser B or C could NOT be operated electrically neither from the MCR nor locally at the valve.

Page 159

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam

_ 02/08/2008 The temperature and pressure on the Condenser Circulating Water system and the Ammertap tube cleaning system is less than the values requiring double valve isolation by the clearance procedure, SPP-10.2, therefore single valve isolation is the acceptable isolation.

The condenser water box MOVs are interlocked such that only one set can be operated electrically when a CCW pump is in service.

A. Incorrect, Plausible because the candidate may correctly identify single isolation is acceptable but conclude that the waterbox MOV could be electrically operated locally.

B. Correct, single flow path isolation is acceptable for the clearance and the MOVare interlocked such that only one set of valves can be operated electrically when a CCW pump is in operation.

C. Incorrect, Double valve isolation is not required and the waterbox MOV could not be operated locally. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly determine that double isolation is required and misapply the interlock configuration on the valves determining that the valves could be operated locally.

D. Incorrect, Double valve isolation is not required. Plausible because the second part of the answer is correct and the candidate may incorrectly determine that double isolation is required, while determining that the waterbox MOVs could not be operated electrically.

Page 160

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 64 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 075 G 2.2.13 Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures.

Importance Rating: 3.6/3.8 Technical

Reference:

SPP-10.2,Clearance Procedure to Safely Control Energy, Rev 11 0-SO-27-1 Rev 64 1,2-47W611-27-2, Rev 4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 SPP-1 0.2 B.6 Question Source:

Bank# _

Modified Bank # - - - -

New X- - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis __X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.10/45.13 Comments:

Page 161

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

65. Given the following

- The Electric Fire Pump is out of service for maintainence.

- A scrap lumber fire exist on site but not affecting any plant equipment or structure.

- The Fire Brigade Leader calls the MCR and request the Diesel Fire Pump be started.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the actions required by the MCR operator to start the diesel fire pump and the effect on the High Pressure Fire Protection system if the pump were to overspeed after starting with the overspeed trip mechanism failing to function?

A~ The"MCR operator could start the pump from the MCR.

HPFP header pressure would increase and remain high.

B. The MCR operator could NOT start the pump from the MCR, an AUO would have to start the pump locally.

HPFP header pressure would increase and remain high.

C. The MCR operator could start the pump from the MCR.

The pressure would increase until the pump automatically shuts down after a time delay.

D. The MCR operator could NOT start the pump from the MCR, an AUO would have to start the pump locally.

The pressure would increase until the pump automatically shuts down after a time delay.

Page 162

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.

B. Incorrect, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. Plausible if the student does not know the pump can be started from the MCR. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service.

The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.

C. Incorrect, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.

D. Incorrect, The Operator can start the Pump from the MCR. The Pump does have a timed delay high pressure trip but it is normally not in service. The DFP has a relief valve that wi/Iliff on high pressure.

Page 163

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 65 Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 086A1.01 Ability to predict andlor monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with Fire Protection System operating the controls including: Fire header pressure Importance Rating: 2.9/3.3 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-26.2, 1,2-47W850-27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200HPFP B.3 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - X -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5/45.5 Comments:

Page 164

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

66. Which ONE (1) of the following identifies actions, in the list below, that are included in the listing of activities required to be reviewed during Shift Turnover in accordance with OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations, by an on-coming OAC at Sequoyah?
1. Radiological changes in plant
2. PERs generated since last shift worked
3. Standing Orders
4. Temporary Alteration Control forms (TACFs)
5. LCOs
6. Priority 1 and 2 Operator Workarounds A. All EXCEPT 1 and 2 B. All EXCEPT 1 and 4 C~ All EXCEPT 2 and 6 D. All EXCEPT 4 and 6 A. Incorrect, Radiological changes in plant are required to be reviewed, PERs ere identified on the Turnover Sheet but are applicable for WBN only.

B. Incorrect, Radiological changes in plant and TACFs are required to be reviewed.

C. Correct, Neither are identified as being required on the Turnover Sheet.

D. Incorrect, TACFs are required to be reviewed, Priority 1 and 2 Operator Workarounds are not required on the Turnover Sheet.

Page 165

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 66 Tier 3 K/A 2.1.3 Knowledge of shift turnover practices Importance Rating: 3.0/3.4 Technical

Reference:

OPDP-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 C209 B.10 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41 .10 / 45. 13 Comments: Got idea from the Kewaunee 11/15/2004 exam Page 166

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

67. Given the following:

Unit 2 at 35% RTP with power ascension in progress in accordance with 0-GO-5, Normal Power Operation, following a refueling outaqe.

- A loss of feedwater results in a reactor trip.

- The level in all 4 Steam Generators drops to < 0% Narrow Range and starts recovering.

25 seconds after the trip the Steam Generator levels are:

SG #1 - 6%

SG #2 - 9%

SG #3 - 40/0 SG #4 - 3%

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the expected response of the ATWS Mitigation System Actuation Circuitry(AMSAC)?

A~ Arming conditions for AMSAC were not present.

B. AMSAC actuated.

C. Arming conditions were present, but actuation conditions were not present.

D. AMSAc has not actuated, but will actuate after the appropriate time delay if SG levels stabilize at their current values.

A. Correct, The system does not arm until unit power is >40% and the stated power in question is 35%.

_B. Incorrect, Levels are below the setpoint, however, the system does not arm until unit power is >40% and the stated power in question is 35%. Plausible if student does not know arming setpoint.

C. Incorrect, True that AMSAC will not actuate, however, the levels are still below the actuation setpoint (3 out 4 < 8%). So level recovery is NOT the reason it does not actuate. Plausible if student does not know 3 out 4 < 8% logic.'

D. Incorrect, Plausible if student remembers a time delay exists and does not know AMSAC is not armed given the current plant conditions of 35% power.

Page 167

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 67 Tier 3 KIA G2.1.27 Knowledge of system purpose and or function Importance Rating: 2.8 I 2.9 Technical

Reference:

1.2-47W611-3-5 TI-28 Attachment 9 1-AR-M3-C Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.AMSAC 8.4 Question Source: Robinson 9/2004 exam Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments:

Page 168

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

68. Which ONE (1) of the following best describes the function of the "0" solenoids in the steam dump system when the "0" solenoids are energized?

A. Prevents the steam dump valves from opening if the condenser is not available.

B. Allows the steam dump cooldown valves to open when Tavg is below the Lo-Lo Tavg interlock.

c. Aligns control air to supply for modulation control when the steam dumps are armed.

DY' Allows the steam dump valves to respond more quickly when needed.

A. Incorrect, Condenser available interlocks do not input to the "0" Solenoids, only the

'~ " and "B" solenoids. Plausible because student may contuse which solenoids are affected by the condenser available interlocks.

B. Incorrect, Steam dump Bypass interlock feature permits opening cooldown valves below the Lo Lo Tavg interlock. This interlock does not not input to the "0" solenoids only the '~" and "B" solenoids for the Cooldown bank. Plausible because student may confuse which solenoids are affected by the Steam dump Bypass interlock.

C. Incorrect, 0 solenoid aligns control air for modulation control when de-energized also, arming signals do not input do not input to the "0" Solenoids, only the '~" and "B" solenoids.

D. Correct, "0" solenoids are energized when there is a large Tavg/Tref deviation indicating a large primary/secondary power mismatch requiring an artificial steam load on the reactor. This can occur for a rapid turbine loss of load or reactor trip.

energizing "0" solenoids places full control air header pressure on the valves rather than the modulating control air signal to rapidly open the valves in 2 stages.

Page 169

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 68 Tier 3 KIA 2.1'.28 Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls.

Importance Rating: 3.2 13.3 Technical

Reference:

0-47W611-1-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.SDCS B.4.

Question Source:

Bank # X Modified Bank # - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Mod SDCS-B.7 002 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.7 Comments: SQN Bank Mod SDCS-B.7 002 Page 170

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

69. Given the following:

Unit 1 is in MODE 6 with core reload in progress.

LS-78-3, SPENT FUEL PIT LEVEL HIGH-LOW is in alarm and an AUO has been sent to investigate.

- Source Range counts indicate N31=2cpm, and N32=3cpm.

- The 17th fuel assembly to be loaded is in the Refuel Machine Mast and is being lowered into the core.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a condition that would require fuel movement to be stopped?

REFERENCE PROVIDED A. During shift rounds an AUO reports the Spent Fuel Pit Temperature to be 69°F.

B~ Source Range counts during Fuel Assembly insertion indicate N31=4cpm, and N32=7cpm.

C. AUO reports Spent Fuel Pit level is stable approximately half way between the EI 725.5 rung and the EL 726 rung.

D. The MCR RO maintaining the Fuel Assembly Transfer Forms (FATF) determines that the 18th fuel assembly is in the Pit Side Upender before the 17th assembly is set in the core.

Page 171

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Spent Fuel Pit temperature is analyzed down to 50 degrees F. Plausible because the candidate may know that there is a lower limit on analyzed temperature but not remember the value of the limit.

B. Correct, If both SRMs increase by a factor of 2 during any single loading step after the first 12 assemblies, fuel loading must stop.

c. Incorrect,the level is slightly below the low level alarm but above the TS required level. Plausible because the candidate may know that there is a lower limit on SFP level but not remember the minimum level.

D. Incorrect, Fuel assemblies located as stated are within the requirements for assemblies outside of approved storage locations. Plausible because the candidate may know that there is a maximum number of fuel assemblies that can be outside approved storage but not remember the actual requirement or confuse the sequence of movement.

Page 172

1/200-8 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 69 Tier 3 KIA 2.2.26 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements.

Importance Rating: 2.5/3.7 Technical

Reference:

FHI-3 Movement of Fuel, Rev 51 0-SO-78-1, Spent fuel Pit Cooling System, Rev 33 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:

0-SO-78-1 Spent fuel Pit Cooling System, Appendix C Learning Objective: OPT200.FH 8.5.a, 8.6.a Question Source: New Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X_ _

Comments:

Page 173

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exa.m 02/08/2008

70. Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 is at 400/0 power, steady-state, MOL Rod control system is in MANUAL

- All process parameters are on program

- A malfunction in the steam dump system causes three steam dump valves to fail partially open, increasing reactor power to 500/0 Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the value the Tref would indicate after the plant stabilizes AND the speed at which the control rods would move as they were being withdrawn to restore Tavg?

A. Tref would indicate approximately equal to 559~F.

Control rods would move at 64 steps/minute.

B. Tref would indicate approximately equal to 562°F.

Control rods would move at 64 steps/minute.

C~ Tref would indicate approximately equal to 559°F.

Control rods would move at 48 steps/minute.

D. Tref would indicate approximately equal to 562°F.

Control rods would move at 48 steps/minute.

Page 174

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Normal Tavg and Tref @ 40% power = 559 0F. Turbine is operated on IMP OUT so when dumps open there is little/no change in Tref which is based on turbine load l.e.

turbine impulse pressure. Therefore, plant will stabilize at approximatel same Tref.

Normal Manual Rod speed in 48 steps per minute. In Bank select, Manual rod speed is 48 Steps/minute for control banks and 64 steps/minute for shutdown banks.

A. Incorrect, The Tref would stabilize at approximately 559°F which is the Tref for 40%

power, however the rod speed in manual is 48 steps per minute. Plausible if the candidate mistakes rod speed in normal manual control with manual rod speed for shutdown banks in banks select which is 64 steps/minute.

B. Incorrect, Tref will not increase to 56?O F since turbine load ts not increasing.

Additional steam load is diverted to steam dump system. Also, normal manual rod speed is not 64 steps/minute. Plausible if the candidate does not realize that Tref does not increase for the steam dump leak and confuses manual shutdown bank rod speed with normal manual rod speed.

C.Correct, Tref will remain at approximately the 40% value of 559°F since turbine load is not increasing when additional steam load is diverted to steam dump system.

Normal manual rod speed is 48 steps/minute.

D. Incorrect, Tref will not increase to 562°F since turbine load is not increasing.

Additional steam load is diverted to steam dump system. Plausible if the candidate does not realize that Tref does not increase for the steam dump leak but correctly remembers that normal manual control rod speed is 48 Steps/min.

Page 175

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 70 Tier 3 KIA G 2.2.33 Equipment Control Knowledge of control rod programming.

Importance Rating: 3.4/4.0 Technical

Reference:

TI-28, Curve Book Att.9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200RDCNT B.4.e, B.5.d Question Source: SQN Exam Bank modified RDCNT B.4.08 Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.6 Comments:

Page 176

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

71. Given the following:

Unit 2 is stable at 3% RTP.

- An RCS sample line fitting has a small leak inside the Polar Crane Wall.

- A work plan is being prepared to repair the leak and the work is being merged into the schedule.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the the lowest level of approval required to make the entry inside the 'Polar Crane Wall at the current plant conditions?

A. Plant Manager B. Site Vice President C~ Rad Protection Manager D. Rad Ops Shift Supervisor A. Incorrect, Plant Manager approval for inside polar crane is required only in MODE 1 and question stem has plant in MODE 2.

B. Incorrect, Site VP approval is not required, however candidate could believe it is due to being at a power above 0%.

C. Correct, Rad Protection Manager approval is required for containment entries outside pre-determined containment building schedule.

D. Incorrect, Rad Ops Shift Supervisor can waive ALARA during emergencies.

Page 177

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 71 Tier 3 KIA G 2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program.

Importance Rating: 2.5 / 2.9 Technical

Reference:

RCI-10 Rev 30 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 C260 B.9 Question Source: New Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.12/ 43.4 / 45.9 / 45.10 Comments:

Page 178

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

72. Given the following:

Unit 1 is in Mode 1.

Operators are in the process of placing Train A Containment Purge in service to lower containment.

Which ONE (1) of the following damper(s) is opened LAST to ensure that the lower ice doors remain closed during startup of the purge?

A. 1-FCO-30-1A, Purge Air Supply Fan 1A Suction Isolation Damper B~ 1-FCV-30-2, Purge Air Supply Fan 1A Discharge Isolation Damper C. 1-FCV-30-61, Purge Air Exhaust Fan 1A Suction Isolation Damper D. 1-FCV-30-213, Purge Air Exhaust Fan 1A Discharge Isolation Damper A. Incorrect. This damper opens when the fans are started. Plausible because opening it last would provide the the same dip effect as opening the supply discharge damper last.

B. Correct. Opening this damper last is in accordance with the procedure. Need to minimize dip accross the doors which blow in to open.

C. Incorrect. This may open the doors. Plausible because this would be the last damper open if purging upper containment.

D. Incorrect. This may open the doors. Plausible because the candidate could confuse this damper with the supply fan discharge damper.

Page 179

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 72 Tier 3 KIA G 2.3.9 Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.

Importance Rating: 2.5 I 3.4 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-30-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.CONTPURGE B.5 Question Source: Bank Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, CTMT PURGE-B.16.C 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.4 / 45.10 Comments: SQN bank CTMT PURGE-B.16.C 001. Changed stem setup and wording, changed the original question A distractor, reordered distracters, added damper unique identifiers. No significant changes Page 180

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

73. Following completion of EA-0-3, Minimizing Secondary Plant Contamination, during a SGTR event, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the alignment of the Low Volume Waste Treatment (LVWT) Pond?

A. The LVWT pond would be aligned to the diffuser pond and aligned to recieve the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.

B. The LVWT pond would be aligned to the diffuser pond but isolated from the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.

C~ The LVWT pond would be isolated from the diffuser pond but aligned' to recleve the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.

. D. The LVWT pond would be isolated from the diffuser pond and isolated from the discharge of the Turbine Building Sump.

A. Incorrect, Procedure does not align the LVWT Pond to the diffuser Pond it isolates the L VWT pond from the diffuser pond. Plausible because the procedure addresses realignment affecting both the LVWT pond and the diffuser pond and if student assumes Turbine Bldg Sump discharge may be returned to the diffuser pond if it is realigned to pass through the Low Volume Waste Treatment pond first.

B. Incorrect, Procedure doe's align the Turbine Building Sump discharge to the LVWT pond. Plausible if student assumes turbine building sump discharge must be isolated from the environment as a result ora SGTR. Also Plausible since the procedure addresses isolation of the LVWT from the Diffuser pond.

C. Correct, Procedure aligns Turbine Building Sump to the LVWT pond and isolates the L VWT Pond from the Diffuser pond.

D. Incorrect, Procedure does align Turbine Building sump discharge to the LVWT pond. Plausible since the procedure does isolate the LVWT pond from the diffuser pond if student does not remember that if also aligns the Turbine building sump to the LVWT pond or assumes that turbine building sump discharge must be isolated from the environment as a result of a SGTR.

Page 181

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 73 Tier 3 KIA 2.3.10 Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.

Importance Rating: 2.9/3.3 Technical

Reference:

EA-0-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 E-3 8.6 Question History: New for SQN NRC exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.4/45.10 Comments:

Page 182

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

74. Given the following:

- A reactor trip and safety injection has occurred.

E-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection, is entered.

- While the Unit Supervisor (US) is reading Step 3, an ORANGE Path condition on the CONTAINMENT Critical Safety Function (CSF) Status Tree is identified by the STA.

- There are NO other ORANGE path conditions present.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies when the transition to the ORANGE Path procedure is to take place:

A. Immediately after the US confirms the ORANGE Path condition is present.

B. As soon as verification that NO RED Path conditions exist on remaining status trees.

C. As soon as the reading of the E-O IMMEDIATE ACTION steps has been completed by the US.

D~ When transition is made from E-O and verification that NO RED Path condition exist.

Page 183

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. Plausible because Orange paths could be implemented but only after meeting the criteria listed above which is not met in the stem of the question.

B. Incorrect, No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. Plausible because Orange paths could be implemented after verification no RED path exists which would take a higher priority and only after meeting the criteria listed above which is not met in the stem of the question.

C. Incorrect, No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. Plausible because operators are allowed to take prudent action after immediate actions steps have been completed.

D. Correct. No transition has been made in the stem of the question, therefore status tree should not be implemented until a transition is made from E-O or a step is reached in E-O that directs monitoring. If no RED path exits then orange paths may be implemented.

Page 184

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 74 Tier 3 KIA G 2.4.16 Knowledge of EOP implementation hierarchy and coordination with other support procedures, Importance Rating: 3.0/4.0 Technical

Reference:

EPM-4, User's Guide, Revision 19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:" None Learning Objective: OPL271 EPM-4 B.11 Question Source: Indian Point 2004 Question History: SON NRC Exam 1/2008, Bank Modified Indian Point 2004 Exam Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.10/43.5/45.13 Comments:

Page 185

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

75. Which ONE (1) of the following explains the BASES for the prioritization of the HEAT SINK safety function compared to the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function?

At;! HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized HIGHER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function because HEAT SINK has a larger impact on the barriers to a fission product release.

B. HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized HIGHER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function because Heat Sink must exist before a PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK could occur.

C. HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized LOWER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK safety function because a Heat Sink must exist before a PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK could occur.

D. HEAT SINK safety function is prioritized LOWER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL. SHOCK safety function because PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK has a larger impact on the barriers to a fission product release.

A. Correct. Per EPM-4 HEA T SINK safety function is prioritized HIGHER than the PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK and HEA T SINK has a Larger impact on the barriers to a fission product release.

B. Incorrect. Correct prioritization; incorrect Bases. Plausible because student could think thet a heat sink be required to induce a rapid cooldown of the primary for the

. basis.

C. Incorrect. Incorrect prioritization; Incorrect Bases. Plausible if student does not know prioritization of safety functions and student could think that a heat sink be required to. induce a rapid cooldown of the primary for the basis.

D. Incorrect. Incorrect prioritization; correct Bases. Plausible if student does not know prioritization of safety functions Page 186

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 75 Tier 3 KIA G 2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency operations.

Importance Rating: 3.0/4.0 Technical

Reference:

EPM-3-FR-0 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-O B.2 Question Source: NEW Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: CFR: 43.5 / 45.12 Comments:

Page 187

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

76. Given the following:

Unit 1 experienced a reactor trip I safety injection due to the inadvertent opening of a pressurizer safety valve.

Reactor Coolant Pumps were stopped due to Phase B after verifying Containment Spray in service.

Plant conditions when the first Emergency Plan classification was made:

Pressurizer pressure 1635 psig and stable Pressurizer level 1000/0 High Quad. Avg. Incore Thermocouple 572°F and stable Lowest Tcold 544°F and stable RVLIS 87% and dropping Steam Generator levels 33% NR and stable Highest Containment Radiation 1.1E+01 Remlhr and stable Containment Hydrogen 0.00/0 Containment Pressure 4.8 psid and dropping Containment Sump Level 14% and rising RCS Activity < Tech Spec limit Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the required initial Emergency Plan classification and the classification required fifty (50) minutes later if the High Quad. Avg. Incore Thermocouple is 743°F and rising with RVLIS at 48 %?

(SED Judgement is NOT to be used as criteria for the declaration)

Reference Provided Initial 50 minutes Classification Later A~ Alert Site Area Emergency B. Alert General Emergency C.. Site Area Emergency Site Area Emergency D. Site Area Emergency General Emergency Page 188

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct. Initial conditions result is a loss of 1.2 RCS Barrier EAL 1.2.2 RCS Leakage

/ LOCA due to subcooling being less than 400F and also a potential loss of the same 1.2.2 EAL. NO other EAL criteria are applicable. The 50 minute conditions result the additional Potential Loss of 1.1 Fuel Clad Barrier via 1.1.2, Incore Thermocouple HI Quad Average which can be determined from the information provided. Additionally, EAL 1.1.1, Critical Safety Function Status (Core Cooling Orange) is a Potential Loss of the 1.1.1 Fuel Clad Barrier, but the candidate would have to recall this information (the orange path criteria is not provided). Loss or Potential Loss of any two barriers results in the declaration being a Site Area Emergency.

B. Incorrect. Initial conditions result is a loss of 1.2 RCS Barrier EAL 1.2.2 RCS Leakage / LOCA due to subcooling being less than 400F and also a potential loss of the same 1.2.2 EAL. NO other EAL criteria are applicable. The General Emergency classification is plausible because the candidate could mistakenly determine from the information that criteria for Inadequate Core Cooling exist (FR-C. 1 RED Path) which would result in the loss of 1.1 Fuel Clad barrier and the potential loss of 1.3 Containment Barrier (1.3.1 - Actions of FR-C.1 ineffective due to CETs tending up) which would be a General Emergency. While the upward trend exist, the Core Cooling is NOT a RED Path with the stated conditions. Core Cooling Red Path criteria would have to be recalled correctly to prevent this error.

C. Incorrect. Initial Site Area Emergency is plausible if the candidate misapplies the information provided. The 50 minute classification is correct.

D. Incorrect. Initial Site Area Emergency and the General Emergency classifications are plausible if the candidate misapplies the information provided.

Page 189 ,

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 76 Tier _1_ Group _1_

KIA 008 Vapor Space LOCA G2.4.41 Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.

Importance Rating: 2.3 / 4.1 Technical

Reference:

EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Matrix, Rev 39 1-FR-0, Unit 1 Status Trees, Rev 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:

EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Matrix, pages 9 and 10 (Fission Product Barrier Matrix)

Learning Objective: OPT271.REP B.3 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - -

New - -X- -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.4 / 45.11) 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 190

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

77. Given the following:

Unit 1 operating at 100% power when an ATWS occurred following the trip of both MFPTs.

- All S/G water levels are approximately 4% narrow range and dropping with ONLY the MDAFW pump 1A-A in service supplying 260 gpm to S/G #1 and 190 gpm to S/G #2.

- At the time of entry into FR-S.1 the RCS temperature and pressure are increasing rapidly.

Subsequently, while perfoming FR-S.1, the reactor is successfully tripped and a safety injection occurs on low pressurizer pressure.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies BOTH the status of the turbine at the time FR-S.1 was entered and the correct procedure implementation as a result of the safety injection?

A':I The turbine is tripped.

Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR-S.1.

B. The turbine is tripped.

Performance of steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, is NOT permitted until FR-S.1 is completed.

C. The turbine is NOT tripped.

Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR-S.1.

D. The turbine is NOT tripped.

Performance of steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-0.5, Equipment Verifications, is NOT permitted until FR-S.1 is completed.

Page 191

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-O.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR:"S.1 would be correct procedure implementation.

B. Incorrect, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Procedure implementaion is incorrect. Plausible if student believes no other procdures can be implemented while FR-'S. 1 is in progress.

C. Incorrect, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Perform steps 1 through 4 of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and ES-O.5, Equipment Verifications, while continuing in FR-S.1 would be correct procedure implementation.

D. Incorrect, The trip of both MFPs is a turbine trip signal and the turbine is tripped as indicated by the heatup and pressurization of the RCS (if the turbine was not tripped, the RCS would be cooling down and depressurizing). Procedure implementaion is incorrect. Plausible if student believes no other procdures can be implemented while FR-S. 1 is in progress.

Page 192

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 77 Tier 1 Group 1 K/A 000029 EA2.09 ATWS: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a ATWS:

Occurrence of a main turbine/reactor trip Importance Rating: 4.4/4.5 Technical

Reference:

FR-S.1, Nuclear Power Generation ' ATWS EPM-3-FR-S.1 ,Basis Document for FR-S.1, Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS FR-O, Status Trees Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 FR-S.1 B5, B7 Question Source:

Bank# - - - -

Modified Bank # X- - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, INPO Bank S029EA2.09 1Robinson 9/27/04 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 193

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

78. Given the following:

Unit 1 at 4% power, startup in progress in accordance with GO-3, Power Ascension from Reactor Critical to Less than 5 Percent Reactor Power.

- The MFW Bypass Reg valves are controlling steam generator levels in AUTO.

Main Feed Pump (MFP) 1A in service.

Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps have been stopped and placed in A-P AUTO.

Following an inadvertent Feedwater Isolation, the crew enters AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater If all 4 SG levels were at 28% and dropping, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the status of the MFW Bypass Reg Valves and the procedure to be in effect when the plant is stabilized?

A. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater.

B~ MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be closed; ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

C. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; AOP-S.01, Loss of Normal Feedwater.

D. MFW Bypass Reg Valves would be opening; ES-O.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Page 194

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O.1 where the plant would be stabilized. Plausible because the plant would be stabilized in AOP-S.01 if the power level had been lower in Mode 2 and the candidate may not correctly identify the valves closed by the FWI signal because there is a FWI valve downstream.

B. Correct, The valves would be closed due to the FWI, even with the SG levels dropping and Bypass reg valve controllers sending signal to open the valves. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and being in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped and the AFW would attempt to control SG levels, however with power level above the capability of AFW, the levels would continue to drop. A reactor trip would be required, following by a transition to ES-O.1 where the plant would be stabilized.

C. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be a sending signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening.

Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated and because the plant would be stabilized in AOP-S.01 if the power level had been lower in Mode 2.

D. Incorrect, Due to SG levels dropping, Bypass reg valve controllers would be sending a signal to open the valves but the FWI would have the valves closed. The AFW pumps would start due MFP 1B having control power on its trip bus and be in the tripped state resulting in both MFPTs tripped which starts AFW pumps. Plausible because the bypass reg valve would normally be responding to the low S/G levels by modulating opening.

Because there is a FWI valve downstream, the candidate may not realize the bypass reg valve is also isolated. The plant stabilization in ES-O.2 is correct.

Page 195

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 78 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 054 AA2.05 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW): Status of MFW pumps, regulating and stop valves Importance Rating: 3.5/3.7 Technical

Reference:

AOP-S.1, Loss of Normal Feedwater Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.MFW B4, OPL271AOP-S.01 B~

Question Source:

Bank# _

Modified Bank # - - - -

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5/43.13 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 196

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

79. Given the following:

Unit 2 is operating at 100 % RTP when a transient causes a reactor trip

- The Operating Crew implements E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, then transitions to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, and stabilizes the plant.

- The operating crew observes the following:

- Steam dump valves CLOSED.

- S/G Atmospheric Relief Valves Operating.

First Out annunciators DARK.

- All SSPS status lights DARK.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the procedural requirements to place TID AFW pump in service and the required time to make the first 10CFR50.72 report to the NRC in accordance with SPP-3.5?

A. Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine Trip & Throttle valve power supply in accordance with AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v Vital DC Battety Board; 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

B. Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine Trip & Throttle valve power supply in accordance with AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v Vital DC Battety Board; 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> C~ Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine control power in accordance with AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board; 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> D. Transfer TID AFW Pump Turbine control power in accordance with AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board; 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> Page 197

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the supply was transferred locally. Plausible if the candidate mistakenly thinks that the effect on the TID AFW pump would be not starting instead of the real effect of the loss of the speed control circuit. The first NRC notification is a 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> report B. Incorrect, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the supply was transferred locally. The first NRC notification is a 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> report. Plausible if the candidate mistakenly thinks that the effect on the TID AFW pump would be not starting instead of the real effect of the loss of the speed control circuit or misapplies the NRC reporting criteria as many conditions are 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> reports.

C. Correct, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the TID AFW pump power supply was transferred to the 2-111 board locally. The first NRC notification is a 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> report.

D. Incorrect, the 120v AC Vital Board 2-1 has failed as identified by the Status light and first out annunciators. The pump would start due to having DC power but the speed controller would be deengerized until the TID AFW pump power supply was transferred to the 2-111 board locally.

Plausible if the candidate correctly applies the power supplies transfer needed to restore the speed control circuit but misapplies the NRC reporting criteria.

Page 198

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 79 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 000057 AA2.17 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus: System and component status, using local or remote controls Importance Rating: 3.1/ 3.4 Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.04, Loss of Unit 2 Vital Instrument Power Board Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-P.03 & P.04 B2, B6 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # _

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 199

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

80. Given the following:

Unit 1 is in MODE 4 following a Refuel Outage.

- ABGTS Train B is tagged for heater bank inspection.

- Annunciator PS-32-104 T-RAIN A AUX CONTROL AIR PRESSURE LOW alarms.

- AUO reports the Train A Aux air is isolated from station air, Train A Aux Air Compressor running and the Train A header is 67 psig and slowly dropping.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the actionrequlred per Unit 1 Technical Specifications regarding the status of ABGTS?

A. ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until the Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closes, at which time LCO 3.0.3 entry would NOT be required.

B. ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until the Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closes, at which time LCO 3.0.3 entry would be required.

C. Both ABGTS Trains would be INOPERABLE with the current conditions.

LCO 3.0.3 entry would NOT be required.

D~ Both ABGTS Trains would be INOPERABLE with the current conditions.

LCO 3.0-.3 entry would be required.

Question requires the knowledge of when the air system can not support the systems that require air and the application of 2 Technical Specifications for ABGTS. Plant Systems LCO 3.7.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System and Refueling Operations LCO 3.9.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System.

A. Incorrect, per the ARI for the alarm identified in the stem (and AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air) if the air pressure is less than 70 psig then control air is inoperable (and it is not covered by a TIS of its own.) The ABGTS is one the systems affected by the loss of air. Thus, the Train A ABGTS must be declared Inoperable. The Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closing is plausible due to it occuring at a pressure setting air on decreasing air pressure. The suspension of tuel movement is a required action in LCO -3.9.12 if no ABGTS train is operable making the distractor more plausible.

B. Incorrect, per the ARI for the alarm identified in the stem (and AOP-M.2, Page 200

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Loss of Control Air) if the air pressure is less than 70 psig then control air is inoperable (and it is not covered by a TIS of its own.) The ABGTS is one the systems affected by the loss of air. Thus, the Train A ABGTS must be declared Inoperable. The Train A Containment Air Isolation valve automatically closing is plausible due to it occurring at a pressure setting air on decreasing air pressure. The suspension of fuel movement is a required action in LCO -3.9.12 if no ABGTS train is operable making the distractor more plausible and the distractor also has the correct application of LCO 3.30.3 as required by LCO -3.7.8 due to being in Mode 4.

C. Incorrect, Both trains of ABGTS are Inoperable (B- tagged and A-due to low air pressure as identified in the ARI and in AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air)

Plausible if the candidate remembers that LCO-3.0.3 is identified as not being applicable in LCO 3.9.12 which is applicable due to the movement of irradiated fuel in the storage pool, but does not remember LCO 3.7.8 is also applicable due to the plant being in Mode 4. LCO 3.0.3 is applicable for not meeting 3. 7.8 and not having an identified action statement that can be applied.

D. Correct,Both trains of ABGTS are Inoperable (B- tagged and A-due to low air pressure as identified in the ARI and in AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air)

LCO 3.9.12 is applicable due to having irradiated fuel in the pit and requires the movement of irradiated fuel in the storage pool be stopped. while not applicable for LCO 3.9.12, LCO 3.0.3 is applicable for not meeting 3.7.8 due to not having an identified action statement that can be applied.

Page 201

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 80 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 065 AA2.01 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air: Cause and effect of low-pressure instrument air alarm Importance Rating: 2.9 I 3.2 Technical

Reference:

1-AR-M15-B (A-4)

AOP-M.2, Loss of Control Air Plant Systems TIS 3.7.8, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Refueling Operations TIS 3.9.12, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System 1,2-47W611-32-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.ABGTS B6 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New -X- - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b (2)

Comments:

Page 202

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

81. Given the following:

Unit 2 is responding to a LOCA with various Aux Building Radiation Monitors in alarm.

- The operators reach the last step in the procedure in effect and observes the following conditions:

RCS pressure 1040 psig and dropping.

RWST Wide Range level 72% and dropping.

Containment Sump level is 00/0.

Which ONE (1) of the following statements identifies...

1) The procedure transition required to assure continued removal of decay heat under these conditions.

and

2) How the termination of ECCS flow would be procedurally accomplished when termination criteria was met?

A':I 1) Transition to ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation;

2) ECCS flow would be terminated in ECA-1.1.

B. 1) Transition to ECA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation;

2) ECCS flow would be terminated in ES-1.1.

C. 1) Transition back to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant;

2) ECCS flow would be terminated in E-1.

D. 1) Transition back to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant;

2) ECCS flow would be terminated in ES-1.1 Page 203

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Gorrect, If LOGA has not been isolated as per indications given in stem then the procedure forces a Transition to EGA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation and the SI termination would be completed in EGA-1.1.

B. Incorrect, If LOGA has not been isolated as per indications given in stem then the procedure forces a Transition to EGA-1.1, Loss of RHR Sump Recirculation however, the the SI termination would be completed in EGA-1. 1 not in ES-1. 1. Plausible if the candidate knows the transition would be made to EGA-1. 1 but does not know that the EGA will terminate the safety injection.

G. Incorrect, E-1 would be the correct transition if the leak had been isolated.

Isolation is determined by the RGS pressure rising and the stem states that the pressure is dropping. Plausible if the candidate does not know the criteria required to make the transition to E-1 is RGS pressure increasing.

D. Incorrect, E-1 would be the correct transition if the leak had been isolated as determined by the RGS pressure rising and the stem states that the pressure is dropping. Plausible if the candidate does not know the criteria required to make the transition to E-1 is RGS pressure increasing but does know that if E-1 is entered the SI termination would be terminated in ES-1.1.

Page 204

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 81 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA W/E11 G 2.4.48 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.

Importance Rating: 3.5 I 3.8 Technical

Reference:

ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-1.2, 85 Question Source:

Bank# - - - -

Modified Bank # X- -

New - - - -

Question History: SQN N'RC Exam 1/2008, SQN BANK ECA-1.2-B.1 B 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis __X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5 I 45.12 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments: SQN BANK ECA-1.2-B.1 B 001 with minor rewording of the stem to require candidate to determine the leak is not isolated (versus stating the leak is not isolated in the stem) and to correct procedure titles in the choices Page 205

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

82. Given the following:

The crew is performing actions of ECA-2.1, "Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators."

The RCS subcooling is 48 degrees F.

RCS pressure is 1540 psig and rising.

Pressurizer level is 24% and rising.

- While performing Step 14, MONITOR SI Termination Criteria, the S/G #4 pressure suddenly begins to rise in an uncontrolled manner.

What action is required for this condition?

A. Terminate SI in ECA-2.1, then transition to E.-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.

BY' Transition to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, then terminate SI.

C. Remain in ECA-2.1, SI termination criteria are not currently met.

D. Transition to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, SI termination criteria are not currently met.

Page 206

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. The fold out page Event Diagnostics and a caution direct the operator not to transition until SI termination is complete after the SI is reset in Step 15. With termination criteria met at step 14, the caution and fold out page directions do' not apply. The purpose of this caution is to prevent an unnecessary delay in terminating SI; thus, prevent/minimize the potential for repressurizing the ReS (PTS concern). With the termination criteria met prior to this step, the procedure directs the transition to E-2 where SI termination will be directed. Plausible if candidate does not understand the process to start the SI termination process.

B. Correct. The fold out page Event Diagnostics directs the transition to E-2 if SI termination criteria is met unless Step 15 through Step 25 are in progress.

The parameters listed result in meeting SI termination criteria. Meeting the criteria prior to Step 15 which resets the SI and begins the SI termination process, results in the correct action being a transition to E-2 where SI termination will be directed.

c. Incorrect. The Sltermination criteria is met and a transition is required to be made to E-2. Plausible if the candidate misapplies the data given to required SI termination criteria and determines that continuing in ECA-2. 1 is the correct action which would be correct is SI termination criteria was not met.

D. Incorrect. The transition to E-2 is correct however the SI termination is met as provided in the data supplied in the question. Plausible because the candidate could recognize the pressure increasing in the #4 SG as being an criteria for the transition to E-2 but misapply the data given as not meeting SI termination criteria..

Page 207

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 82 Tier 1 Group 1 KIA W/E12G2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.

Importance Rating: 3.4 I 3.8 Technical

Reference:

ECA-2.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 ECA-2.1, B4, & 5, & 6 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # X_ _

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank question ECA-2.1-B.5.A 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.10 143.2 145.12 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 208

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

83. Given the following:

Unit 1 is at 100% RTP.

Control Rod D Rods are at 220 steps.

- A single rod in Control Bank D drops to 115 steps.

Which ONE (1) of the following statements describes the BASES for restricting thermal power to less than or equal to 75 %?

AY' Ensures Fuel Rod Integrity is maintained during continued operation.

B. Minimize AFD swings due to xenon redistribution.

C. Removes requirement to determine QPTR using incore probes.

D. Eliminates the requirement to re-evaluate specific accident analysis.

A. Correct, Basis states restriction of thermal power provides assurance of fuel rod integrity during continued operation.

B. Incorrect, Not part of basis and lowering RX power can cause AFD swings.

Plausible due to AFD being affected during a dropped rod event but power reduction is not to minimize AFD swings.

c. Incorrect, Not part of actions/basis for dropped rod. This action is from TS 3.2.4 QPTR. Plausible due to QPTR being affected by a dropped rod, and this is a restriction placed on determining QPTR with power above 75% power with an NI out of service.

D. Incorrect, Accident analysis must be performed to ensure analysis remains valid per Tech Spec action. Plausible due to Accident analysis being a TS action which must be pertormea.

Page 209

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 83 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA 000003 G2.2.22 Dropped Control Rod: Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

Importance Rating: 3.4 I 4.1 Technical

Reference:

TS 3.1.3.1 and Basis Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-C.01 B6, B9 Question Source:

Bank# _

Modified Bank # -------

New -X- - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge __X _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.2 I 45.2) 10CFR55.43.b (2)

Comments:

Page 210

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

84. Given the following:

Unit 1 operating at 86% power when MFP 1A trips.

- As the rods are inserting, the OATC observes the following:

Bank D Group 1 remains at 190 steps while the Bank D Group 2 rods are inserting as indicated by RPls and step counters.

- The OATC places the rod control to MANUAL stopping rod motion with Bank D Group 2 rods at 148 steps.

Which ONE of the following identifies the correct response to the rod misalignment per AOP-C.01, Rod Control System Malfunction?

A. Make repairs then realign the Group 1 rods to the Group 2 rods per AOP-C.01.

B. Make repairs then realign the Group 2 rods to the Group 1 rods per AOP-C.01.

C. Remove the Unit from service within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> in accordance with Tech Specs using GOs.

D~ Trip the Reactor and Go to E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

A. Incorrect, Plausible due to AOP-C.01 contains steps to realign a misaligned rod to the bank but not with the conditions stated in the question.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to AOP-C.01 contains steps to realign a misaligned rod to the bank but not with the conditions stated in the question.

c. Incorrect, with the rods >12 and <50 steps out of alignment, Plausible due to this could be correct if the rods were in a bank other than O.

O. Correct, AOP- C.01 directs -If multiple rods misaligned greater than 12 steps but no more than 50 steps each from respective banks (with the misaligned rods in Control Bank 0) then TRIP the reactor and GO TO E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

Page 211

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 84 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA 000005 AA2.03 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Inoperable / Stuck Control Rod: Required actions if more than one rod is stuck or inoperable Importance Rating: 3.5/4.4 Technical

Reference:

AOP-C.1, Rod control System Malfunction Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-C.01 B8 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 212

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

85. Given the following:

- Unit 1 turbine load is at 40%.

- Condenser vacuum is being lost due to air in-leakage.

- Operators have entered AOP-S.02, Loss of Condenser Vacuum.

- Condenser pressure is 1.9 psia and increasing at 0.1 psia/minute.

Which of the following are the correct actions in accordance with AOP-S.02 for the current conditions?

A. Trip the turbine and GO TO AOP-S.06, Turbine Trip.

B. Trip the Reactor and GO TO E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

C. Continue in AOP-S.02, if condenser pressure exceeds' 2.7 psia and can NOT be restored within 5 min, Trip the turbine and GO TO AOP-S.06, Turbine Trip.

D~ Continue in AOP-S.02 if condenser pressure exceeds 2.7 psia and can NOT be restored within 5 min, Trip the Reactor and GO TO E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

A. Incorrect, Plausible due to Turbine trip would be required if the load were less than 30% with pressure >1.72 psia.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to Reactor trip would be required if the condenser pressure exceeded 2. 7 psia and could not be restored to less than 2.7 psia within 5 minutes.

The 1.72 setpoint is associated with turbine trip at less than 30% load.

C. Incorrect, Plausible due to with load greater than 30%, if the condenser pressure exceeds 2. 7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes, then a Reactor trip is required, NOT a Turbine trip.

D. Correct. With load greater than 30%, if the condenser pressure exceeds 2. 7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes, then a Reactor trip is required.

Page 213

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 85 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA 051 AA2.02 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum:Conditions requiring reactor andlor turbine trip Importance Rating: 3.9/4.1 Technical

Reference:

AOP-S.02, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-S.02 B2, B8 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # _ _X_ _

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank Mod AOP-S.02-B.2014 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5/4.5.13 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 214

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

86. Given the following:

- An inadvertent Reactor Trip occurred on Unit 1.

- A Safety Injection was initiated due to SG #2 Atmospheric Relief Valve sticking open.

- The operating crew is currently performing E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation and the following conditions exist:

RCS subcooling is 64 degrees F.

S/G levels in #1, #3 and #4 SGs are stable at 33% narrow range.

S/G #2 level is 0% wide range.

RCS pressure 1760 psig and rising.

Pressuizer level 22% and rising.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the procedural flow path to implement ES-1.1, SI Termination and, the required action in ES-1.1 if the RCS pressure starts to drop and continues to drop following the action to stop the first centrifuqal charging pump (CCP)?

A. Transition to ES-1.1 would be made DIRECTLY from E-2.

Restart the CCP and transition to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.

B~ Transition to ES-1.1 would be made DIRECTLY from E-2.

Transition to ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown.

C. No direct transition from E-2 to ES-1.1 can be made, a transition must first be made to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.

Restart the CCP and transition to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.

D. No direct transition from E-2 to ES-1.1 can be made, a transition must first be made to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.

Transition to ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown.

Page 215

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Transition to ES-1.1 would be made directly from E-2 and if the RCS pressure continued to drop following the stopping of the CCP the procedure will direct the transition to ES-1.2. Plausible because the restarting of the CCP and a transition to E-1 would be made from the ES-1.1 Fold Out Page on the procedure under different conditions.

B. Correct, ES-1. 1 would be entered from E-2, and if the RCS pressure continued to drop following the stopping of the CCP, a transition to ES-1.2 is directed.

C. Incorrect, ES-1.1 would be entered directly from E-2, No transition to E-1 would be required, however the candidate might mistakenly conclude that an E-1 transition would have to be made before ES-1.1 could be entered.

Plausible if the candidate was not aware that the direct transition was correct or because the restarting of the CCP and a transition to E-1 would be made from the ES-1.1 Fold Out Page on the procedure under different conditions.

D. Incorrect, ES-1.1 would be entered directly from E-2, No transition to E-1 would be required, however plausible because the candidate might mistakenly conclude that an E-1 transition would have to be made before ES-1.1 could be entered and the transition to ES-1.2 is correct for the pressure response after the CCP is stopped.

Page 216

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 86 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA W/E02 EA2.2 SI Termination: Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.

Importance Rating: 3.5 I 4.0 Technical

Reference:

E=O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Technical Specifications 3.3.1.1, 3.3.2.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.PZRPCS B6, OPT200.NIS B6, OPL271 E-O B5 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - X ----

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5 I 45.13 10CFR55.43.b (3, 5)

Comments:

Page 217

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

87. Given the following conditions:

Unit 1 core reload in progress.

- An irradiated assembly is in the manipulator crane and is being transported to a core location.

- An additional irradiated fuel assembly is in the RCCA change fixture.

The Refueling SRO determines a leak exists in the Reactor Cavity Seal and RADCON tech reports that radiation levels are rising as the water level is dropping.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the action that is REQUIRED to be taken with the 2 fuel assemblies in accordance with AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions?

Irradiated Assembly Irradiated Assembly In Manipulator Crane In RCCA change Fixture A~ Transport back to Spent Place in any core location Fuel Pit side B. Transport back to Spent Transport back to Spent Fuel Pit side Fuel Pit side C. Place in any core location Transport back to Spent Fuel Pit side D. Place in any core location Place in any core location Page 218

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct. As stated per AOP-M04.

B. Incorrect. AOP -M.04 requires the assembly in the RCCA fixture to be placed in the core. Plausible because the candidate could think that both assemblies would be returned to the spent fuel pit.

C. Incorrect. AOP -M.04 requires the assembly in the manipulator crane to be transported to the SFP and the assembly in the RCCA fixture to be placed in the core. Plausible because these are the to locations required for the assemblies, but are reversed. The candidate could think that the identified locations are the required location for each of the assemblies.

D. Incorrect. AOP -M.04 requires the assembly in the manipulator crane to be transported to the SFP. Plausible because the candidate could think that this assembly would be placed in a core location Page 219

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 87 Tier 1 Group 2 KIA W/E16 G2.2.31 High Containment Radiation Knowledge of procedures and Limitations involved in initial core loading.

Importance Rating: 2.2 I 2.9 Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learninq Objective: OPL271AOP-M.04, B.8.b Question Source:

Bank# - - - -

Modified Bank # X- - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC.Exam 1/2008, Modified WBN Bank question AOP2900.06 006 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _ _X_.

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.6 10CFR55.43.b (7)

Comments:

Page 220

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

88. Given the following:

Unit 1 restarted 10 days ago following a refueling outage and is operating at 100 % power.

Control Bank D is currently 185 steps withdrawn and Rod control is in AUTOMATIC.

- Subsequently, the following occurs;

- A controller problem results in the Letdown Hx Temperature Control Valve slowly drifting closed.

- The operating crew enters AOP-C.02, Uncontrolled RCS Boron Concentration Changes.

Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the direction the control rods would move AND how rod control is to be operated in accordance with AOP-C.02?

A. OUT Control rods are to be withdrawn in Manual B~ OUT Control rods are to be operated in Automatic C. IN Control rods are to be inserted in Manual D. IN Control rods are to be operated in Automatic Page 221

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect. The first part would be correct, Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section -

2. 1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.

B. Correct. The first part would be correct, Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section

2. 1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.

C. Incorrect. First and second part incorrect. Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section

2. 1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.

D. Incorrect. First part incorrect. Ltdn temp would increase resulting in Boration and Tave lowers therfore rods would move out in Auto. AOP-C.02 section 2.1, Uncontrolled or Unplanned dilution specifically states Control rods are not to be withdrawn in Manual however Automatic rod motion is allowed.

Page 222

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 88 Tier L Group _1_

KIA 008 A2.09 Component Cooling Water: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Results of excessive exit temperature from the letdown cooler, including the temperature effects on ion-exchange resins.

Importance Rating: 2.3 / 2.8 Technical

Reference:

CCS Mech Logic Diagram 1,2-47W611-70-2.

AOP-C.02.

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: none Learning Objective: OPT200.CVCS B.5.d Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # X New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008,Votgle draft 2006 Exam question #3 Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR" Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) 10CFR55.43.b (6) (5)

Comments:

Page 223

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

89. If the Reactor Cooling System pressure exceeded the Technical Specification Safety Limit in Mode 3, which ONE (1) of the following identifies the maximum time allowed for each of the following?
1. Pressure restored to less than Safety Limit.
2. Operations Duty Manager (ODS) Notification.

Pressure Restored ODS Notification A. 5 minutes Within 5 minutes after event initiation B~ 5 minutes Within 5 minutes after REP declaration C. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Within 5 minutes after event initiation O. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Within 5 minutes after REP declaration A. Incorrect, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2. The time to notify the ODS is 5 minutes after the REP declaration. Plausible because there is a 15 minute time requirement to make a declaration after event initiation and the student could mix up the initiating requirement.

B. Correct, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2. 1.2. The time for the ODS notification is within 5 minutes after REP declaration.

C. Incorrect, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2 not 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> stated in the distractor. The time to notify the ODS is 5 minutes after the REP declaration. Plausible because there is a 15 minute time requirement to make a declaration after event initiation and the student could mix up the initiating requirement.

D. Incorrect, The time to restore pressure is 5 minutes per TIS 2.1.2 not 15 as stated in the distractor. Correct ODS notification time.

Page 224

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 89 Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System G 2.4.38 Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including (if required) supporting or acting as emergency coordinator Importance Rating: 2.2/4.0 Technical

Reference:

Technical Specifications 2.1.2 Radiological Emergency Plan EPIP-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 REP 2, OPT200.PZRPCS B6 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New _X_ _

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _X _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5/45.11 10CFR55.43.b (1, 2)

Comments:

Page 225

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

90. Given the following:

Unit 1 at 100 % power with the TP-AFW pump out of service for maintenance.

- Annunciator "125V DC VITAL CHARGER II FAILURE OR VITAL BAT II DISCHARGE" ON 1-M-1 panel is in alarm and the crew is investigating the cause.

Following a reactor trip due to a spurious main turbine trip, the crew is performing ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, when the OATC determines the Train B AFW pump is NOT running.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a reason the AFW pump B is not running AND-the allowed procedure use sequence provided by EPM-4, User's Guide, to allow placing the AFW pump B in service?

A. Loss of control power to SSPS Train B slave relays.

AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board, can be implemented ONLY after ES-0.1 has been completed.

B. Loss of control power to SSPS Train B slave relays.

Implement AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board while continuing in ES-0.1.

C. Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board.

AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board, can be implemented ONLY after ES-0.1 has been completed.

D~ Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board.

Implement AOP-P.02, Loss of 125v DC Vital Battery Board while continuing in ES-0.1.

Page 226

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Loss of Control Power for the slave relay would prevent the pump from starting. Control power to SSPS Train B slave relays is from Channel II 120v AC Vital and not from the Channel II 125v DC. Candidate could confuse the 2 power supplies. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1. Plausible if student thinks the AOP cannot be performed while ES-O.1 is being performed.

B. Incorrect, Loss of Control Power for the slave relay would prevent the pump

- from starting. Control power to SSPS Train B slave relays is from Channel II 120v AC Vital and not from the Channel II 125v DC. Candidate could confuse the 2 power supplies. While 125v DC control Power to the board can be transferred, the control power to the slave relays cannot be transferred. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O. 1.

C. Incorrect, Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board would bring in the alarm and without the control power the pumps would not start. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.

Plausible if student thinks the AOP cannot be performed while ES-O.1 is being performed.

D. Correct, Loss of control power to the 6900v Shutdown Board would bring in the alarm and without the control power the pumps would not start. Rules of procedure usage allows implementing AOP while continuing ES-O.1.

Page 227

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 90 Tier 2 Group 1 K/A 013 A2.05 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ESFAS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations; Loss of dc control power Importance Rating: 3.7 / 4.2 Technical

Reference:

AOP-P.02, and 0-SO-250-10, 6900V Shutdown Board DC Control Bus Transfer, 1-AR-M 1-C (B-4)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-P.02 B2 & 8 Ouestion Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X- - -

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: ,

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X_ _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.5 /43.5 /45.3 / 45.13 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 228

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 91.

Given the following:

Unit 1 is being shutdown for a refueling outage.

Operating crew is performing 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown From Hot Standby To Cold Shutdown.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies when Containment Closure Control is required to be implemented in accordance with 0-GO-15, Containment Closure Control, AND who will maintain the listing of Containment Closure Exceptions in effect in accordance with 0-GO-15?

Required Containment Closure When Exceptions Maintained by A':I When Unit enters Operations Work Control Mode 5 Center(WCC) US B. When Unit enters Unit 1 SRO Mode 5 C. When RHR is placed Operations Work Control in service Center(WCC) US D. When RHR is placed Unit 1 SRO in service Page 229

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct, 0-GO-7 states that 0-GO-15 , Containment Closure Control, is to be implemented to track containment configuration changes when the unit enters Mode 5. 0-GO-7 identifies the WCC US as maintaining the Appendix tracking containment closure exceptions.

B. Incorrect, 0-GO-7 states that 0-GO-15 , Containment Closure Control, is to be implemented to track containment configuration changes when the unit enters Mode 5. 0-GO-7 identifies the WCC US as maintaining the Appendix tracking containment closure exceptions. Plausible because the GO requires the unit SRO to maintain awareness of the exceptions and to inform the WCC US of changes on the unit that could affect allowable closure times.

C. Incorrect, 0-GO-15 purpose statement says the GO provides the requirements for Containment Closure Control in the event of a loss of RHR shutdown cooling, making the implementation fo the GO when RHR is placed in service plausible, however, the correct implementation is when the Unit enters Mode 5.

D. Incorrect, 0-GO-15 purpose statement says the GO provides the requirements for Containment Closure Control in the event of a loss of RHR shutdown cooling, making the implementation fo the GO when RHR is placed in service plausible, however, the correct implementation is when the Unit enters Mode 5. Plausible because the GO requires the unit SRO to maintain awareness of the exceptions and to inform the WCC US of changes on the unit that could affect allowable closure times.

Page 230

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 91 Tier 2 Group 1 K/A 103 Containment Systems G 2.2.14 Knowledge of the process for making configuration changes.

Importance Rating: 2.1 / 3.0 Technical

Reference:

0-GO-15, Containment Closure Control Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 GO-15 B.1 and B.4 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - X --

Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge __X _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.3/45.13 10CFR55.43.b (4, 5)

Comments:

Page 231

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

92. Given the following:

Unit 1 is in MODE 4 with Heatup in Progress.

Unit 2 is in MODE 6 with core reload in progress.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies a condition where the associated Unit's Containment Purge would be required to be shutdown, but would continue to run until an Operator MANUALLY shutdown the purge?

A. Annunciator, 1-RA-90-131A CNMT PURGE AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 1 Upper Containment Purge in progress.

B. Annunciator, 0-RA-90-101A AUX BLDG VENT MONITOR HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 1 Lower Containment Purge in progress.

C. Annunciator, 2-RA-90-131A CNMT PURGE AIR EXH MON HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 2 Lower Containment Purge in progress.

D~ Annunciator, 0-RA-90-101A AUX BLDG VENT MONITOR HIGH RAD, alarms with Unit 2 Upper Containment Purge in progress.

A. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not remember that 1-RM-90-131 would automatically shutdown the U-1 purge and manual shutdown is not required.

B. Incorrect, Plausible due to 0-RM-90-101 will initiate an ABI, however, Manual shutdown of purge is NOT required due to the ABI if U-1 is in Mode 4.

c. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not remember that 2-RM-90-131 would automatically shutdown the U-2 purge and manual shutdown is not required.

D. Correct, O-RM-90-101 will initiate an ABI and if the Unit is in MODE 5, 6, or defueled, an operator must manually shutdown the U-2 purge.

Page 232

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 92 Tier 2 Category 2 KIA 029 G 2.4.46 Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with the plant conditions.

Importance Rating: 3.5 / 3.6 Technical

Reference:

0-SO-30-3, 1,2-47W611-30-6, 0-AR-M12-B (B-1 and B-2)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.CONTPURGE B5 Question Source: New Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level: Higher 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.12 10CFR55.43.b (7) (4)

Comments:

Page 233

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

93. You are the Fuel Handling SRO for receiving new fuel. As a new fuel cask is being lifted from the transport truck, the lifting slings break and the cask drops to the ground.

Initial inspections indicate extensive damage to one fuel assembly.

Per AOP-M.04, Refueling Malfunctions, which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the MINIMUM level required for approval of recovery instructions?

A. Fuel Handling SRO.

B. Shift Manager.

C. Operations Manager.

D~ Plant Manager.

A. Incorrect, Plausible if student does not know rec<?very instructions are required. Fuel Handling SRO approval for fuel movement is normally required.

B. Incorrect, Plausible because Fuel Handling SRO approval for fuel movement is normally required and since damage occured Shift Manager approval would be a good distractor.

c. Incorrect, Plausible if student knows recovery instructions are required prior to moving damaged fuel assembly, and since operations is in charge of the movement the Operations Manager is a good distractor.

D. Correct, Must be suspended until recovery instructions are approved by the Plant Manager. ""

Page 234

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 93 Tier L Group L K/A 034 A2.02 Fuel Handling Equipment: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Fuel Handling System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Dropped cask.

Importance Rating: 3.4 / 3.9 Technical

Reference:

AOP-M.04 Refuleing Malfunctions Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-M.04 B5 and 8 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - - -

New X Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) 10CFR55.43.b (7)

Comments:

Page 235

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

94. Given the following:

Both units in MODE 1.

- The following data resulted from the weekly testing on 125v DC Vital Battery III.

Battery on float charge.

Battery Terminal Voltage 133v dc.

Battery charging current is 2.2 amps.

Battery Room and Electrolyte temperature is 68°F.

- Cell electrolyte level is between minimum and maximum marks.

- Cell voltage is 2.11v dc.

- Corrected Specific Gravity is 1.197.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies the Unit 1 T/S required actions regarding the 125v DC Vital Battery III?

REFERENCE PROVIDED A. Immediately declare INOPERABLE due to Category A criteria, restore to OPERABLE status within the next 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> or be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />.

B. Immediately declare INOPERABLE due to Category B criteria, restore to OPERABLE status within the next 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> or be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />.

C~ May be considered OPERABLE provided that within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> all the Category B measurements are taken and found to be within their allowable values, and provided all parameter(s) are restored to within limits within the next 6 days.

D. May be considered OPERABLE provided all Category B measurements are within their allowable values and provided the parameter(s) are restored to within limits within the next 7 days. No requirement exists to verify Category B measurements within allowable values within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

Page 236

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, The conditions stated do not require declaring INOPERABLE even though the cell Float Voltage limit and Specific Gravity limit are NOT met due to the weekly test are to verify that the pilot cell parameters meet Category A limits and if they do not, then footnote (1) provides for considering the battery operable provided Category B measurements are taken within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> and found to be within their allowable values. Plausible because if the footnote (1) is not used correctly, the candidate could choose this response.

The actions stated are the actions for not meeting the LCO.

B. Incorrect, The conditions stated do not require declaring INOPERABLE even though the Float Voltage is below the Category B limit, there has been no correction for temperature as identified by (c) and the voltage is above the Category B allowable value. The weekly test are to verify that the pilot cell parameters meet Category A limits and do not measure to verify all Category B criteria. Plausible because if the footnotes (1), (2), and (c) are not used correctly, the candidate could choose this response. The actions stated are the actions for not meeting the LCO.

C. Correct, The weekly test measure to verify the pilot cell meets the Category A limits and if as in this case the Float voltage and the Specific Gravity limit are not met, then footnote (1) contains the required actions which are as stated in the answer.

D. Incorrect, This choice which is footnote (2) would result in a failure to meet the 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> requirement to perform the Category B measurements and also could extend the time to restore the parameters to within allowable values. Plausible if the candidate applies footnote (2) due to the Float Voltage being below the Category B limit listed.

Page 237

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 94 Tier 3 KIA G2.1.12 Ability to apply technical specifications for a system Importance Rating: 2.9 I 4.0 Technical

Reference:

TIS, Electrical Power Systems D.C. Distribution - Operating, LCO 3.8.2.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:T/S 3.8.2.3 (4 pages)

Learning Objective: OPT200.DC B6 Question Source:

Bank# - - - -

Modified Bank # - - - -

New X Question History: New for SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 43.2 / 43.5 / 45.3 10CFR55.43.b (2)

Comments:

Page 238

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

95. Given the following:

- Unit 2 is in Mode 5.

- At 0130 the Control Room Emergency Ventilation system (CREVS) Train B was started.

- At 0200 the CREVS Train A was removed from service for heater repair, with repairs expected to be completed. in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

- At 0530 the CREVS Train B breaker tripped on overload.

Which ONE (1) of the. following describes Unit 2 Tech Spec 3.7.7 "Control Room Emergency Ventilation System" applicability for this condition AND the basis for this Tech Spec?

A. Tech Spec 3.7.7 would NOT be entered in this mode.

Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.

B. Tech Spec 3.7.7 would NOT be entered in this mode.

Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 1 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.

C~ Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be entered in this mode.

Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.

D. Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be entered in this mode.

Limits the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 1 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.

Page 239

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, Plausible if student believes Tech Spec 3. 7. 7 is not applicable in given mode. Limiting control room personnel to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions is correct per the basis.

B. Incorrect, Plausible if student believes Tech Spec 3. 7. 7 is not applicable in given mode. Limiting control room personnel to 1 rem is incorrect.

C. Correct, Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be applicable in given Mode, and per the basis for this Tech Spec Limits "the radiation exposure to personnel in the control room to 5 rem or less whole body following all credible accident conditions.

D. Incorrect, Tech Spec 3.7.7 would be applicable in given Mode. Limiting control room personnel to 1 rem is incorrect per the basis Page 240

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 95 Tier --L K/A G 2.1.33 Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical specifications.

Importance Rating: 3.4/4.0 Technical

Reference:

Tech Spec 3.7.7 and basis, Tech Spec 3.0.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.CBVENT B2, 5, 6 Question Source:

Bank # - - - - -

Modified Bank # _

New X- -

Question History: New for SQN NRC Exam 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.2 / 43.3 / 45.3) 10CFR55.43.b (2)

Comments:

Page 241

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

96. An engineer has submitted a design change request to replace the controller for FCV-62-93, "Charging Flow Control," with a different type of controller to improve pressurizer level control at low power.

Which ONE (1) of the following correctly describes the MINIMUM required qualifications for the person(s) PREPARING the safety evaluation paperwork in accordance with SPP-9.4, 10CFR50.59 Evaluations of Changes, Tests, and Experiments?

A~ 50.59 qualified ONLY.

B. SRO Licensed Operator ONLY.

C. Degreed Engineer AND 50.59 qualified.

D. SRO Licensed Operator AND 50.59 qualified.

A. Correct. 10CFR50.59 qualified individuals shall (1) be technically qualified managers, supervisors, engineering specialists, TVA personnel who are degreed engineers with a minimum of four years nuclear experience or equivalent per BP-105, licensed (or formerly licensed) operators or equivalent contract personnel, or recognized subject matter experts approved by the site 10CFR50.59 Program Manager and (2) have completed the required 10CFR50.59 training.

B. Incorrect. Not required to be licensed and required to be 50.59 qualified. Plausible if student thinks having an SRO License is the minimum required due to what it takes to get a license.

c. Incorrect. Not required to be a licensed engineer. Plausible if student thinks having a Degree and knowing individual must be 50.59 qualified. Student may think a degreed Engineer may be required due to Engineering being involved with plant.

design.

D. Incorrect. Not required to be a licensed SRO. Plausible if student knows the individual must be 50.59 qualified and may think having an SRO License is also required due to what it takes to get a license.

Page 242

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 96 Tier --L K/A 2.2.8 Knowledge of the process for determining if the proposedchanqe, test, or experiment involves an unreviewed safety question.

Importance Rating: 1.8/3.3 Technical

Reference:

SPP-9.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: No Lesson Objective identified Question Source:

Bank # X Modified Bank # - - - - -

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN Bank SPP-9.49, SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.3 / 45.13) 10CFR55.43.b (3)

Comments:

Page 243

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

97. Given the following:

- Unit 2 is in Mode 4

- The Chemistry Lab Technician notifies the control room that both the Inside and Outside Containment RCS Hot leg Sample isolation valves failed to close after drawing a sample.

Which of the following is correct concerning the initial action time requirement the applicability of the associated 31 day penetration isolation verification requirement due to the failure listed above (incorporating ALARA considerations), if the selected isolation valve is in a High Radiation Area?

Action 31 day Penetration Isolation Verification A':I Isolate within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Is required every surveillance period and can be verified Closed by administrative means B. Isolate within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> Is required every surveillance period and can be verified Closed by administrative means C. Isolate within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Is NOT required if the selected penetration isolation valve is locked in the Closed position D. Isolate within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> Is NOT required if the selected penetration isolation valve is locked in the Closed position Page 244

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct. Per TS 3.6.3 the action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means.

B. Incorrect. Per TS 3.6.3 the 'action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. So the 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> action is wrong. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means.

c. Incorrect. Per TS 3.6.3 the action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means. Plausible if student thinks that due to ALARA concerns the 31 day verification requirement can be waived if the valve is locked closed.

D. Incorrect. Per TS 3.6.3 the action is to isolate the penetration within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. The 31 day surveillance would always be applicable but per note at bottom of TS can be verified using administrative means. Plausible if student thinks that due to ALARA concerns the 31 day verification requirement can be waived if the valve is locked closed.

Page 245

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 97 Tier --L K/A 2.3.1 Knowledge of 10 CFR:20 and related facility radiation control requirements.

Importance Rating: 2.6 / 3.0 Technical

Reference:

Tech Spec 3.6.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: None Identified Question Source:

Bank # - - -

Modified Bank # - - - -

New _ _X_ _

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.9 / 45.10) 10CFR55.43.b (2)

Comments:

Page 246

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

98. Given the following conditions on Unit 1:

- You are the Unit Supervisor.

Rad Waste water inventory is approaching storage capacity.

- A release of the Monitor Tank is planned.

- Sample results indicate non gaseous activity in the tank is slightly higher than the 3.0E-5 uci/ml value listed in O-SI-CEM-077-400.1, Liquid Waste Effluent Batch Release, for opening a Batch Release Permit.

- The source check on 0-RM-90-122, Liquid Radwaste Release Monitor has failed.

- The Shift Manager has declared 0-RM-90-122, Liquid Radwaste Release Monitor Inoperable.

Which ONE (1) of the following statements is correct regarding approving/disapproving the permit for releasing the Monitor Tank in accordance with O-SI-CEM-077-400.1?

A. Approval not permitted. Cannot release Monitor Tank until contents is reprocessed to lower activity.

B. Approval not permitted. Cannot release monitor tank until O-RM-90-122 has been returned to OPERABLE status.

C~ Approval is permitted. Provided it is released in accordance with ODCM. Shift Manager approval is required for release due to activity level.

D. Approval is permitted. Provided it is released in accordance with ODCM. Shift Manager approval is NOT required for release at this activity level.

Page 247

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, RM does not required to be operable as long as 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve.

alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. High activity level requires SM approval for release. Plausible if student knows high activity limit but does not know that the SM can authorize the release.

B. Incorrect, 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. High activity level requires SM approval for release. Plausible if student believes that to release a tank with high activity it would require active monitoring during the release.

c. Correct, 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. The high activity level requires SM approval for release.

D. Incorrect, 2 Independent samples of tank contents are analyzed, 2 Independent discharge valve alignment, 2 Independent release rate calculations are verified per aDCM 1.1.1. The high activity level requires SM approval for release. Plausible is student does not know requirement to have SM approval for releasing tank with high activity levels. Raising dilution flow adds to the plausibility of being able to release with a higher activity versus getting additional approvals.

Page 248

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 98 Tier ---L KIA 2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.

Importance Rating: 2.1 I 3.1 Technical

Reference:

0-SI-CEM-077-400.1 Liquid Waste Effluent Batch Release.

ODCM 1.1.1 and Table 1.1.1.

0-SO-77-1, Waste Dispoal System, Rev 46 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPT200.LRW BO, B6 Question Source:

Bank# - - - - -

Modified Bank # - - X --

New - - - - -

Question History: Draft Vogtle 2006 Exam SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.4 I 45.10) 10CFR55.43.b (2)

Comments:

Page 249

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008

99. Given the following:

- Mode 5.

- RCS Boron Concentration = 2210 ppm.

- Required Shutdown Margin Boron Concentration = 2100 ppm.

- RWST Boron Concentration = 2600 ppm.

- Chemistry reports Volume Control Tank Boron Concentration = 2000 ppm due to Primary Water inleakage into the VCT which has now been stopped.

- RCS is being drained to 696' for maintenance, per 0-GO-13, "Reactor Coolant System Drain and Fill Operations."

- RCS level is inadvertently lowered to 695'.

- RHR pump amps, discharge pressure, and flow begin to fluctuate excessively.

Which ONE (1) of the following describes the required action(s) and mitigating response in accordance with AOP-R.03, RHR System Malfunction, and Technical Specifications?

Action Mitigating Response A':" Stop RHR Pump Raise RCS level using RWST gravity fill.

B. Stop RHR Pump Raise RCS level using charging pump taking suction from VCT C. Lower RHR Pump Flow Raise RCS level using RWST rate to 1000 - 1500 gpm gravity fill D. Lower RHR Pump Flow Raise RCS level using charging rate to 1000 - 1500 gpm pump taking suction from VCT Page 250

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Correct - The required procedural action to trip the RHR pump is correct. The mitigating 'action is correct due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The RWST Concentration is greater than required SDM concentration.

B. Incorrect - The required procedural action to trip the RHR pump is correct. The mitigating action is incorrect due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The VCT Concentration is less than required SDM concentration. Plausible is student does not remember this requirement.

C. Incorrect - The required procedural action is to trip the RHR pump. Lowering the flow rate is plausible due to procedure containing actions to lower flow rate to the values listed if RCS level is greater than 695' 4". Since RCS level is less than that as stated in the stem then this action would not be performed and is incorrect. The mitigating action is correct due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The RWST Concentration is greater than required SDM concentration.

D. Incorrect - The required procedural action is to trip the RHR pump. Lowering the flow rate is plausible due to procedure containing actions to lower flow rate to the values .

listed if RCS level is greater than 695' 4". Since RCS level is less than that as stated in the stem then this action would not be performed and is incorrect. The mitigating action is incorrect due to Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 action requirement to not dilute RCS with concentration less than required by shutdown margin. The VCT Concentration is less than required SDM concentration.

Page 251

1/2008" Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 99 Tier 3 KIA G 2.4.9 Knowledge of low power I shutdown implications in accident (e.g.

LOCA or loss of RHR) mitigation strategies.

Importance Rating: 3.3 I 3.9 Technical

Reference:

AOP-R.03, Tech Spec 3.4.1.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271AOP-R.03 83,9 Question Source:

Bank # X- -

Modified Bank # _

New - - - - -

Question History: SQN NRC Exam 1/2008, SQN Bank AOP-R.03-B.0 001 Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _

Comprehension or Analysis _X _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 41.10/43.5/45.13 10CFR55.43.b (2, 5)

Comments: Modified Bank question C and D distractors to eliminate subset issues and for plausibility Page 252

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 100. Given the following:

- An event is occurring on Unit 1 that requires an ALERT emergency be declared in accordance with the Radiological Emergency Plan (REP).

- The Shift STA does NOT have an active SRO license.

Prior to making the declaration the Shift Manager becomes incapacitated due to a medical problem.

Which ONE (1) of the following identifies both the individual who is responsibile for the making the REP declaration in accordance with EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Matrix, and the requirement for conducting Assembly and Accountibility in accordance with EPIP-3, Alert?

Responsible for making REP Declaration Assembly and Accountibility A. Unit Supervisor Required B~ Unit Supervisor NOT required but can be conducted.

C. Shift Technical Advisor Required D. Shift Technical Advisor NOT required but can be conducted.

Page 253

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 A. Incorrect, First part correct Per EPIP-1 Purpose" The responsibility for declaring an emergency, based on the criteria in this procedure, belongs to the SM or SED, the designated Unit Supervisor when acting as the SM, or the TSC SED. Second part incorrect. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-B is REQUIRED.

Plausible due to EPIP-B is not required in all REP declarations.

B. Correct, Per EPIP-1 Purpose" The responsibility for declaring an emergency, based on the criteria in this procedure, belongs to the SM or SED, the designated Unit Supervisor when acting as the SM, or the TSC SED. Per EPIP-3, Alert EPIP-B Personnel accountablility and Evacuation can be performed but is not required. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-8 is REQUIRED.

C. Incorrect, Plausible due to STA does backup the SED on REP declarations but by procedure does not have the responsiblility for making the declarations. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-B is REQUIRED. Pteusibiedue to EPIP-B is not required in all REP declarations.

D. Incorrect, Plausible due to STA does backup the SED on REP declarations but by procedure does not have the responsiblility for making the declarations. Second part correct. Per EPIP-3, Alert EPIP-8 Personnel accountablility and Evacuation can be performed but is not required. A Site Area Emergency is the lowest level REP declaration where performance of EPIP-8 is REQUIRED.

Page 254

1/2008 Sequoyah SRO NRC Exam 02/08/2008 Question No. 100 Tier ~

K/A G2.4.40 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Knowledge of the SRO's responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.

Importance Rating: 2.3 / 4.0 Technical

Reference:

EPIP-1 purpose, EPIP-3, EPIP-8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: OPL271 REP Question Source:

Bank# - - - -

Modified Bank # X- -

New _

Question History: SQN NRC EXAM 1/2008: SQN question REP-B.1.C 006 modified by adding the first part of the question.

Question Cognitive Level:

Memory or fundamental knowledge _ _X_ _

Comprehension or Analysis _

10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR45.11) 10CFR55.43.b (5)

Comments:

Page 255